me1012 maintenance engineering study materials

37
Sudharsan Engineering College Sathiyamangalam, Pudukkottai DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING ME1012 MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING STUDY MATERIAL Prepared by M.PUGALENTHI M.E., ASSISTANT PROFESSOR/MECH

Upload: sathurvedha

Post on 29-Dec-2015

336 views

Category:

Documents


18 download

DESCRIPTION

In formations

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: ME1012 Maintenance Engineering Study Materials

2 Stress analysis of rectangular L bracket

Sudharsan Engineering College

Sathiyamangalam Pudukkottai

DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

ME1012 MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING

STUDY MATERIAL

Prepared by MPUGALENTHI ME

ASSISTANT PROFESSORMECH

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 2

ME1012 ndash MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING

(Common to Mechanical and Production)

L T P C

3 0 0 3

UNIT I PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICES OF MAINTENANCE PLANNING 10

Basic principles of maintenance planning ndash Objectives and principles of planned

maintenance activity ndash Importance and benefits of sound maintenance systems ndash

Reliability and machine availability ndash MTBF MTTR and MWT ndash Factors of

availability ndash Maintenance organization ndash Maintenance economics

UNIT II MAINTENANCE POLICIES ndash PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE 9

Maintenance categories ndash Comparative merits of each category ndash Preventive

maintenance maintenance schedules and repair cycle ndash Principles and methods of

lubrication ndash TPM

UNIT III CONDITION MONITORING 9

Condition monitoring ndash Cost comparison with and without CM ndash On-load testing

and off-load testing ndash Methods and instruments for CM ndash Temperature sensitive

tapes ndash Pistol thermometers ndash Wear-debris analysis

UNIT IV REPAIR METHODS FOR BASIC MACHINE ELEMENTS 10

Repair methods for beds slide-ways spindles gears lead screws and bearings ndash

Failure analysis ndash Failures and their development ndash Logical fault location methods

ndash Sequential fault location

UNIT V REPAIR METHODS FOR MATERIAL HANDLING EQUIPMENT 8

Repair methods for material handling equipment ndash Equipment records ndash Job order

systems ndashUse of computers in maintenance

Total 45

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 3

TEXT BOOKS

1 Srivastava SK ldquoIndustrial Maintenance Managementrdquo S Chand and Co

1981

2 Bhattacharya SN ldquoInstallation Servicing and Maintenancerdquo S Chand and Co

1995

REFERENCES

1 Garg MR ldquoIndustrial Maintenancerdquo S Chand and Co 1986

2 Higgins LR ldquoMaintenance Engineering Handbookrdquo 5th Edition McGraw Hill

1988

3 Davies ldquoHandbook of Condition Monitoringrdquo Chapman and Hall 1996

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 4

UNIT I PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICES OF MAINTENANCE PLANNING 10

Basic principles of maintenance planning ndash Objectives and principles of planned

maintenance activity ndash Importance and benefits of sound maintenance systems ndash

Reliability and machine availability ndash MTBF MTTR and MWT ndash Factors of

availability ndash Maintenance organization ndash Maintenance economics

Maintenance Engineering is the discipline and profession of applying engineering concepts to the optimization of equipment procedures and departmental budgets to achieve better maintainability reliability and availability of equipment

Maintenance and hence maintenance engineering is increasing in importance due to rising amounts of equipment systems machineries and infrastructure

Since the Industrial Revolution devices equipment machinery and structures have grown increasingly complex requiring a host of personnel vocations and related systems needed to maintain them

Prior to 2006 the United States spent approximately US$300 billion annually on plant maintenance and operations alone

A person practicing Maintenance Engineering is known as a Maintenance Engineer

OBJECTIVES AND PRINCIPLES

Analysis of repetitive equipment failures

Estimation of maintenance costs and evaluation of alternatives

Forecasting of spare parts

Assessing the needs for equipment replacements and establish replacement

programs when due application of scheduling and project management

principles to replacement programs

Assessing required maintenance tools and skills required for efficient

maintenance of equipment

Assessing required skills required for maintenance personnel

Reviewing personnel transfers to and from maintenance organizations

assessing and reporting safety hazards associated with maintenance of

equipment

1 The planners are organized into a separate departmentfrom the craft maintenance crews to facilitate specializing inplanning techniques as well as focusing on future work

2 The Planning Department concentrates on future work--work that has not been started--in order to provide the Maintenance Department at least one week of work backlogthat is planned approved and ready to execute This

Crew supervisors handle the current days work and problems Any problems that arise after commencement ofany job are resolved by the craft technicians or supervisors

After every job completion feedback is given by the leadtechnician or supervisor to the Planning Department Thefeedback consists of any problems plan changes or other

might be improved The planners ensure that feedbackinformation gets properly filed to aid future work

3 The Planning Department maintains a simple securefile system based on equipment tag numbers The file

information learned on previous work to prepare andimprove work plans especially on repetitive maintenancetasks The majority of maintenance tasks are repetitive

assists making repair or replace decisions

Supervisors and plant engineers are trained to accessthese files to gather information they need with minimal

4 Planners use personal experience and file information to develop work plans to avoid anticipated work delays

5 The Planning Department recognizes the skill of the

crafts In general the planners responsibility is what before how The planner determines the scope of the work request

The planner then plans the general strategy of the work (such

as repair or replace) and includes a preliminary procedure if

The planners and technicians work together over repeated jobs

to develop better procedures and checklists

6 Wrench time is the primary measure of workforceefficiency and of planning and scheduling effectiveness

Wrench time is the proportion of available-to-work time

tively working on a job site by delays such as waiting forassignment clearance parts tools instructions travelcoordination with other crafts or equipment information

delays during jobs and work that is scheduled reduces delays

MAINTENANCE

PLANNING

PRINCIPLES

between jobs

backlog allows crews to work primarily on planned work

helpful information so that future work plans and schedules

system enables planners to utilize equipment data and

over a sufficient period of time File cost information

planner assistance

and quality or safety problems

including clarification of the originatorrsquos intent where necessary

their expertise to make the specified repair or replacement

during which craft persons are not being kept from produc-

Work that is planned before assignment reduces unnecessary

As a minimum planners are experienced top level techniciansthat are trained in planning techniques

there is not one already in the file The craft technicians use

Maintenance Planning and Scheduling HandbookDoc Palmer docpalmerpalmerplanningcom United States of America (904) 228-5700

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 5

Reliability may be defined in several ways

The idea that an item is fit for a purpose with respect to time

In the most discrete and practical sense Items that do not fail in use are reliable

and Items that do fail in use are not reliable

The capacity of a designed produced or maintained item to perform as required

over time

The capacity of a population of designed produced or maintained items to

perform as required over time

The resistance to failure of an item over time

The probability of an item to perform a required function under stated conditions

for a specified period of time

In line with the creation of safety cases for safety the goal is to provide a robust set of

qualitative and quantitative evidence that an item or system will not contain unacceptable

risk

The basic sorts of steps to take are to

First thoroughly identify as many as possible reliability hazards (eg relevant

System Failure Scenarios item Failure modes the basic Failure mechanisms and

root causes) by specific analysis or tests

Assess the Risk associated with them by analysis and testing

Propose mitigations by which the risks may be lowered and controlled to an

acceptable level

Select the best mitigations and get agreement on final (accepted) Risk Levels

possible based on cost-benefit analysis

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 6

AVAILABILITY

A Reliability Program Plan may also be used to evaluate and improve

Availability of a system by the strategy on focusing on increasing testability amp

maintainability and not on reliability

Improving maintainability is generally easier than reliability Maintainability

estimates (Repair rates) are also generally more accurate

However because the uncertainties in the reliability estimates are in most

cases very large it is likely to dominate the availability (prediction

uncertainty) problem even in the case maintainability levels are very high

When reliability is not under control more complicated issues may arise like

manpower (maintainers customer service capability) shortage spare part

availability logistic delays lack of repair facilities extensive retro-fit and

complex configuration management costs and others

The problem of unreliability may be increased also due to the Domino

effect of maintenance induced failures after repairs

Only focusing on maintainability is therefore not enough If failures are

prevented none of the others are of any importance and therefore reliability is

generally regarded as the most important part of availability

A Fault Tree Diagram

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 7

One of the most important design techniques is redundancy

RELIABILITY THEORY

Reliability is defined as the probability that a device will perform its intended function

during a specified period of time under stated conditions Mathematically this may be

expressed as

where is the failure probability density function and is the length of the

period of time (which is assumed to start from time zero)

ACCELERATED TESTING

The purpose of accelerated life testing is to induce field failure in the laboratory at a

much faster rate by providing a harsher but nonetheless representative environment

In such a test the product is expected to fail in the lab just as it would have failed in the

fieldmdashbut in much less time

The main objective of an accelerated test is either of the following

To discover failure modes

To predict the normal field life from the high stress lab life

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 8

An Accelerated testing program can be broken down into the following steps

Software reliability is a special aspect of reliability engineering System reliability by

definition includes all parts of the system including hardware software supporting

infrastructure (including critical external interfaces) operators and procedures

Traditionally reliability engineering focuses on critical hardware parts of the system

Since the widespread use of digital integrated circuit technology software has become an

increasingly critical part of most electronics and hence nearly all present day systems

Despite this difference in the source of failure between software and hardware several

software reliability models based on statistics have been proposed to quantify what we

experience with software the longer software is run the higher the probability that it will

eventually be used in an untested manner and exhibit a latent defect that results in a

failure (Shooman 1987) (Musa 2005) (Denney 2005)

As with hardware software reliability depends on good requirements design and

implementation Software reliability engineering relies heavily on a disciplined software

engineering process to anticipate and design against unintended consequences There is

more overlap between software quality engineering and software reliability engineering

than between hardware quality and reliability A good software development plan is a key

aspect of the software reliability program The software development plan describes the

design and coding standards peer reviews unit tests configuration management

software metrics and software models to be used during software development

Define objective and scope of the test

Collect required information about the product

Identify the stress(es)

Determine level of stress(es)

Conduct the accelerated test and analyze the collected data

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 9

MEAN TIME BETWEEN FAILURES

Mean time between failures (MTBF) is the predicted elapsed time between inherent

failures of a system during operation[1] MTBF can be calculated as the arithmetic mean

(average) time between failures of a system

FORMAL DEFINITION OF MTBF

By referring to the figure above the MTBF is the sum of the operational periods divided by the number of observed failures

If the Down time (with space) refers to the start of downtime (without space) and up time (with space) refers to the start of uptime (without spMean time betMean time between failuresween failuresace) the formula will be

The MTBF is often denoted by the Greek letter θ or

The MTBF can be defined in terms of the expected value of the density function ƒ(t)

where ƒ is the density function of time until failure ndash satisfying the standard requirement of density functions ndash

The Overview

For each observation downtime is the instantaneous time it went down which is after (ie greater than) the moment it went up uptime The difference (downtime minus uptime) is the amount of time it was operating between these two events

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 10

MTBF value prediction is an important element in the development of products Reliability engineers design engineers often utilize Reliability Software to calculate products MTBF according to various methodsstandards (MIL-HDBK-217F Telcordia SR332 Siemens Norm FIDESUTE 80-810 (RDF2000) etc)

However these prediction methods are not intended to reflect fielded MTBF as is commonly believed The intent of these tools is to focus design efforts on the weak links in the design

MTTR

MTTR is an abbreviation that has several different expansions with greatly differing meanings

It is wise to spell out exactly what is meant by the use of this abbreviation rather than assuming the reader will know which is being assumed

The M can stand for any of minimum mean or maximum and the R can stand for any of recovery repair respond or restore

The most common mean is also subject to interpretation as there are many different ways in which a mean can be calculated

Mean time to repair

Mean time to recoveryMean time to restore

Mean time to respond

Mean time to replace

In an engineering context with no explicit definition the engineering figure of merit mean time to repair would be the most probable intent by virtue of seniority of usage

It is also similar in meaning to the others above (more in the case of recovery less in the case of respond the latter being more properly styled mean response time)

Maintenance Organization 5

Section 19 Sections 110 and 111 present education and training and management and labor relations respectively A summary of the chapter is provided in Section 112

12 Maintenance Organization Objectives and Responsibility

A maintenance organization and its position in the plantwhole organization is heavily impacted by the following elements or factors

bull Type of business eg whether it is high tech labor intensive production or service

bull Objectives may include profit maximization increasing market share and other social objectives

bull Size and structure of the organization bull Culture of the organization and bull Range of responsibility assigned to maintenance

Figure 11 Maintenance organizing as a function of the management process

Organizations seek one or several of the following objectives profit

maximization specific quality level of service or products minimizing costs safe and clean environment or human resource development It is clear that all of these

Leaderrsquos Influence

PLANNING Setting performance objectives and developing decisions on how to achieve them

IMPLEMENTING Executing the plans to meet the set performance objectives

CONTROLLING Measuring performance of the maintained equipment and taking preventive and corrective actions to restore the designed (desired) specifications

ORGANIZING Creating structure setting tasks (dividing up the work) arranging resources (forming maintenance crews) and coordinating activites to perform maintenance tasks

6 AE Haroun and SO Duffuaa

objectives are heavily impacted by maintenance and therefore the objectives of maintenance must be aligned with the objectives of the organization

The principal responsibility of maintenance is to provide a service to enable an organization to achieve its objectives The specific responsibilities vary from one organization to another however they generally include the following according to Duffuaa et al (1998)

1 Keeping assets and equipment in good condition well configured and safe to perform their intended functions

2 Perform all maintenance activities including preventive predictive corrective overhauls design modification and emergency maintenance in an efficient and effective manner

3 Conserve and control the use of spare parts and material 4 Commission new plants and plant expansions and 5 Operate utilities and conserve energy

The above responsibilities and objectives impact the organization structure for maintenance as will be shown in the coming sections

13 Determinants of a Maintenance Organization

The maintenance organizationrsquos structure is determined after planning the maintenance capacity The maintenance capacity is heavily influenced by the level of centralization or decentralization adopted In this section the main issues that must be addressed when forming the maintenance organizationrsquos structure are presented The issues are capacity planning centralization vs decentralization and in-house vs outsourcing

131 Maintenance Capacity Planning

Maintenance capacity planning determines the required resources for maintenance including the required crafts administration equipment tools and space to execute the maintenance load efficiently and meet the objectives of the maintenance department Critical aspects of maintenance capacity are the numbers and skills of craftsmen required to execute the maintenance load It is difficult to determine the exact number of various types of craftsmen since the maintenance load is uncertain Therefore accurate forecasts for the future maintenance work demand are essential for determining the maintenance capacity In order to have better utilization of manpower organizations tend to reduce the number of available craftsmen below their expected need This is likely to result in a backlog of uncompleted maintenance work This backlog can also be cleared when the maintenance load is less than the capacity Making long run estimations is one of the areas in maintenance capacity planning that is both critical and not well developed in practice Techniques for maintenance forecasting and capacity planning are presented in a separate chapter in this handbook

Maintenance Organization 7

132 Centralization vs Decentralization

The decision to organize maintenance in a centralized decentralized or a hybrid form depends to a greater extent on the organization is philosophy maintenance load size of the plant and skills of craftsmen The advantages of centralization are

1 Provides more flexibility and improves utilization of resources such highly skilled crafts and special equipment and therefore results in more efficiency

2 Allows more efficient line supervision 3 Allows more effective on the job training and 4 Permits the purchasing of modern equipment

However it has the following disadvantages

1 Less utilization of crafts since more time is required for getting to and from jobs

2 Supervision of crafts becomes more difficult and as such less maintenance control is achieved

3 Less specialization on complex hardware is achieved since different persons work on the same hardware and

4 More costs of transportation are incurred due to remoteness of some of the maintenance work

In a decentralized maintenance organization departments are assigned to specific areas or units This tends to reduce the flexibility of the maintenance system as a whole The range of skills available becomes reduced and manpower utilization is usually less efficient than in a centralized maintenance In some cases a compromise solution that combines centralization and decentralization is better This type of hybrid is called a cascade system The cascade system organizes maintenance in areas and what ever exceeds the capacity of each area is challenged to a centralized unit In this fashion the advantages of both systems may be reaped For more on the advantages and disadvantages of centralization and de-centralization see Duffuaa et al (1998) and Niebel (1994)

133 In-house vs Outsourcing

At this level management considers the sources for building the maintenance capacity The main sources or options available are in-house by direct hiring outsourcing or a combination of in-house and outsourcing The criteria for selecting sources for building and maintaining maintenance capacity include strategic considerations technological and economic factors The following are criteria that can be employed to select among sources for maintenance capacity

1 Availability and dependability of the source on a long term basis 2 Capability of the source to achieve the objectives set for maintenance by

the organization and its ability to carry out the maintenance tasks

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 11

UNIT- I

PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICES OF MAINTENANCE PLANNING

PART-A (2 Marks)

01 Define maintenance

02 Define reliability

03 State the benefits of reliability analysis in industries

04 Define failure rate

05 What is Mean Failure Rate

06 Define Mean Time to Failure

07 What is Mean Time Between Failures (MTBF)

08 Define Mean Time to Repair (MTTR)

09 Define Maintenance Action Rate

10 Define Failure Density

PART-B (16 Marks)

1 What do you mean by maintenance job planning Discuss various steps of

maintenance job planning (16)

2 What is long term plan Discuss few long term planning (16)

3 What are the objectives of maintenance organization and what different types of

organizations are in use in Indian industries (16)

4 What is equipment availability and what are the three basic approaches to define and

quantity availability (16)

5 Explain MTBS MTBF MTTF MTTR and failure rate (16)

6 Explain briefly different types and classes of maintenance cost (16)

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 12

UNIT II MAINTENANCE POLICIES ndash PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

Maintenance categories ndash Comparative merits of each category ndash Preventive

maintenance maintenance schedules and repair cycle ndash Principles and methods of

lubrication ndash TPM

LUBRICATION

Lubrication is the process or technique employed to reduce wear of one or both

surfaces in close proximity and moving relative to each other by interposing a substance

called lubricant between the surfaces to carry or to help carry the load (pressure

generated) between the opposing surfaces The interposed lubricant film can be a solid

(eg graphite MoS2) a solidliquid dispersion a liquid a liquid-liquid dispersion (a

grease) or exceptionally a gas

In the most common case the applied load is carried by pressure generated within the

fluid due to the frictional viscous resistance to motion of the lubricating fluid between the

surfaces

Lubrication can also describe the phenomenon such reduction of wear occurs without

human intervention (hydroplaning on a road)

The science of friction lubrication and wear is called tribology

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 13

The regimes of lubrication

As the load increases on the contacting surfaces three distinct situations can be observed

with respect to the mode of lubrication which are called regimes of lubrication

Fluid film lubrication is the lubrication regime in which through viscous forces

the load is fully supported by the lubricant within the space or gap between the

parts in motion relative to one another (the lubricated conjunction) and solidndashsolid

contact is avoided[2]

o Hydrostatic lubrication is when an external pressure is applied to the

lubricant in the bearing to maintain the fluid lubricant film where it would

otherwise be squeezed out

o Hydrodynamic lubrication is where the motion of the contacting surfaces

and the exact design of the bearing is used to pump lubricant around the

bearing to maintain the lubricating film This design of bearing may wear

when started stopped or reversed as the lubricant film breaks down

Elastohydrodynamic lubrication The opposing surfaces are separated but there

occurs some interaction between the raised solid features called asperities and

there is an elastic deformation on the contacting surface enlarging the load-

bearing area whereby the viscous resistance of the lubricant becomes capable of

supporting the load

Boundary lubrication (also called boundary film lubrication) The bodies come

into closer contact at their asperities the heat developed by the local pressures

causes a condition which is called stick-slip and some asperities break off At the

elevated temperature and pressure conditions chemically reactive constituents of

the lubricant react with the contact surface forming a highly resistant tenacious

layer or film on the moving solid surfaces (boundary film) which is capable of

supporting the load and major wear or breakdown is avoided Boundary

lubrication is also defined as that regime in which the load is carried by the

surface asperities rather than by the lubricant[3]

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 14

Besides supporting the load the lubricant may have to perform other functions as well for

instance it may cool the contact areas and remove wear products While carrying out

these functions the lubricant is constantly replaced from the contact areas either by the

relative movement (hydrodynamics) or by externally induced forces

Lubrication is required for correct operation of mechanical systems pistons pumps cams

bearings turbines cutting tools etc where without lubrication the pressure between the

surfaces in close proximity would generate enough heat for rapid surface damage which

in a coarsened condition may literally weld the surfaces together causing seizure

In some applications such as piston engines the film between the piston and the cylinder

wall also seals the combustion chamber preventing combustion gases from escaping into

the crankcase

TOTAL PRODUCTIVE MAINTENANCE

TPM is a maintenance process developed for improving productivity by making

processes more reliable and less wasteful

TPM is an extension of TQM(Total Quality Management)

The objective of TPM is to maintain the plant or equipment in good condition without

interfering with the daily process

To achieve this objective preventive and predictive maintenance is required By

following the philosophy of TPM we can minimize the unexpected failure of the

equipment

To implement TPM the production unit and maintenance unit should work jointly

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 15

Original goal of total productive management

―Continuously improve all operational conditions within a production system by

stimulating the daily awareness of all employees (by Seiichi Nakajima Japan JIPM)

TPM focuses primarily on manufacturing (although its benefits are applicable to virtually

any process) and is the first methodology Toyota used to improve its global position

(1950s) After TPM the focus was stretched and also suppliers and customers were

involved (Supply Chain) this next methodology was called lean manufacturing This

sheet gives an overview of TPM in its original form

An accurate and practical implementation of TPM will increase productivity within the

total organization where

(1) A clear business culture is designed to continuously improve the efficiency of the

total production system

(2) A standardized and systematic approach is used where all losses are prevented andor

known all departments influencing productivity will be involved to move from a

reactive to a predictive mindset

(4) A transparent multidisciplinary organization in reaching zero losses

(5) Steps are taken as a journey not as a quick menu

Finally TPM will provide practical and transparent ingredients to reach operational

excellence

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 16

IMPLEMENTATION

TPM has basically 3 goals - Zero Product Defects Zero Equipment Unplanned Failures

and Zero Accidents

It sets out to achieve these goals by Gap Analysis of previous historical records of

Product Defects Equipment Failures and Accidents

Then through a clear understanding of this Gap Analysis (Fishbone Cause-Effect

Analysis Why-Why Cause-Effect Analysis and P-M Analysis) plan a physical

investigation to discover new latent fuguai (slight deterioration) during the first step in

TPM Autonomous Maintenance called Initial Cleaning

TPM identifies the 7 losses (types of waste) (muda) namely set-up and initial adjustment

time equipment breakdown time idling and minor losses speed (cycle time) losses

start-up quality losses and in process quality losses and then works systematically to

eliminate them by making improvements (kaizen) TPM has 8 pillars of activity each

being set to achieve a ―zero target

These 8 pillars are the following focussed improvement (Kobetsu Kaizen) autonomous

maintenance (Jishu Hozen) planned maintenance training and education early-phase

management quality maintenance (Hinshitsu Hozen) office TPM and safety health and

environment Few organisation also add Pillars according to their Work Place like

Tools Management Information Technology amp more

The Base for the TPM Activity is 5S Seiri (Sorting out the required or not required

items) Seition (Systematic Arrangement of the required items) Seiso (Cleaniness)

Seiketsu (Standardisation) Shitsuke (Self Discipline)

The Pillars amp their details

a) Efficient Equipment Utilisation

b) Efficient Worker Utilisation

c) Efficient Material amp Energy Utilisation

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 17

REPAIRABLE

Repairable parts are parts that are deemed worthy of repair usually by virtue of economic

consideration of their repair cost

Rather than bear the cost of completely replacing a finished product repairables typically

are designed to enable more affordable maintenance by being more modular

This allows components to be more easily removed repaired and replaced enabling

cheaper replacement

Spare parts that are needed to support condemnation of repairable parts are known as

replenishment spares

A rotable pool is a pool of repairable spare parts inventory set aside to allow for multiple

repairs to be accomplished simultaneously

This can be used to minimize stockout conditions for repairable items

REPAIR CYCLE

From the perspective of logistics a model of the life cycle of parts in a supply chain can

be developed

This model called the repair cycle consists of functioning parts in use by equipment

operators and the entire sequence of suppliers or repair providers that replenish

functional part inventories either by production or repair when they have failed

Ultimately this sequence ends with the manufacturer

This type of model allows demands on a supply system to ultimately be traced to their

operational reliability allowing for analysis of the dynamics of the supply system in

particular spare parts

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 18

UNIT-II

MAINTENANCE POLICIES ndash PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

PART-A (2 Marks)

01 What is meant by Breakdown maintenance approach

02 Classify various planned maintenance approach

03 Define Corrective maintenance approach

04 What is meant by preventive maintenance approach

05 List out the objectives of Corrective maintenance

06 What is meant by Predictive Maintenance

07 List out some condition based monitoring techniques and briefly discuss on them

08 What is meant by Reliability Centered Maintenance (RCM)

09 What is Total Productive Maintenance (TPM) and discuss its similarities with TQM

10 What is meant by Reliability Centered Maintenance (RCM)

11 What does Safety Health and Environment pillar of TPM aims at

PART-B (16 Marks)

1 What do you understand by maintenance categories Explain common types and

explain the basis of their selection (16)

2 What are all the steps involved in preventive maintenance why preventive maintenance

is better than reactive maintenance (16)

3 Distinguish between fixed time maintenance and connect based maintenance Give the

merits and demerits (16)

4 Briefly explain the procedure for TPM (16)

5 Explain the repair cycle of metallic materials (16)

6 What are the functions of lubrication and gives the tips on lubrication (16)

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 19

UNIT III CONDITION MONITORING

Condition monitoring ndash Cost comparison with and without CM ndash On-load testing

and off-load testing ndash Methods and instruments for CM ndash Temperature sensitive

tapes ndash Pistol thermometers ndash Wear-debris analysis

CONDITION MONITORING

Condition monitoring is the process of monitoring a parameter of condition in machinery such that a significant change is indicative of a developing failure

It is a major component of predictive maintenance The use of conditional monitoring allows maintenance to be scheduled or other actions to be taken to avoid the consequences of failure before the failure occurs

Nevertheless a deviation from a reference value (eg temperature or vibration behavior) must occur to identify impeding damages

Predictive Maintenance does not predict failure

Machines with defects are more at risk of failure than defect free machines Once a defect has been identified the failure process has already commenced and CM systems can only measure the deterioration of the condition

Intervention in the early stages of deterioration is usually much more cost effective than allowing the machinery to fail Condition monitoring has a unique benefit in that the actual load and subsequent heat dissipation that represents normal service can be seen and conditions that would shorten normal lifespan can be addressed before repeated failures occur

Serviceable machinery includes rotating equipment and stationary plant such as boilers and heat exchangers

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 20

METHODS OF CM

1 Screen monitoring records video or static images detailing the contents or screen

capture of the entire [video display] or the content of the screen activity within a

particular program or computer application Monitoring tools may collect real

time video accelerated or [time-lapse] video or screen shots or may take video or

still image captures at regular intervals (eg once every 4 minutes) They may

collect images constantly or only collect information while the user is interacting

with the equipment (eg capturing screens when the mouse or keyboard is

active)

2 Data monitoring tracks the content of and changes to files stored on the local

[hard drive] or in the users private network share

3 Keystroke monitoring (eg number of keystrokes per minute) may track the

performance of keyboard-intensive work such as word processing or data entry

Keystroke logging captures all keyboard input to enable the employer to monitor

anything typed into the monitored machine

4 Idle time monitoring keeps track of time when the employee is away from the

computer or the computer is not being actively used

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 21

BENEFITS

o Screen monitoring records video or static images detailing the contents or

screen capture of the entire [video display] or the content of the screen

activity within a particular program or computer application

o Monitoring tools may collect real time video accelerated or [time-lapse]

video or screen shots or may take video or still image captures at regular

intervals (eg once every 4 minutes)

o They may collect images constantly or only collect information while the user

is interacting with the equipment (eg capturing screens when the mouse or

keyboard is active)

o Data monitoring tracks the content of and changes to files stored on the local

[hard drive] or in the users private network share

o Keystroke monitoring (eg number of keystrokes per minute) may track the

performance of keyboard-intensive work such as word processing or data

entry Keystroke logging captures all keyboard input to enable the employer to

monitor anything typed into the monitored machine

o Idle time monitoring keeps track of time when the employee is away from the

computer or the computer is not being actively used

NDE2002 predict assure improve

National Seminar of ISNT Chennai 5 ndash 7 12 2002

wwwnde2002org

SIMPLE INSTRUMENTS USED IN CONDITION MONITORING

Prof DRKIRAN

Head department of production Engineering StPeterrsquos Engineering College

ABSTRACT

Condition monitoring is a system of assessing the service condition or the change of service condition of any component or a part of an equipment or a system Considerable research has been done in this direction leading to development of several electrical and electronic monitoring instruments These when connected to strategic locations of the systems measure and indicate certain parameters enabling us to monitor the condition and take vital decisions on a continuous basis

Nevertheless the high cost of these instruments prevent their use in all required locations On the other hand traditionally used simple mechanical gadgets are being used by the maintenance personnel of todayrsquos industry all over the world These have the advantages of being portable simple easy to use and economical More significantly they can be used to check any location or component suspected to be functioning abnormally This paper discusses some of such instruments used and could be used for condition monitoring of industrial machines as well as process equipment like pressure vessels and heat exchangers

1 What is Condition monitoring

Condition monitoring is that type of planned maintenance wherein the actual working conditions of major components of an equipment are constantly monitored to give an indication of which parts should be replaced and which need not in the near future In other words the preventive maintenance with condition monitoring is a system in which in addition to the programmed stoppages for maintenance work an assessment is made on the condition of all major parts of an equipment while in operation even when a preventive maintenance schedule is on If by assessment the condition of the part is satisfactory the schedule of stopping the machine or scrapping the part etc is reviewed and deferred Similarly if the condition monitoring finds a certain part may fail in a short time it is replaced even before its PM schedule and prevent unexpected breakdowns

2 On-load vs off load condition monitoring

On load monitoring means monitoring or adjusting the parameters while the machine or equipment is running Thus it is done for superficial easily accessible amp non interfering parts of the equipment which can be carried out without interruption to the operation

Off load monitoring is for interior or inaccessible parts which need to be stopped temporarily to check the condition However there may be several situations like the two-shift working or the plantrsquos temporary shut down for other reasons when this class can be conducted without productions loss

3 Subjective aided subjective or objective condition monitoring

i) Subjective condition monitoring

Here the monitoring personnel use their perception of senses and judgement to note any change of the condition The four senses a man is bestowed with like seeing (emanation of smoke) hearing (bearing noise) smelling (burning of oil or rubber components due to excessive heat) feeling (touching the motor to feel the excessive heating or touching the housing to feel a vibrating shaft) are used It is important that the person carrying out subjective condition monitoring has an adequate qualifications and skills as the result depends on their judgement and experience In subjective condition monitoring it is also possible to use instructions guidelines or hints where to look for leakage bearing play etc Posters or figures illustrating different conditions of components may also be helpful

ii) Aided subjective or condition monitoring with simple gadgets

Here the monitoring personnel use simple gadgets to add to their ability to perceive conditions better These gadgets are discussed more in detail in the following paragraphs

iii) Objective condition monitoring

In objective condition monitoring different instruments and facilities are used for obtaining data giving direct measure of the parametric condition of the components even while the machine is working In many cases these simple mechanical or complex electronic measuring devices can be mounted on convenient locations for better monitoring and control

A doctor feeling the pulse (subjective) his using a stethoscope to determine any abnormal heart beat (aided subjective) or looking into the ECG monitor (objective) form the examples of the above three categories

4 Some of the gadgets and simple instruments used for condition monitoring

a) Monitoring of visual condition of inaccessible partslocations

Quite often the visual condition of the components located at inaccessible locations are to be monitored may be with respect to corrosion or fatigue cracking or even dust sediment collection that is deleterious to the functioning of the component Simple gadgets are being used either on-line or off-line to aid the perception of the condition Depending upon the extent of change as perceived the equipment can be stopped for detailed check andor rectification Some of the gadgets are illustrated below

i) Inspection mirrors used to inspect crevices dark spots inside of narrow mouthed cylinders or the pipes of heat exchangers or boilers These mirrors can be simple like that of a dentist or

a) with adjustable mirror angle controlled by a wire running along the holding rod or

b) illuminated with a light bulb near the mirror of special use in dark spots inside cylinders or inside heat exchanger pipes

c) with telescopic rod for adjusting the length of the gadget

d) mirrors fitted inside a small tube rather than on a rod to prevent damage to the mirror during insertion or other operation These are also called as borescopes

e) periscopic for specialised applications or to assist the viewer et Etc

fig 1 a) a collection of inspection mirrors b) inspection of crevices and c) inspecting the inside of as cylinder

Of specific interest to the NDE practitioners is their versatility to inspect the inside of the boiler pipes or heat exchanger pipes which can tell a lot about the working condition of the inside of the tubes about the rusting cracking sedimentation etc enabling an early preventive action

Fig 2 Use of borescopes to inspect heat exchanger pipes

Fig 3 borescopes and periscopes

ii) Endoscopes These are like borescopes but are flexible They work on the principle of image transfer by total internal reflection in a bundle of glass fibres They are more popular with gastroenterologists for diagnosing ulcers in stomachs Also called optical fibroscopes they are flexible ands are more versatile in several applications illustrated below Some times they are permanently fixed for constant monitoring of critical components are inserted when needed into pre-fixed tubular guides leading to the location to be monitored

Fig 4 The application of endoscopes in industrial equipment

Fig 5 The principle of endoscope

Having illustrated the gadgets for visual perception as above some of them used in other monitoring functions may be cited as below classified into the three categories

b) Temperature monitoring

Subjective -

Touching the motor etc and assessing if over heated

Aided subjective -

Temperature sensitive stickers are the most common ands cost effective A sticker having four of five 20 mm diameter dots of special paints each of which changes its colour at a particular temperature is stuck to the heat prone parts of the equipment The operatives or supervisor can identify its temperature range by looking at the stickers from a distance itself during their periodic patrol rounds Temperature sensitive chalks thermal paints with which larger part of the heat prone body is painted fall under this category -

Objective -

Pyrometers thermometers pistol thermometers etc Depending of convenience and need these instruments can be of thermostat type or connected to some sort of warning system in case of overheating

c) Vibration monitoring

Subjective

By touching and feeling the vibrations in a rotating body or by listening to vibrating sounds

Aided subjective

Stethoscopes use of screw driver ends by expert foremen etc

Objective -

Shock pulse meters (SPM) vibration measuring instruments etc

Vibration measurements made near the source of vibration might indicate the following

bull imbalance bull shaft misalignment bull damaged bearings (worn or chipped balls or races)

bull damaged gears another transmission components bull mechanical looseness bull cavitation and stall etc

d) Leak Monitoring

Subjective -

Listening to and identifying any hissing sound near hydraulic or pneumatic circuits

Aided subjective -

A number of leak detecting techniques are available including the soap and water methods Use of proprietary preparations can make this method more effective capable of detecting leaks as low as 1 m1s

Objective -

One powerful technique is ultrasonic detection When a fluid is forced through a leak under internal or external pressure sound is generated in the frequency range 40-80 Khz The ultrasonic leak detector identifies this very high frequency which is easily separated from the lower frequencies of ordinary machine noise

Fig 6 Ultrasonic leak detector to detect internal amp external leaks

e) Corrosion Monitoring

Subjective -

Corrosion cannot be generally judged visually and is not as effective as those discussed below

Aided subjective -

Corrosion coupons which are small pieces say 1 square inch of the same material as the base are pasted at locations suspected to be highly corrosive and analysed once in a month or as required The corrosion characteristics of the coupon are expected to be same as the base metal to which they are pasted and hence give an indirect measurement the corrosion of the body

Fig 7a) A view of the corrosion coupon b)The coupon mounted in tubes carrying chemicals

Objective -

Electrical and electronic devises can be developed to measure the corrosion characteristics based on the following principles the details of which are beyond the scope of this paper

diams The basic principle in Corrosion Monitoring is the change in the resistance of special electrical elements in corrosion environment

diams The potential difference between the reference electrode and the system will indicate the presence and the extent of corrosion

diams The polarisation resistance of the special designed probe indicate the rate of corrosion

diams Hydrogen gas formation during corrosion can be detected with a thin walled blind tube which can be analysed to determine the corrosion

f) Belt tension monitoring

subjective -

Slightly pressing down the V-belt

Aided subjective -

Pen type tension gage as illustrated below is a simple and handy one Depending upon belt looseness the inner part of the gage telescopes into the upper part leaving the rubber ring stuck on to the lower part at the lowest point of insertion On removing the gage the position of the rubber ring on the graduated scale of the lower part indicates the belt looseness that can be corrected if necessary

Objective -

Strain gages or other electronic instruments are used to measure the stresses in metallic parts or components

Fig 8 a) pen type tension gage and b) strain gage for bi-directional measurement

g) Shaft run-out monitoring

When a lathe is being tested for accuracy a mandrel is fixed in the spindle and rotated and checked for the run-out

Subjective -

If the run-out is high it can be visually seen

Aided subjective -

By use of dial gages fixed on to the bodies the amount of run-out can be measured But this can be done by turning the spindle by hand or at low speeds

Objective -

Optical sensors as illustrated below can be used to check the run-out even at high speeds

Fig 9 Run-out checking by optical sensor

h) Crack detection

This is mostly off-line monitoring and most tests under this category form NDE tests the primary function of ISNT specialists Most serious failures are preceded by crack growth from a point of stress concentration or from a material defect at the surface of the component A number of crack detection techniques have been developed to a great degree of advancement like dye penetration test (PT) magnetic particle test (MT) Electrical resistance or eddy current test (ET) Ultrasonic Testing (UT) and Radiographic test (RT)

While the first two of the following can be classified as aided subjective the latter can be categorised as objective Since the purpose of this paragraph is to highlight crack detection as a condition monitoring techniques these NDE methods are only cited but not discussed further

5 Conclusion

While only few types of monitoring namely visual temperature vibration leak corrosion run-out belt tension and crack monitoring are discussed a host of simple gadgets are being developed according to their specific use for many other monitoring functions that are not discussed here

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 22

LOAD TESTING

o Load testing is the process of putting demand on a system or device

and measuring its response

o Load testing is performed to determine a systemrsquos behavior under both

normal and anticipated peak load conditions

o It helps to identify the maximum operating capacity of an application

as well as any bottlenecks and determine which element is causing

degradation

o When the load placed on the system is raised beyond normal usage

patterns in order to test the systems response at unusually high or

peak loads it is known as stress testing

o The load is usually so great that error conditions are the expected

result although no clear boundary exists when an activity ceases to be

a load test and becomes a stress test

o There is little agreement on what the specific goals of load testing are

o The term is often used synonymously with concurrency testing

software performance testing reliability testing and volume testing

o Load testing is a type of non-functional testing

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 23

WEAR DEBRIS ANALYSIS

Using a Scanning Electron Microscope of a carefully taken sample of debris

suspended in lubricating oil (taken from filters or magnetic chip detectors)

Instruments then reveal the elements contained their proportions size and

morphology

Using this method the site the mechanical failure mechanism and the time to

eventual failure may be determined This is called WDA - Wear Debris Analysis

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 24

UNIT-III

CONDITION MONOTORING

PART-A (2 Marks)

1 What is equipment health monitoring

2 List down the factors for increasing the demand condition monitoring

3 List down the key features of condition monitoring

4 Write down the basic steps in condition monitoring

5 What are three types of condition monitoring

6 State the advantages and disadvantages of condition monitoring

7 Mention the various costs involved in costing of condition monitoring mainly

8 State the methods of measuring vibration

9 Describe briefly pistol thermometer

10 Name the types of pyrometers

11 Mention title applications of bimetallic strip

12 List down the features of RTD

13 State the applications and limitations of thermisters

PART-B (16 Marks)

1 What is condition monitoring and explain condition monitoring What type of condition

monitoring are normally used in industry (16)

2 What is leakage monitoring Explain some of the leakage mediums used for condition

monitoring (16)

3 What is wear debris analysis what are the three wear debris analysis techniques

commonly used and compare their performance and uses (16)

4 Briefly explain the cost comparison with and without condition monitoring (16)

5 What is thermal monitoring and what thermal monitoring are used in industries

explain principle and uses of thermograph (16)

6 Briefly explain various methods and instruments for condition monitoring (16)

Page 2: ME1012 Maintenance Engineering Study Materials

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 2

ME1012 ndash MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING

(Common to Mechanical and Production)

L T P C

3 0 0 3

UNIT I PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICES OF MAINTENANCE PLANNING 10

Basic principles of maintenance planning ndash Objectives and principles of planned

maintenance activity ndash Importance and benefits of sound maintenance systems ndash

Reliability and machine availability ndash MTBF MTTR and MWT ndash Factors of

availability ndash Maintenance organization ndash Maintenance economics

UNIT II MAINTENANCE POLICIES ndash PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE 9

Maintenance categories ndash Comparative merits of each category ndash Preventive

maintenance maintenance schedules and repair cycle ndash Principles and methods of

lubrication ndash TPM

UNIT III CONDITION MONITORING 9

Condition monitoring ndash Cost comparison with and without CM ndash On-load testing

and off-load testing ndash Methods and instruments for CM ndash Temperature sensitive

tapes ndash Pistol thermometers ndash Wear-debris analysis

UNIT IV REPAIR METHODS FOR BASIC MACHINE ELEMENTS 10

Repair methods for beds slide-ways spindles gears lead screws and bearings ndash

Failure analysis ndash Failures and their development ndash Logical fault location methods

ndash Sequential fault location

UNIT V REPAIR METHODS FOR MATERIAL HANDLING EQUIPMENT 8

Repair methods for material handling equipment ndash Equipment records ndash Job order

systems ndashUse of computers in maintenance

Total 45

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 3

TEXT BOOKS

1 Srivastava SK ldquoIndustrial Maintenance Managementrdquo S Chand and Co

1981

2 Bhattacharya SN ldquoInstallation Servicing and Maintenancerdquo S Chand and Co

1995

REFERENCES

1 Garg MR ldquoIndustrial Maintenancerdquo S Chand and Co 1986

2 Higgins LR ldquoMaintenance Engineering Handbookrdquo 5th Edition McGraw Hill

1988

3 Davies ldquoHandbook of Condition Monitoringrdquo Chapman and Hall 1996

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 4

UNIT I PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICES OF MAINTENANCE PLANNING 10

Basic principles of maintenance planning ndash Objectives and principles of planned

maintenance activity ndash Importance and benefits of sound maintenance systems ndash

Reliability and machine availability ndash MTBF MTTR and MWT ndash Factors of

availability ndash Maintenance organization ndash Maintenance economics

Maintenance Engineering is the discipline and profession of applying engineering concepts to the optimization of equipment procedures and departmental budgets to achieve better maintainability reliability and availability of equipment

Maintenance and hence maintenance engineering is increasing in importance due to rising amounts of equipment systems machineries and infrastructure

Since the Industrial Revolution devices equipment machinery and structures have grown increasingly complex requiring a host of personnel vocations and related systems needed to maintain them

Prior to 2006 the United States spent approximately US$300 billion annually on plant maintenance and operations alone

A person practicing Maintenance Engineering is known as a Maintenance Engineer

OBJECTIVES AND PRINCIPLES

Analysis of repetitive equipment failures

Estimation of maintenance costs and evaluation of alternatives

Forecasting of spare parts

Assessing the needs for equipment replacements and establish replacement

programs when due application of scheduling and project management

principles to replacement programs

Assessing required maintenance tools and skills required for efficient

maintenance of equipment

Assessing required skills required for maintenance personnel

Reviewing personnel transfers to and from maintenance organizations

assessing and reporting safety hazards associated with maintenance of

equipment

1 The planners are organized into a separate departmentfrom the craft maintenance crews to facilitate specializing inplanning techniques as well as focusing on future work

2 The Planning Department concentrates on future work--work that has not been started--in order to provide the Maintenance Department at least one week of work backlogthat is planned approved and ready to execute This

Crew supervisors handle the current days work and problems Any problems that arise after commencement ofany job are resolved by the craft technicians or supervisors

After every job completion feedback is given by the leadtechnician or supervisor to the Planning Department Thefeedback consists of any problems plan changes or other

might be improved The planners ensure that feedbackinformation gets properly filed to aid future work

3 The Planning Department maintains a simple securefile system based on equipment tag numbers The file

information learned on previous work to prepare andimprove work plans especially on repetitive maintenancetasks The majority of maintenance tasks are repetitive

assists making repair or replace decisions

Supervisors and plant engineers are trained to accessthese files to gather information they need with minimal

4 Planners use personal experience and file information to develop work plans to avoid anticipated work delays

5 The Planning Department recognizes the skill of the

crafts In general the planners responsibility is what before how The planner determines the scope of the work request

The planner then plans the general strategy of the work (such

as repair or replace) and includes a preliminary procedure if

The planners and technicians work together over repeated jobs

to develop better procedures and checklists

6 Wrench time is the primary measure of workforceefficiency and of planning and scheduling effectiveness

Wrench time is the proportion of available-to-work time

tively working on a job site by delays such as waiting forassignment clearance parts tools instructions travelcoordination with other crafts or equipment information

delays during jobs and work that is scheduled reduces delays

MAINTENANCE

PLANNING

PRINCIPLES

between jobs

backlog allows crews to work primarily on planned work

helpful information so that future work plans and schedules

system enables planners to utilize equipment data and

over a sufficient period of time File cost information

planner assistance

and quality or safety problems

including clarification of the originatorrsquos intent where necessary

their expertise to make the specified repair or replacement

during which craft persons are not being kept from produc-

Work that is planned before assignment reduces unnecessary

As a minimum planners are experienced top level techniciansthat are trained in planning techniques

there is not one already in the file The craft technicians use

Maintenance Planning and Scheduling HandbookDoc Palmer docpalmerpalmerplanningcom United States of America (904) 228-5700

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 5

Reliability may be defined in several ways

The idea that an item is fit for a purpose with respect to time

In the most discrete and practical sense Items that do not fail in use are reliable

and Items that do fail in use are not reliable

The capacity of a designed produced or maintained item to perform as required

over time

The capacity of a population of designed produced or maintained items to

perform as required over time

The resistance to failure of an item over time

The probability of an item to perform a required function under stated conditions

for a specified period of time

In line with the creation of safety cases for safety the goal is to provide a robust set of

qualitative and quantitative evidence that an item or system will not contain unacceptable

risk

The basic sorts of steps to take are to

First thoroughly identify as many as possible reliability hazards (eg relevant

System Failure Scenarios item Failure modes the basic Failure mechanisms and

root causes) by specific analysis or tests

Assess the Risk associated with them by analysis and testing

Propose mitigations by which the risks may be lowered and controlled to an

acceptable level

Select the best mitigations and get agreement on final (accepted) Risk Levels

possible based on cost-benefit analysis

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 6

AVAILABILITY

A Reliability Program Plan may also be used to evaluate and improve

Availability of a system by the strategy on focusing on increasing testability amp

maintainability and not on reliability

Improving maintainability is generally easier than reliability Maintainability

estimates (Repair rates) are also generally more accurate

However because the uncertainties in the reliability estimates are in most

cases very large it is likely to dominate the availability (prediction

uncertainty) problem even in the case maintainability levels are very high

When reliability is not under control more complicated issues may arise like

manpower (maintainers customer service capability) shortage spare part

availability logistic delays lack of repair facilities extensive retro-fit and

complex configuration management costs and others

The problem of unreliability may be increased also due to the Domino

effect of maintenance induced failures after repairs

Only focusing on maintainability is therefore not enough If failures are

prevented none of the others are of any importance and therefore reliability is

generally regarded as the most important part of availability

A Fault Tree Diagram

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 7

One of the most important design techniques is redundancy

RELIABILITY THEORY

Reliability is defined as the probability that a device will perform its intended function

during a specified period of time under stated conditions Mathematically this may be

expressed as

where is the failure probability density function and is the length of the

period of time (which is assumed to start from time zero)

ACCELERATED TESTING

The purpose of accelerated life testing is to induce field failure in the laboratory at a

much faster rate by providing a harsher but nonetheless representative environment

In such a test the product is expected to fail in the lab just as it would have failed in the

fieldmdashbut in much less time

The main objective of an accelerated test is either of the following

To discover failure modes

To predict the normal field life from the high stress lab life

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 8

An Accelerated testing program can be broken down into the following steps

Software reliability is a special aspect of reliability engineering System reliability by

definition includes all parts of the system including hardware software supporting

infrastructure (including critical external interfaces) operators and procedures

Traditionally reliability engineering focuses on critical hardware parts of the system

Since the widespread use of digital integrated circuit technology software has become an

increasingly critical part of most electronics and hence nearly all present day systems

Despite this difference in the source of failure between software and hardware several

software reliability models based on statistics have been proposed to quantify what we

experience with software the longer software is run the higher the probability that it will

eventually be used in an untested manner and exhibit a latent defect that results in a

failure (Shooman 1987) (Musa 2005) (Denney 2005)

As with hardware software reliability depends on good requirements design and

implementation Software reliability engineering relies heavily on a disciplined software

engineering process to anticipate and design against unintended consequences There is

more overlap between software quality engineering and software reliability engineering

than between hardware quality and reliability A good software development plan is a key

aspect of the software reliability program The software development plan describes the

design and coding standards peer reviews unit tests configuration management

software metrics and software models to be used during software development

Define objective and scope of the test

Collect required information about the product

Identify the stress(es)

Determine level of stress(es)

Conduct the accelerated test and analyze the collected data

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 9

MEAN TIME BETWEEN FAILURES

Mean time between failures (MTBF) is the predicted elapsed time between inherent

failures of a system during operation[1] MTBF can be calculated as the arithmetic mean

(average) time between failures of a system

FORMAL DEFINITION OF MTBF

By referring to the figure above the MTBF is the sum of the operational periods divided by the number of observed failures

If the Down time (with space) refers to the start of downtime (without space) and up time (with space) refers to the start of uptime (without spMean time betMean time between failuresween failuresace) the formula will be

The MTBF is often denoted by the Greek letter θ or

The MTBF can be defined in terms of the expected value of the density function ƒ(t)

where ƒ is the density function of time until failure ndash satisfying the standard requirement of density functions ndash

The Overview

For each observation downtime is the instantaneous time it went down which is after (ie greater than) the moment it went up uptime The difference (downtime minus uptime) is the amount of time it was operating between these two events

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 10

MTBF value prediction is an important element in the development of products Reliability engineers design engineers often utilize Reliability Software to calculate products MTBF according to various methodsstandards (MIL-HDBK-217F Telcordia SR332 Siemens Norm FIDESUTE 80-810 (RDF2000) etc)

However these prediction methods are not intended to reflect fielded MTBF as is commonly believed The intent of these tools is to focus design efforts on the weak links in the design

MTTR

MTTR is an abbreviation that has several different expansions with greatly differing meanings

It is wise to spell out exactly what is meant by the use of this abbreviation rather than assuming the reader will know which is being assumed

The M can stand for any of minimum mean or maximum and the R can stand for any of recovery repair respond or restore

The most common mean is also subject to interpretation as there are many different ways in which a mean can be calculated

Mean time to repair

Mean time to recoveryMean time to restore

Mean time to respond

Mean time to replace

In an engineering context with no explicit definition the engineering figure of merit mean time to repair would be the most probable intent by virtue of seniority of usage

It is also similar in meaning to the others above (more in the case of recovery less in the case of respond the latter being more properly styled mean response time)

Maintenance Organization 5

Section 19 Sections 110 and 111 present education and training and management and labor relations respectively A summary of the chapter is provided in Section 112

12 Maintenance Organization Objectives and Responsibility

A maintenance organization and its position in the plantwhole organization is heavily impacted by the following elements or factors

bull Type of business eg whether it is high tech labor intensive production or service

bull Objectives may include profit maximization increasing market share and other social objectives

bull Size and structure of the organization bull Culture of the organization and bull Range of responsibility assigned to maintenance

Figure 11 Maintenance organizing as a function of the management process

Organizations seek one or several of the following objectives profit

maximization specific quality level of service or products minimizing costs safe and clean environment or human resource development It is clear that all of these

Leaderrsquos Influence

PLANNING Setting performance objectives and developing decisions on how to achieve them

IMPLEMENTING Executing the plans to meet the set performance objectives

CONTROLLING Measuring performance of the maintained equipment and taking preventive and corrective actions to restore the designed (desired) specifications

ORGANIZING Creating structure setting tasks (dividing up the work) arranging resources (forming maintenance crews) and coordinating activites to perform maintenance tasks

6 AE Haroun and SO Duffuaa

objectives are heavily impacted by maintenance and therefore the objectives of maintenance must be aligned with the objectives of the organization

The principal responsibility of maintenance is to provide a service to enable an organization to achieve its objectives The specific responsibilities vary from one organization to another however they generally include the following according to Duffuaa et al (1998)

1 Keeping assets and equipment in good condition well configured and safe to perform their intended functions

2 Perform all maintenance activities including preventive predictive corrective overhauls design modification and emergency maintenance in an efficient and effective manner

3 Conserve and control the use of spare parts and material 4 Commission new plants and plant expansions and 5 Operate utilities and conserve energy

The above responsibilities and objectives impact the organization structure for maintenance as will be shown in the coming sections

13 Determinants of a Maintenance Organization

The maintenance organizationrsquos structure is determined after planning the maintenance capacity The maintenance capacity is heavily influenced by the level of centralization or decentralization adopted In this section the main issues that must be addressed when forming the maintenance organizationrsquos structure are presented The issues are capacity planning centralization vs decentralization and in-house vs outsourcing

131 Maintenance Capacity Planning

Maintenance capacity planning determines the required resources for maintenance including the required crafts administration equipment tools and space to execute the maintenance load efficiently and meet the objectives of the maintenance department Critical aspects of maintenance capacity are the numbers and skills of craftsmen required to execute the maintenance load It is difficult to determine the exact number of various types of craftsmen since the maintenance load is uncertain Therefore accurate forecasts for the future maintenance work demand are essential for determining the maintenance capacity In order to have better utilization of manpower organizations tend to reduce the number of available craftsmen below their expected need This is likely to result in a backlog of uncompleted maintenance work This backlog can also be cleared when the maintenance load is less than the capacity Making long run estimations is one of the areas in maintenance capacity planning that is both critical and not well developed in practice Techniques for maintenance forecasting and capacity planning are presented in a separate chapter in this handbook

Maintenance Organization 7

132 Centralization vs Decentralization

The decision to organize maintenance in a centralized decentralized or a hybrid form depends to a greater extent on the organization is philosophy maintenance load size of the plant and skills of craftsmen The advantages of centralization are

1 Provides more flexibility and improves utilization of resources such highly skilled crafts and special equipment and therefore results in more efficiency

2 Allows more efficient line supervision 3 Allows more effective on the job training and 4 Permits the purchasing of modern equipment

However it has the following disadvantages

1 Less utilization of crafts since more time is required for getting to and from jobs

2 Supervision of crafts becomes more difficult and as such less maintenance control is achieved

3 Less specialization on complex hardware is achieved since different persons work on the same hardware and

4 More costs of transportation are incurred due to remoteness of some of the maintenance work

In a decentralized maintenance organization departments are assigned to specific areas or units This tends to reduce the flexibility of the maintenance system as a whole The range of skills available becomes reduced and manpower utilization is usually less efficient than in a centralized maintenance In some cases a compromise solution that combines centralization and decentralization is better This type of hybrid is called a cascade system The cascade system organizes maintenance in areas and what ever exceeds the capacity of each area is challenged to a centralized unit In this fashion the advantages of both systems may be reaped For more on the advantages and disadvantages of centralization and de-centralization see Duffuaa et al (1998) and Niebel (1994)

133 In-house vs Outsourcing

At this level management considers the sources for building the maintenance capacity The main sources or options available are in-house by direct hiring outsourcing or a combination of in-house and outsourcing The criteria for selecting sources for building and maintaining maintenance capacity include strategic considerations technological and economic factors The following are criteria that can be employed to select among sources for maintenance capacity

1 Availability and dependability of the source on a long term basis 2 Capability of the source to achieve the objectives set for maintenance by

the organization and its ability to carry out the maintenance tasks

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 11

UNIT- I

PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICES OF MAINTENANCE PLANNING

PART-A (2 Marks)

01 Define maintenance

02 Define reliability

03 State the benefits of reliability analysis in industries

04 Define failure rate

05 What is Mean Failure Rate

06 Define Mean Time to Failure

07 What is Mean Time Between Failures (MTBF)

08 Define Mean Time to Repair (MTTR)

09 Define Maintenance Action Rate

10 Define Failure Density

PART-B (16 Marks)

1 What do you mean by maintenance job planning Discuss various steps of

maintenance job planning (16)

2 What is long term plan Discuss few long term planning (16)

3 What are the objectives of maintenance organization and what different types of

organizations are in use in Indian industries (16)

4 What is equipment availability and what are the three basic approaches to define and

quantity availability (16)

5 Explain MTBS MTBF MTTF MTTR and failure rate (16)

6 Explain briefly different types and classes of maintenance cost (16)

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 12

UNIT II MAINTENANCE POLICIES ndash PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

Maintenance categories ndash Comparative merits of each category ndash Preventive

maintenance maintenance schedules and repair cycle ndash Principles and methods of

lubrication ndash TPM

LUBRICATION

Lubrication is the process or technique employed to reduce wear of one or both

surfaces in close proximity and moving relative to each other by interposing a substance

called lubricant between the surfaces to carry or to help carry the load (pressure

generated) between the opposing surfaces The interposed lubricant film can be a solid

(eg graphite MoS2) a solidliquid dispersion a liquid a liquid-liquid dispersion (a

grease) or exceptionally a gas

In the most common case the applied load is carried by pressure generated within the

fluid due to the frictional viscous resistance to motion of the lubricating fluid between the

surfaces

Lubrication can also describe the phenomenon such reduction of wear occurs without

human intervention (hydroplaning on a road)

The science of friction lubrication and wear is called tribology

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 13

The regimes of lubrication

As the load increases on the contacting surfaces three distinct situations can be observed

with respect to the mode of lubrication which are called regimes of lubrication

Fluid film lubrication is the lubrication regime in which through viscous forces

the load is fully supported by the lubricant within the space or gap between the

parts in motion relative to one another (the lubricated conjunction) and solidndashsolid

contact is avoided[2]

o Hydrostatic lubrication is when an external pressure is applied to the

lubricant in the bearing to maintain the fluid lubricant film where it would

otherwise be squeezed out

o Hydrodynamic lubrication is where the motion of the contacting surfaces

and the exact design of the bearing is used to pump lubricant around the

bearing to maintain the lubricating film This design of bearing may wear

when started stopped or reversed as the lubricant film breaks down

Elastohydrodynamic lubrication The opposing surfaces are separated but there

occurs some interaction between the raised solid features called asperities and

there is an elastic deformation on the contacting surface enlarging the load-

bearing area whereby the viscous resistance of the lubricant becomes capable of

supporting the load

Boundary lubrication (also called boundary film lubrication) The bodies come

into closer contact at their asperities the heat developed by the local pressures

causes a condition which is called stick-slip and some asperities break off At the

elevated temperature and pressure conditions chemically reactive constituents of

the lubricant react with the contact surface forming a highly resistant tenacious

layer or film on the moving solid surfaces (boundary film) which is capable of

supporting the load and major wear or breakdown is avoided Boundary

lubrication is also defined as that regime in which the load is carried by the

surface asperities rather than by the lubricant[3]

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 14

Besides supporting the load the lubricant may have to perform other functions as well for

instance it may cool the contact areas and remove wear products While carrying out

these functions the lubricant is constantly replaced from the contact areas either by the

relative movement (hydrodynamics) or by externally induced forces

Lubrication is required for correct operation of mechanical systems pistons pumps cams

bearings turbines cutting tools etc where without lubrication the pressure between the

surfaces in close proximity would generate enough heat for rapid surface damage which

in a coarsened condition may literally weld the surfaces together causing seizure

In some applications such as piston engines the film between the piston and the cylinder

wall also seals the combustion chamber preventing combustion gases from escaping into

the crankcase

TOTAL PRODUCTIVE MAINTENANCE

TPM is a maintenance process developed for improving productivity by making

processes more reliable and less wasteful

TPM is an extension of TQM(Total Quality Management)

The objective of TPM is to maintain the plant or equipment in good condition without

interfering with the daily process

To achieve this objective preventive and predictive maintenance is required By

following the philosophy of TPM we can minimize the unexpected failure of the

equipment

To implement TPM the production unit and maintenance unit should work jointly

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 15

Original goal of total productive management

―Continuously improve all operational conditions within a production system by

stimulating the daily awareness of all employees (by Seiichi Nakajima Japan JIPM)

TPM focuses primarily on manufacturing (although its benefits are applicable to virtually

any process) and is the first methodology Toyota used to improve its global position

(1950s) After TPM the focus was stretched and also suppliers and customers were

involved (Supply Chain) this next methodology was called lean manufacturing This

sheet gives an overview of TPM in its original form

An accurate and practical implementation of TPM will increase productivity within the

total organization where

(1) A clear business culture is designed to continuously improve the efficiency of the

total production system

(2) A standardized and systematic approach is used where all losses are prevented andor

known all departments influencing productivity will be involved to move from a

reactive to a predictive mindset

(4) A transparent multidisciplinary organization in reaching zero losses

(5) Steps are taken as a journey not as a quick menu

Finally TPM will provide practical and transparent ingredients to reach operational

excellence

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 16

IMPLEMENTATION

TPM has basically 3 goals - Zero Product Defects Zero Equipment Unplanned Failures

and Zero Accidents

It sets out to achieve these goals by Gap Analysis of previous historical records of

Product Defects Equipment Failures and Accidents

Then through a clear understanding of this Gap Analysis (Fishbone Cause-Effect

Analysis Why-Why Cause-Effect Analysis and P-M Analysis) plan a physical

investigation to discover new latent fuguai (slight deterioration) during the first step in

TPM Autonomous Maintenance called Initial Cleaning

TPM identifies the 7 losses (types of waste) (muda) namely set-up and initial adjustment

time equipment breakdown time idling and minor losses speed (cycle time) losses

start-up quality losses and in process quality losses and then works systematically to

eliminate them by making improvements (kaizen) TPM has 8 pillars of activity each

being set to achieve a ―zero target

These 8 pillars are the following focussed improvement (Kobetsu Kaizen) autonomous

maintenance (Jishu Hozen) planned maintenance training and education early-phase

management quality maintenance (Hinshitsu Hozen) office TPM and safety health and

environment Few organisation also add Pillars according to their Work Place like

Tools Management Information Technology amp more

The Base for the TPM Activity is 5S Seiri (Sorting out the required or not required

items) Seition (Systematic Arrangement of the required items) Seiso (Cleaniness)

Seiketsu (Standardisation) Shitsuke (Self Discipline)

The Pillars amp their details

a) Efficient Equipment Utilisation

b) Efficient Worker Utilisation

c) Efficient Material amp Energy Utilisation

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 17

REPAIRABLE

Repairable parts are parts that are deemed worthy of repair usually by virtue of economic

consideration of their repair cost

Rather than bear the cost of completely replacing a finished product repairables typically

are designed to enable more affordable maintenance by being more modular

This allows components to be more easily removed repaired and replaced enabling

cheaper replacement

Spare parts that are needed to support condemnation of repairable parts are known as

replenishment spares

A rotable pool is a pool of repairable spare parts inventory set aside to allow for multiple

repairs to be accomplished simultaneously

This can be used to minimize stockout conditions for repairable items

REPAIR CYCLE

From the perspective of logistics a model of the life cycle of parts in a supply chain can

be developed

This model called the repair cycle consists of functioning parts in use by equipment

operators and the entire sequence of suppliers or repair providers that replenish

functional part inventories either by production or repair when they have failed

Ultimately this sequence ends with the manufacturer

This type of model allows demands on a supply system to ultimately be traced to their

operational reliability allowing for analysis of the dynamics of the supply system in

particular spare parts

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 18

UNIT-II

MAINTENANCE POLICIES ndash PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

PART-A (2 Marks)

01 What is meant by Breakdown maintenance approach

02 Classify various planned maintenance approach

03 Define Corrective maintenance approach

04 What is meant by preventive maintenance approach

05 List out the objectives of Corrective maintenance

06 What is meant by Predictive Maintenance

07 List out some condition based monitoring techniques and briefly discuss on them

08 What is meant by Reliability Centered Maintenance (RCM)

09 What is Total Productive Maintenance (TPM) and discuss its similarities with TQM

10 What is meant by Reliability Centered Maintenance (RCM)

11 What does Safety Health and Environment pillar of TPM aims at

PART-B (16 Marks)

1 What do you understand by maintenance categories Explain common types and

explain the basis of their selection (16)

2 What are all the steps involved in preventive maintenance why preventive maintenance

is better than reactive maintenance (16)

3 Distinguish between fixed time maintenance and connect based maintenance Give the

merits and demerits (16)

4 Briefly explain the procedure for TPM (16)

5 Explain the repair cycle of metallic materials (16)

6 What are the functions of lubrication and gives the tips on lubrication (16)

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 19

UNIT III CONDITION MONITORING

Condition monitoring ndash Cost comparison with and without CM ndash On-load testing

and off-load testing ndash Methods and instruments for CM ndash Temperature sensitive

tapes ndash Pistol thermometers ndash Wear-debris analysis

CONDITION MONITORING

Condition monitoring is the process of monitoring a parameter of condition in machinery such that a significant change is indicative of a developing failure

It is a major component of predictive maintenance The use of conditional monitoring allows maintenance to be scheduled or other actions to be taken to avoid the consequences of failure before the failure occurs

Nevertheless a deviation from a reference value (eg temperature or vibration behavior) must occur to identify impeding damages

Predictive Maintenance does not predict failure

Machines with defects are more at risk of failure than defect free machines Once a defect has been identified the failure process has already commenced and CM systems can only measure the deterioration of the condition

Intervention in the early stages of deterioration is usually much more cost effective than allowing the machinery to fail Condition monitoring has a unique benefit in that the actual load and subsequent heat dissipation that represents normal service can be seen and conditions that would shorten normal lifespan can be addressed before repeated failures occur

Serviceable machinery includes rotating equipment and stationary plant such as boilers and heat exchangers

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 20

METHODS OF CM

1 Screen monitoring records video or static images detailing the contents or screen

capture of the entire [video display] or the content of the screen activity within a

particular program or computer application Monitoring tools may collect real

time video accelerated or [time-lapse] video or screen shots or may take video or

still image captures at regular intervals (eg once every 4 minutes) They may

collect images constantly or only collect information while the user is interacting

with the equipment (eg capturing screens when the mouse or keyboard is

active)

2 Data monitoring tracks the content of and changes to files stored on the local

[hard drive] or in the users private network share

3 Keystroke monitoring (eg number of keystrokes per minute) may track the

performance of keyboard-intensive work such as word processing or data entry

Keystroke logging captures all keyboard input to enable the employer to monitor

anything typed into the monitored machine

4 Idle time monitoring keeps track of time when the employee is away from the

computer or the computer is not being actively used

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 21

BENEFITS

o Screen monitoring records video or static images detailing the contents or

screen capture of the entire [video display] or the content of the screen

activity within a particular program or computer application

o Monitoring tools may collect real time video accelerated or [time-lapse]

video or screen shots or may take video or still image captures at regular

intervals (eg once every 4 minutes)

o They may collect images constantly or only collect information while the user

is interacting with the equipment (eg capturing screens when the mouse or

keyboard is active)

o Data monitoring tracks the content of and changes to files stored on the local

[hard drive] or in the users private network share

o Keystroke monitoring (eg number of keystrokes per minute) may track the

performance of keyboard-intensive work such as word processing or data

entry Keystroke logging captures all keyboard input to enable the employer to

monitor anything typed into the monitored machine

o Idle time monitoring keeps track of time when the employee is away from the

computer or the computer is not being actively used

NDE2002 predict assure improve

National Seminar of ISNT Chennai 5 ndash 7 12 2002

wwwnde2002org

SIMPLE INSTRUMENTS USED IN CONDITION MONITORING

Prof DRKIRAN

Head department of production Engineering StPeterrsquos Engineering College

ABSTRACT

Condition monitoring is a system of assessing the service condition or the change of service condition of any component or a part of an equipment or a system Considerable research has been done in this direction leading to development of several electrical and electronic monitoring instruments These when connected to strategic locations of the systems measure and indicate certain parameters enabling us to monitor the condition and take vital decisions on a continuous basis

Nevertheless the high cost of these instruments prevent their use in all required locations On the other hand traditionally used simple mechanical gadgets are being used by the maintenance personnel of todayrsquos industry all over the world These have the advantages of being portable simple easy to use and economical More significantly they can be used to check any location or component suspected to be functioning abnormally This paper discusses some of such instruments used and could be used for condition monitoring of industrial machines as well as process equipment like pressure vessels and heat exchangers

1 What is Condition monitoring

Condition monitoring is that type of planned maintenance wherein the actual working conditions of major components of an equipment are constantly monitored to give an indication of which parts should be replaced and which need not in the near future In other words the preventive maintenance with condition monitoring is a system in which in addition to the programmed stoppages for maintenance work an assessment is made on the condition of all major parts of an equipment while in operation even when a preventive maintenance schedule is on If by assessment the condition of the part is satisfactory the schedule of stopping the machine or scrapping the part etc is reviewed and deferred Similarly if the condition monitoring finds a certain part may fail in a short time it is replaced even before its PM schedule and prevent unexpected breakdowns

2 On-load vs off load condition monitoring

On load monitoring means monitoring or adjusting the parameters while the machine or equipment is running Thus it is done for superficial easily accessible amp non interfering parts of the equipment which can be carried out without interruption to the operation

Off load monitoring is for interior or inaccessible parts which need to be stopped temporarily to check the condition However there may be several situations like the two-shift working or the plantrsquos temporary shut down for other reasons when this class can be conducted without productions loss

3 Subjective aided subjective or objective condition monitoring

i) Subjective condition monitoring

Here the monitoring personnel use their perception of senses and judgement to note any change of the condition The four senses a man is bestowed with like seeing (emanation of smoke) hearing (bearing noise) smelling (burning of oil or rubber components due to excessive heat) feeling (touching the motor to feel the excessive heating or touching the housing to feel a vibrating shaft) are used It is important that the person carrying out subjective condition monitoring has an adequate qualifications and skills as the result depends on their judgement and experience In subjective condition monitoring it is also possible to use instructions guidelines or hints where to look for leakage bearing play etc Posters or figures illustrating different conditions of components may also be helpful

ii) Aided subjective or condition monitoring with simple gadgets

Here the monitoring personnel use simple gadgets to add to their ability to perceive conditions better These gadgets are discussed more in detail in the following paragraphs

iii) Objective condition monitoring

In objective condition monitoring different instruments and facilities are used for obtaining data giving direct measure of the parametric condition of the components even while the machine is working In many cases these simple mechanical or complex electronic measuring devices can be mounted on convenient locations for better monitoring and control

A doctor feeling the pulse (subjective) his using a stethoscope to determine any abnormal heart beat (aided subjective) or looking into the ECG monitor (objective) form the examples of the above three categories

4 Some of the gadgets and simple instruments used for condition monitoring

a) Monitoring of visual condition of inaccessible partslocations

Quite often the visual condition of the components located at inaccessible locations are to be monitored may be with respect to corrosion or fatigue cracking or even dust sediment collection that is deleterious to the functioning of the component Simple gadgets are being used either on-line or off-line to aid the perception of the condition Depending upon the extent of change as perceived the equipment can be stopped for detailed check andor rectification Some of the gadgets are illustrated below

i) Inspection mirrors used to inspect crevices dark spots inside of narrow mouthed cylinders or the pipes of heat exchangers or boilers These mirrors can be simple like that of a dentist or

a) with adjustable mirror angle controlled by a wire running along the holding rod or

b) illuminated with a light bulb near the mirror of special use in dark spots inside cylinders or inside heat exchanger pipes

c) with telescopic rod for adjusting the length of the gadget

d) mirrors fitted inside a small tube rather than on a rod to prevent damage to the mirror during insertion or other operation These are also called as borescopes

e) periscopic for specialised applications or to assist the viewer et Etc

fig 1 a) a collection of inspection mirrors b) inspection of crevices and c) inspecting the inside of as cylinder

Of specific interest to the NDE practitioners is their versatility to inspect the inside of the boiler pipes or heat exchanger pipes which can tell a lot about the working condition of the inside of the tubes about the rusting cracking sedimentation etc enabling an early preventive action

Fig 2 Use of borescopes to inspect heat exchanger pipes

Fig 3 borescopes and periscopes

ii) Endoscopes These are like borescopes but are flexible They work on the principle of image transfer by total internal reflection in a bundle of glass fibres They are more popular with gastroenterologists for diagnosing ulcers in stomachs Also called optical fibroscopes they are flexible ands are more versatile in several applications illustrated below Some times they are permanently fixed for constant monitoring of critical components are inserted when needed into pre-fixed tubular guides leading to the location to be monitored

Fig 4 The application of endoscopes in industrial equipment

Fig 5 The principle of endoscope

Having illustrated the gadgets for visual perception as above some of them used in other monitoring functions may be cited as below classified into the three categories

b) Temperature monitoring

Subjective -

Touching the motor etc and assessing if over heated

Aided subjective -

Temperature sensitive stickers are the most common ands cost effective A sticker having four of five 20 mm diameter dots of special paints each of which changes its colour at a particular temperature is stuck to the heat prone parts of the equipment The operatives or supervisor can identify its temperature range by looking at the stickers from a distance itself during their periodic patrol rounds Temperature sensitive chalks thermal paints with which larger part of the heat prone body is painted fall under this category -

Objective -

Pyrometers thermometers pistol thermometers etc Depending of convenience and need these instruments can be of thermostat type or connected to some sort of warning system in case of overheating

c) Vibration monitoring

Subjective

By touching and feeling the vibrations in a rotating body or by listening to vibrating sounds

Aided subjective

Stethoscopes use of screw driver ends by expert foremen etc

Objective -

Shock pulse meters (SPM) vibration measuring instruments etc

Vibration measurements made near the source of vibration might indicate the following

bull imbalance bull shaft misalignment bull damaged bearings (worn or chipped balls or races)

bull damaged gears another transmission components bull mechanical looseness bull cavitation and stall etc

d) Leak Monitoring

Subjective -

Listening to and identifying any hissing sound near hydraulic or pneumatic circuits

Aided subjective -

A number of leak detecting techniques are available including the soap and water methods Use of proprietary preparations can make this method more effective capable of detecting leaks as low as 1 m1s

Objective -

One powerful technique is ultrasonic detection When a fluid is forced through a leak under internal or external pressure sound is generated in the frequency range 40-80 Khz The ultrasonic leak detector identifies this very high frequency which is easily separated from the lower frequencies of ordinary machine noise

Fig 6 Ultrasonic leak detector to detect internal amp external leaks

e) Corrosion Monitoring

Subjective -

Corrosion cannot be generally judged visually and is not as effective as those discussed below

Aided subjective -

Corrosion coupons which are small pieces say 1 square inch of the same material as the base are pasted at locations suspected to be highly corrosive and analysed once in a month or as required The corrosion characteristics of the coupon are expected to be same as the base metal to which they are pasted and hence give an indirect measurement the corrosion of the body

Fig 7a) A view of the corrosion coupon b)The coupon mounted in tubes carrying chemicals

Objective -

Electrical and electronic devises can be developed to measure the corrosion characteristics based on the following principles the details of which are beyond the scope of this paper

diams The basic principle in Corrosion Monitoring is the change in the resistance of special electrical elements in corrosion environment

diams The potential difference between the reference electrode and the system will indicate the presence and the extent of corrosion

diams The polarisation resistance of the special designed probe indicate the rate of corrosion

diams Hydrogen gas formation during corrosion can be detected with a thin walled blind tube which can be analysed to determine the corrosion

f) Belt tension monitoring

subjective -

Slightly pressing down the V-belt

Aided subjective -

Pen type tension gage as illustrated below is a simple and handy one Depending upon belt looseness the inner part of the gage telescopes into the upper part leaving the rubber ring stuck on to the lower part at the lowest point of insertion On removing the gage the position of the rubber ring on the graduated scale of the lower part indicates the belt looseness that can be corrected if necessary

Objective -

Strain gages or other electronic instruments are used to measure the stresses in metallic parts or components

Fig 8 a) pen type tension gage and b) strain gage for bi-directional measurement

g) Shaft run-out monitoring

When a lathe is being tested for accuracy a mandrel is fixed in the spindle and rotated and checked for the run-out

Subjective -

If the run-out is high it can be visually seen

Aided subjective -

By use of dial gages fixed on to the bodies the amount of run-out can be measured But this can be done by turning the spindle by hand or at low speeds

Objective -

Optical sensors as illustrated below can be used to check the run-out even at high speeds

Fig 9 Run-out checking by optical sensor

h) Crack detection

This is mostly off-line monitoring and most tests under this category form NDE tests the primary function of ISNT specialists Most serious failures are preceded by crack growth from a point of stress concentration or from a material defect at the surface of the component A number of crack detection techniques have been developed to a great degree of advancement like dye penetration test (PT) magnetic particle test (MT) Electrical resistance or eddy current test (ET) Ultrasonic Testing (UT) and Radiographic test (RT)

While the first two of the following can be classified as aided subjective the latter can be categorised as objective Since the purpose of this paragraph is to highlight crack detection as a condition monitoring techniques these NDE methods are only cited but not discussed further

5 Conclusion

While only few types of monitoring namely visual temperature vibration leak corrosion run-out belt tension and crack monitoring are discussed a host of simple gadgets are being developed according to their specific use for many other monitoring functions that are not discussed here

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 22

LOAD TESTING

o Load testing is the process of putting demand on a system or device

and measuring its response

o Load testing is performed to determine a systemrsquos behavior under both

normal and anticipated peak load conditions

o It helps to identify the maximum operating capacity of an application

as well as any bottlenecks and determine which element is causing

degradation

o When the load placed on the system is raised beyond normal usage

patterns in order to test the systems response at unusually high or

peak loads it is known as stress testing

o The load is usually so great that error conditions are the expected

result although no clear boundary exists when an activity ceases to be

a load test and becomes a stress test

o There is little agreement on what the specific goals of load testing are

o The term is often used synonymously with concurrency testing

software performance testing reliability testing and volume testing

o Load testing is a type of non-functional testing

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 23

WEAR DEBRIS ANALYSIS

Using a Scanning Electron Microscope of a carefully taken sample of debris

suspended in lubricating oil (taken from filters or magnetic chip detectors)

Instruments then reveal the elements contained their proportions size and

morphology

Using this method the site the mechanical failure mechanism and the time to

eventual failure may be determined This is called WDA - Wear Debris Analysis

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 24

UNIT-III

CONDITION MONOTORING

PART-A (2 Marks)

1 What is equipment health monitoring

2 List down the factors for increasing the demand condition monitoring

3 List down the key features of condition monitoring

4 Write down the basic steps in condition monitoring

5 What are three types of condition monitoring

6 State the advantages and disadvantages of condition monitoring

7 Mention the various costs involved in costing of condition monitoring mainly

8 State the methods of measuring vibration

9 Describe briefly pistol thermometer

10 Name the types of pyrometers

11 Mention title applications of bimetallic strip

12 List down the features of RTD

13 State the applications and limitations of thermisters

PART-B (16 Marks)

1 What is condition monitoring and explain condition monitoring What type of condition

monitoring are normally used in industry (16)

2 What is leakage monitoring Explain some of the leakage mediums used for condition

monitoring (16)

3 What is wear debris analysis what are the three wear debris analysis techniques

commonly used and compare their performance and uses (16)

4 Briefly explain the cost comparison with and without condition monitoring (16)

5 What is thermal monitoring and what thermal monitoring are used in industries

explain principle and uses of thermograph (16)

6 Briefly explain various methods and instruments for condition monitoring (16)

Page 3: ME1012 Maintenance Engineering Study Materials

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 3

TEXT BOOKS

1 Srivastava SK ldquoIndustrial Maintenance Managementrdquo S Chand and Co

1981

2 Bhattacharya SN ldquoInstallation Servicing and Maintenancerdquo S Chand and Co

1995

REFERENCES

1 Garg MR ldquoIndustrial Maintenancerdquo S Chand and Co 1986

2 Higgins LR ldquoMaintenance Engineering Handbookrdquo 5th Edition McGraw Hill

1988

3 Davies ldquoHandbook of Condition Monitoringrdquo Chapman and Hall 1996

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 4

UNIT I PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICES OF MAINTENANCE PLANNING 10

Basic principles of maintenance planning ndash Objectives and principles of planned

maintenance activity ndash Importance and benefits of sound maintenance systems ndash

Reliability and machine availability ndash MTBF MTTR and MWT ndash Factors of

availability ndash Maintenance organization ndash Maintenance economics

Maintenance Engineering is the discipline and profession of applying engineering concepts to the optimization of equipment procedures and departmental budgets to achieve better maintainability reliability and availability of equipment

Maintenance and hence maintenance engineering is increasing in importance due to rising amounts of equipment systems machineries and infrastructure

Since the Industrial Revolution devices equipment machinery and structures have grown increasingly complex requiring a host of personnel vocations and related systems needed to maintain them

Prior to 2006 the United States spent approximately US$300 billion annually on plant maintenance and operations alone

A person practicing Maintenance Engineering is known as a Maintenance Engineer

OBJECTIVES AND PRINCIPLES

Analysis of repetitive equipment failures

Estimation of maintenance costs and evaluation of alternatives

Forecasting of spare parts

Assessing the needs for equipment replacements and establish replacement

programs when due application of scheduling and project management

principles to replacement programs

Assessing required maintenance tools and skills required for efficient

maintenance of equipment

Assessing required skills required for maintenance personnel

Reviewing personnel transfers to and from maintenance organizations

assessing and reporting safety hazards associated with maintenance of

equipment

1 The planners are organized into a separate departmentfrom the craft maintenance crews to facilitate specializing inplanning techniques as well as focusing on future work

2 The Planning Department concentrates on future work--work that has not been started--in order to provide the Maintenance Department at least one week of work backlogthat is planned approved and ready to execute This

Crew supervisors handle the current days work and problems Any problems that arise after commencement ofany job are resolved by the craft technicians or supervisors

After every job completion feedback is given by the leadtechnician or supervisor to the Planning Department Thefeedback consists of any problems plan changes or other

might be improved The planners ensure that feedbackinformation gets properly filed to aid future work

3 The Planning Department maintains a simple securefile system based on equipment tag numbers The file

information learned on previous work to prepare andimprove work plans especially on repetitive maintenancetasks The majority of maintenance tasks are repetitive

assists making repair or replace decisions

Supervisors and plant engineers are trained to accessthese files to gather information they need with minimal

4 Planners use personal experience and file information to develop work plans to avoid anticipated work delays

5 The Planning Department recognizes the skill of the

crafts In general the planners responsibility is what before how The planner determines the scope of the work request

The planner then plans the general strategy of the work (such

as repair or replace) and includes a preliminary procedure if

The planners and technicians work together over repeated jobs

to develop better procedures and checklists

6 Wrench time is the primary measure of workforceefficiency and of planning and scheduling effectiveness

Wrench time is the proportion of available-to-work time

tively working on a job site by delays such as waiting forassignment clearance parts tools instructions travelcoordination with other crafts or equipment information

delays during jobs and work that is scheduled reduces delays

MAINTENANCE

PLANNING

PRINCIPLES

between jobs

backlog allows crews to work primarily on planned work

helpful information so that future work plans and schedules

system enables planners to utilize equipment data and

over a sufficient period of time File cost information

planner assistance

and quality or safety problems

including clarification of the originatorrsquos intent where necessary

their expertise to make the specified repair or replacement

during which craft persons are not being kept from produc-

Work that is planned before assignment reduces unnecessary

As a minimum planners are experienced top level techniciansthat are trained in planning techniques

there is not one already in the file The craft technicians use

Maintenance Planning and Scheduling HandbookDoc Palmer docpalmerpalmerplanningcom United States of America (904) 228-5700

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 5

Reliability may be defined in several ways

The idea that an item is fit for a purpose with respect to time

In the most discrete and practical sense Items that do not fail in use are reliable

and Items that do fail in use are not reliable

The capacity of a designed produced or maintained item to perform as required

over time

The capacity of a population of designed produced or maintained items to

perform as required over time

The resistance to failure of an item over time

The probability of an item to perform a required function under stated conditions

for a specified period of time

In line with the creation of safety cases for safety the goal is to provide a robust set of

qualitative and quantitative evidence that an item or system will not contain unacceptable

risk

The basic sorts of steps to take are to

First thoroughly identify as many as possible reliability hazards (eg relevant

System Failure Scenarios item Failure modes the basic Failure mechanisms and

root causes) by specific analysis or tests

Assess the Risk associated with them by analysis and testing

Propose mitigations by which the risks may be lowered and controlled to an

acceptable level

Select the best mitigations and get agreement on final (accepted) Risk Levels

possible based on cost-benefit analysis

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 6

AVAILABILITY

A Reliability Program Plan may also be used to evaluate and improve

Availability of a system by the strategy on focusing on increasing testability amp

maintainability and not on reliability

Improving maintainability is generally easier than reliability Maintainability

estimates (Repair rates) are also generally more accurate

However because the uncertainties in the reliability estimates are in most

cases very large it is likely to dominate the availability (prediction

uncertainty) problem even in the case maintainability levels are very high

When reliability is not under control more complicated issues may arise like

manpower (maintainers customer service capability) shortage spare part

availability logistic delays lack of repair facilities extensive retro-fit and

complex configuration management costs and others

The problem of unreliability may be increased also due to the Domino

effect of maintenance induced failures after repairs

Only focusing on maintainability is therefore not enough If failures are

prevented none of the others are of any importance and therefore reliability is

generally regarded as the most important part of availability

A Fault Tree Diagram

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 7

One of the most important design techniques is redundancy

RELIABILITY THEORY

Reliability is defined as the probability that a device will perform its intended function

during a specified period of time under stated conditions Mathematically this may be

expressed as

where is the failure probability density function and is the length of the

period of time (which is assumed to start from time zero)

ACCELERATED TESTING

The purpose of accelerated life testing is to induce field failure in the laboratory at a

much faster rate by providing a harsher but nonetheless representative environment

In such a test the product is expected to fail in the lab just as it would have failed in the

fieldmdashbut in much less time

The main objective of an accelerated test is either of the following

To discover failure modes

To predict the normal field life from the high stress lab life

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 8

An Accelerated testing program can be broken down into the following steps

Software reliability is a special aspect of reliability engineering System reliability by

definition includes all parts of the system including hardware software supporting

infrastructure (including critical external interfaces) operators and procedures

Traditionally reliability engineering focuses on critical hardware parts of the system

Since the widespread use of digital integrated circuit technology software has become an

increasingly critical part of most electronics and hence nearly all present day systems

Despite this difference in the source of failure between software and hardware several

software reliability models based on statistics have been proposed to quantify what we

experience with software the longer software is run the higher the probability that it will

eventually be used in an untested manner and exhibit a latent defect that results in a

failure (Shooman 1987) (Musa 2005) (Denney 2005)

As with hardware software reliability depends on good requirements design and

implementation Software reliability engineering relies heavily on a disciplined software

engineering process to anticipate and design against unintended consequences There is

more overlap between software quality engineering and software reliability engineering

than between hardware quality and reliability A good software development plan is a key

aspect of the software reliability program The software development plan describes the

design and coding standards peer reviews unit tests configuration management

software metrics and software models to be used during software development

Define objective and scope of the test

Collect required information about the product

Identify the stress(es)

Determine level of stress(es)

Conduct the accelerated test and analyze the collected data

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 9

MEAN TIME BETWEEN FAILURES

Mean time between failures (MTBF) is the predicted elapsed time between inherent

failures of a system during operation[1] MTBF can be calculated as the arithmetic mean

(average) time between failures of a system

FORMAL DEFINITION OF MTBF

By referring to the figure above the MTBF is the sum of the operational periods divided by the number of observed failures

If the Down time (with space) refers to the start of downtime (without space) and up time (with space) refers to the start of uptime (without spMean time betMean time between failuresween failuresace) the formula will be

The MTBF is often denoted by the Greek letter θ or

The MTBF can be defined in terms of the expected value of the density function ƒ(t)

where ƒ is the density function of time until failure ndash satisfying the standard requirement of density functions ndash

The Overview

For each observation downtime is the instantaneous time it went down which is after (ie greater than) the moment it went up uptime The difference (downtime minus uptime) is the amount of time it was operating between these two events

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 10

MTBF value prediction is an important element in the development of products Reliability engineers design engineers often utilize Reliability Software to calculate products MTBF according to various methodsstandards (MIL-HDBK-217F Telcordia SR332 Siemens Norm FIDESUTE 80-810 (RDF2000) etc)

However these prediction methods are not intended to reflect fielded MTBF as is commonly believed The intent of these tools is to focus design efforts on the weak links in the design

MTTR

MTTR is an abbreviation that has several different expansions with greatly differing meanings

It is wise to spell out exactly what is meant by the use of this abbreviation rather than assuming the reader will know which is being assumed

The M can stand for any of minimum mean or maximum and the R can stand for any of recovery repair respond or restore

The most common mean is also subject to interpretation as there are many different ways in which a mean can be calculated

Mean time to repair

Mean time to recoveryMean time to restore

Mean time to respond

Mean time to replace

In an engineering context with no explicit definition the engineering figure of merit mean time to repair would be the most probable intent by virtue of seniority of usage

It is also similar in meaning to the others above (more in the case of recovery less in the case of respond the latter being more properly styled mean response time)

Maintenance Organization 5

Section 19 Sections 110 and 111 present education and training and management and labor relations respectively A summary of the chapter is provided in Section 112

12 Maintenance Organization Objectives and Responsibility

A maintenance organization and its position in the plantwhole organization is heavily impacted by the following elements or factors

bull Type of business eg whether it is high tech labor intensive production or service

bull Objectives may include profit maximization increasing market share and other social objectives

bull Size and structure of the organization bull Culture of the organization and bull Range of responsibility assigned to maintenance

Figure 11 Maintenance organizing as a function of the management process

Organizations seek one or several of the following objectives profit

maximization specific quality level of service or products minimizing costs safe and clean environment or human resource development It is clear that all of these

Leaderrsquos Influence

PLANNING Setting performance objectives and developing decisions on how to achieve them

IMPLEMENTING Executing the plans to meet the set performance objectives

CONTROLLING Measuring performance of the maintained equipment and taking preventive and corrective actions to restore the designed (desired) specifications

ORGANIZING Creating structure setting tasks (dividing up the work) arranging resources (forming maintenance crews) and coordinating activites to perform maintenance tasks

6 AE Haroun and SO Duffuaa

objectives are heavily impacted by maintenance and therefore the objectives of maintenance must be aligned with the objectives of the organization

The principal responsibility of maintenance is to provide a service to enable an organization to achieve its objectives The specific responsibilities vary from one organization to another however they generally include the following according to Duffuaa et al (1998)

1 Keeping assets and equipment in good condition well configured and safe to perform their intended functions

2 Perform all maintenance activities including preventive predictive corrective overhauls design modification and emergency maintenance in an efficient and effective manner

3 Conserve and control the use of spare parts and material 4 Commission new plants and plant expansions and 5 Operate utilities and conserve energy

The above responsibilities and objectives impact the organization structure for maintenance as will be shown in the coming sections

13 Determinants of a Maintenance Organization

The maintenance organizationrsquos structure is determined after planning the maintenance capacity The maintenance capacity is heavily influenced by the level of centralization or decentralization adopted In this section the main issues that must be addressed when forming the maintenance organizationrsquos structure are presented The issues are capacity planning centralization vs decentralization and in-house vs outsourcing

131 Maintenance Capacity Planning

Maintenance capacity planning determines the required resources for maintenance including the required crafts administration equipment tools and space to execute the maintenance load efficiently and meet the objectives of the maintenance department Critical aspects of maintenance capacity are the numbers and skills of craftsmen required to execute the maintenance load It is difficult to determine the exact number of various types of craftsmen since the maintenance load is uncertain Therefore accurate forecasts for the future maintenance work demand are essential for determining the maintenance capacity In order to have better utilization of manpower organizations tend to reduce the number of available craftsmen below their expected need This is likely to result in a backlog of uncompleted maintenance work This backlog can also be cleared when the maintenance load is less than the capacity Making long run estimations is one of the areas in maintenance capacity planning that is both critical and not well developed in practice Techniques for maintenance forecasting and capacity planning are presented in a separate chapter in this handbook

Maintenance Organization 7

132 Centralization vs Decentralization

The decision to organize maintenance in a centralized decentralized or a hybrid form depends to a greater extent on the organization is philosophy maintenance load size of the plant and skills of craftsmen The advantages of centralization are

1 Provides more flexibility and improves utilization of resources such highly skilled crafts and special equipment and therefore results in more efficiency

2 Allows more efficient line supervision 3 Allows more effective on the job training and 4 Permits the purchasing of modern equipment

However it has the following disadvantages

1 Less utilization of crafts since more time is required for getting to and from jobs

2 Supervision of crafts becomes more difficult and as such less maintenance control is achieved

3 Less specialization on complex hardware is achieved since different persons work on the same hardware and

4 More costs of transportation are incurred due to remoteness of some of the maintenance work

In a decentralized maintenance organization departments are assigned to specific areas or units This tends to reduce the flexibility of the maintenance system as a whole The range of skills available becomes reduced and manpower utilization is usually less efficient than in a centralized maintenance In some cases a compromise solution that combines centralization and decentralization is better This type of hybrid is called a cascade system The cascade system organizes maintenance in areas and what ever exceeds the capacity of each area is challenged to a centralized unit In this fashion the advantages of both systems may be reaped For more on the advantages and disadvantages of centralization and de-centralization see Duffuaa et al (1998) and Niebel (1994)

133 In-house vs Outsourcing

At this level management considers the sources for building the maintenance capacity The main sources or options available are in-house by direct hiring outsourcing or a combination of in-house and outsourcing The criteria for selecting sources for building and maintaining maintenance capacity include strategic considerations technological and economic factors The following are criteria that can be employed to select among sources for maintenance capacity

1 Availability and dependability of the source on a long term basis 2 Capability of the source to achieve the objectives set for maintenance by

the organization and its ability to carry out the maintenance tasks

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 11

UNIT- I

PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICES OF MAINTENANCE PLANNING

PART-A (2 Marks)

01 Define maintenance

02 Define reliability

03 State the benefits of reliability analysis in industries

04 Define failure rate

05 What is Mean Failure Rate

06 Define Mean Time to Failure

07 What is Mean Time Between Failures (MTBF)

08 Define Mean Time to Repair (MTTR)

09 Define Maintenance Action Rate

10 Define Failure Density

PART-B (16 Marks)

1 What do you mean by maintenance job planning Discuss various steps of

maintenance job planning (16)

2 What is long term plan Discuss few long term planning (16)

3 What are the objectives of maintenance organization and what different types of

organizations are in use in Indian industries (16)

4 What is equipment availability and what are the three basic approaches to define and

quantity availability (16)

5 Explain MTBS MTBF MTTF MTTR and failure rate (16)

6 Explain briefly different types and classes of maintenance cost (16)

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 12

UNIT II MAINTENANCE POLICIES ndash PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

Maintenance categories ndash Comparative merits of each category ndash Preventive

maintenance maintenance schedules and repair cycle ndash Principles and methods of

lubrication ndash TPM

LUBRICATION

Lubrication is the process or technique employed to reduce wear of one or both

surfaces in close proximity and moving relative to each other by interposing a substance

called lubricant between the surfaces to carry or to help carry the load (pressure

generated) between the opposing surfaces The interposed lubricant film can be a solid

(eg graphite MoS2) a solidliquid dispersion a liquid a liquid-liquid dispersion (a

grease) or exceptionally a gas

In the most common case the applied load is carried by pressure generated within the

fluid due to the frictional viscous resistance to motion of the lubricating fluid between the

surfaces

Lubrication can also describe the phenomenon such reduction of wear occurs without

human intervention (hydroplaning on a road)

The science of friction lubrication and wear is called tribology

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 13

The regimes of lubrication

As the load increases on the contacting surfaces three distinct situations can be observed

with respect to the mode of lubrication which are called regimes of lubrication

Fluid film lubrication is the lubrication regime in which through viscous forces

the load is fully supported by the lubricant within the space or gap between the

parts in motion relative to one another (the lubricated conjunction) and solidndashsolid

contact is avoided[2]

o Hydrostatic lubrication is when an external pressure is applied to the

lubricant in the bearing to maintain the fluid lubricant film where it would

otherwise be squeezed out

o Hydrodynamic lubrication is where the motion of the contacting surfaces

and the exact design of the bearing is used to pump lubricant around the

bearing to maintain the lubricating film This design of bearing may wear

when started stopped or reversed as the lubricant film breaks down

Elastohydrodynamic lubrication The opposing surfaces are separated but there

occurs some interaction between the raised solid features called asperities and

there is an elastic deformation on the contacting surface enlarging the load-

bearing area whereby the viscous resistance of the lubricant becomes capable of

supporting the load

Boundary lubrication (also called boundary film lubrication) The bodies come

into closer contact at their asperities the heat developed by the local pressures

causes a condition which is called stick-slip and some asperities break off At the

elevated temperature and pressure conditions chemically reactive constituents of

the lubricant react with the contact surface forming a highly resistant tenacious

layer or film on the moving solid surfaces (boundary film) which is capable of

supporting the load and major wear or breakdown is avoided Boundary

lubrication is also defined as that regime in which the load is carried by the

surface asperities rather than by the lubricant[3]

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 14

Besides supporting the load the lubricant may have to perform other functions as well for

instance it may cool the contact areas and remove wear products While carrying out

these functions the lubricant is constantly replaced from the contact areas either by the

relative movement (hydrodynamics) or by externally induced forces

Lubrication is required for correct operation of mechanical systems pistons pumps cams

bearings turbines cutting tools etc where without lubrication the pressure between the

surfaces in close proximity would generate enough heat for rapid surface damage which

in a coarsened condition may literally weld the surfaces together causing seizure

In some applications such as piston engines the film between the piston and the cylinder

wall also seals the combustion chamber preventing combustion gases from escaping into

the crankcase

TOTAL PRODUCTIVE MAINTENANCE

TPM is a maintenance process developed for improving productivity by making

processes more reliable and less wasteful

TPM is an extension of TQM(Total Quality Management)

The objective of TPM is to maintain the plant or equipment in good condition without

interfering with the daily process

To achieve this objective preventive and predictive maintenance is required By

following the philosophy of TPM we can minimize the unexpected failure of the

equipment

To implement TPM the production unit and maintenance unit should work jointly

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 15

Original goal of total productive management

―Continuously improve all operational conditions within a production system by

stimulating the daily awareness of all employees (by Seiichi Nakajima Japan JIPM)

TPM focuses primarily on manufacturing (although its benefits are applicable to virtually

any process) and is the first methodology Toyota used to improve its global position

(1950s) After TPM the focus was stretched and also suppliers and customers were

involved (Supply Chain) this next methodology was called lean manufacturing This

sheet gives an overview of TPM in its original form

An accurate and practical implementation of TPM will increase productivity within the

total organization where

(1) A clear business culture is designed to continuously improve the efficiency of the

total production system

(2) A standardized and systematic approach is used where all losses are prevented andor

known all departments influencing productivity will be involved to move from a

reactive to a predictive mindset

(4) A transparent multidisciplinary organization in reaching zero losses

(5) Steps are taken as a journey not as a quick menu

Finally TPM will provide practical and transparent ingredients to reach operational

excellence

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 16

IMPLEMENTATION

TPM has basically 3 goals - Zero Product Defects Zero Equipment Unplanned Failures

and Zero Accidents

It sets out to achieve these goals by Gap Analysis of previous historical records of

Product Defects Equipment Failures and Accidents

Then through a clear understanding of this Gap Analysis (Fishbone Cause-Effect

Analysis Why-Why Cause-Effect Analysis and P-M Analysis) plan a physical

investigation to discover new latent fuguai (slight deterioration) during the first step in

TPM Autonomous Maintenance called Initial Cleaning

TPM identifies the 7 losses (types of waste) (muda) namely set-up and initial adjustment

time equipment breakdown time idling and minor losses speed (cycle time) losses

start-up quality losses and in process quality losses and then works systematically to

eliminate them by making improvements (kaizen) TPM has 8 pillars of activity each

being set to achieve a ―zero target

These 8 pillars are the following focussed improvement (Kobetsu Kaizen) autonomous

maintenance (Jishu Hozen) planned maintenance training and education early-phase

management quality maintenance (Hinshitsu Hozen) office TPM and safety health and

environment Few organisation also add Pillars according to their Work Place like

Tools Management Information Technology amp more

The Base for the TPM Activity is 5S Seiri (Sorting out the required or not required

items) Seition (Systematic Arrangement of the required items) Seiso (Cleaniness)

Seiketsu (Standardisation) Shitsuke (Self Discipline)

The Pillars amp their details

a) Efficient Equipment Utilisation

b) Efficient Worker Utilisation

c) Efficient Material amp Energy Utilisation

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 17

REPAIRABLE

Repairable parts are parts that are deemed worthy of repair usually by virtue of economic

consideration of their repair cost

Rather than bear the cost of completely replacing a finished product repairables typically

are designed to enable more affordable maintenance by being more modular

This allows components to be more easily removed repaired and replaced enabling

cheaper replacement

Spare parts that are needed to support condemnation of repairable parts are known as

replenishment spares

A rotable pool is a pool of repairable spare parts inventory set aside to allow for multiple

repairs to be accomplished simultaneously

This can be used to minimize stockout conditions for repairable items

REPAIR CYCLE

From the perspective of logistics a model of the life cycle of parts in a supply chain can

be developed

This model called the repair cycle consists of functioning parts in use by equipment

operators and the entire sequence of suppliers or repair providers that replenish

functional part inventories either by production or repair when they have failed

Ultimately this sequence ends with the manufacturer

This type of model allows demands on a supply system to ultimately be traced to their

operational reliability allowing for analysis of the dynamics of the supply system in

particular spare parts

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 18

UNIT-II

MAINTENANCE POLICIES ndash PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

PART-A (2 Marks)

01 What is meant by Breakdown maintenance approach

02 Classify various planned maintenance approach

03 Define Corrective maintenance approach

04 What is meant by preventive maintenance approach

05 List out the objectives of Corrective maintenance

06 What is meant by Predictive Maintenance

07 List out some condition based monitoring techniques and briefly discuss on them

08 What is meant by Reliability Centered Maintenance (RCM)

09 What is Total Productive Maintenance (TPM) and discuss its similarities with TQM

10 What is meant by Reliability Centered Maintenance (RCM)

11 What does Safety Health and Environment pillar of TPM aims at

PART-B (16 Marks)

1 What do you understand by maintenance categories Explain common types and

explain the basis of their selection (16)

2 What are all the steps involved in preventive maintenance why preventive maintenance

is better than reactive maintenance (16)

3 Distinguish between fixed time maintenance and connect based maintenance Give the

merits and demerits (16)

4 Briefly explain the procedure for TPM (16)

5 Explain the repair cycle of metallic materials (16)

6 What are the functions of lubrication and gives the tips on lubrication (16)

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 19

UNIT III CONDITION MONITORING

Condition monitoring ndash Cost comparison with and without CM ndash On-load testing

and off-load testing ndash Methods and instruments for CM ndash Temperature sensitive

tapes ndash Pistol thermometers ndash Wear-debris analysis

CONDITION MONITORING

Condition monitoring is the process of monitoring a parameter of condition in machinery such that a significant change is indicative of a developing failure

It is a major component of predictive maintenance The use of conditional monitoring allows maintenance to be scheduled or other actions to be taken to avoid the consequences of failure before the failure occurs

Nevertheless a deviation from a reference value (eg temperature or vibration behavior) must occur to identify impeding damages

Predictive Maintenance does not predict failure

Machines with defects are more at risk of failure than defect free machines Once a defect has been identified the failure process has already commenced and CM systems can only measure the deterioration of the condition

Intervention in the early stages of deterioration is usually much more cost effective than allowing the machinery to fail Condition monitoring has a unique benefit in that the actual load and subsequent heat dissipation that represents normal service can be seen and conditions that would shorten normal lifespan can be addressed before repeated failures occur

Serviceable machinery includes rotating equipment and stationary plant such as boilers and heat exchangers

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 20

METHODS OF CM

1 Screen monitoring records video or static images detailing the contents or screen

capture of the entire [video display] or the content of the screen activity within a

particular program or computer application Monitoring tools may collect real

time video accelerated or [time-lapse] video or screen shots or may take video or

still image captures at regular intervals (eg once every 4 minutes) They may

collect images constantly or only collect information while the user is interacting

with the equipment (eg capturing screens when the mouse or keyboard is

active)

2 Data monitoring tracks the content of and changes to files stored on the local

[hard drive] or in the users private network share

3 Keystroke monitoring (eg number of keystrokes per minute) may track the

performance of keyboard-intensive work such as word processing or data entry

Keystroke logging captures all keyboard input to enable the employer to monitor

anything typed into the monitored machine

4 Idle time monitoring keeps track of time when the employee is away from the

computer or the computer is not being actively used

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 21

BENEFITS

o Screen monitoring records video or static images detailing the contents or

screen capture of the entire [video display] or the content of the screen

activity within a particular program or computer application

o Monitoring tools may collect real time video accelerated or [time-lapse]

video or screen shots or may take video or still image captures at regular

intervals (eg once every 4 minutes)

o They may collect images constantly or only collect information while the user

is interacting with the equipment (eg capturing screens when the mouse or

keyboard is active)

o Data monitoring tracks the content of and changes to files stored on the local

[hard drive] or in the users private network share

o Keystroke monitoring (eg number of keystrokes per minute) may track the

performance of keyboard-intensive work such as word processing or data

entry Keystroke logging captures all keyboard input to enable the employer to

monitor anything typed into the monitored machine

o Idle time monitoring keeps track of time when the employee is away from the

computer or the computer is not being actively used

NDE2002 predict assure improve

National Seminar of ISNT Chennai 5 ndash 7 12 2002

wwwnde2002org

SIMPLE INSTRUMENTS USED IN CONDITION MONITORING

Prof DRKIRAN

Head department of production Engineering StPeterrsquos Engineering College

ABSTRACT

Condition monitoring is a system of assessing the service condition or the change of service condition of any component or a part of an equipment or a system Considerable research has been done in this direction leading to development of several electrical and electronic monitoring instruments These when connected to strategic locations of the systems measure and indicate certain parameters enabling us to monitor the condition and take vital decisions on a continuous basis

Nevertheless the high cost of these instruments prevent their use in all required locations On the other hand traditionally used simple mechanical gadgets are being used by the maintenance personnel of todayrsquos industry all over the world These have the advantages of being portable simple easy to use and economical More significantly they can be used to check any location or component suspected to be functioning abnormally This paper discusses some of such instruments used and could be used for condition monitoring of industrial machines as well as process equipment like pressure vessels and heat exchangers

1 What is Condition monitoring

Condition monitoring is that type of planned maintenance wherein the actual working conditions of major components of an equipment are constantly monitored to give an indication of which parts should be replaced and which need not in the near future In other words the preventive maintenance with condition monitoring is a system in which in addition to the programmed stoppages for maintenance work an assessment is made on the condition of all major parts of an equipment while in operation even when a preventive maintenance schedule is on If by assessment the condition of the part is satisfactory the schedule of stopping the machine or scrapping the part etc is reviewed and deferred Similarly if the condition monitoring finds a certain part may fail in a short time it is replaced even before its PM schedule and prevent unexpected breakdowns

2 On-load vs off load condition monitoring

On load monitoring means monitoring or adjusting the parameters while the machine or equipment is running Thus it is done for superficial easily accessible amp non interfering parts of the equipment which can be carried out without interruption to the operation

Off load monitoring is for interior or inaccessible parts which need to be stopped temporarily to check the condition However there may be several situations like the two-shift working or the plantrsquos temporary shut down for other reasons when this class can be conducted without productions loss

3 Subjective aided subjective or objective condition monitoring

i) Subjective condition monitoring

Here the monitoring personnel use their perception of senses and judgement to note any change of the condition The four senses a man is bestowed with like seeing (emanation of smoke) hearing (bearing noise) smelling (burning of oil or rubber components due to excessive heat) feeling (touching the motor to feel the excessive heating or touching the housing to feel a vibrating shaft) are used It is important that the person carrying out subjective condition monitoring has an adequate qualifications and skills as the result depends on their judgement and experience In subjective condition monitoring it is also possible to use instructions guidelines or hints where to look for leakage bearing play etc Posters or figures illustrating different conditions of components may also be helpful

ii) Aided subjective or condition monitoring with simple gadgets

Here the monitoring personnel use simple gadgets to add to their ability to perceive conditions better These gadgets are discussed more in detail in the following paragraphs

iii) Objective condition monitoring

In objective condition monitoring different instruments and facilities are used for obtaining data giving direct measure of the parametric condition of the components even while the machine is working In many cases these simple mechanical or complex electronic measuring devices can be mounted on convenient locations for better monitoring and control

A doctor feeling the pulse (subjective) his using a stethoscope to determine any abnormal heart beat (aided subjective) or looking into the ECG monitor (objective) form the examples of the above three categories

4 Some of the gadgets and simple instruments used for condition monitoring

a) Monitoring of visual condition of inaccessible partslocations

Quite often the visual condition of the components located at inaccessible locations are to be monitored may be with respect to corrosion or fatigue cracking or even dust sediment collection that is deleterious to the functioning of the component Simple gadgets are being used either on-line or off-line to aid the perception of the condition Depending upon the extent of change as perceived the equipment can be stopped for detailed check andor rectification Some of the gadgets are illustrated below

i) Inspection mirrors used to inspect crevices dark spots inside of narrow mouthed cylinders or the pipes of heat exchangers or boilers These mirrors can be simple like that of a dentist or

a) with adjustable mirror angle controlled by a wire running along the holding rod or

b) illuminated with a light bulb near the mirror of special use in dark spots inside cylinders or inside heat exchanger pipes

c) with telescopic rod for adjusting the length of the gadget

d) mirrors fitted inside a small tube rather than on a rod to prevent damage to the mirror during insertion or other operation These are also called as borescopes

e) periscopic for specialised applications or to assist the viewer et Etc

fig 1 a) a collection of inspection mirrors b) inspection of crevices and c) inspecting the inside of as cylinder

Of specific interest to the NDE practitioners is their versatility to inspect the inside of the boiler pipes or heat exchanger pipes which can tell a lot about the working condition of the inside of the tubes about the rusting cracking sedimentation etc enabling an early preventive action

Fig 2 Use of borescopes to inspect heat exchanger pipes

Fig 3 borescopes and periscopes

ii) Endoscopes These are like borescopes but are flexible They work on the principle of image transfer by total internal reflection in a bundle of glass fibres They are more popular with gastroenterologists for diagnosing ulcers in stomachs Also called optical fibroscopes they are flexible ands are more versatile in several applications illustrated below Some times they are permanently fixed for constant monitoring of critical components are inserted when needed into pre-fixed tubular guides leading to the location to be monitored

Fig 4 The application of endoscopes in industrial equipment

Fig 5 The principle of endoscope

Having illustrated the gadgets for visual perception as above some of them used in other monitoring functions may be cited as below classified into the three categories

b) Temperature monitoring

Subjective -

Touching the motor etc and assessing if over heated

Aided subjective -

Temperature sensitive stickers are the most common ands cost effective A sticker having four of five 20 mm diameter dots of special paints each of which changes its colour at a particular temperature is stuck to the heat prone parts of the equipment The operatives or supervisor can identify its temperature range by looking at the stickers from a distance itself during their periodic patrol rounds Temperature sensitive chalks thermal paints with which larger part of the heat prone body is painted fall under this category -

Objective -

Pyrometers thermometers pistol thermometers etc Depending of convenience and need these instruments can be of thermostat type or connected to some sort of warning system in case of overheating

c) Vibration monitoring

Subjective

By touching and feeling the vibrations in a rotating body or by listening to vibrating sounds

Aided subjective

Stethoscopes use of screw driver ends by expert foremen etc

Objective -

Shock pulse meters (SPM) vibration measuring instruments etc

Vibration measurements made near the source of vibration might indicate the following

bull imbalance bull shaft misalignment bull damaged bearings (worn or chipped balls or races)

bull damaged gears another transmission components bull mechanical looseness bull cavitation and stall etc

d) Leak Monitoring

Subjective -

Listening to and identifying any hissing sound near hydraulic or pneumatic circuits

Aided subjective -

A number of leak detecting techniques are available including the soap and water methods Use of proprietary preparations can make this method more effective capable of detecting leaks as low as 1 m1s

Objective -

One powerful technique is ultrasonic detection When a fluid is forced through a leak under internal or external pressure sound is generated in the frequency range 40-80 Khz The ultrasonic leak detector identifies this very high frequency which is easily separated from the lower frequencies of ordinary machine noise

Fig 6 Ultrasonic leak detector to detect internal amp external leaks

e) Corrosion Monitoring

Subjective -

Corrosion cannot be generally judged visually and is not as effective as those discussed below

Aided subjective -

Corrosion coupons which are small pieces say 1 square inch of the same material as the base are pasted at locations suspected to be highly corrosive and analysed once in a month or as required The corrosion characteristics of the coupon are expected to be same as the base metal to which they are pasted and hence give an indirect measurement the corrosion of the body

Fig 7a) A view of the corrosion coupon b)The coupon mounted in tubes carrying chemicals

Objective -

Electrical and electronic devises can be developed to measure the corrosion characteristics based on the following principles the details of which are beyond the scope of this paper

diams The basic principle in Corrosion Monitoring is the change in the resistance of special electrical elements in corrosion environment

diams The potential difference between the reference electrode and the system will indicate the presence and the extent of corrosion

diams The polarisation resistance of the special designed probe indicate the rate of corrosion

diams Hydrogen gas formation during corrosion can be detected with a thin walled blind tube which can be analysed to determine the corrosion

f) Belt tension monitoring

subjective -

Slightly pressing down the V-belt

Aided subjective -

Pen type tension gage as illustrated below is a simple and handy one Depending upon belt looseness the inner part of the gage telescopes into the upper part leaving the rubber ring stuck on to the lower part at the lowest point of insertion On removing the gage the position of the rubber ring on the graduated scale of the lower part indicates the belt looseness that can be corrected if necessary

Objective -

Strain gages or other electronic instruments are used to measure the stresses in metallic parts or components

Fig 8 a) pen type tension gage and b) strain gage for bi-directional measurement

g) Shaft run-out monitoring

When a lathe is being tested for accuracy a mandrel is fixed in the spindle and rotated and checked for the run-out

Subjective -

If the run-out is high it can be visually seen

Aided subjective -

By use of dial gages fixed on to the bodies the amount of run-out can be measured But this can be done by turning the spindle by hand or at low speeds

Objective -

Optical sensors as illustrated below can be used to check the run-out even at high speeds

Fig 9 Run-out checking by optical sensor

h) Crack detection

This is mostly off-line monitoring and most tests under this category form NDE tests the primary function of ISNT specialists Most serious failures are preceded by crack growth from a point of stress concentration or from a material defect at the surface of the component A number of crack detection techniques have been developed to a great degree of advancement like dye penetration test (PT) magnetic particle test (MT) Electrical resistance or eddy current test (ET) Ultrasonic Testing (UT) and Radiographic test (RT)

While the first two of the following can be classified as aided subjective the latter can be categorised as objective Since the purpose of this paragraph is to highlight crack detection as a condition monitoring techniques these NDE methods are only cited but not discussed further

5 Conclusion

While only few types of monitoring namely visual temperature vibration leak corrosion run-out belt tension and crack monitoring are discussed a host of simple gadgets are being developed according to their specific use for many other monitoring functions that are not discussed here

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 22

LOAD TESTING

o Load testing is the process of putting demand on a system or device

and measuring its response

o Load testing is performed to determine a systemrsquos behavior under both

normal and anticipated peak load conditions

o It helps to identify the maximum operating capacity of an application

as well as any bottlenecks and determine which element is causing

degradation

o When the load placed on the system is raised beyond normal usage

patterns in order to test the systems response at unusually high or

peak loads it is known as stress testing

o The load is usually so great that error conditions are the expected

result although no clear boundary exists when an activity ceases to be

a load test and becomes a stress test

o There is little agreement on what the specific goals of load testing are

o The term is often used synonymously with concurrency testing

software performance testing reliability testing and volume testing

o Load testing is a type of non-functional testing

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 23

WEAR DEBRIS ANALYSIS

Using a Scanning Electron Microscope of a carefully taken sample of debris

suspended in lubricating oil (taken from filters or magnetic chip detectors)

Instruments then reveal the elements contained their proportions size and

morphology

Using this method the site the mechanical failure mechanism and the time to

eventual failure may be determined This is called WDA - Wear Debris Analysis

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 24

UNIT-III

CONDITION MONOTORING

PART-A (2 Marks)

1 What is equipment health monitoring

2 List down the factors for increasing the demand condition monitoring

3 List down the key features of condition monitoring

4 Write down the basic steps in condition monitoring

5 What are three types of condition monitoring

6 State the advantages and disadvantages of condition monitoring

7 Mention the various costs involved in costing of condition monitoring mainly

8 State the methods of measuring vibration

9 Describe briefly pistol thermometer

10 Name the types of pyrometers

11 Mention title applications of bimetallic strip

12 List down the features of RTD

13 State the applications and limitations of thermisters

PART-B (16 Marks)

1 What is condition monitoring and explain condition monitoring What type of condition

monitoring are normally used in industry (16)

2 What is leakage monitoring Explain some of the leakage mediums used for condition

monitoring (16)

3 What is wear debris analysis what are the three wear debris analysis techniques

commonly used and compare their performance and uses (16)

4 Briefly explain the cost comparison with and without condition monitoring (16)

5 What is thermal monitoring and what thermal monitoring are used in industries

explain principle and uses of thermograph (16)

6 Briefly explain various methods and instruments for condition monitoring (16)

Page 4: ME1012 Maintenance Engineering Study Materials

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 4

UNIT I PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICES OF MAINTENANCE PLANNING 10

Basic principles of maintenance planning ndash Objectives and principles of planned

maintenance activity ndash Importance and benefits of sound maintenance systems ndash

Reliability and machine availability ndash MTBF MTTR and MWT ndash Factors of

availability ndash Maintenance organization ndash Maintenance economics

Maintenance Engineering is the discipline and profession of applying engineering concepts to the optimization of equipment procedures and departmental budgets to achieve better maintainability reliability and availability of equipment

Maintenance and hence maintenance engineering is increasing in importance due to rising amounts of equipment systems machineries and infrastructure

Since the Industrial Revolution devices equipment machinery and structures have grown increasingly complex requiring a host of personnel vocations and related systems needed to maintain them

Prior to 2006 the United States spent approximately US$300 billion annually on plant maintenance and operations alone

A person practicing Maintenance Engineering is known as a Maintenance Engineer

OBJECTIVES AND PRINCIPLES

Analysis of repetitive equipment failures

Estimation of maintenance costs and evaluation of alternatives

Forecasting of spare parts

Assessing the needs for equipment replacements and establish replacement

programs when due application of scheduling and project management

principles to replacement programs

Assessing required maintenance tools and skills required for efficient

maintenance of equipment

Assessing required skills required for maintenance personnel

Reviewing personnel transfers to and from maintenance organizations

assessing and reporting safety hazards associated with maintenance of

equipment

1 The planners are organized into a separate departmentfrom the craft maintenance crews to facilitate specializing inplanning techniques as well as focusing on future work

2 The Planning Department concentrates on future work--work that has not been started--in order to provide the Maintenance Department at least one week of work backlogthat is planned approved and ready to execute This

Crew supervisors handle the current days work and problems Any problems that arise after commencement ofany job are resolved by the craft technicians or supervisors

After every job completion feedback is given by the leadtechnician or supervisor to the Planning Department Thefeedback consists of any problems plan changes or other

might be improved The planners ensure that feedbackinformation gets properly filed to aid future work

3 The Planning Department maintains a simple securefile system based on equipment tag numbers The file

information learned on previous work to prepare andimprove work plans especially on repetitive maintenancetasks The majority of maintenance tasks are repetitive

assists making repair or replace decisions

Supervisors and plant engineers are trained to accessthese files to gather information they need with minimal

4 Planners use personal experience and file information to develop work plans to avoid anticipated work delays

5 The Planning Department recognizes the skill of the

crafts In general the planners responsibility is what before how The planner determines the scope of the work request

The planner then plans the general strategy of the work (such

as repair or replace) and includes a preliminary procedure if

The planners and technicians work together over repeated jobs

to develop better procedures and checklists

6 Wrench time is the primary measure of workforceefficiency and of planning and scheduling effectiveness

Wrench time is the proportion of available-to-work time

tively working on a job site by delays such as waiting forassignment clearance parts tools instructions travelcoordination with other crafts or equipment information

delays during jobs and work that is scheduled reduces delays

MAINTENANCE

PLANNING

PRINCIPLES

between jobs

backlog allows crews to work primarily on planned work

helpful information so that future work plans and schedules

system enables planners to utilize equipment data and

over a sufficient period of time File cost information

planner assistance

and quality or safety problems

including clarification of the originatorrsquos intent where necessary

their expertise to make the specified repair or replacement

during which craft persons are not being kept from produc-

Work that is planned before assignment reduces unnecessary

As a minimum planners are experienced top level techniciansthat are trained in planning techniques

there is not one already in the file The craft technicians use

Maintenance Planning and Scheduling HandbookDoc Palmer docpalmerpalmerplanningcom United States of America (904) 228-5700

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 5

Reliability may be defined in several ways

The idea that an item is fit for a purpose with respect to time

In the most discrete and practical sense Items that do not fail in use are reliable

and Items that do fail in use are not reliable

The capacity of a designed produced or maintained item to perform as required

over time

The capacity of a population of designed produced or maintained items to

perform as required over time

The resistance to failure of an item over time

The probability of an item to perform a required function under stated conditions

for a specified period of time

In line with the creation of safety cases for safety the goal is to provide a robust set of

qualitative and quantitative evidence that an item or system will not contain unacceptable

risk

The basic sorts of steps to take are to

First thoroughly identify as many as possible reliability hazards (eg relevant

System Failure Scenarios item Failure modes the basic Failure mechanisms and

root causes) by specific analysis or tests

Assess the Risk associated with them by analysis and testing

Propose mitigations by which the risks may be lowered and controlled to an

acceptable level

Select the best mitigations and get agreement on final (accepted) Risk Levels

possible based on cost-benefit analysis

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 6

AVAILABILITY

A Reliability Program Plan may also be used to evaluate and improve

Availability of a system by the strategy on focusing on increasing testability amp

maintainability and not on reliability

Improving maintainability is generally easier than reliability Maintainability

estimates (Repair rates) are also generally more accurate

However because the uncertainties in the reliability estimates are in most

cases very large it is likely to dominate the availability (prediction

uncertainty) problem even in the case maintainability levels are very high

When reliability is not under control more complicated issues may arise like

manpower (maintainers customer service capability) shortage spare part

availability logistic delays lack of repair facilities extensive retro-fit and

complex configuration management costs and others

The problem of unreliability may be increased also due to the Domino

effect of maintenance induced failures after repairs

Only focusing on maintainability is therefore not enough If failures are

prevented none of the others are of any importance and therefore reliability is

generally regarded as the most important part of availability

A Fault Tree Diagram

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 7

One of the most important design techniques is redundancy

RELIABILITY THEORY

Reliability is defined as the probability that a device will perform its intended function

during a specified period of time under stated conditions Mathematically this may be

expressed as

where is the failure probability density function and is the length of the

period of time (which is assumed to start from time zero)

ACCELERATED TESTING

The purpose of accelerated life testing is to induce field failure in the laboratory at a

much faster rate by providing a harsher but nonetheless representative environment

In such a test the product is expected to fail in the lab just as it would have failed in the

fieldmdashbut in much less time

The main objective of an accelerated test is either of the following

To discover failure modes

To predict the normal field life from the high stress lab life

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 8

An Accelerated testing program can be broken down into the following steps

Software reliability is a special aspect of reliability engineering System reliability by

definition includes all parts of the system including hardware software supporting

infrastructure (including critical external interfaces) operators and procedures

Traditionally reliability engineering focuses on critical hardware parts of the system

Since the widespread use of digital integrated circuit technology software has become an

increasingly critical part of most electronics and hence nearly all present day systems

Despite this difference in the source of failure between software and hardware several

software reliability models based on statistics have been proposed to quantify what we

experience with software the longer software is run the higher the probability that it will

eventually be used in an untested manner and exhibit a latent defect that results in a

failure (Shooman 1987) (Musa 2005) (Denney 2005)

As with hardware software reliability depends on good requirements design and

implementation Software reliability engineering relies heavily on a disciplined software

engineering process to anticipate and design against unintended consequences There is

more overlap between software quality engineering and software reliability engineering

than between hardware quality and reliability A good software development plan is a key

aspect of the software reliability program The software development plan describes the

design and coding standards peer reviews unit tests configuration management

software metrics and software models to be used during software development

Define objective and scope of the test

Collect required information about the product

Identify the stress(es)

Determine level of stress(es)

Conduct the accelerated test and analyze the collected data

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 9

MEAN TIME BETWEEN FAILURES

Mean time between failures (MTBF) is the predicted elapsed time between inherent

failures of a system during operation[1] MTBF can be calculated as the arithmetic mean

(average) time between failures of a system

FORMAL DEFINITION OF MTBF

By referring to the figure above the MTBF is the sum of the operational periods divided by the number of observed failures

If the Down time (with space) refers to the start of downtime (without space) and up time (with space) refers to the start of uptime (without spMean time betMean time between failuresween failuresace) the formula will be

The MTBF is often denoted by the Greek letter θ or

The MTBF can be defined in terms of the expected value of the density function ƒ(t)

where ƒ is the density function of time until failure ndash satisfying the standard requirement of density functions ndash

The Overview

For each observation downtime is the instantaneous time it went down which is after (ie greater than) the moment it went up uptime The difference (downtime minus uptime) is the amount of time it was operating between these two events

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 10

MTBF value prediction is an important element in the development of products Reliability engineers design engineers often utilize Reliability Software to calculate products MTBF according to various methodsstandards (MIL-HDBK-217F Telcordia SR332 Siemens Norm FIDESUTE 80-810 (RDF2000) etc)

However these prediction methods are not intended to reflect fielded MTBF as is commonly believed The intent of these tools is to focus design efforts on the weak links in the design

MTTR

MTTR is an abbreviation that has several different expansions with greatly differing meanings

It is wise to spell out exactly what is meant by the use of this abbreviation rather than assuming the reader will know which is being assumed

The M can stand for any of minimum mean or maximum and the R can stand for any of recovery repair respond or restore

The most common mean is also subject to interpretation as there are many different ways in which a mean can be calculated

Mean time to repair

Mean time to recoveryMean time to restore

Mean time to respond

Mean time to replace

In an engineering context with no explicit definition the engineering figure of merit mean time to repair would be the most probable intent by virtue of seniority of usage

It is also similar in meaning to the others above (more in the case of recovery less in the case of respond the latter being more properly styled mean response time)

Maintenance Organization 5

Section 19 Sections 110 and 111 present education and training and management and labor relations respectively A summary of the chapter is provided in Section 112

12 Maintenance Organization Objectives and Responsibility

A maintenance organization and its position in the plantwhole organization is heavily impacted by the following elements or factors

bull Type of business eg whether it is high tech labor intensive production or service

bull Objectives may include profit maximization increasing market share and other social objectives

bull Size and structure of the organization bull Culture of the organization and bull Range of responsibility assigned to maintenance

Figure 11 Maintenance organizing as a function of the management process

Organizations seek one or several of the following objectives profit

maximization specific quality level of service or products minimizing costs safe and clean environment or human resource development It is clear that all of these

Leaderrsquos Influence

PLANNING Setting performance objectives and developing decisions on how to achieve them

IMPLEMENTING Executing the plans to meet the set performance objectives

CONTROLLING Measuring performance of the maintained equipment and taking preventive and corrective actions to restore the designed (desired) specifications

ORGANIZING Creating structure setting tasks (dividing up the work) arranging resources (forming maintenance crews) and coordinating activites to perform maintenance tasks

6 AE Haroun and SO Duffuaa

objectives are heavily impacted by maintenance and therefore the objectives of maintenance must be aligned with the objectives of the organization

The principal responsibility of maintenance is to provide a service to enable an organization to achieve its objectives The specific responsibilities vary from one organization to another however they generally include the following according to Duffuaa et al (1998)

1 Keeping assets and equipment in good condition well configured and safe to perform their intended functions

2 Perform all maintenance activities including preventive predictive corrective overhauls design modification and emergency maintenance in an efficient and effective manner

3 Conserve and control the use of spare parts and material 4 Commission new plants and plant expansions and 5 Operate utilities and conserve energy

The above responsibilities and objectives impact the organization structure for maintenance as will be shown in the coming sections

13 Determinants of a Maintenance Organization

The maintenance organizationrsquos structure is determined after planning the maintenance capacity The maintenance capacity is heavily influenced by the level of centralization or decentralization adopted In this section the main issues that must be addressed when forming the maintenance organizationrsquos structure are presented The issues are capacity planning centralization vs decentralization and in-house vs outsourcing

131 Maintenance Capacity Planning

Maintenance capacity planning determines the required resources for maintenance including the required crafts administration equipment tools and space to execute the maintenance load efficiently and meet the objectives of the maintenance department Critical aspects of maintenance capacity are the numbers and skills of craftsmen required to execute the maintenance load It is difficult to determine the exact number of various types of craftsmen since the maintenance load is uncertain Therefore accurate forecasts for the future maintenance work demand are essential for determining the maintenance capacity In order to have better utilization of manpower organizations tend to reduce the number of available craftsmen below their expected need This is likely to result in a backlog of uncompleted maintenance work This backlog can also be cleared when the maintenance load is less than the capacity Making long run estimations is one of the areas in maintenance capacity planning that is both critical and not well developed in practice Techniques for maintenance forecasting and capacity planning are presented in a separate chapter in this handbook

Maintenance Organization 7

132 Centralization vs Decentralization

The decision to organize maintenance in a centralized decentralized or a hybrid form depends to a greater extent on the organization is philosophy maintenance load size of the plant and skills of craftsmen The advantages of centralization are

1 Provides more flexibility and improves utilization of resources such highly skilled crafts and special equipment and therefore results in more efficiency

2 Allows more efficient line supervision 3 Allows more effective on the job training and 4 Permits the purchasing of modern equipment

However it has the following disadvantages

1 Less utilization of crafts since more time is required for getting to and from jobs

2 Supervision of crafts becomes more difficult and as such less maintenance control is achieved

3 Less specialization on complex hardware is achieved since different persons work on the same hardware and

4 More costs of transportation are incurred due to remoteness of some of the maintenance work

In a decentralized maintenance organization departments are assigned to specific areas or units This tends to reduce the flexibility of the maintenance system as a whole The range of skills available becomes reduced and manpower utilization is usually less efficient than in a centralized maintenance In some cases a compromise solution that combines centralization and decentralization is better This type of hybrid is called a cascade system The cascade system organizes maintenance in areas and what ever exceeds the capacity of each area is challenged to a centralized unit In this fashion the advantages of both systems may be reaped For more on the advantages and disadvantages of centralization and de-centralization see Duffuaa et al (1998) and Niebel (1994)

133 In-house vs Outsourcing

At this level management considers the sources for building the maintenance capacity The main sources or options available are in-house by direct hiring outsourcing or a combination of in-house and outsourcing The criteria for selecting sources for building and maintaining maintenance capacity include strategic considerations technological and economic factors The following are criteria that can be employed to select among sources for maintenance capacity

1 Availability and dependability of the source on a long term basis 2 Capability of the source to achieve the objectives set for maintenance by

the organization and its ability to carry out the maintenance tasks

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 11

UNIT- I

PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICES OF MAINTENANCE PLANNING

PART-A (2 Marks)

01 Define maintenance

02 Define reliability

03 State the benefits of reliability analysis in industries

04 Define failure rate

05 What is Mean Failure Rate

06 Define Mean Time to Failure

07 What is Mean Time Between Failures (MTBF)

08 Define Mean Time to Repair (MTTR)

09 Define Maintenance Action Rate

10 Define Failure Density

PART-B (16 Marks)

1 What do you mean by maintenance job planning Discuss various steps of

maintenance job planning (16)

2 What is long term plan Discuss few long term planning (16)

3 What are the objectives of maintenance organization and what different types of

organizations are in use in Indian industries (16)

4 What is equipment availability and what are the three basic approaches to define and

quantity availability (16)

5 Explain MTBS MTBF MTTF MTTR and failure rate (16)

6 Explain briefly different types and classes of maintenance cost (16)

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 12

UNIT II MAINTENANCE POLICIES ndash PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

Maintenance categories ndash Comparative merits of each category ndash Preventive

maintenance maintenance schedules and repair cycle ndash Principles and methods of

lubrication ndash TPM

LUBRICATION

Lubrication is the process or technique employed to reduce wear of one or both

surfaces in close proximity and moving relative to each other by interposing a substance

called lubricant between the surfaces to carry or to help carry the load (pressure

generated) between the opposing surfaces The interposed lubricant film can be a solid

(eg graphite MoS2) a solidliquid dispersion a liquid a liquid-liquid dispersion (a

grease) or exceptionally a gas

In the most common case the applied load is carried by pressure generated within the

fluid due to the frictional viscous resistance to motion of the lubricating fluid between the

surfaces

Lubrication can also describe the phenomenon such reduction of wear occurs without

human intervention (hydroplaning on a road)

The science of friction lubrication and wear is called tribology

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 13

The regimes of lubrication

As the load increases on the contacting surfaces three distinct situations can be observed

with respect to the mode of lubrication which are called regimes of lubrication

Fluid film lubrication is the lubrication regime in which through viscous forces

the load is fully supported by the lubricant within the space or gap between the

parts in motion relative to one another (the lubricated conjunction) and solidndashsolid

contact is avoided[2]

o Hydrostatic lubrication is when an external pressure is applied to the

lubricant in the bearing to maintain the fluid lubricant film where it would

otherwise be squeezed out

o Hydrodynamic lubrication is where the motion of the contacting surfaces

and the exact design of the bearing is used to pump lubricant around the

bearing to maintain the lubricating film This design of bearing may wear

when started stopped or reversed as the lubricant film breaks down

Elastohydrodynamic lubrication The opposing surfaces are separated but there

occurs some interaction between the raised solid features called asperities and

there is an elastic deformation on the contacting surface enlarging the load-

bearing area whereby the viscous resistance of the lubricant becomes capable of

supporting the load

Boundary lubrication (also called boundary film lubrication) The bodies come

into closer contact at their asperities the heat developed by the local pressures

causes a condition which is called stick-slip and some asperities break off At the

elevated temperature and pressure conditions chemically reactive constituents of

the lubricant react with the contact surface forming a highly resistant tenacious

layer or film on the moving solid surfaces (boundary film) which is capable of

supporting the load and major wear or breakdown is avoided Boundary

lubrication is also defined as that regime in which the load is carried by the

surface asperities rather than by the lubricant[3]

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 14

Besides supporting the load the lubricant may have to perform other functions as well for

instance it may cool the contact areas and remove wear products While carrying out

these functions the lubricant is constantly replaced from the contact areas either by the

relative movement (hydrodynamics) or by externally induced forces

Lubrication is required for correct operation of mechanical systems pistons pumps cams

bearings turbines cutting tools etc where without lubrication the pressure between the

surfaces in close proximity would generate enough heat for rapid surface damage which

in a coarsened condition may literally weld the surfaces together causing seizure

In some applications such as piston engines the film between the piston and the cylinder

wall also seals the combustion chamber preventing combustion gases from escaping into

the crankcase

TOTAL PRODUCTIVE MAINTENANCE

TPM is a maintenance process developed for improving productivity by making

processes more reliable and less wasteful

TPM is an extension of TQM(Total Quality Management)

The objective of TPM is to maintain the plant or equipment in good condition without

interfering with the daily process

To achieve this objective preventive and predictive maintenance is required By

following the philosophy of TPM we can minimize the unexpected failure of the

equipment

To implement TPM the production unit and maintenance unit should work jointly

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 15

Original goal of total productive management

―Continuously improve all operational conditions within a production system by

stimulating the daily awareness of all employees (by Seiichi Nakajima Japan JIPM)

TPM focuses primarily on manufacturing (although its benefits are applicable to virtually

any process) and is the first methodology Toyota used to improve its global position

(1950s) After TPM the focus was stretched and also suppliers and customers were

involved (Supply Chain) this next methodology was called lean manufacturing This

sheet gives an overview of TPM in its original form

An accurate and practical implementation of TPM will increase productivity within the

total organization where

(1) A clear business culture is designed to continuously improve the efficiency of the

total production system

(2) A standardized and systematic approach is used where all losses are prevented andor

known all departments influencing productivity will be involved to move from a

reactive to a predictive mindset

(4) A transparent multidisciplinary organization in reaching zero losses

(5) Steps are taken as a journey not as a quick menu

Finally TPM will provide practical and transparent ingredients to reach operational

excellence

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 16

IMPLEMENTATION

TPM has basically 3 goals - Zero Product Defects Zero Equipment Unplanned Failures

and Zero Accidents

It sets out to achieve these goals by Gap Analysis of previous historical records of

Product Defects Equipment Failures and Accidents

Then through a clear understanding of this Gap Analysis (Fishbone Cause-Effect

Analysis Why-Why Cause-Effect Analysis and P-M Analysis) plan a physical

investigation to discover new latent fuguai (slight deterioration) during the first step in

TPM Autonomous Maintenance called Initial Cleaning

TPM identifies the 7 losses (types of waste) (muda) namely set-up and initial adjustment

time equipment breakdown time idling and minor losses speed (cycle time) losses

start-up quality losses and in process quality losses and then works systematically to

eliminate them by making improvements (kaizen) TPM has 8 pillars of activity each

being set to achieve a ―zero target

These 8 pillars are the following focussed improvement (Kobetsu Kaizen) autonomous

maintenance (Jishu Hozen) planned maintenance training and education early-phase

management quality maintenance (Hinshitsu Hozen) office TPM and safety health and

environment Few organisation also add Pillars according to their Work Place like

Tools Management Information Technology amp more

The Base for the TPM Activity is 5S Seiri (Sorting out the required or not required

items) Seition (Systematic Arrangement of the required items) Seiso (Cleaniness)

Seiketsu (Standardisation) Shitsuke (Self Discipline)

The Pillars amp their details

a) Efficient Equipment Utilisation

b) Efficient Worker Utilisation

c) Efficient Material amp Energy Utilisation

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 17

REPAIRABLE

Repairable parts are parts that are deemed worthy of repair usually by virtue of economic

consideration of their repair cost

Rather than bear the cost of completely replacing a finished product repairables typically

are designed to enable more affordable maintenance by being more modular

This allows components to be more easily removed repaired and replaced enabling

cheaper replacement

Spare parts that are needed to support condemnation of repairable parts are known as

replenishment spares

A rotable pool is a pool of repairable spare parts inventory set aside to allow for multiple

repairs to be accomplished simultaneously

This can be used to minimize stockout conditions for repairable items

REPAIR CYCLE

From the perspective of logistics a model of the life cycle of parts in a supply chain can

be developed

This model called the repair cycle consists of functioning parts in use by equipment

operators and the entire sequence of suppliers or repair providers that replenish

functional part inventories either by production or repair when they have failed

Ultimately this sequence ends with the manufacturer

This type of model allows demands on a supply system to ultimately be traced to their

operational reliability allowing for analysis of the dynamics of the supply system in

particular spare parts

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 18

UNIT-II

MAINTENANCE POLICIES ndash PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

PART-A (2 Marks)

01 What is meant by Breakdown maintenance approach

02 Classify various planned maintenance approach

03 Define Corrective maintenance approach

04 What is meant by preventive maintenance approach

05 List out the objectives of Corrective maintenance

06 What is meant by Predictive Maintenance

07 List out some condition based monitoring techniques and briefly discuss on them

08 What is meant by Reliability Centered Maintenance (RCM)

09 What is Total Productive Maintenance (TPM) and discuss its similarities with TQM

10 What is meant by Reliability Centered Maintenance (RCM)

11 What does Safety Health and Environment pillar of TPM aims at

PART-B (16 Marks)

1 What do you understand by maintenance categories Explain common types and

explain the basis of their selection (16)

2 What are all the steps involved in preventive maintenance why preventive maintenance

is better than reactive maintenance (16)

3 Distinguish between fixed time maintenance and connect based maintenance Give the

merits and demerits (16)

4 Briefly explain the procedure for TPM (16)

5 Explain the repair cycle of metallic materials (16)

6 What are the functions of lubrication and gives the tips on lubrication (16)

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 19

UNIT III CONDITION MONITORING

Condition monitoring ndash Cost comparison with and without CM ndash On-load testing

and off-load testing ndash Methods and instruments for CM ndash Temperature sensitive

tapes ndash Pistol thermometers ndash Wear-debris analysis

CONDITION MONITORING

Condition monitoring is the process of monitoring a parameter of condition in machinery such that a significant change is indicative of a developing failure

It is a major component of predictive maintenance The use of conditional monitoring allows maintenance to be scheduled or other actions to be taken to avoid the consequences of failure before the failure occurs

Nevertheless a deviation from a reference value (eg temperature or vibration behavior) must occur to identify impeding damages

Predictive Maintenance does not predict failure

Machines with defects are more at risk of failure than defect free machines Once a defect has been identified the failure process has already commenced and CM systems can only measure the deterioration of the condition

Intervention in the early stages of deterioration is usually much more cost effective than allowing the machinery to fail Condition monitoring has a unique benefit in that the actual load and subsequent heat dissipation that represents normal service can be seen and conditions that would shorten normal lifespan can be addressed before repeated failures occur

Serviceable machinery includes rotating equipment and stationary plant such as boilers and heat exchangers

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 20

METHODS OF CM

1 Screen monitoring records video or static images detailing the contents or screen

capture of the entire [video display] or the content of the screen activity within a

particular program or computer application Monitoring tools may collect real

time video accelerated or [time-lapse] video or screen shots or may take video or

still image captures at regular intervals (eg once every 4 minutes) They may

collect images constantly or only collect information while the user is interacting

with the equipment (eg capturing screens when the mouse or keyboard is

active)

2 Data monitoring tracks the content of and changes to files stored on the local

[hard drive] or in the users private network share

3 Keystroke monitoring (eg number of keystrokes per minute) may track the

performance of keyboard-intensive work such as word processing or data entry

Keystroke logging captures all keyboard input to enable the employer to monitor

anything typed into the monitored machine

4 Idle time monitoring keeps track of time when the employee is away from the

computer or the computer is not being actively used

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 21

BENEFITS

o Screen monitoring records video or static images detailing the contents or

screen capture of the entire [video display] or the content of the screen

activity within a particular program or computer application

o Monitoring tools may collect real time video accelerated or [time-lapse]

video or screen shots or may take video or still image captures at regular

intervals (eg once every 4 minutes)

o They may collect images constantly or only collect information while the user

is interacting with the equipment (eg capturing screens when the mouse or

keyboard is active)

o Data monitoring tracks the content of and changes to files stored on the local

[hard drive] or in the users private network share

o Keystroke monitoring (eg number of keystrokes per minute) may track the

performance of keyboard-intensive work such as word processing or data

entry Keystroke logging captures all keyboard input to enable the employer to

monitor anything typed into the monitored machine

o Idle time monitoring keeps track of time when the employee is away from the

computer or the computer is not being actively used

NDE2002 predict assure improve

National Seminar of ISNT Chennai 5 ndash 7 12 2002

wwwnde2002org

SIMPLE INSTRUMENTS USED IN CONDITION MONITORING

Prof DRKIRAN

Head department of production Engineering StPeterrsquos Engineering College

ABSTRACT

Condition monitoring is a system of assessing the service condition or the change of service condition of any component or a part of an equipment or a system Considerable research has been done in this direction leading to development of several electrical and electronic monitoring instruments These when connected to strategic locations of the systems measure and indicate certain parameters enabling us to monitor the condition and take vital decisions on a continuous basis

Nevertheless the high cost of these instruments prevent their use in all required locations On the other hand traditionally used simple mechanical gadgets are being used by the maintenance personnel of todayrsquos industry all over the world These have the advantages of being portable simple easy to use and economical More significantly they can be used to check any location or component suspected to be functioning abnormally This paper discusses some of such instruments used and could be used for condition monitoring of industrial machines as well as process equipment like pressure vessels and heat exchangers

1 What is Condition monitoring

Condition monitoring is that type of planned maintenance wherein the actual working conditions of major components of an equipment are constantly monitored to give an indication of which parts should be replaced and which need not in the near future In other words the preventive maintenance with condition monitoring is a system in which in addition to the programmed stoppages for maintenance work an assessment is made on the condition of all major parts of an equipment while in operation even when a preventive maintenance schedule is on If by assessment the condition of the part is satisfactory the schedule of stopping the machine or scrapping the part etc is reviewed and deferred Similarly if the condition monitoring finds a certain part may fail in a short time it is replaced even before its PM schedule and prevent unexpected breakdowns

2 On-load vs off load condition monitoring

On load monitoring means monitoring or adjusting the parameters while the machine or equipment is running Thus it is done for superficial easily accessible amp non interfering parts of the equipment which can be carried out without interruption to the operation

Off load monitoring is for interior or inaccessible parts which need to be stopped temporarily to check the condition However there may be several situations like the two-shift working or the plantrsquos temporary shut down for other reasons when this class can be conducted without productions loss

3 Subjective aided subjective or objective condition monitoring

i) Subjective condition monitoring

Here the monitoring personnel use their perception of senses and judgement to note any change of the condition The four senses a man is bestowed with like seeing (emanation of smoke) hearing (bearing noise) smelling (burning of oil or rubber components due to excessive heat) feeling (touching the motor to feel the excessive heating or touching the housing to feel a vibrating shaft) are used It is important that the person carrying out subjective condition monitoring has an adequate qualifications and skills as the result depends on their judgement and experience In subjective condition monitoring it is also possible to use instructions guidelines or hints where to look for leakage bearing play etc Posters or figures illustrating different conditions of components may also be helpful

ii) Aided subjective or condition monitoring with simple gadgets

Here the monitoring personnel use simple gadgets to add to their ability to perceive conditions better These gadgets are discussed more in detail in the following paragraphs

iii) Objective condition monitoring

In objective condition monitoring different instruments and facilities are used for obtaining data giving direct measure of the parametric condition of the components even while the machine is working In many cases these simple mechanical or complex electronic measuring devices can be mounted on convenient locations for better monitoring and control

A doctor feeling the pulse (subjective) his using a stethoscope to determine any abnormal heart beat (aided subjective) or looking into the ECG monitor (objective) form the examples of the above three categories

4 Some of the gadgets and simple instruments used for condition monitoring

a) Monitoring of visual condition of inaccessible partslocations

Quite often the visual condition of the components located at inaccessible locations are to be monitored may be with respect to corrosion or fatigue cracking or even dust sediment collection that is deleterious to the functioning of the component Simple gadgets are being used either on-line or off-line to aid the perception of the condition Depending upon the extent of change as perceived the equipment can be stopped for detailed check andor rectification Some of the gadgets are illustrated below

i) Inspection mirrors used to inspect crevices dark spots inside of narrow mouthed cylinders or the pipes of heat exchangers or boilers These mirrors can be simple like that of a dentist or

a) with adjustable mirror angle controlled by a wire running along the holding rod or

b) illuminated with a light bulb near the mirror of special use in dark spots inside cylinders or inside heat exchanger pipes

c) with telescopic rod for adjusting the length of the gadget

d) mirrors fitted inside a small tube rather than on a rod to prevent damage to the mirror during insertion or other operation These are also called as borescopes

e) periscopic for specialised applications or to assist the viewer et Etc

fig 1 a) a collection of inspection mirrors b) inspection of crevices and c) inspecting the inside of as cylinder

Of specific interest to the NDE practitioners is their versatility to inspect the inside of the boiler pipes or heat exchanger pipes which can tell a lot about the working condition of the inside of the tubes about the rusting cracking sedimentation etc enabling an early preventive action

Fig 2 Use of borescopes to inspect heat exchanger pipes

Fig 3 borescopes and periscopes

ii) Endoscopes These are like borescopes but are flexible They work on the principle of image transfer by total internal reflection in a bundle of glass fibres They are more popular with gastroenterologists for diagnosing ulcers in stomachs Also called optical fibroscopes they are flexible ands are more versatile in several applications illustrated below Some times they are permanently fixed for constant monitoring of critical components are inserted when needed into pre-fixed tubular guides leading to the location to be monitored

Fig 4 The application of endoscopes in industrial equipment

Fig 5 The principle of endoscope

Having illustrated the gadgets for visual perception as above some of them used in other monitoring functions may be cited as below classified into the three categories

b) Temperature monitoring

Subjective -

Touching the motor etc and assessing if over heated

Aided subjective -

Temperature sensitive stickers are the most common ands cost effective A sticker having four of five 20 mm diameter dots of special paints each of which changes its colour at a particular temperature is stuck to the heat prone parts of the equipment The operatives or supervisor can identify its temperature range by looking at the stickers from a distance itself during their periodic patrol rounds Temperature sensitive chalks thermal paints with which larger part of the heat prone body is painted fall under this category -

Objective -

Pyrometers thermometers pistol thermometers etc Depending of convenience and need these instruments can be of thermostat type or connected to some sort of warning system in case of overheating

c) Vibration monitoring

Subjective

By touching and feeling the vibrations in a rotating body or by listening to vibrating sounds

Aided subjective

Stethoscopes use of screw driver ends by expert foremen etc

Objective -

Shock pulse meters (SPM) vibration measuring instruments etc

Vibration measurements made near the source of vibration might indicate the following

bull imbalance bull shaft misalignment bull damaged bearings (worn or chipped balls or races)

bull damaged gears another transmission components bull mechanical looseness bull cavitation and stall etc

d) Leak Monitoring

Subjective -

Listening to and identifying any hissing sound near hydraulic or pneumatic circuits

Aided subjective -

A number of leak detecting techniques are available including the soap and water methods Use of proprietary preparations can make this method more effective capable of detecting leaks as low as 1 m1s

Objective -

One powerful technique is ultrasonic detection When a fluid is forced through a leak under internal or external pressure sound is generated in the frequency range 40-80 Khz The ultrasonic leak detector identifies this very high frequency which is easily separated from the lower frequencies of ordinary machine noise

Fig 6 Ultrasonic leak detector to detect internal amp external leaks

e) Corrosion Monitoring

Subjective -

Corrosion cannot be generally judged visually and is not as effective as those discussed below

Aided subjective -

Corrosion coupons which are small pieces say 1 square inch of the same material as the base are pasted at locations suspected to be highly corrosive and analysed once in a month or as required The corrosion characteristics of the coupon are expected to be same as the base metal to which they are pasted and hence give an indirect measurement the corrosion of the body

Fig 7a) A view of the corrosion coupon b)The coupon mounted in tubes carrying chemicals

Objective -

Electrical and electronic devises can be developed to measure the corrosion characteristics based on the following principles the details of which are beyond the scope of this paper

diams The basic principle in Corrosion Monitoring is the change in the resistance of special electrical elements in corrosion environment

diams The potential difference between the reference electrode and the system will indicate the presence and the extent of corrosion

diams The polarisation resistance of the special designed probe indicate the rate of corrosion

diams Hydrogen gas formation during corrosion can be detected with a thin walled blind tube which can be analysed to determine the corrosion

f) Belt tension monitoring

subjective -

Slightly pressing down the V-belt

Aided subjective -

Pen type tension gage as illustrated below is a simple and handy one Depending upon belt looseness the inner part of the gage telescopes into the upper part leaving the rubber ring stuck on to the lower part at the lowest point of insertion On removing the gage the position of the rubber ring on the graduated scale of the lower part indicates the belt looseness that can be corrected if necessary

Objective -

Strain gages or other electronic instruments are used to measure the stresses in metallic parts or components

Fig 8 a) pen type tension gage and b) strain gage for bi-directional measurement

g) Shaft run-out monitoring

When a lathe is being tested for accuracy a mandrel is fixed in the spindle and rotated and checked for the run-out

Subjective -

If the run-out is high it can be visually seen

Aided subjective -

By use of dial gages fixed on to the bodies the amount of run-out can be measured But this can be done by turning the spindle by hand or at low speeds

Objective -

Optical sensors as illustrated below can be used to check the run-out even at high speeds

Fig 9 Run-out checking by optical sensor

h) Crack detection

This is mostly off-line monitoring and most tests under this category form NDE tests the primary function of ISNT specialists Most serious failures are preceded by crack growth from a point of stress concentration or from a material defect at the surface of the component A number of crack detection techniques have been developed to a great degree of advancement like dye penetration test (PT) magnetic particle test (MT) Electrical resistance or eddy current test (ET) Ultrasonic Testing (UT) and Radiographic test (RT)

While the first two of the following can be classified as aided subjective the latter can be categorised as objective Since the purpose of this paragraph is to highlight crack detection as a condition monitoring techniques these NDE methods are only cited but not discussed further

5 Conclusion

While only few types of monitoring namely visual temperature vibration leak corrosion run-out belt tension and crack monitoring are discussed a host of simple gadgets are being developed according to their specific use for many other monitoring functions that are not discussed here

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 22

LOAD TESTING

o Load testing is the process of putting demand on a system or device

and measuring its response

o Load testing is performed to determine a systemrsquos behavior under both

normal and anticipated peak load conditions

o It helps to identify the maximum operating capacity of an application

as well as any bottlenecks and determine which element is causing

degradation

o When the load placed on the system is raised beyond normal usage

patterns in order to test the systems response at unusually high or

peak loads it is known as stress testing

o The load is usually so great that error conditions are the expected

result although no clear boundary exists when an activity ceases to be

a load test and becomes a stress test

o There is little agreement on what the specific goals of load testing are

o The term is often used synonymously with concurrency testing

software performance testing reliability testing and volume testing

o Load testing is a type of non-functional testing

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 23

WEAR DEBRIS ANALYSIS

Using a Scanning Electron Microscope of a carefully taken sample of debris

suspended in lubricating oil (taken from filters or magnetic chip detectors)

Instruments then reveal the elements contained their proportions size and

morphology

Using this method the site the mechanical failure mechanism and the time to

eventual failure may be determined This is called WDA - Wear Debris Analysis

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 24

UNIT-III

CONDITION MONOTORING

PART-A (2 Marks)

1 What is equipment health monitoring

2 List down the factors for increasing the demand condition monitoring

3 List down the key features of condition monitoring

4 Write down the basic steps in condition monitoring

5 What are three types of condition monitoring

6 State the advantages and disadvantages of condition monitoring

7 Mention the various costs involved in costing of condition monitoring mainly

8 State the methods of measuring vibration

9 Describe briefly pistol thermometer

10 Name the types of pyrometers

11 Mention title applications of bimetallic strip

12 List down the features of RTD

13 State the applications and limitations of thermisters

PART-B (16 Marks)

1 What is condition monitoring and explain condition monitoring What type of condition

monitoring are normally used in industry (16)

2 What is leakage monitoring Explain some of the leakage mediums used for condition

monitoring (16)

3 What is wear debris analysis what are the three wear debris analysis techniques

commonly used and compare their performance and uses (16)

4 Briefly explain the cost comparison with and without condition monitoring (16)

5 What is thermal monitoring and what thermal monitoring are used in industries

explain principle and uses of thermograph (16)

6 Briefly explain various methods and instruments for condition monitoring (16)

Page 5: ME1012 Maintenance Engineering Study Materials

1 The planners are organized into a separate departmentfrom the craft maintenance crews to facilitate specializing inplanning techniques as well as focusing on future work

2 The Planning Department concentrates on future work--work that has not been started--in order to provide the Maintenance Department at least one week of work backlogthat is planned approved and ready to execute This

Crew supervisors handle the current days work and problems Any problems that arise after commencement ofany job are resolved by the craft technicians or supervisors

After every job completion feedback is given by the leadtechnician or supervisor to the Planning Department Thefeedback consists of any problems plan changes or other

might be improved The planners ensure that feedbackinformation gets properly filed to aid future work

3 The Planning Department maintains a simple securefile system based on equipment tag numbers The file

information learned on previous work to prepare andimprove work plans especially on repetitive maintenancetasks The majority of maintenance tasks are repetitive

assists making repair or replace decisions

Supervisors and plant engineers are trained to accessthese files to gather information they need with minimal

4 Planners use personal experience and file information to develop work plans to avoid anticipated work delays

5 The Planning Department recognizes the skill of the

crafts In general the planners responsibility is what before how The planner determines the scope of the work request

The planner then plans the general strategy of the work (such

as repair or replace) and includes a preliminary procedure if

The planners and technicians work together over repeated jobs

to develop better procedures and checklists

6 Wrench time is the primary measure of workforceefficiency and of planning and scheduling effectiveness

Wrench time is the proportion of available-to-work time

tively working on a job site by delays such as waiting forassignment clearance parts tools instructions travelcoordination with other crafts or equipment information

delays during jobs and work that is scheduled reduces delays

MAINTENANCE

PLANNING

PRINCIPLES

between jobs

backlog allows crews to work primarily on planned work

helpful information so that future work plans and schedules

system enables planners to utilize equipment data and

over a sufficient period of time File cost information

planner assistance

and quality or safety problems

including clarification of the originatorrsquos intent where necessary

their expertise to make the specified repair or replacement

during which craft persons are not being kept from produc-

Work that is planned before assignment reduces unnecessary

As a minimum planners are experienced top level techniciansthat are trained in planning techniques

there is not one already in the file The craft technicians use

Maintenance Planning and Scheduling HandbookDoc Palmer docpalmerpalmerplanningcom United States of America (904) 228-5700

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 5

Reliability may be defined in several ways

The idea that an item is fit for a purpose with respect to time

In the most discrete and practical sense Items that do not fail in use are reliable

and Items that do fail in use are not reliable

The capacity of a designed produced or maintained item to perform as required

over time

The capacity of a population of designed produced or maintained items to

perform as required over time

The resistance to failure of an item over time

The probability of an item to perform a required function under stated conditions

for a specified period of time

In line with the creation of safety cases for safety the goal is to provide a robust set of

qualitative and quantitative evidence that an item or system will not contain unacceptable

risk

The basic sorts of steps to take are to

First thoroughly identify as many as possible reliability hazards (eg relevant

System Failure Scenarios item Failure modes the basic Failure mechanisms and

root causes) by specific analysis or tests

Assess the Risk associated with them by analysis and testing

Propose mitigations by which the risks may be lowered and controlled to an

acceptable level

Select the best mitigations and get agreement on final (accepted) Risk Levels

possible based on cost-benefit analysis

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 6

AVAILABILITY

A Reliability Program Plan may also be used to evaluate and improve

Availability of a system by the strategy on focusing on increasing testability amp

maintainability and not on reliability

Improving maintainability is generally easier than reliability Maintainability

estimates (Repair rates) are also generally more accurate

However because the uncertainties in the reliability estimates are in most

cases very large it is likely to dominate the availability (prediction

uncertainty) problem even in the case maintainability levels are very high

When reliability is not under control more complicated issues may arise like

manpower (maintainers customer service capability) shortage spare part

availability logistic delays lack of repair facilities extensive retro-fit and

complex configuration management costs and others

The problem of unreliability may be increased also due to the Domino

effect of maintenance induced failures after repairs

Only focusing on maintainability is therefore not enough If failures are

prevented none of the others are of any importance and therefore reliability is

generally regarded as the most important part of availability

A Fault Tree Diagram

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 7

One of the most important design techniques is redundancy

RELIABILITY THEORY

Reliability is defined as the probability that a device will perform its intended function

during a specified period of time under stated conditions Mathematically this may be

expressed as

where is the failure probability density function and is the length of the

period of time (which is assumed to start from time zero)

ACCELERATED TESTING

The purpose of accelerated life testing is to induce field failure in the laboratory at a

much faster rate by providing a harsher but nonetheless representative environment

In such a test the product is expected to fail in the lab just as it would have failed in the

fieldmdashbut in much less time

The main objective of an accelerated test is either of the following

To discover failure modes

To predict the normal field life from the high stress lab life

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 8

An Accelerated testing program can be broken down into the following steps

Software reliability is a special aspect of reliability engineering System reliability by

definition includes all parts of the system including hardware software supporting

infrastructure (including critical external interfaces) operators and procedures

Traditionally reliability engineering focuses on critical hardware parts of the system

Since the widespread use of digital integrated circuit technology software has become an

increasingly critical part of most electronics and hence nearly all present day systems

Despite this difference in the source of failure between software and hardware several

software reliability models based on statistics have been proposed to quantify what we

experience with software the longer software is run the higher the probability that it will

eventually be used in an untested manner and exhibit a latent defect that results in a

failure (Shooman 1987) (Musa 2005) (Denney 2005)

As with hardware software reliability depends on good requirements design and

implementation Software reliability engineering relies heavily on a disciplined software

engineering process to anticipate and design against unintended consequences There is

more overlap between software quality engineering and software reliability engineering

than between hardware quality and reliability A good software development plan is a key

aspect of the software reliability program The software development plan describes the

design and coding standards peer reviews unit tests configuration management

software metrics and software models to be used during software development

Define objective and scope of the test

Collect required information about the product

Identify the stress(es)

Determine level of stress(es)

Conduct the accelerated test and analyze the collected data

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 9

MEAN TIME BETWEEN FAILURES

Mean time between failures (MTBF) is the predicted elapsed time between inherent

failures of a system during operation[1] MTBF can be calculated as the arithmetic mean

(average) time between failures of a system

FORMAL DEFINITION OF MTBF

By referring to the figure above the MTBF is the sum of the operational periods divided by the number of observed failures

If the Down time (with space) refers to the start of downtime (without space) and up time (with space) refers to the start of uptime (without spMean time betMean time between failuresween failuresace) the formula will be

The MTBF is often denoted by the Greek letter θ or

The MTBF can be defined in terms of the expected value of the density function ƒ(t)

where ƒ is the density function of time until failure ndash satisfying the standard requirement of density functions ndash

The Overview

For each observation downtime is the instantaneous time it went down which is after (ie greater than) the moment it went up uptime The difference (downtime minus uptime) is the amount of time it was operating between these two events

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 10

MTBF value prediction is an important element in the development of products Reliability engineers design engineers often utilize Reliability Software to calculate products MTBF according to various methodsstandards (MIL-HDBK-217F Telcordia SR332 Siemens Norm FIDESUTE 80-810 (RDF2000) etc)

However these prediction methods are not intended to reflect fielded MTBF as is commonly believed The intent of these tools is to focus design efforts on the weak links in the design

MTTR

MTTR is an abbreviation that has several different expansions with greatly differing meanings

It is wise to spell out exactly what is meant by the use of this abbreviation rather than assuming the reader will know which is being assumed

The M can stand for any of minimum mean or maximum and the R can stand for any of recovery repair respond or restore

The most common mean is also subject to interpretation as there are many different ways in which a mean can be calculated

Mean time to repair

Mean time to recoveryMean time to restore

Mean time to respond

Mean time to replace

In an engineering context with no explicit definition the engineering figure of merit mean time to repair would be the most probable intent by virtue of seniority of usage

It is also similar in meaning to the others above (more in the case of recovery less in the case of respond the latter being more properly styled mean response time)

Maintenance Organization 5

Section 19 Sections 110 and 111 present education and training and management and labor relations respectively A summary of the chapter is provided in Section 112

12 Maintenance Organization Objectives and Responsibility

A maintenance organization and its position in the plantwhole organization is heavily impacted by the following elements or factors

bull Type of business eg whether it is high tech labor intensive production or service

bull Objectives may include profit maximization increasing market share and other social objectives

bull Size and structure of the organization bull Culture of the organization and bull Range of responsibility assigned to maintenance

Figure 11 Maintenance organizing as a function of the management process

Organizations seek one or several of the following objectives profit

maximization specific quality level of service or products minimizing costs safe and clean environment or human resource development It is clear that all of these

Leaderrsquos Influence

PLANNING Setting performance objectives and developing decisions on how to achieve them

IMPLEMENTING Executing the plans to meet the set performance objectives

CONTROLLING Measuring performance of the maintained equipment and taking preventive and corrective actions to restore the designed (desired) specifications

ORGANIZING Creating structure setting tasks (dividing up the work) arranging resources (forming maintenance crews) and coordinating activites to perform maintenance tasks

6 AE Haroun and SO Duffuaa

objectives are heavily impacted by maintenance and therefore the objectives of maintenance must be aligned with the objectives of the organization

The principal responsibility of maintenance is to provide a service to enable an organization to achieve its objectives The specific responsibilities vary from one organization to another however they generally include the following according to Duffuaa et al (1998)

1 Keeping assets and equipment in good condition well configured and safe to perform their intended functions

2 Perform all maintenance activities including preventive predictive corrective overhauls design modification and emergency maintenance in an efficient and effective manner

3 Conserve and control the use of spare parts and material 4 Commission new plants and plant expansions and 5 Operate utilities and conserve energy

The above responsibilities and objectives impact the organization structure for maintenance as will be shown in the coming sections

13 Determinants of a Maintenance Organization

The maintenance organizationrsquos structure is determined after planning the maintenance capacity The maintenance capacity is heavily influenced by the level of centralization or decentralization adopted In this section the main issues that must be addressed when forming the maintenance organizationrsquos structure are presented The issues are capacity planning centralization vs decentralization and in-house vs outsourcing

131 Maintenance Capacity Planning

Maintenance capacity planning determines the required resources for maintenance including the required crafts administration equipment tools and space to execute the maintenance load efficiently and meet the objectives of the maintenance department Critical aspects of maintenance capacity are the numbers and skills of craftsmen required to execute the maintenance load It is difficult to determine the exact number of various types of craftsmen since the maintenance load is uncertain Therefore accurate forecasts for the future maintenance work demand are essential for determining the maintenance capacity In order to have better utilization of manpower organizations tend to reduce the number of available craftsmen below their expected need This is likely to result in a backlog of uncompleted maintenance work This backlog can also be cleared when the maintenance load is less than the capacity Making long run estimations is one of the areas in maintenance capacity planning that is both critical and not well developed in practice Techniques for maintenance forecasting and capacity planning are presented in a separate chapter in this handbook

Maintenance Organization 7

132 Centralization vs Decentralization

The decision to organize maintenance in a centralized decentralized or a hybrid form depends to a greater extent on the organization is philosophy maintenance load size of the plant and skills of craftsmen The advantages of centralization are

1 Provides more flexibility and improves utilization of resources such highly skilled crafts and special equipment and therefore results in more efficiency

2 Allows more efficient line supervision 3 Allows more effective on the job training and 4 Permits the purchasing of modern equipment

However it has the following disadvantages

1 Less utilization of crafts since more time is required for getting to and from jobs

2 Supervision of crafts becomes more difficult and as such less maintenance control is achieved

3 Less specialization on complex hardware is achieved since different persons work on the same hardware and

4 More costs of transportation are incurred due to remoteness of some of the maintenance work

In a decentralized maintenance organization departments are assigned to specific areas or units This tends to reduce the flexibility of the maintenance system as a whole The range of skills available becomes reduced and manpower utilization is usually less efficient than in a centralized maintenance In some cases a compromise solution that combines centralization and decentralization is better This type of hybrid is called a cascade system The cascade system organizes maintenance in areas and what ever exceeds the capacity of each area is challenged to a centralized unit In this fashion the advantages of both systems may be reaped For more on the advantages and disadvantages of centralization and de-centralization see Duffuaa et al (1998) and Niebel (1994)

133 In-house vs Outsourcing

At this level management considers the sources for building the maintenance capacity The main sources or options available are in-house by direct hiring outsourcing or a combination of in-house and outsourcing The criteria for selecting sources for building and maintaining maintenance capacity include strategic considerations technological and economic factors The following are criteria that can be employed to select among sources for maintenance capacity

1 Availability and dependability of the source on a long term basis 2 Capability of the source to achieve the objectives set for maintenance by

the organization and its ability to carry out the maintenance tasks

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 11

UNIT- I

PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICES OF MAINTENANCE PLANNING

PART-A (2 Marks)

01 Define maintenance

02 Define reliability

03 State the benefits of reliability analysis in industries

04 Define failure rate

05 What is Mean Failure Rate

06 Define Mean Time to Failure

07 What is Mean Time Between Failures (MTBF)

08 Define Mean Time to Repair (MTTR)

09 Define Maintenance Action Rate

10 Define Failure Density

PART-B (16 Marks)

1 What do you mean by maintenance job planning Discuss various steps of

maintenance job planning (16)

2 What is long term plan Discuss few long term planning (16)

3 What are the objectives of maintenance organization and what different types of

organizations are in use in Indian industries (16)

4 What is equipment availability and what are the three basic approaches to define and

quantity availability (16)

5 Explain MTBS MTBF MTTF MTTR and failure rate (16)

6 Explain briefly different types and classes of maintenance cost (16)

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 12

UNIT II MAINTENANCE POLICIES ndash PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

Maintenance categories ndash Comparative merits of each category ndash Preventive

maintenance maintenance schedules and repair cycle ndash Principles and methods of

lubrication ndash TPM

LUBRICATION

Lubrication is the process or technique employed to reduce wear of one or both

surfaces in close proximity and moving relative to each other by interposing a substance

called lubricant between the surfaces to carry or to help carry the load (pressure

generated) between the opposing surfaces The interposed lubricant film can be a solid

(eg graphite MoS2) a solidliquid dispersion a liquid a liquid-liquid dispersion (a

grease) or exceptionally a gas

In the most common case the applied load is carried by pressure generated within the

fluid due to the frictional viscous resistance to motion of the lubricating fluid between the

surfaces

Lubrication can also describe the phenomenon such reduction of wear occurs without

human intervention (hydroplaning on a road)

The science of friction lubrication and wear is called tribology

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 13

The regimes of lubrication

As the load increases on the contacting surfaces three distinct situations can be observed

with respect to the mode of lubrication which are called regimes of lubrication

Fluid film lubrication is the lubrication regime in which through viscous forces

the load is fully supported by the lubricant within the space or gap between the

parts in motion relative to one another (the lubricated conjunction) and solidndashsolid

contact is avoided[2]

o Hydrostatic lubrication is when an external pressure is applied to the

lubricant in the bearing to maintain the fluid lubricant film where it would

otherwise be squeezed out

o Hydrodynamic lubrication is where the motion of the contacting surfaces

and the exact design of the bearing is used to pump lubricant around the

bearing to maintain the lubricating film This design of bearing may wear

when started stopped or reversed as the lubricant film breaks down

Elastohydrodynamic lubrication The opposing surfaces are separated but there

occurs some interaction between the raised solid features called asperities and

there is an elastic deformation on the contacting surface enlarging the load-

bearing area whereby the viscous resistance of the lubricant becomes capable of

supporting the load

Boundary lubrication (also called boundary film lubrication) The bodies come

into closer contact at their asperities the heat developed by the local pressures

causes a condition which is called stick-slip and some asperities break off At the

elevated temperature and pressure conditions chemically reactive constituents of

the lubricant react with the contact surface forming a highly resistant tenacious

layer or film on the moving solid surfaces (boundary film) which is capable of

supporting the load and major wear or breakdown is avoided Boundary

lubrication is also defined as that regime in which the load is carried by the

surface asperities rather than by the lubricant[3]

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 14

Besides supporting the load the lubricant may have to perform other functions as well for

instance it may cool the contact areas and remove wear products While carrying out

these functions the lubricant is constantly replaced from the contact areas either by the

relative movement (hydrodynamics) or by externally induced forces

Lubrication is required for correct operation of mechanical systems pistons pumps cams

bearings turbines cutting tools etc where without lubrication the pressure between the

surfaces in close proximity would generate enough heat for rapid surface damage which

in a coarsened condition may literally weld the surfaces together causing seizure

In some applications such as piston engines the film between the piston and the cylinder

wall also seals the combustion chamber preventing combustion gases from escaping into

the crankcase

TOTAL PRODUCTIVE MAINTENANCE

TPM is a maintenance process developed for improving productivity by making

processes more reliable and less wasteful

TPM is an extension of TQM(Total Quality Management)

The objective of TPM is to maintain the plant or equipment in good condition without

interfering with the daily process

To achieve this objective preventive and predictive maintenance is required By

following the philosophy of TPM we can minimize the unexpected failure of the

equipment

To implement TPM the production unit and maintenance unit should work jointly

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 15

Original goal of total productive management

―Continuously improve all operational conditions within a production system by

stimulating the daily awareness of all employees (by Seiichi Nakajima Japan JIPM)

TPM focuses primarily on manufacturing (although its benefits are applicable to virtually

any process) and is the first methodology Toyota used to improve its global position

(1950s) After TPM the focus was stretched and also suppliers and customers were

involved (Supply Chain) this next methodology was called lean manufacturing This

sheet gives an overview of TPM in its original form

An accurate and practical implementation of TPM will increase productivity within the

total organization where

(1) A clear business culture is designed to continuously improve the efficiency of the

total production system

(2) A standardized and systematic approach is used where all losses are prevented andor

known all departments influencing productivity will be involved to move from a

reactive to a predictive mindset

(4) A transparent multidisciplinary organization in reaching zero losses

(5) Steps are taken as a journey not as a quick menu

Finally TPM will provide practical and transparent ingredients to reach operational

excellence

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 16

IMPLEMENTATION

TPM has basically 3 goals - Zero Product Defects Zero Equipment Unplanned Failures

and Zero Accidents

It sets out to achieve these goals by Gap Analysis of previous historical records of

Product Defects Equipment Failures and Accidents

Then through a clear understanding of this Gap Analysis (Fishbone Cause-Effect

Analysis Why-Why Cause-Effect Analysis and P-M Analysis) plan a physical

investigation to discover new latent fuguai (slight deterioration) during the first step in

TPM Autonomous Maintenance called Initial Cleaning

TPM identifies the 7 losses (types of waste) (muda) namely set-up and initial adjustment

time equipment breakdown time idling and minor losses speed (cycle time) losses

start-up quality losses and in process quality losses and then works systematically to

eliminate them by making improvements (kaizen) TPM has 8 pillars of activity each

being set to achieve a ―zero target

These 8 pillars are the following focussed improvement (Kobetsu Kaizen) autonomous

maintenance (Jishu Hozen) planned maintenance training and education early-phase

management quality maintenance (Hinshitsu Hozen) office TPM and safety health and

environment Few organisation also add Pillars according to their Work Place like

Tools Management Information Technology amp more

The Base for the TPM Activity is 5S Seiri (Sorting out the required or not required

items) Seition (Systematic Arrangement of the required items) Seiso (Cleaniness)

Seiketsu (Standardisation) Shitsuke (Self Discipline)

The Pillars amp their details

a) Efficient Equipment Utilisation

b) Efficient Worker Utilisation

c) Efficient Material amp Energy Utilisation

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 17

REPAIRABLE

Repairable parts are parts that are deemed worthy of repair usually by virtue of economic

consideration of their repair cost

Rather than bear the cost of completely replacing a finished product repairables typically

are designed to enable more affordable maintenance by being more modular

This allows components to be more easily removed repaired and replaced enabling

cheaper replacement

Spare parts that are needed to support condemnation of repairable parts are known as

replenishment spares

A rotable pool is a pool of repairable spare parts inventory set aside to allow for multiple

repairs to be accomplished simultaneously

This can be used to minimize stockout conditions for repairable items

REPAIR CYCLE

From the perspective of logistics a model of the life cycle of parts in a supply chain can

be developed

This model called the repair cycle consists of functioning parts in use by equipment

operators and the entire sequence of suppliers or repair providers that replenish

functional part inventories either by production or repair when they have failed

Ultimately this sequence ends with the manufacturer

This type of model allows demands on a supply system to ultimately be traced to their

operational reliability allowing for analysis of the dynamics of the supply system in

particular spare parts

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 18

UNIT-II

MAINTENANCE POLICIES ndash PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

PART-A (2 Marks)

01 What is meant by Breakdown maintenance approach

02 Classify various planned maintenance approach

03 Define Corrective maintenance approach

04 What is meant by preventive maintenance approach

05 List out the objectives of Corrective maintenance

06 What is meant by Predictive Maintenance

07 List out some condition based monitoring techniques and briefly discuss on them

08 What is meant by Reliability Centered Maintenance (RCM)

09 What is Total Productive Maintenance (TPM) and discuss its similarities with TQM

10 What is meant by Reliability Centered Maintenance (RCM)

11 What does Safety Health and Environment pillar of TPM aims at

PART-B (16 Marks)

1 What do you understand by maintenance categories Explain common types and

explain the basis of their selection (16)

2 What are all the steps involved in preventive maintenance why preventive maintenance

is better than reactive maintenance (16)

3 Distinguish between fixed time maintenance and connect based maintenance Give the

merits and demerits (16)

4 Briefly explain the procedure for TPM (16)

5 Explain the repair cycle of metallic materials (16)

6 What are the functions of lubrication and gives the tips on lubrication (16)

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 19

UNIT III CONDITION MONITORING

Condition monitoring ndash Cost comparison with and without CM ndash On-load testing

and off-load testing ndash Methods and instruments for CM ndash Temperature sensitive

tapes ndash Pistol thermometers ndash Wear-debris analysis

CONDITION MONITORING

Condition monitoring is the process of monitoring a parameter of condition in machinery such that a significant change is indicative of a developing failure

It is a major component of predictive maintenance The use of conditional monitoring allows maintenance to be scheduled or other actions to be taken to avoid the consequences of failure before the failure occurs

Nevertheless a deviation from a reference value (eg temperature or vibration behavior) must occur to identify impeding damages

Predictive Maintenance does not predict failure

Machines with defects are more at risk of failure than defect free machines Once a defect has been identified the failure process has already commenced and CM systems can only measure the deterioration of the condition

Intervention in the early stages of deterioration is usually much more cost effective than allowing the machinery to fail Condition monitoring has a unique benefit in that the actual load and subsequent heat dissipation that represents normal service can be seen and conditions that would shorten normal lifespan can be addressed before repeated failures occur

Serviceable machinery includes rotating equipment and stationary plant such as boilers and heat exchangers

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 20

METHODS OF CM

1 Screen monitoring records video or static images detailing the contents or screen

capture of the entire [video display] or the content of the screen activity within a

particular program or computer application Monitoring tools may collect real

time video accelerated or [time-lapse] video or screen shots or may take video or

still image captures at regular intervals (eg once every 4 minutes) They may

collect images constantly or only collect information while the user is interacting

with the equipment (eg capturing screens when the mouse or keyboard is

active)

2 Data monitoring tracks the content of and changes to files stored on the local

[hard drive] or in the users private network share

3 Keystroke monitoring (eg number of keystrokes per minute) may track the

performance of keyboard-intensive work such as word processing or data entry

Keystroke logging captures all keyboard input to enable the employer to monitor

anything typed into the monitored machine

4 Idle time monitoring keeps track of time when the employee is away from the

computer or the computer is not being actively used

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 21

BENEFITS

o Screen monitoring records video or static images detailing the contents or

screen capture of the entire [video display] or the content of the screen

activity within a particular program or computer application

o Monitoring tools may collect real time video accelerated or [time-lapse]

video or screen shots or may take video or still image captures at regular

intervals (eg once every 4 minutes)

o They may collect images constantly or only collect information while the user

is interacting with the equipment (eg capturing screens when the mouse or

keyboard is active)

o Data monitoring tracks the content of and changes to files stored on the local

[hard drive] or in the users private network share

o Keystroke monitoring (eg number of keystrokes per minute) may track the

performance of keyboard-intensive work such as word processing or data

entry Keystroke logging captures all keyboard input to enable the employer to

monitor anything typed into the monitored machine

o Idle time monitoring keeps track of time when the employee is away from the

computer or the computer is not being actively used

NDE2002 predict assure improve

National Seminar of ISNT Chennai 5 ndash 7 12 2002

wwwnde2002org

SIMPLE INSTRUMENTS USED IN CONDITION MONITORING

Prof DRKIRAN

Head department of production Engineering StPeterrsquos Engineering College

ABSTRACT

Condition monitoring is a system of assessing the service condition or the change of service condition of any component or a part of an equipment or a system Considerable research has been done in this direction leading to development of several electrical and electronic monitoring instruments These when connected to strategic locations of the systems measure and indicate certain parameters enabling us to monitor the condition and take vital decisions on a continuous basis

Nevertheless the high cost of these instruments prevent their use in all required locations On the other hand traditionally used simple mechanical gadgets are being used by the maintenance personnel of todayrsquos industry all over the world These have the advantages of being portable simple easy to use and economical More significantly they can be used to check any location or component suspected to be functioning abnormally This paper discusses some of such instruments used and could be used for condition monitoring of industrial machines as well as process equipment like pressure vessels and heat exchangers

1 What is Condition monitoring

Condition monitoring is that type of planned maintenance wherein the actual working conditions of major components of an equipment are constantly monitored to give an indication of which parts should be replaced and which need not in the near future In other words the preventive maintenance with condition monitoring is a system in which in addition to the programmed stoppages for maintenance work an assessment is made on the condition of all major parts of an equipment while in operation even when a preventive maintenance schedule is on If by assessment the condition of the part is satisfactory the schedule of stopping the machine or scrapping the part etc is reviewed and deferred Similarly if the condition monitoring finds a certain part may fail in a short time it is replaced even before its PM schedule and prevent unexpected breakdowns

2 On-load vs off load condition monitoring

On load monitoring means monitoring or adjusting the parameters while the machine or equipment is running Thus it is done for superficial easily accessible amp non interfering parts of the equipment which can be carried out without interruption to the operation

Off load monitoring is for interior or inaccessible parts which need to be stopped temporarily to check the condition However there may be several situations like the two-shift working or the plantrsquos temporary shut down for other reasons when this class can be conducted without productions loss

3 Subjective aided subjective or objective condition monitoring

i) Subjective condition monitoring

Here the monitoring personnel use their perception of senses and judgement to note any change of the condition The four senses a man is bestowed with like seeing (emanation of smoke) hearing (bearing noise) smelling (burning of oil or rubber components due to excessive heat) feeling (touching the motor to feel the excessive heating or touching the housing to feel a vibrating shaft) are used It is important that the person carrying out subjective condition monitoring has an adequate qualifications and skills as the result depends on their judgement and experience In subjective condition monitoring it is also possible to use instructions guidelines or hints where to look for leakage bearing play etc Posters or figures illustrating different conditions of components may also be helpful

ii) Aided subjective or condition monitoring with simple gadgets

Here the monitoring personnel use simple gadgets to add to their ability to perceive conditions better These gadgets are discussed more in detail in the following paragraphs

iii) Objective condition monitoring

In objective condition monitoring different instruments and facilities are used for obtaining data giving direct measure of the parametric condition of the components even while the machine is working In many cases these simple mechanical or complex electronic measuring devices can be mounted on convenient locations for better monitoring and control

A doctor feeling the pulse (subjective) his using a stethoscope to determine any abnormal heart beat (aided subjective) or looking into the ECG monitor (objective) form the examples of the above three categories

4 Some of the gadgets and simple instruments used for condition monitoring

a) Monitoring of visual condition of inaccessible partslocations

Quite often the visual condition of the components located at inaccessible locations are to be monitored may be with respect to corrosion or fatigue cracking or even dust sediment collection that is deleterious to the functioning of the component Simple gadgets are being used either on-line or off-line to aid the perception of the condition Depending upon the extent of change as perceived the equipment can be stopped for detailed check andor rectification Some of the gadgets are illustrated below

i) Inspection mirrors used to inspect crevices dark spots inside of narrow mouthed cylinders or the pipes of heat exchangers or boilers These mirrors can be simple like that of a dentist or

a) with adjustable mirror angle controlled by a wire running along the holding rod or

b) illuminated with a light bulb near the mirror of special use in dark spots inside cylinders or inside heat exchanger pipes

c) with telescopic rod for adjusting the length of the gadget

d) mirrors fitted inside a small tube rather than on a rod to prevent damage to the mirror during insertion or other operation These are also called as borescopes

e) periscopic for specialised applications or to assist the viewer et Etc

fig 1 a) a collection of inspection mirrors b) inspection of crevices and c) inspecting the inside of as cylinder

Of specific interest to the NDE practitioners is their versatility to inspect the inside of the boiler pipes or heat exchanger pipes which can tell a lot about the working condition of the inside of the tubes about the rusting cracking sedimentation etc enabling an early preventive action

Fig 2 Use of borescopes to inspect heat exchanger pipes

Fig 3 borescopes and periscopes

ii) Endoscopes These are like borescopes but are flexible They work on the principle of image transfer by total internal reflection in a bundle of glass fibres They are more popular with gastroenterologists for diagnosing ulcers in stomachs Also called optical fibroscopes they are flexible ands are more versatile in several applications illustrated below Some times they are permanently fixed for constant monitoring of critical components are inserted when needed into pre-fixed tubular guides leading to the location to be monitored

Fig 4 The application of endoscopes in industrial equipment

Fig 5 The principle of endoscope

Having illustrated the gadgets for visual perception as above some of them used in other monitoring functions may be cited as below classified into the three categories

b) Temperature monitoring

Subjective -

Touching the motor etc and assessing if over heated

Aided subjective -

Temperature sensitive stickers are the most common ands cost effective A sticker having four of five 20 mm diameter dots of special paints each of which changes its colour at a particular temperature is stuck to the heat prone parts of the equipment The operatives or supervisor can identify its temperature range by looking at the stickers from a distance itself during their periodic patrol rounds Temperature sensitive chalks thermal paints with which larger part of the heat prone body is painted fall under this category -

Objective -

Pyrometers thermometers pistol thermometers etc Depending of convenience and need these instruments can be of thermostat type or connected to some sort of warning system in case of overheating

c) Vibration monitoring

Subjective

By touching and feeling the vibrations in a rotating body or by listening to vibrating sounds

Aided subjective

Stethoscopes use of screw driver ends by expert foremen etc

Objective -

Shock pulse meters (SPM) vibration measuring instruments etc

Vibration measurements made near the source of vibration might indicate the following

bull imbalance bull shaft misalignment bull damaged bearings (worn or chipped balls or races)

bull damaged gears another transmission components bull mechanical looseness bull cavitation and stall etc

d) Leak Monitoring

Subjective -

Listening to and identifying any hissing sound near hydraulic or pneumatic circuits

Aided subjective -

A number of leak detecting techniques are available including the soap and water methods Use of proprietary preparations can make this method more effective capable of detecting leaks as low as 1 m1s

Objective -

One powerful technique is ultrasonic detection When a fluid is forced through a leak under internal or external pressure sound is generated in the frequency range 40-80 Khz The ultrasonic leak detector identifies this very high frequency which is easily separated from the lower frequencies of ordinary machine noise

Fig 6 Ultrasonic leak detector to detect internal amp external leaks

e) Corrosion Monitoring

Subjective -

Corrosion cannot be generally judged visually and is not as effective as those discussed below

Aided subjective -

Corrosion coupons which are small pieces say 1 square inch of the same material as the base are pasted at locations suspected to be highly corrosive and analysed once in a month or as required The corrosion characteristics of the coupon are expected to be same as the base metal to which they are pasted and hence give an indirect measurement the corrosion of the body

Fig 7a) A view of the corrosion coupon b)The coupon mounted in tubes carrying chemicals

Objective -

Electrical and electronic devises can be developed to measure the corrosion characteristics based on the following principles the details of which are beyond the scope of this paper

diams The basic principle in Corrosion Monitoring is the change in the resistance of special electrical elements in corrosion environment

diams The potential difference between the reference electrode and the system will indicate the presence and the extent of corrosion

diams The polarisation resistance of the special designed probe indicate the rate of corrosion

diams Hydrogen gas formation during corrosion can be detected with a thin walled blind tube which can be analysed to determine the corrosion

f) Belt tension monitoring

subjective -

Slightly pressing down the V-belt

Aided subjective -

Pen type tension gage as illustrated below is a simple and handy one Depending upon belt looseness the inner part of the gage telescopes into the upper part leaving the rubber ring stuck on to the lower part at the lowest point of insertion On removing the gage the position of the rubber ring on the graduated scale of the lower part indicates the belt looseness that can be corrected if necessary

Objective -

Strain gages or other electronic instruments are used to measure the stresses in metallic parts or components

Fig 8 a) pen type tension gage and b) strain gage for bi-directional measurement

g) Shaft run-out monitoring

When a lathe is being tested for accuracy a mandrel is fixed in the spindle and rotated and checked for the run-out

Subjective -

If the run-out is high it can be visually seen

Aided subjective -

By use of dial gages fixed on to the bodies the amount of run-out can be measured But this can be done by turning the spindle by hand or at low speeds

Objective -

Optical sensors as illustrated below can be used to check the run-out even at high speeds

Fig 9 Run-out checking by optical sensor

h) Crack detection

This is mostly off-line monitoring and most tests under this category form NDE tests the primary function of ISNT specialists Most serious failures are preceded by crack growth from a point of stress concentration or from a material defect at the surface of the component A number of crack detection techniques have been developed to a great degree of advancement like dye penetration test (PT) magnetic particle test (MT) Electrical resistance or eddy current test (ET) Ultrasonic Testing (UT) and Radiographic test (RT)

While the first two of the following can be classified as aided subjective the latter can be categorised as objective Since the purpose of this paragraph is to highlight crack detection as a condition monitoring techniques these NDE methods are only cited but not discussed further

5 Conclusion

While only few types of monitoring namely visual temperature vibration leak corrosion run-out belt tension and crack monitoring are discussed a host of simple gadgets are being developed according to their specific use for many other monitoring functions that are not discussed here

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 22

LOAD TESTING

o Load testing is the process of putting demand on a system or device

and measuring its response

o Load testing is performed to determine a systemrsquos behavior under both

normal and anticipated peak load conditions

o It helps to identify the maximum operating capacity of an application

as well as any bottlenecks and determine which element is causing

degradation

o When the load placed on the system is raised beyond normal usage

patterns in order to test the systems response at unusually high or

peak loads it is known as stress testing

o The load is usually so great that error conditions are the expected

result although no clear boundary exists when an activity ceases to be

a load test and becomes a stress test

o There is little agreement on what the specific goals of load testing are

o The term is often used synonymously with concurrency testing

software performance testing reliability testing and volume testing

o Load testing is a type of non-functional testing

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 23

WEAR DEBRIS ANALYSIS

Using a Scanning Electron Microscope of a carefully taken sample of debris

suspended in lubricating oil (taken from filters or magnetic chip detectors)

Instruments then reveal the elements contained their proportions size and

morphology

Using this method the site the mechanical failure mechanism and the time to

eventual failure may be determined This is called WDA - Wear Debris Analysis

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 24

UNIT-III

CONDITION MONOTORING

PART-A (2 Marks)

1 What is equipment health monitoring

2 List down the factors for increasing the demand condition monitoring

3 List down the key features of condition monitoring

4 Write down the basic steps in condition monitoring

5 What are three types of condition monitoring

6 State the advantages and disadvantages of condition monitoring

7 Mention the various costs involved in costing of condition monitoring mainly

8 State the methods of measuring vibration

9 Describe briefly pistol thermometer

10 Name the types of pyrometers

11 Mention title applications of bimetallic strip

12 List down the features of RTD

13 State the applications and limitations of thermisters

PART-B (16 Marks)

1 What is condition monitoring and explain condition monitoring What type of condition

monitoring are normally used in industry (16)

2 What is leakage monitoring Explain some of the leakage mediums used for condition

monitoring (16)

3 What is wear debris analysis what are the three wear debris analysis techniques

commonly used and compare their performance and uses (16)

4 Briefly explain the cost comparison with and without condition monitoring (16)

5 What is thermal monitoring and what thermal monitoring are used in industries

explain principle and uses of thermograph (16)

6 Briefly explain various methods and instruments for condition monitoring (16)

Page 6: ME1012 Maintenance Engineering Study Materials

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 5

Reliability may be defined in several ways

The idea that an item is fit for a purpose with respect to time

In the most discrete and practical sense Items that do not fail in use are reliable

and Items that do fail in use are not reliable

The capacity of a designed produced or maintained item to perform as required

over time

The capacity of a population of designed produced or maintained items to

perform as required over time

The resistance to failure of an item over time

The probability of an item to perform a required function under stated conditions

for a specified period of time

In line with the creation of safety cases for safety the goal is to provide a robust set of

qualitative and quantitative evidence that an item or system will not contain unacceptable

risk

The basic sorts of steps to take are to

First thoroughly identify as many as possible reliability hazards (eg relevant

System Failure Scenarios item Failure modes the basic Failure mechanisms and

root causes) by specific analysis or tests

Assess the Risk associated with them by analysis and testing

Propose mitigations by which the risks may be lowered and controlled to an

acceptable level

Select the best mitigations and get agreement on final (accepted) Risk Levels

possible based on cost-benefit analysis

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 6

AVAILABILITY

A Reliability Program Plan may also be used to evaluate and improve

Availability of a system by the strategy on focusing on increasing testability amp

maintainability and not on reliability

Improving maintainability is generally easier than reliability Maintainability

estimates (Repair rates) are also generally more accurate

However because the uncertainties in the reliability estimates are in most

cases very large it is likely to dominate the availability (prediction

uncertainty) problem even in the case maintainability levels are very high

When reliability is not under control more complicated issues may arise like

manpower (maintainers customer service capability) shortage spare part

availability logistic delays lack of repair facilities extensive retro-fit and

complex configuration management costs and others

The problem of unreliability may be increased also due to the Domino

effect of maintenance induced failures after repairs

Only focusing on maintainability is therefore not enough If failures are

prevented none of the others are of any importance and therefore reliability is

generally regarded as the most important part of availability

A Fault Tree Diagram

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 7

One of the most important design techniques is redundancy

RELIABILITY THEORY

Reliability is defined as the probability that a device will perform its intended function

during a specified period of time under stated conditions Mathematically this may be

expressed as

where is the failure probability density function and is the length of the

period of time (which is assumed to start from time zero)

ACCELERATED TESTING

The purpose of accelerated life testing is to induce field failure in the laboratory at a

much faster rate by providing a harsher but nonetheless representative environment

In such a test the product is expected to fail in the lab just as it would have failed in the

fieldmdashbut in much less time

The main objective of an accelerated test is either of the following

To discover failure modes

To predict the normal field life from the high stress lab life

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 8

An Accelerated testing program can be broken down into the following steps

Software reliability is a special aspect of reliability engineering System reliability by

definition includes all parts of the system including hardware software supporting

infrastructure (including critical external interfaces) operators and procedures

Traditionally reliability engineering focuses on critical hardware parts of the system

Since the widespread use of digital integrated circuit technology software has become an

increasingly critical part of most electronics and hence nearly all present day systems

Despite this difference in the source of failure between software and hardware several

software reliability models based on statistics have been proposed to quantify what we

experience with software the longer software is run the higher the probability that it will

eventually be used in an untested manner and exhibit a latent defect that results in a

failure (Shooman 1987) (Musa 2005) (Denney 2005)

As with hardware software reliability depends on good requirements design and

implementation Software reliability engineering relies heavily on a disciplined software

engineering process to anticipate and design against unintended consequences There is

more overlap between software quality engineering and software reliability engineering

than between hardware quality and reliability A good software development plan is a key

aspect of the software reliability program The software development plan describes the

design and coding standards peer reviews unit tests configuration management

software metrics and software models to be used during software development

Define objective and scope of the test

Collect required information about the product

Identify the stress(es)

Determine level of stress(es)

Conduct the accelerated test and analyze the collected data

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 9

MEAN TIME BETWEEN FAILURES

Mean time between failures (MTBF) is the predicted elapsed time between inherent

failures of a system during operation[1] MTBF can be calculated as the arithmetic mean

(average) time between failures of a system

FORMAL DEFINITION OF MTBF

By referring to the figure above the MTBF is the sum of the operational periods divided by the number of observed failures

If the Down time (with space) refers to the start of downtime (without space) and up time (with space) refers to the start of uptime (without spMean time betMean time between failuresween failuresace) the formula will be

The MTBF is often denoted by the Greek letter θ or

The MTBF can be defined in terms of the expected value of the density function ƒ(t)

where ƒ is the density function of time until failure ndash satisfying the standard requirement of density functions ndash

The Overview

For each observation downtime is the instantaneous time it went down which is after (ie greater than) the moment it went up uptime The difference (downtime minus uptime) is the amount of time it was operating between these two events

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 10

MTBF value prediction is an important element in the development of products Reliability engineers design engineers often utilize Reliability Software to calculate products MTBF according to various methodsstandards (MIL-HDBK-217F Telcordia SR332 Siemens Norm FIDESUTE 80-810 (RDF2000) etc)

However these prediction methods are not intended to reflect fielded MTBF as is commonly believed The intent of these tools is to focus design efforts on the weak links in the design

MTTR

MTTR is an abbreviation that has several different expansions with greatly differing meanings

It is wise to spell out exactly what is meant by the use of this abbreviation rather than assuming the reader will know which is being assumed

The M can stand for any of minimum mean or maximum and the R can stand for any of recovery repair respond or restore

The most common mean is also subject to interpretation as there are many different ways in which a mean can be calculated

Mean time to repair

Mean time to recoveryMean time to restore

Mean time to respond

Mean time to replace

In an engineering context with no explicit definition the engineering figure of merit mean time to repair would be the most probable intent by virtue of seniority of usage

It is also similar in meaning to the others above (more in the case of recovery less in the case of respond the latter being more properly styled mean response time)

Maintenance Organization 5

Section 19 Sections 110 and 111 present education and training and management and labor relations respectively A summary of the chapter is provided in Section 112

12 Maintenance Organization Objectives and Responsibility

A maintenance organization and its position in the plantwhole organization is heavily impacted by the following elements or factors

bull Type of business eg whether it is high tech labor intensive production or service

bull Objectives may include profit maximization increasing market share and other social objectives

bull Size and structure of the organization bull Culture of the organization and bull Range of responsibility assigned to maintenance

Figure 11 Maintenance organizing as a function of the management process

Organizations seek one or several of the following objectives profit

maximization specific quality level of service or products minimizing costs safe and clean environment or human resource development It is clear that all of these

Leaderrsquos Influence

PLANNING Setting performance objectives and developing decisions on how to achieve them

IMPLEMENTING Executing the plans to meet the set performance objectives

CONTROLLING Measuring performance of the maintained equipment and taking preventive and corrective actions to restore the designed (desired) specifications

ORGANIZING Creating structure setting tasks (dividing up the work) arranging resources (forming maintenance crews) and coordinating activites to perform maintenance tasks

6 AE Haroun and SO Duffuaa

objectives are heavily impacted by maintenance and therefore the objectives of maintenance must be aligned with the objectives of the organization

The principal responsibility of maintenance is to provide a service to enable an organization to achieve its objectives The specific responsibilities vary from one organization to another however they generally include the following according to Duffuaa et al (1998)

1 Keeping assets and equipment in good condition well configured and safe to perform their intended functions

2 Perform all maintenance activities including preventive predictive corrective overhauls design modification and emergency maintenance in an efficient and effective manner

3 Conserve and control the use of spare parts and material 4 Commission new plants and plant expansions and 5 Operate utilities and conserve energy

The above responsibilities and objectives impact the organization structure for maintenance as will be shown in the coming sections

13 Determinants of a Maintenance Organization

The maintenance organizationrsquos structure is determined after planning the maintenance capacity The maintenance capacity is heavily influenced by the level of centralization or decentralization adopted In this section the main issues that must be addressed when forming the maintenance organizationrsquos structure are presented The issues are capacity planning centralization vs decentralization and in-house vs outsourcing

131 Maintenance Capacity Planning

Maintenance capacity planning determines the required resources for maintenance including the required crafts administration equipment tools and space to execute the maintenance load efficiently and meet the objectives of the maintenance department Critical aspects of maintenance capacity are the numbers and skills of craftsmen required to execute the maintenance load It is difficult to determine the exact number of various types of craftsmen since the maintenance load is uncertain Therefore accurate forecasts for the future maintenance work demand are essential for determining the maintenance capacity In order to have better utilization of manpower organizations tend to reduce the number of available craftsmen below their expected need This is likely to result in a backlog of uncompleted maintenance work This backlog can also be cleared when the maintenance load is less than the capacity Making long run estimations is one of the areas in maintenance capacity planning that is both critical and not well developed in practice Techniques for maintenance forecasting and capacity planning are presented in a separate chapter in this handbook

Maintenance Organization 7

132 Centralization vs Decentralization

The decision to organize maintenance in a centralized decentralized or a hybrid form depends to a greater extent on the organization is philosophy maintenance load size of the plant and skills of craftsmen The advantages of centralization are

1 Provides more flexibility and improves utilization of resources such highly skilled crafts and special equipment and therefore results in more efficiency

2 Allows more efficient line supervision 3 Allows more effective on the job training and 4 Permits the purchasing of modern equipment

However it has the following disadvantages

1 Less utilization of crafts since more time is required for getting to and from jobs

2 Supervision of crafts becomes more difficult and as such less maintenance control is achieved

3 Less specialization on complex hardware is achieved since different persons work on the same hardware and

4 More costs of transportation are incurred due to remoteness of some of the maintenance work

In a decentralized maintenance organization departments are assigned to specific areas or units This tends to reduce the flexibility of the maintenance system as a whole The range of skills available becomes reduced and manpower utilization is usually less efficient than in a centralized maintenance In some cases a compromise solution that combines centralization and decentralization is better This type of hybrid is called a cascade system The cascade system organizes maintenance in areas and what ever exceeds the capacity of each area is challenged to a centralized unit In this fashion the advantages of both systems may be reaped For more on the advantages and disadvantages of centralization and de-centralization see Duffuaa et al (1998) and Niebel (1994)

133 In-house vs Outsourcing

At this level management considers the sources for building the maintenance capacity The main sources or options available are in-house by direct hiring outsourcing or a combination of in-house and outsourcing The criteria for selecting sources for building and maintaining maintenance capacity include strategic considerations technological and economic factors The following are criteria that can be employed to select among sources for maintenance capacity

1 Availability and dependability of the source on a long term basis 2 Capability of the source to achieve the objectives set for maintenance by

the organization and its ability to carry out the maintenance tasks

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 11

UNIT- I

PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICES OF MAINTENANCE PLANNING

PART-A (2 Marks)

01 Define maintenance

02 Define reliability

03 State the benefits of reliability analysis in industries

04 Define failure rate

05 What is Mean Failure Rate

06 Define Mean Time to Failure

07 What is Mean Time Between Failures (MTBF)

08 Define Mean Time to Repair (MTTR)

09 Define Maintenance Action Rate

10 Define Failure Density

PART-B (16 Marks)

1 What do you mean by maintenance job planning Discuss various steps of

maintenance job planning (16)

2 What is long term plan Discuss few long term planning (16)

3 What are the objectives of maintenance organization and what different types of

organizations are in use in Indian industries (16)

4 What is equipment availability and what are the three basic approaches to define and

quantity availability (16)

5 Explain MTBS MTBF MTTF MTTR and failure rate (16)

6 Explain briefly different types and classes of maintenance cost (16)

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 12

UNIT II MAINTENANCE POLICIES ndash PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

Maintenance categories ndash Comparative merits of each category ndash Preventive

maintenance maintenance schedules and repair cycle ndash Principles and methods of

lubrication ndash TPM

LUBRICATION

Lubrication is the process or technique employed to reduce wear of one or both

surfaces in close proximity and moving relative to each other by interposing a substance

called lubricant between the surfaces to carry or to help carry the load (pressure

generated) between the opposing surfaces The interposed lubricant film can be a solid

(eg graphite MoS2) a solidliquid dispersion a liquid a liquid-liquid dispersion (a

grease) or exceptionally a gas

In the most common case the applied load is carried by pressure generated within the

fluid due to the frictional viscous resistance to motion of the lubricating fluid between the

surfaces

Lubrication can also describe the phenomenon such reduction of wear occurs without

human intervention (hydroplaning on a road)

The science of friction lubrication and wear is called tribology

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 13

The regimes of lubrication

As the load increases on the contacting surfaces three distinct situations can be observed

with respect to the mode of lubrication which are called regimes of lubrication

Fluid film lubrication is the lubrication regime in which through viscous forces

the load is fully supported by the lubricant within the space or gap between the

parts in motion relative to one another (the lubricated conjunction) and solidndashsolid

contact is avoided[2]

o Hydrostatic lubrication is when an external pressure is applied to the

lubricant in the bearing to maintain the fluid lubricant film where it would

otherwise be squeezed out

o Hydrodynamic lubrication is where the motion of the contacting surfaces

and the exact design of the bearing is used to pump lubricant around the

bearing to maintain the lubricating film This design of bearing may wear

when started stopped or reversed as the lubricant film breaks down

Elastohydrodynamic lubrication The opposing surfaces are separated but there

occurs some interaction between the raised solid features called asperities and

there is an elastic deformation on the contacting surface enlarging the load-

bearing area whereby the viscous resistance of the lubricant becomes capable of

supporting the load

Boundary lubrication (also called boundary film lubrication) The bodies come

into closer contact at their asperities the heat developed by the local pressures

causes a condition which is called stick-slip and some asperities break off At the

elevated temperature and pressure conditions chemically reactive constituents of

the lubricant react with the contact surface forming a highly resistant tenacious

layer or film on the moving solid surfaces (boundary film) which is capable of

supporting the load and major wear or breakdown is avoided Boundary

lubrication is also defined as that regime in which the load is carried by the

surface asperities rather than by the lubricant[3]

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 14

Besides supporting the load the lubricant may have to perform other functions as well for

instance it may cool the contact areas and remove wear products While carrying out

these functions the lubricant is constantly replaced from the contact areas either by the

relative movement (hydrodynamics) or by externally induced forces

Lubrication is required for correct operation of mechanical systems pistons pumps cams

bearings turbines cutting tools etc where without lubrication the pressure between the

surfaces in close proximity would generate enough heat for rapid surface damage which

in a coarsened condition may literally weld the surfaces together causing seizure

In some applications such as piston engines the film between the piston and the cylinder

wall also seals the combustion chamber preventing combustion gases from escaping into

the crankcase

TOTAL PRODUCTIVE MAINTENANCE

TPM is a maintenance process developed for improving productivity by making

processes more reliable and less wasteful

TPM is an extension of TQM(Total Quality Management)

The objective of TPM is to maintain the plant or equipment in good condition without

interfering with the daily process

To achieve this objective preventive and predictive maintenance is required By

following the philosophy of TPM we can minimize the unexpected failure of the

equipment

To implement TPM the production unit and maintenance unit should work jointly

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 15

Original goal of total productive management

―Continuously improve all operational conditions within a production system by

stimulating the daily awareness of all employees (by Seiichi Nakajima Japan JIPM)

TPM focuses primarily on manufacturing (although its benefits are applicable to virtually

any process) and is the first methodology Toyota used to improve its global position

(1950s) After TPM the focus was stretched and also suppliers and customers were

involved (Supply Chain) this next methodology was called lean manufacturing This

sheet gives an overview of TPM in its original form

An accurate and practical implementation of TPM will increase productivity within the

total organization where

(1) A clear business culture is designed to continuously improve the efficiency of the

total production system

(2) A standardized and systematic approach is used where all losses are prevented andor

known all departments influencing productivity will be involved to move from a

reactive to a predictive mindset

(4) A transparent multidisciplinary organization in reaching zero losses

(5) Steps are taken as a journey not as a quick menu

Finally TPM will provide practical and transparent ingredients to reach operational

excellence

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 16

IMPLEMENTATION

TPM has basically 3 goals - Zero Product Defects Zero Equipment Unplanned Failures

and Zero Accidents

It sets out to achieve these goals by Gap Analysis of previous historical records of

Product Defects Equipment Failures and Accidents

Then through a clear understanding of this Gap Analysis (Fishbone Cause-Effect

Analysis Why-Why Cause-Effect Analysis and P-M Analysis) plan a physical

investigation to discover new latent fuguai (slight deterioration) during the first step in

TPM Autonomous Maintenance called Initial Cleaning

TPM identifies the 7 losses (types of waste) (muda) namely set-up and initial adjustment

time equipment breakdown time idling and minor losses speed (cycle time) losses

start-up quality losses and in process quality losses and then works systematically to

eliminate them by making improvements (kaizen) TPM has 8 pillars of activity each

being set to achieve a ―zero target

These 8 pillars are the following focussed improvement (Kobetsu Kaizen) autonomous

maintenance (Jishu Hozen) planned maintenance training and education early-phase

management quality maintenance (Hinshitsu Hozen) office TPM and safety health and

environment Few organisation also add Pillars according to their Work Place like

Tools Management Information Technology amp more

The Base for the TPM Activity is 5S Seiri (Sorting out the required or not required

items) Seition (Systematic Arrangement of the required items) Seiso (Cleaniness)

Seiketsu (Standardisation) Shitsuke (Self Discipline)

The Pillars amp their details

a) Efficient Equipment Utilisation

b) Efficient Worker Utilisation

c) Efficient Material amp Energy Utilisation

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 17

REPAIRABLE

Repairable parts are parts that are deemed worthy of repair usually by virtue of economic

consideration of their repair cost

Rather than bear the cost of completely replacing a finished product repairables typically

are designed to enable more affordable maintenance by being more modular

This allows components to be more easily removed repaired and replaced enabling

cheaper replacement

Spare parts that are needed to support condemnation of repairable parts are known as

replenishment spares

A rotable pool is a pool of repairable spare parts inventory set aside to allow for multiple

repairs to be accomplished simultaneously

This can be used to minimize stockout conditions for repairable items

REPAIR CYCLE

From the perspective of logistics a model of the life cycle of parts in a supply chain can

be developed

This model called the repair cycle consists of functioning parts in use by equipment

operators and the entire sequence of suppliers or repair providers that replenish

functional part inventories either by production or repair when they have failed

Ultimately this sequence ends with the manufacturer

This type of model allows demands on a supply system to ultimately be traced to their

operational reliability allowing for analysis of the dynamics of the supply system in

particular spare parts

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 18

UNIT-II

MAINTENANCE POLICIES ndash PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

PART-A (2 Marks)

01 What is meant by Breakdown maintenance approach

02 Classify various planned maintenance approach

03 Define Corrective maintenance approach

04 What is meant by preventive maintenance approach

05 List out the objectives of Corrective maintenance

06 What is meant by Predictive Maintenance

07 List out some condition based monitoring techniques and briefly discuss on them

08 What is meant by Reliability Centered Maintenance (RCM)

09 What is Total Productive Maintenance (TPM) and discuss its similarities with TQM

10 What is meant by Reliability Centered Maintenance (RCM)

11 What does Safety Health and Environment pillar of TPM aims at

PART-B (16 Marks)

1 What do you understand by maintenance categories Explain common types and

explain the basis of their selection (16)

2 What are all the steps involved in preventive maintenance why preventive maintenance

is better than reactive maintenance (16)

3 Distinguish between fixed time maintenance and connect based maintenance Give the

merits and demerits (16)

4 Briefly explain the procedure for TPM (16)

5 Explain the repair cycle of metallic materials (16)

6 What are the functions of lubrication and gives the tips on lubrication (16)

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 19

UNIT III CONDITION MONITORING

Condition monitoring ndash Cost comparison with and without CM ndash On-load testing

and off-load testing ndash Methods and instruments for CM ndash Temperature sensitive

tapes ndash Pistol thermometers ndash Wear-debris analysis

CONDITION MONITORING

Condition monitoring is the process of monitoring a parameter of condition in machinery such that a significant change is indicative of a developing failure

It is a major component of predictive maintenance The use of conditional monitoring allows maintenance to be scheduled or other actions to be taken to avoid the consequences of failure before the failure occurs

Nevertheless a deviation from a reference value (eg temperature or vibration behavior) must occur to identify impeding damages

Predictive Maintenance does not predict failure

Machines with defects are more at risk of failure than defect free machines Once a defect has been identified the failure process has already commenced and CM systems can only measure the deterioration of the condition

Intervention in the early stages of deterioration is usually much more cost effective than allowing the machinery to fail Condition monitoring has a unique benefit in that the actual load and subsequent heat dissipation that represents normal service can be seen and conditions that would shorten normal lifespan can be addressed before repeated failures occur

Serviceable machinery includes rotating equipment and stationary plant such as boilers and heat exchangers

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 20

METHODS OF CM

1 Screen monitoring records video or static images detailing the contents or screen

capture of the entire [video display] or the content of the screen activity within a

particular program or computer application Monitoring tools may collect real

time video accelerated or [time-lapse] video or screen shots or may take video or

still image captures at regular intervals (eg once every 4 minutes) They may

collect images constantly or only collect information while the user is interacting

with the equipment (eg capturing screens when the mouse or keyboard is

active)

2 Data monitoring tracks the content of and changes to files stored on the local

[hard drive] or in the users private network share

3 Keystroke monitoring (eg number of keystrokes per minute) may track the

performance of keyboard-intensive work such as word processing or data entry

Keystroke logging captures all keyboard input to enable the employer to monitor

anything typed into the monitored machine

4 Idle time monitoring keeps track of time when the employee is away from the

computer or the computer is not being actively used

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 21

BENEFITS

o Screen monitoring records video or static images detailing the contents or

screen capture of the entire [video display] or the content of the screen

activity within a particular program or computer application

o Monitoring tools may collect real time video accelerated or [time-lapse]

video or screen shots or may take video or still image captures at regular

intervals (eg once every 4 minutes)

o They may collect images constantly or only collect information while the user

is interacting with the equipment (eg capturing screens when the mouse or

keyboard is active)

o Data monitoring tracks the content of and changes to files stored on the local

[hard drive] or in the users private network share

o Keystroke monitoring (eg number of keystrokes per minute) may track the

performance of keyboard-intensive work such as word processing or data

entry Keystroke logging captures all keyboard input to enable the employer to

monitor anything typed into the monitored machine

o Idle time monitoring keeps track of time when the employee is away from the

computer or the computer is not being actively used

NDE2002 predict assure improve

National Seminar of ISNT Chennai 5 ndash 7 12 2002

wwwnde2002org

SIMPLE INSTRUMENTS USED IN CONDITION MONITORING

Prof DRKIRAN

Head department of production Engineering StPeterrsquos Engineering College

ABSTRACT

Condition monitoring is a system of assessing the service condition or the change of service condition of any component or a part of an equipment or a system Considerable research has been done in this direction leading to development of several electrical and electronic monitoring instruments These when connected to strategic locations of the systems measure and indicate certain parameters enabling us to monitor the condition and take vital decisions on a continuous basis

Nevertheless the high cost of these instruments prevent their use in all required locations On the other hand traditionally used simple mechanical gadgets are being used by the maintenance personnel of todayrsquos industry all over the world These have the advantages of being portable simple easy to use and economical More significantly they can be used to check any location or component suspected to be functioning abnormally This paper discusses some of such instruments used and could be used for condition monitoring of industrial machines as well as process equipment like pressure vessels and heat exchangers

1 What is Condition monitoring

Condition monitoring is that type of planned maintenance wherein the actual working conditions of major components of an equipment are constantly monitored to give an indication of which parts should be replaced and which need not in the near future In other words the preventive maintenance with condition monitoring is a system in which in addition to the programmed stoppages for maintenance work an assessment is made on the condition of all major parts of an equipment while in operation even when a preventive maintenance schedule is on If by assessment the condition of the part is satisfactory the schedule of stopping the machine or scrapping the part etc is reviewed and deferred Similarly if the condition monitoring finds a certain part may fail in a short time it is replaced even before its PM schedule and prevent unexpected breakdowns

2 On-load vs off load condition monitoring

On load monitoring means monitoring or adjusting the parameters while the machine or equipment is running Thus it is done for superficial easily accessible amp non interfering parts of the equipment which can be carried out without interruption to the operation

Off load monitoring is for interior or inaccessible parts which need to be stopped temporarily to check the condition However there may be several situations like the two-shift working or the plantrsquos temporary shut down for other reasons when this class can be conducted without productions loss

3 Subjective aided subjective or objective condition monitoring

i) Subjective condition monitoring

Here the monitoring personnel use their perception of senses and judgement to note any change of the condition The four senses a man is bestowed with like seeing (emanation of smoke) hearing (bearing noise) smelling (burning of oil or rubber components due to excessive heat) feeling (touching the motor to feel the excessive heating or touching the housing to feel a vibrating shaft) are used It is important that the person carrying out subjective condition monitoring has an adequate qualifications and skills as the result depends on their judgement and experience In subjective condition monitoring it is also possible to use instructions guidelines or hints where to look for leakage bearing play etc Posters or figures illustrating different conditions of components may also be helpful

ii) Aided subjective or condition monitoring with simple gadgets

Here the monitoring personnel use simple gadgets to add to their ability to perceive conditions better These gadgets are discussed more in detail in the following paragraphs

iii) Objective condition monitoring

In objective condition monitoring different instruments and facilities are used for obtaining data giving direct measure of the parametric condition of the components even while the machine is working In many cases these simple mechanical or complex electronic measuring devices can be mounted on convenient locations for better monitoring and control

A doctor feeling the pulse (subjective) his using a stethoscope to determine any abnormal heart beat (aided subjective) or looking into the ECG monitor (objective) form the examples of the above three categories

4 Some of the gadgets and simple instruments used for condition monitoring

a) Monitoring of visual condition of inaccessible partslocations

Quite often the visual condition of the components located at inaccessible locations are to be monitored may be with respect to corrosion or fatigue cracking or even dust sediment collection that is deleterious to the functioning of the component Simple gadgets are being used either on-line or off-line to aid the perception of the condition Depending upon the extent of change as perceived the equipment can be stopped for detailed check andor rectification Some of the gadgets are illustrated below

i) Inspection mirrors used to inspect crevices dark spots inside of narrow mouthed cylinders or the pipes of heat exchangers or boilers These mirrors can be simple like that of a dentist or

a) with adjustable mirror angle controlled by a wire running along the holding rod or

b) illuminated with a light bulb near the mirror of special use in dark spots inside cylinders or inside heat exchanger pipes

c) with telescopic rod for adjusting the length of the gadget

d) mirrors fitted inside a small tube rather than on a rod to prevent damage to the mirror during insertion or other operation These are also called as borescopes

e) periscopic for specialised applications or to assist the viewer et Etc

fig 1 a) a collection of inspection mirrors b) inspection of crevices and c) inspecting the inside of as cylinder

Of specific interest to the NDE practitioners is their versatility to inspect the inside of the boiler pipes or heat exchanger pipes which can tell a lot about the working condition of the inside of the tubes about the rusting cracking sedimentation etc enabling an early preventive action

Fig 2 Use of borescopes to inspect heat exchanger pipes

Fig 3 borescopes and periscopes

ii) Endoscopes These are like borescopes but are flexible They work on the principle of image transfer by total internal reflection in a bundle of glass fibres They are more popular with gastroenterologists for diagnosing ulcers in stomachs Also called optical fibroscopes they are flexible ands are more versatile in several applications illustrated below Some times they are permanently fixed for constant monitoring of critical components are inserted when needed into pre-fixed tubular guides leading to the location to be monitored

Fig 4 The application of endoscopes in industrial equipment

Fig 5 The principle of endoscope

Having illustrated the gadgets for visual perception as above some of them used in other monitoring functions may be cited as below classified into the three categories

b) Temperature monitoring

Subjective -

Touching the motor etc and assessing if over heated

Aided subjective -

Temperature sensitive stickers are the most common ands cost effective A sticker having four of five 20 mm diameter dots of special paints each of which changes its colour at a particular temperature is stuck to the heat prone parts of the equipment The operatives or supervisor can identify its temperature range by looking at the stickers from a distance itself during their periodic patrol rounds Temperature sensitive chalks thermal paints with which larger part of the heat prone body is painted fall under this category -

Objective -

Pyrometers thermometers pistol thermometers etc Depending of convenience and need these instruments can be of thermostat type or connected to some sort of warning system in case of overheating

c) Vibration monitoring

Subjective

By touching and feeling the vibrations in a rotating body or by listening to vibrating sounds

Aided subjective

Stethoscopes use of screw driver ends by expert foremen etc

Objective -

Shock pulse meters (SPM) vibration measuring instruments etc

Vibration measurements made near the source of vibration might indicate the following

bull imbalance bull shaft misalignment bull damaged bearings (worn or chipped balls or races)

bull damaged gears another transmission components bull mechanical looseness bull cavitation and stall etc

d) Leak Monitoring

Subjective -

Listening to and identifying any hissing sound near hydraulic or pneumatic circuits

Aided subjective -

A number of leak detecting techniques are available including the soap and water methods Use of proprietary preparations can make this method more effective capable of detecting leaks as low as 1 m1s

Objective -

One powerful technique is ultrasonic detection When a fluid is forced through a leak under internal or external pressure sound is generated in the frequency range 40-80 Khz The ultrasonic leak detector identifies this very high frequency which is easily separated from the lower frequencies of ordinary machine noise

Fig 6 Ultrasonic leak detector to detect internal amp external leaks

e) Corrosion Monitoring

Subjective -

Corrosion cannot be generally judged visually and is not as effective as those discussed below

Aided subjective -

Corrosion coupons which are small pieces say 1 square inch of the same material as the base are pasted at locations suspected to be highly corrosive and analysed once in a month or as required The corrosion characteristics of the coupon are expected to be same as the base metal to which they are pasted and hence give an indirect measurement the corrosion of the body

Fig 7a) A view of the corrosion coupon b)The coupon mounted in tubes carrying chemicals

Objective -

Electrical and electronic devises can be developed to measure the corrosion characteristics based on the following principles the details of which are beyond the scope of this paper

diams The basic principle in Corrosion Monitoring is the change in the resistance of special electrical elements in corrosion environment

diams The potential difference between the reference electrode and the system will indicate the presence and the extent of corrosion

diams The polarisation resistance of the special designed probe indicate the rate of corrosion

diams Hydrogen gas formation during corrosion can be detected with a thin walled blind tube which can be analysed to determine the corrosion

f) Belt tension monitoring

subjective -

Slightly pressing down the V-belt

Aided subjective -

Pen type tension gage as illustrated below is a simple and handy one Depending upon belt looseness the inner part of the gage telescopes into the upper part leaving the rubber ring stuck on to the lower part at the lowest point of insertion On removing the gage the position of the rubber ring on the graduated scale of the lower part indicates the belt looseness that can be corrected if necessary

Objective -

Strain gages or other electronic instruments are used to measure the stresses in metallic parts or components

Fig 8 a) pen type tension gage and b) strain gage for bi-directional measurement

g) Shaft run-out monitoring

When a lathe is being tested for accuracy a mandrel is fixed in the spindle and rotated and checked for the run-out

Subjective -

If the run-out is high it can be visually seen

Aided subjective -

By use of dial gages fixed on to the bodies the amount of run-out can be measured But this can be done by turning the spindle by hand or at low speeds

Objective -

Optical sensors as illustrated below can be used to check the run-out even at high speeds

Fig 9 Run-out checking by optical sensor

h) Crack detection

This is mostly off-line monitoring and most tests under this category form NDE tests the primary function of ISNT specialists Most serious failures are preceded by crack growth from a point of stress concentration or from a material defect at the surface of the component A number of crack detection techniques have been developed to a great degree of advancement like dye penetration test (PT) magnetic particle test (MT) Electrical resistance or eddy current test (ET) Ultrasonic Testing (UT) and Radiographic test (RT)

While the first two of the following can be classified as aided subjective the latter can be categorised as objective Since the purpose of this paragraph is to highlight crack detection as a condition monitoring techniques these NDE methods are only cited but not discussed further

5 Conclusion

While only few types of monitoring namely visual temperature vibration leak corrosion run-out belt tension and crack monitoring are discussed a host of simple gadgets are being developed according to their specific use for many other monitoring functions that are not discussed here

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 22

LOAD TESTING

o Load testing is the process of putting demand on a system or device

and measuring its response

o Load testing is performed to determine a systemrsquos behavior under both

normal and anticipated peak load conditions

o It helps to identify the maximum operating capacity of an application

as well as any bottlenecks and determine which element is causing

degradation

o When the load placed on the system is raised beyond normal usage

patterns in order to test the systems response at unusually high or

peak loads it is known as stress testing

o The load is usually so great that error conditions are the expected

result although no clear boundary exists when an activity ceases to be

a load test and becomes a stress test

o There is little agreement on what the specific goals of load testing are

o The term is often used synonymously with concurrency testing

software performance testing reliability testing and volume testing

o Load testing is a type of non-functional testing

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 23

WEAR DEBRIS ANALYSIS

Using a Scanning Electron Microscope of a carefully taken sample of debris

suspended in lubricating oil (taken from filters or magnetic chip detectors)

Instruments then reveal the elements contained their proportions size and

morphology

Using this method the site the mechanical failure mechanism and the time to

eventual failure may be determined This is called WDA - Wear Debris Analysis

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 24

UNIT-III

CONDITION MONOTORING

PART-A (2 Marks)

1 What is equipment health monitoring

2 List down the factors for increasing the demand condition monitoring

3 List down the key features of condition monitoring

4 Write down the basic steps in condition monitoring

5 What are three types of condition monitoring

6 State the advantages and disadvantages of condition monitoring

7 Mention the various costs involved in costing of condition monitoring mainly

8 State the methods of measuring vibration

9 Describe briefly pistol thermometer

10 Name the types of pyrometers

11 Mention title applications of bimetallic strip

12 List down the features of RTD

13 State the applications and limitations of thermisters

PART-B (16 Marks)

1 What is condition monitoring and explain condition monitoring What type of condition

monitoring are normally used in industry (16)

2 What is leakage monitoring Explain some of the leakage mediums used for condition

monitoring (16)

3 What is wear debris analysis what are the three wear debris analysis techniques

commonly used and compare their performance and uses (16)

4 Briefly explain the cost comparison with and without condition monitoring (16)

5 What is thermal monitoring and what thermal monitoring are used in industries

explain principle and uses of thermograph (16)

6 Briefly explain various methods and instruments for condition monitoring (16)

Page 7: ME1012 Maintenance Engineering Study Materials

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 6

AVAILABILITY

A Reliability Program Plan may also be used to evaluate and improve

Availability of a system by the strategy on focusing on increasing testability amp

maintainability and not on reliability

Improving maintainability is generally easier than reliability Maintainability

estimates (Repair rates) are also generally more accurate

However because the uncertainties in the reliability estimates are in most

cases very large it is likely to dominate the availability (prediction

uncertainty) problem even in the case maintainability levels are very high

When reliability is not under control more complicated issues may arise like

manpower (maintainers customer service capability) shortage spare part

availability logistic delays lack of repair facilities extensive retro-fit and

complex configuration management costs and others

The problem of unreliability may be increased also due to the Domino

effect of maintenance induced failures after repairs

Only focusing on maintainability is therefore not enough If failures are

prevented none of the others are of any importance and therefore reliability is

generally regarded as the most important part of availability

A Fault Tree Diagram

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 7

One of the most important design techniques is redundancy

RELIABILITY THEORY

Reliability is defined as the probability that a device will perform its intended function

during a specified period of time under stated conditions Mathematically this may be

expressed as

where is the failure probability density function and is the length of the

period of time (which is assumed to start from time zero)

ACCELERATED TESTING

The purpose of accelerated life testing is to induce field failure in the laboratory at a

much faster rate by providing a harsher but nonetheless representative environment

In such a test the product is expected to fail in the lab just as it would have failed in the

fieldmdashbut in much less time

The main objective of an accelerated test is either of the following

To discover failure modes

To predict the normal field life from the high stress lab life

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 8

An Accelerated testing program can be broken down into the following steps

Software reliability is a special aspect of reliability engineering System reliability by

definition includes all parts of the system including hardware software supporting

infrastructure (including critical external interfaces) operators and procedures

Traditionally reliability engineering focuses on critical hardware parts of the system

Since the widespread use of digital integrated circuit technology software has become an

increasingly critical part of most electronics and hence nearly all present day systems

Despite this difference in the source of failure between software and hardware several

software reliability models based on statistics have been proposed to quantify what we

experience with software the longer software is run the higher the probability that it will

eventually be used in an untested manner and exhibit a latent defect that results in a

failure (Shooman 1987) (Musa 2005) (Denney 2005)

As with hardware software reliability depends on good requirements design and

implementation Software reliability engineering relies heavily on a disciplined software

engineering process to anticipate and design against unintended consequences There is

more overlap between software quality engineering and software reliability engineering

than between hardware quality and reliability A good software development plan is a key

aspect of the software reliability program The software development plan describes the

design and coding standards peer reviews unit tests configuration management

software metrics and software models to be used during software development

Define objective and scope of the test

Collect required information about the product

Identify the stress(es)

Determine level of stress(es)

Conduct the accelerated test and analyze the collected data

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 9

MEAN TIME BETWEEN FAILURES

Mean time between failures (MTBF) is the predicted elapsed time between inherent

failures of a system during operation[1] MTBF can be calculated as the arithmetic mean

(average) time between failures of a system

FORMAL DEFINITION OF MTBF

By referring to the figure above the MTBF is the sum of the operational periods divided by the number of observed failures

If the Down time (with space) refers to the start of downtime (without space) and up time (with space) refers to the start of uptime (without spMean time betMean time between failuresween failuresace) the formula will be

The MTBF is often denoted by the Greek letter θ or

The MTBF can be defined in terms of the expected value of the density function ƒ(t)

where ƒ is the density function of time until failure ndash satisfying the standard requirement of density functions ndash

The Overview

For each observation downtime is the instantaneous time it went down which is after (ie greater than) the moment it went up uptime The difference (downtime minus uptime) is the amount of time it was operating between these two events

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 10

MTBF value prediction is an important element in the development of products Reliability engineers design engineers often utilize Reliability Software to calculate products MTBF according to various methodsstandards (MIL-HDBK-217F Telcordia SR332 Siemens Norm FIDESUTE 80-810 (RDF2000) etc)

However these prediction methods are not intended to reflect fielded MTBF as is commonly believed The intent of these tools is to focus design efforts on the weak links in the design

MTTR

MTTR is an abbreviation that has several different expansions with greatly differing meanings

It is wise to spell out exactly what is meant by the use of this abbreviation rather than assuming the reader will know which is being assumed

The M can stand for any of minimum mean or maximum and the R can stand for any of recovery repair respond or restore

The most common mean is also subject to interpretation as there are many different ways in which a mean can be calculated

Mean time to repair

Mean time to recoveryMean time to restore

Mean time to respond

Mean time to replace

In an engineering context with no explicit definition the engineering figure of merit mean time to repair would be the most probable intent by virtue of seniority of usage

It is also similar in meaning to the others above (more in the case of recovery less in the case of respond the latter being more properly styled mean response time)

Maintenance Organization 5

Section 19 Sections 110 and 111 present education and training and management and labor relations respectively A summary of the chapter is provided in Section 112

12 Maintenance Organization Objectives and Responsibility

A maintenance organization and its position in the plantwhole organization is heavily impacted by the following elements or factors

bull Type of business eg whether it is high tech labor intensive production or service

bull Objectives may include profit maximization increasing market share and other social objectives

bull Size and structure of the organization bull Culture of the organization and bull Range of responsibility assigned to maintenance

Figure 11 Maintenance organizing as a function of the management process

Organizations seek one or several of the following objectives profit

maximization specific quality level of service or products minimizing costs safe and clean environment or human resource development It is clear that all of these

Leaderrsquos Influence

PLANNING Setting performance objectives and developing decisions on how to achieve them

IMPLEMENTING Executing the plans to meet the set performance objectives

CONTROLLING Measuring performance of the maintained equipment and taking preventive and corrective actions to restore the designed (desired) specifications

ORGANIZING Creating structure setting tasks (dividing up the work) arranging resources (forming maintenance crews) and coordinating activites to perform maintenance tasks

6 AE Haroun and SO Duffuaa

objectives are heavily impacted by maintenance and therefore the objectives of maintenance must be aligned with the objectives of the organization

The principal responsibility of maintenance is to provide a service to enable an organization to achieve its objectives The specific responsibilities vary from one organization to another however they generally include the following according to Duffuaa et al (1998)

1 Keeping assets and equipment in good condition well configured and safe to perform their intended functions

2 Perform all maintenance activities including preventive predictive corrective overhauls design modification and emergency maintenance in an efficient and effective manner

3 Conserve and control the use of spare parts and material 4 Commission new plants and plant expansions and 5 Operate utilities and conserve energy

The above responsibilities and objectives impact the organization structure for maintenance as will be shown in the coming sections

13 Determinants of a Maintenance Organization

The maintenance organizationrsquos structure is determined after planning the maintenance capacity The maintenance capacity is heavily influenced by the level of centralization or decentralization adopted In this section the main issues that must be addressed when forming the maintenance organizationrsquos structure are presented The issues are capacity planning centralization vs decentralization and in-house vs outsourcing

131 Maintenance Capacity Planning

Maintenance capacity planning determines the required resources for maintenance including the required crafts administration equipment tools and space to execute the maintenance load efficiently and meet the objectives of the maintenance department Critical aspects of maintenance capacity are the numbers and skills of craftsmen required to execute the maintenance load It is difficult to determine the exact number of various types of craftsmen since the maintenance load is uncertain Therefore accurate forecasts for the future maintenance work demand are essential for determining the maintenance capacity In order to have better utilization of manpower organizations tend to reduce the number of available craftsmen below their expected need This is likely to result in a backlog of uncompleted maintenance work This backlog can also be cleared when the maintenance load is less than the capacity Making long run estimations is one of the areas in maintenance capacity planning that is both critical and not well developed in practice Techniques for maintenance forecasting and capacity planning are presented in a separate chapter in this handbook

Maintenance Organization 7

132 Centralization vs Decentralization

The decision to organize maintenance in a centralized decentralized or a hybrid form depends to a greater extent on the organization is philosophy maintenance load size of the plant and skills of craftsmen The advantages of centralization are

1 Provides more flexibility and improves utilization of resources such highly skilled crafts and special equipment and therefore results in more efficiency

2 Allows more efficient line supervision 3 Allows more effective on the job training and 4 Permits the purchasing of modern equipment

However it has the following disadvantages

1 Less utilization of crafts since more time is required for getting to and from jobs

2 Supervision of crafts becomes more difficult and as such less maintenance control is achieved

3 Less specialization on complex hardware is achieved since different persons work on the same hardware and

4 More costs of transportation are incurred due to remoteness of some of the maintenance work

In a decentralized maintenance organization departments are assigned to specific areas or units This tends to reduce the flexibility of the maintenance system as a whole The range of skills available becomes reduced and manpower utilization is usually less efficient than in a centralized maintenance In some cases a compromise solution that combines centralization and decentralization is better This type of hybrid is called a cascade system The cascade system organizes maintenance in areas and what ever exceeds the capacity of each area is challenged to a centralized unit In this fashion the advantages of both systems may be reaped For more on the advantages and disadvantages of centralization and de-centralization see Duffuaa et al (1998) and Niebel (1994)

133 In-house vs Outsourcing

At this level management considers the sources for building the maintenance capacity The main sources or options available are in-house by direct hiring outsourcing or a combination of in-house and outsourcing The criteria for selecting sources for building and maintaining maintenance capacity include strategic considerations technological and economic factors The following are criteria that can be employed to select among sources for maintenance capacity

1 Availability and dependability of the source on a long term basis 2 Capability of the source to achieve the objectives set for maintenance by

the organization and its ability to carry out the maintenance tasks

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 11

UNIT- I

PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICES OF MAINTENANCE PLANNING

PART-A (2 Marks)

01 Define maintenance

02 Define reliability

03 State the benefits of reliability analysis in industries

04 Define failure rate

05 What is Mean Failure Rate

06 Define Mean Time to Failure

07 What is Mean Time Between Failures (MTBF)

08 Define Mean Time to Repair (MTTR)

09 Define Maintenance Action Rate

10 Define Failure Density

PART-B (16 Marks)

1 What do you mean by maintenance job planning Discuss various steps of

maintenance job planning (16)

2 What is long term plan Discuss few long term planning (16)

3 What are the objectives of maintenance organization and what different types of

organizations are in use in Indian industries (16)

4 What is equipment availability and what are the three basic approaches to define and

quantity availability (16)

5 Explain MTBS MTBF MTTF MTTR and failure rate (16)

6 Explain briefly different types and classes of maintenance cost (16)

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 12

UNIT II MAINTENANCE POLICIES ndash PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

Maintenance categories ndash Comparative merits of each category ndash Preventive

maintenance maintenance schedules and repair cycle ndash Principles and methods of

lubrication ndash TPM

LUBRICATION

Lubrication is the process or technique employed to reduce wear of one or both

surfaces in close proximity and moving relative to each other by interposing a substance

called lubricant between the surfaces to carry or to help carry the load (pressure

generated) between the opposing surfaces The interposed lubricant film can be a solid

(eg graphite MoS2) a solidliquid dispersion a liquid a liquid-liquid dispersion (a

grease) or exceptionally a gas

In the most common case the applied load is carried by pressure generated within the

fluid due to the frictional viscous resistance to motion of the lubricating fluid between the

surfaces

Lubrication can also describe the phenomenon such reduction of wear occurs without

human intervention (hydroplaning on a road)

The science of friction lubrication and wear is called tribology

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 13

The regimes of lubrication

As the load increases on the contacting surfaces three distinct situations can be observed

with respect to the mode of lubrication which are called regimes of lubrication

Fluid film lubrication is the lubrication regime in which through viscous forces

the load is fully supported by the lubricant within the space or gap between the

parts in motion relative to one another (the lubricated conjunction) and solidndashsolid

contact is avoided[2]

o Hydrostatic lubrication is when an external pressure is applied to the

lubricant in the bearing to maintain the fluid lubricant film where it would

otherwise be squeezed out

o Hydrodynamic lubrication is where the motion of the contacting surfaces

and the exact design of the bearing is used to pump lubricant around the

bearing to maintain the lubricating film This design of bearing may wear

when started stopped or reversed as the lubricant film breaks down

Elastohydrodynamic lubrication The opposing surfaces are separated but there

occurs some interaction between the raised solid features called asperities and

there is an elastic deformation on the contacting surface enlarging the load-

bearing area whereby the viscous resistance of the lubricant becomes capable of

supporting the load

Boundary lubrication (also called boundary film lubrication) The bodies come

into closer contact at their asperities the heat developed by the local pressures

causes a condition which is called stick-slip and some asperities break off At the

elevated temperature and pressure conditions chemically reactive constituents of

the lubricant react with the contact surface forming a highly resistant tenacious

layer or film on the moving solid surfaces (boundary film) which is capable of

supporting the load and major wear or breakdown is avoided Boundary

lubrication is also defined as that regime in which the load is carried by the

surface asperities rather than by the lubricant[3]

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 14

Besides supporting the load the lubricant may have to perform other functions as well for

instance it may cool the contact areas and remove wear products While carrying out

these functions the lubricant is constantly replaced from the contact areas either by the

relative movement (hydrodynamics) or by externally induced forces

Lubrication is required for correct operation of mechanical systems pistons pumps cams

bearings turbines cutting tools etc where without lubrication the pressure between the

surfaces in close proximity would generate enough heat for rapid surface damage which

in a coarsened condition may literally weld the surfaces together causing seizure

In some applications such as piston engines the film between the piston and the cylinder

wall also seals the combustion chamber preventing combustion gases from escaping into

the crankcase

TOTAL PRODUCTIVE MAINTENANCE

TPM is a maintenance process developed for improving productivity by making

processes more reliable and less wasteful

TPM is an extension of TQM(Total Quality Management)

The objective of TPM is to maintain the plant or equipment in good condition without

interfering with the daily process

To achieve this objective preventive and predictive maintenance is required By

following the philosophy of TPM we can minimize the unexpected failure of the

equipment

To implement TPM the production unit and maintenance unit should work jointly

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 15

Original goal of total productive management

―Continuously improve all operational conditions within a production system by

stimulating the daily awareness of all employees (by Seiichi Nakajima Japan JIPM)

TPM focuses primarily on manufacturing (although its benefits are applicable to virtually

any process) and is the first methodology Toyota used to improve its global position

(1950s) After TPM the focus was stretched and also suppliers and customers were

involved (Supply Chain) this next methodology was called lean manufacturing This

sheet gives an overview of TPM in its original form

An accurate and practical implementation of TPM will increase productivity within the

total organization where

(1) A clear business culture is designed to continuously improve the efficiency of the

total production system

(2) A standardized and systematic approach is used where all losses are prevented andor

known all departments influencing productivity will be involved to move from a

reactive to a predictive mindset

(4) A transparent multidisciplinary organization in reaching zero losses

(5) Steps are taken as a journey not as a quick menu

Finally TPM will provide practical and transparent ingredients to reach operational

excellence

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 16

IMPLEMENTATION

TPM has basically 3 goals - Zero Product Defects Zero Equipment Unplanned Failures

and Zero Accidents

It sets out to achieve these goals by Gap Analysis of previous historical records of

Product Defects Equipment Failures and Accidents

Then through a clear understanding of this Gap Analysis (Fishbone Cause-Effect

Analysis Why-Why Cause-Effect Analysis and P-M Analysis) plan a physical

investigation to discover new latent fuguai (slight deterioration) during the first step in

TPM Autonomous Maintenance called Initial Cleaning

TPM identifies the 7 losses (types of waste) (muda) namely set-up and initial adjustment

time equipment breakdown time idling and minor losses speed (cycle time) losses

start-up quality losses and in process quality losses and then works systematically to

eliminate them by making improvements (kaizen) TPM has 8 pillars of activity each

being set to achieve a ―zero target

These 8 pillars are the following focussed improvement (Kobetsu Kaizen) autonomous

maintenance (Jishu Hozen) planned maintenance training and education early-phase

management quality maintenance (Hinshitsu Hozen) office TPM and safety health and

environment Few organisation also add Pillars according to their Work Place like

Tools Management Information Technology amp more

The Base for the TPM Activity is 5S Seiri (Sorting out the required or not required

items) Seition (Systematic Arrangement of the required items) Seiso (Cleaniness)

Seiketsu (Standardisation) Shitsuke (Self Discipline)

The Pillars amp their details

a) Efficient Equipment Utilisation

b) Efficient Worker Utilisation

c) Efficient Material amp Energy Utilisation

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 17

REPAIRABLE

Repairable parts are parts that are deemed worthy of repair usually by virtue of economic

consideration of their repair cost

Rather than bear the cost of completely replacing a finished product repairables typically

are designed to enable more affordable maintenance by being more modular

This allows components to be more easily removed repaired and replaced enabling

cheaper replacement

Spare parts that are needed to support condemnation of repairable parts are known as

replenishment spares

A rotable pool is a pool of repairable spare parts inventory set aside to allow for multiple

repairs to be accomplished simultaneously

This can be used to minimize stockout conditions for repairable items

REPAIR CYCLE

From the perspective of logistics a model of the life cycle of parts in a supply chain can

be developed

This model called the repair cycle consists of functioning parts in use by equipment

operators and the entire sequence of suppliers or repair providers that replenish

functional part inventories either by production or repair when they have failed

Ultimately this sequence ends with the manufacturer

This type of model allows demands on a supply system to ultimately be traced to their

operational reliability allowing for analysis of the dynamics of the supply system in

particular spare parts

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 18

UNIT-II

MAINTENANCE POLICIES ndash PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

PART-A (2 Marks)

01 What is meant by Breakdown maintenance approach

02 Classify various planned maintenance approach

03 Define Corrective maintenance approach

04 What is meant by preventive maintenance approach

05 List out the objectives of Corrective maintenance

06 What is meant by Predictive Maintenance

07 List out some condition based monitoring techniques and briefly discuss on them

08 What is meant by Reliability Centered Maintenance (RCM)

09 What is Total Productive Maintenance (TPM) and discuss its similarities with TQM

10 What is meant by Reliability Centered Maintenance (RCM)

11 What does Safety Health and Environment pillar of TPM aims at

PART-B (16 Marks)

1 What do you understand by maintenance categories Explain common types and

explain the basis of their selection (16)

2 What are all the steps involved in preventive maintenance why preventive maintenance

is better than reactive maintenance (16)

3 Distinguish between fixed time maintenance and connect based maintenance Give the

merits and demerits (16)

4 Briefly explain the procedure for TPM (16)

5 Explain the repair cycle of metallic materials (16)

6 What are the functions of lubrication and gives the tips on lubrication (16)

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 19

UNIT III CONDITION MONITORING

Condition monitoring ndash Cost comparison with and without CM ndash On-load testing

and off-load testing ndash Methods and instruments for CM ndash Temperature sensitive

tapes ndash Pistol thermometers ndash Wear-debris analysis

CONDITION MONITORING

Condition monitoring is the process of monitoring a parameter of condition in machinery such that a significant change is indicative of a developing failure

It is a major component of predictive maintenance The use of conditional monitoring allows maintenance to be scheduled or other actions to be taken to avoid the consequences of failure before the failure occurs

Nevertheless a deviation from a reference value (eg temperature or vibration behavior) must occur to identify impeding damages

Predictive Maintenance does not predict failure

Machines with defects are more at risk of failure than defect free machines Once a defect has been identified the failure process has already commenced and CM systems can only measure the deterioration of the condition

Intervention in the early stages of deterioration is usually much more cost effective than allowing the machinery to fail Condition monitoring has a unique benefit in that the actual load and subsequent heat dissipation that represents normal service can be seen and conditions that would shorten normal lifespan can be addressed before repeated failures occur

Serviceable machinery includes rotating equipment and stationary plant such as boilers and heat exchangers

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 20

METHODS OF CM

1 Screen monitoring records video or static images detailing the contents or screen

capture of the entire [video display] or the content of the screen activity within a

particular program or computer application Monitoring tools may collect real

time video accelerated or [time-lapse] video or screen shots or may take video or

still image captures at regular intervals (eg once every 4 minutes) They may

collect images constantly or only collect information while the user is interacting

with the equipment (eg capturing screens when the mouse or keyboard is

active)

2 Data monitoring tracks the content of and changes to files stored on the local

[hard drive] or in the users private network share

3 Keystroke monitoring (eg number of keystrokes per minute) may track the

performance of keyboard-intensive work such as word processing or data entry

Keystroke logging captures all keyboard input to enable the employer to monitor

anything typed into the monitored machine

4 Idle time monitoring keeps track of time when the employee is away from the

computer or the computer is not being actively used

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 21

BENEFITS

o Screen monitoring records video or static images detailing the contents or

screen capture of the entire [video display] or the content of the screen

activity within a particular program or computer application

o Monitoring tools may collect real time video accelerated or [time-lapse]

video or screen shots or may take video or still image captures at regular

intervals (eg once every 4 minutes)

o They may collect images constantly or only collect information while the user

is interacting with the equipment (eg capturing screens when the mouse or

keyboard is active)

o Data monitoring tracks the content of and changes to files stored on the local

[hard drive] or in the users private network share

o Keystroke monitoring (eg number of keystrokes per minute) may track the

performance of keyboard-intensive work such as word processing or data

entry Keystroke logging captures all keyboard input to enable the employer to

monitor anything typed into the monitored machine

o Idle time monitoring keeps track of time when the employee is away from the

computer or the computer is not being actively used

NDE2002 predict assure improve

National Seminar of ISNT Chennai 5 ndash 7 12 2002

wwwnde2002org

SIMPLE INSTRUMENTS USED IN CONDITION MONITORING

Prof DRKIRAN

Head department of production Engineering StPeterrsquos Engineering College

ABSTRACT

Condition monitoring is a system of assessing the service condition or the change of service condition of any component or a part of an equipment or a system Considerable research has been done in this direction leading to development of several electrical and electronic monitoring instruments These when connected to strategic locations of the systems measure and indicate certain parameters enabling us to monitor the condition and take vital decisions on a continuous basis

Nevertheless the high cost of these instruments prevent their use in all required locations On the other hand traditionally used simple mechanical gadgets are being used by the maintenance personnel of todayrsquos industry all over the world These have the advantages of being portable simple easy to use and economical More significantly they can be used to check any location or component suspected to be functioning abnormally This paper discusses some of such instruments used and could be used for condition monitoring of industrial machines as well as process equipment like pressure vessels and heat exchangers

1 What is Condition monitoring

Condition monitoring is that type of planned maintenance wherein the actual working conditions of major components of an equipment are constantly monitored to give an indication of which parts should be replaced and which need not in the near future In other words the preventive maintenance with condition monitoring is a system in which in addition to the programmed stoppages for maintenance work an assessment is made on the condition of all major parts of an equipment while in operation even when a preventive maintenance schedule is on If by assessment the condition of the part is satisfactory the schedule of stopping the machine or scrapping the part etc is reviewed and deferred Similarly if the condition monitoring finds a certain part may fail in a short time it is replaced even before its PM schedule and prevent unexpected breakdowns

2 On-load vs off load condition monitoring

On load monitoring means monitoring or adjusting the parameters while the machine or equipment is running Thus it is done for superficial easily accessible amp non interfering parts of the equipment which can be carried out without interruption to the operation

Off load monitoring is for interior or inaccessible parts which need to be stopped temporarily to check the condition However there may be several situations like the two-shift working or the plantrsquos temporary shut down for other reasons when this class can be conducted without productions loss

3 Subjective aided subjective or objective condition monitoring

i) Subjective condition monitoring

Here the monitoring personnel use their perception of senses and judgement to note any change of the condition The four senses a man is bestowed with like seeing (emanation of smoke) hearing (bearing noise) smelling (burning of oil or rubber components due to excessive heat) feeling (touching the motor to feel the excessive heating or touching the housing to feel a vibrating shaft) are used It is important that the person carrying out subjective condition monitoring has an adequate qualifications and skills as the result depends on their judgement and experience In subjective condition monitoring it is also possible to use instructions guidelines or hints where to look for leakage bearing play etc Posters or figures illustrating different conditions of components may also be helpful

ii) Aided subjective or condition monitoring with simple gadgets

Here the monitoring personnel use simple gadgets to add to their ability to perceive conditions better These gadgets are discussed more in detail in the following paragraphs

iii) Objective condition monitoring

In objective condition monitoring different instruments and facilities are used for obtaining data giving direct measure of the parametric condition of the components even while the machine is working In many cases these simple mechanical or complex electronic measuring devices can be mounted on convenient locations for better monitoring and control

A doctor feeling the pulse (subjective) his using a stethoscope to determine any abnormal heart beat (aided subjective) or looking into the ECG monitor (objective) form the examples of the above three categories

4 Some of the gadgets and simple instruments used for condition monitoring

a) Monitoring of visual condition of inaccessible partslocations

Quite often the visual condition of the components located at inaccessible locations are to be monitored may be with respect to corrosion or fatigue cracking or even dust sediment collection that is deleterious to the functioning of the component Simple gadgets are being used either on-line or off-line to aid the perception of the condition Depending upon the extent of change as perceived the equipment can be stopped for detailed check andor rectification Some of the gadgets are illustrated below

i) Inspection mirrors used to inspect crevices dark spots inside of narrow mouthed cylinders or the pipes of heat exchangers or boilers These mirrors can be simple like that of a dentist or

a) with adjustable mirror angle controlled by a wire running along the holding rod or

b) illuminated with a light bulb near the mirror of special use in dark spots inside cylinders or inside heat exchanger pipes

c) with telescopic rod for adjusting the length of the gadget

d) mirrors fitted inside a small tube rather than on a rod to prevent damage to the mirror during insertion or other operation These are also called as borescopes

e) periscopic for specialised applications or to assist the viewer et Etc

fig 1 a) a collection of inspection mirrors b) inspection of crevices and c) inspecting the inside of as cylinder

Of specific interest to the NDE practitioners is their versatility to inspect the inside of the boiler pipes or heat exchanger pipes which can tell a lot about the working condition of the inside of the tubes about the rusting cracking sedimentation etc enabling an early preventive action

Fig 2 Use of borescopes to inspect heat exchanger pipes

Fig 3 borescopes and periscopes

ii) Endoscopes These are like borescopes but are flexible They work on the principle of image transfer by total internal reflection in a bundle of glass fibres They are more popular with gastroenterologists for diagnosing ulcers in stomachs Also called optical fibroscopes they are flexible ands are more versatile in several applications illustrated below Some times they are permanently fixed for constant monitoring of critical components are inserted when needed into pre-fixed tubular guides leading to the location to be monitored

Fig 4 The application of endoscopes in industrial equipment

Fig 5 The principle of endoscope

Having illustrated the gadgets for visual perception as above some of them used in other monitoring functions may be cited as below classified into the three categories

b) Temperature monitoring

Subjective -

Touching the motor etc and assessing if over heated

Aided subjective -

Temperature sensitive stickers are the most common ands cost effective A sticker having four of five 20 mm diameter dots of special paints each of which changes its colour at a particular temperature is stuck to the heat prone parts of the equipment The operatives or supervisor can identify its temperature range by looking at the stickers from a distance itself during their periodic patrol rounds Temperature sensitive chalks thermal paints with which larger part of the heat prone body is painted fall under this category -

Objective -

Pyrometers thermometers pistol thermometers etc Depending of convenience and need these instruments can be of thermostat type or connected to some sort of warning system in case of overheating

c) Vibration monitoring

Subjective

By touching and feeling the vibrations in a rotating body or by listening to vibrating sounds

Aided subjective

Stethoscopes use of screw driver ends by expert foremen etc

Objective -

Shock pulse meters (SPM) vibration measuring instruments etc

Vibration measurements made near the source of vibration might indicate the following

bull imbalance bull shaft misalignment bull damaged bearings (worn or chipped balls or races)

bull damaged gears another transmission components bull mechanical looseness bull cavitation and stall etc

d) Leak Monitoring

Subjective -

Listening to and identifying any hissing sound near hydraulic or pneumatic circuits

Aided subjective -

A number of leak detecting techniques are available including the soap and water methods Use of proprietary preparations can make this method more effective capable of detecting leaks as low as 1 m1s

Objective -

One powerful technique is ultrasonic detection When a fluid is forced through a leak under internal or external pressure sound is generated in the frequency range 40-80 Khz The ultrasonic leak detector identifies this very high frequency which is easily separated from the lower frequencies of ordinary machine noise

Fig 6 Ultrasonic leak detector to detect internal amp external leaks

e) Corrosion Monitoring

Subjective -

Corrosion cannot be generally judged visually and is not as effective as those discussed below

Aided subjective -

Corrosion coupons which are small pieces say 1 square inch of the same material as the base are pasted at locations suspected to be highly corrosive and analysed once in a month or as required The corrosion characteristics of the coupon are expected to be same as the base metal to which they are pasted and hence give an indirect measurement the corrosion of the body

Fig 7a) A view of the corrosion coupon b)The coupon mounted in tubes carrying chemicals

Objective -

Electrical and electronic devises can be developed to measure the corrosion characteristics based on the following principles the details of which are beyond the scope of this paper

diams The basic principle in Corrosion Monitoring is the change in the resistance of special electrical elements in corrosion environment

diams The potential difference between the reference electrode and the system will indicate the presence and the extent of corrosion

diams The polarisation resistance of the special designed probe indicate the rate of corrosion

diams Hydrogen gas formation during corrosion can be detected with a thin walled blind tube which can be analysed to determine the corrosion

f) Belt tension monitoring

subjective -

Slightly pressing down the V-belt

Aided subjective -

Pen type tension gage as illustrated below is a simple and handy one Depending upon belt looseness the inner part of the gage telescopes into the upper part leaving the rubber ring stuck on to the lower part at the lowest point of insertion On removing the gage the position of the rubber ring on the graduated scale of the lower part indicates the belt looseness that can be corrected if necessary

Objective -

Strain gages or other electronic instruments are used to measure the stresses in metallic parts or components

Fig 8 a) pen type tension gage and b) strain gage for bi-directional measurement

g) Shaft run-out monitoring

When a lathe is being tested for accuracy a mandrel is fixed in the spindle and rotated and checked for the run-out

Subjective -

If the run-out is high it can be visually seen

Aided subjective -

By use of dial gages fixed on to the bodies the amount of run-out can be measured But this can be done by turning the spindle by hand or at low speeds

Objective -

Optical sensors as illustrated below can be used to check the run-out even at high speeds

Fig 9 Run-out checking by optical sensor

h) Crack detection

This is mostly off-line monitoring and most tests under this category form NDE tests the primary function of ISNT specialists Most serious failures are preceded by crack growth from a point of stress concentration or from a material defect at the surface of the component A number of crack detection techniques have been developed to a great degree of advancement like dye penetration test (PT) magnetic particle test (MT) Electrical resistance or eddy current test (ET) Ultrasonic Testing (UT) and Radiographic test (RT)

While the first two of the following can be classified as aided subjective the latter can be categorised as objective Since the purpose of this paragraph is to highlight crack detection as a condition monitoring techniques these NDE methods are only cited but not discussed further

5 Conclusion

While only few types of monitoring namely visual temperature vibration leak corrosion run-out belt tension and crack monitoring are discussed a host of simple gadgets are being developed according to their specific use for many other monitoring functions that are not discussed here

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 22

LOAD TESTING

o Load testing is the process of putting demand on a system or device

and measuring its response

o Load testing is performed to determine a systemrsquos behavior under both

normal and anticipated peak load conditions

o It helps to identify the maximum operating capacity of an application

as well as any bottlenecks and determine which element is causing

degradation

o When the load placed on the system is raised beyond normal usage

patterns in order to test the systems response at unusually high or

peak loads it is known as stress testing

o The load is usually so great that error conditions are the expected

result although no clear boundary exists when an activity ceases to be

a load test and becomes a stress test

o There is little agreement on what the specific goals of load testing are

o The term is often used synonymously with concurrency testing

software performance testing reliability testing and volume testing

o Load testing is a type of non-functional testing

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 23

WEAR DEBRIS ANALYSIS

Using a Scanning Electron Microscope of a carefully taken sample of debris

suspended in lubricating oil (taken from filters or magnetic chip detectors)

Instruments then reveal the elements contained their proportions size and

morphology

Using this method the site the mechanical failure mechanism and the time to

eventual failure may be determined This is called WDA - Wear Debris Analysis

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 24

UNIT-III

CONDITION MONOTORING

PART-A (2 Marks)

1 What is equipment health monitoring

2 List down the factors for increasing the demand condition monitoring

3 List down the key features of condition monitoring

4 Write down the basic steps in condition monitoring

5 What are three types of condition monitoring

6 State the advantages and disadvantages of condition monitoring

7 Mention the various costs involved in costing of condition monitoring mainly

8 State the methods of measuring vibration

9 Describe briefly pistol thermometer

10 Name the types of pyrometers

11 Mention title applications of bimetallic strip

12 List down the features of RTD

13 State the applications and limitations of thermisters

PART-B (16 Marks)

1 What is condition monitoring and explain condition monitoring What type of condition

monitoring are normally used in industry (16)

2 What is leakage monitoring Explain some of the leakage mediums used for condition

monitoring (16)

3 What is wear debris analysis what are the three wear debris analysis techniques

commonly used and compare their performance and uses (16)

4 Briefly explain the cost comparison with and without condition monitoring (16)

5 What is thermal monitoring and what thermal monitoring are used in industries

explain principle and uses of thermograph (16)

6 Briefly explain various methods and instruments for condition monitoring (16)

Page 8: ME1012 Maintenance Engineering Study Materials

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 7

One of the most important design techniques is redundancy

RELIABILITY THEORY

Reliability is defined as the probability that a device will perform its intended function

during a specified period of time under stated conditions Mathematically this may be

expressed as

where is the failure probability density function and is the length of the

period of time (which is assumed to start from time zero)

ACCELERATED TESTING

The purpose of accelerated life testing is to induce field failure in the laboratory at a

much faster rate by providing a harsher but nonetheless representative environment

In such a test the product is expected to fail in the lab just as it would have failed in the

fieldmdashbut in much less time

The main objective of an accelerated test is either of the following

To discover failure modes

To predict the normal field life from the high stress lab life

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 8

An Accelerated testing program can be broken down into the following steps

Software reliability is a special aspect of reliability engineering System reliability by

definition includes all parts of the system including hardware software supporting

infrastructure (including critical external interfaces) operators and procedures

Traditionally reliability engineering focuses on critical hardware parts of the system

Since the widespread use of digital integrated circuit technology software has become an

increasingly critical part of most electronics and hence nearly all present day systems

Despite this difference in the source of failure between software and hardware several

software reliability models based on statistics have been proposed to quantify what we

experience with software the longer software is run the higher the probability that it will

eventually be used in an untested manner and exhibit a latent defect that results in a

failure (Shooman 1987) (Musa 2005) (Denney 2005)

As with hardware software reliability depends on good requirements design and

implementation Software reliability engineering relies heavily on a disciplined software

engineering process to anticipate and design against unintended consequences There is

more overlap between software quality engineering and software reliability engineering

than between hardware quality and reliability A good software development plan is a key

aspect of the software reliability program The software development plan describes the

design and coding standards peer reviews unit tests configuration management

software metrics and software models to be used during software development

Define objective and scope of the test

Collect required information about the product

Identify the stress(es)

Determine level of stress(es)

Conduct the accelerated test and analyze the collected data

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 9

MEAN TIME BETWEEN FAILURES

Mean time between failures (MTBF) is the predicted elapsed time between inherent

failures of a system during operation[1] MTBF can be calculated as the arithmetic mean

(average) time between failures of a system

FORMAL DEFINITION OF MTBF

By referring to the figure above the MTBF is the sum of the operational periods divided by the number of observed failures

If the Down time (with space) refers to the start of downtime (without space) and up time (with space) refers to the start of uptime (without spMean time betMean time between failuresween failuresace) the formula will be

The MTBF is often denoted by the Greek letter θ or

The MTBF can be defined in terms of the expected value of the density function ƒ(t)

where ƒ is the density function of time until failure ndash satisfying the standard requirement of density functions ndash

The Overview

For each observation downtime is the instantaneous time it went down which is after (ie greater than) the moment it went up uptime The difference (downtime minus uptime) is the amount of time it was operating between these two events

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 10

MTBF value prediction is an important element in the development of products Reliability engineers design engineers often utilize Reliability Software to calculate products MTBF according to various methodsstandards (MIL-HDBK-217F Telcordia SR332 Siemens Norm FIDESUTE 80-810 (RDF2000) etc)

However these prediction methods are not intended to reflect fielded MTBF as is commonly believed The intent of these tools is to focus design efforts on the weak links in the design

MTTR

MTTR is an abbreviation that has several different expansions with greatly differing meanings

It is wise to spell out exactly what is meant by the use of this abbreviation rather than assuming the reader will know which is being assumed

The M can stand for any of minimum mean or maximum and the R can stand for any of recovery repair respond or restore

The most common mean is also subject to interpretation as there are many different ways in which a mean can be calculated

Mean time to repair

Mean time to recoveryMean time to restore

Mean time to respond

Mean time to replace

In an engineering context with no explicit definition the engineering figure of merit mean time to repair would be the most probable intent by virtue of seniority of usage

It is also similar in meaning to the others above (more in the case of recovery less in the case of respond the latter being more properly styled mean response time)

Maintenance Organization 5

Section 19 Sections 110 and 111 present education and training and management and labor relations respectively A summary of the chapter is provided in Section 112

12 Maintenance Organization Objectives and Responsibility

A maintenance organization and its position in the plantwhole organization is heavily impacted by the following elements or factors

bull Type of business eg whether it is high tech labor intensive production or service

bull Objectives may include profit maximization increasing market share and other social objectives

bull Size and structure of the organization bull Culture of the organization and bull Range of responsibility assigned to maintenance

Figure 11 Maintenance organizing as a function of the management process

Organizations seek one or several of the following objectives profit

maximization specific quality level of service or products minimizing costs safe and clean environment or human resource development It is clear that all of these

Leaderrsquos Influence

PLANNING Setting performance objectives and developing decisions on how to achieve them

IMPLEMENTING Executing the plans to meet the set performance objectives

CONTROLLING Measuring performance of the maintained equipment and taking preventive and corrective actions to restore the designed (desired) specifications

ORGANIZING Creating structure setting tasks (dividing up the work) arranging resources (forming maintenance crews) and coordinating activites to perform maintenance tasks

6 AE Haroun and SO Duffuaa

objectives are heavily impacted by maintenance and therefore the objectives of maintenance must be aligned with the objectives of the organization

The principal responsibility of maintenance is to provide a service to enable an organization to achieve its objectives The specific responsibilities vary from one organization to another however they generally include the following according to Duffuaa et al (1998)

1 Keeping assets and equipment in good condition well configured and safe to perform their intended functions

2 Perform all maintenance activities including preventive predictive corrective overhauls design modification and emergency maintenance in an efficient and effective manner

3 Conserve and control the use of spare parts and material 4 Commission new plants and plant expansions and 5 Operate utilities and conserve energy

The above responsibilities and objectives impact the organization structure for maintenance as will be shown in the coming sections

13 Determinants of a Maintenance Organization

The maintenance organizationrsquos structure is determined after planning the maintenance capacity The maintenance capacity is heavily influenced by the level of centralization or decentralization adopted In this section the main issues that must be addressed when forming the maintenance organizationrsquos structure are presented The issues are capacity planning centralization vs decentralization and in-house vs outsourcing

131 Maintenance Capacity Planning

Maintenance capacity planning determines the required resources for maintenance including the required crafts administration equipment tools and space to execute the maintenance load efficiently and meet the objectives of the maintenance department Critical aspects of maintenance capacity are the numbers and skills of craftsmen required to execute the maintenance load It is difficult to determine the exact number of various types of craftsmen since the maintenance load is uncertain Therefore accurate forecasts for the future maintenance work demand are essential for determining the maintenance capacity In order to have better utilization of manpower organizations tend to reduce the number of available craftsmen below their expected need This is likely to result in a backlog of uncompleted maintenance work This backlog can also be cleared when the maintenance load is less than the capacity Making long run estimations is one of the areas in maintenance capacity planning that is both critical and not well developed in practice Techniques for maintenance forecasting and capacity planning are presented in a separate chapter in this handbook

Maintenance Organization 7

132 Centralization vs Decentralization

The decision to organize maintenance in a centralized decentralized or a hybrid form depends to a greater extent on the organization is philosophy maintenance load size of the plant and skills of craftsmen The advantages of centralization are

1 Provides more flexibility and improves utilization of resources such highly skilled crafts and special equipment and therefore results in more efficiency

2 Allows more efficient line supervision 3 Allows more effective on the job training and 4 Permits the purchasing of modern equipment

However it has the following disadvantages

1 Less utilization of crafts since more time is required for getting to and from jobs

2 Supervision of crafts becomes more difficult and as such less maintenance control is achieved

3 Less specialization on complex hardware is achieved since different persons work on the same hardware and

4 More costs of transportation are incurred due to remoteness of some of the maintenance work

In a decentralized maintenance organization departments are assigned to specific areas or units This tends to reduce the flexibility of the maintenance system as a whole The range of skills available becomes reduced and manpower utilization is usually less efficient than in a centralized maintenance In some cases a compromise solution that combines centralization and decentralization is better This type of hybrid is called a cascade system The cascade system organizes maintenance in areas and what ever exceeds the capacity of each area is challenged to a centralized unit In this fashion the advantages of both systems may be reaped For more on the advantages and disadvantages of centralization and de-centralization see Duffuaa et al (1998) and Niebel (1994)

133 In-house vs Outsourcing

At this level management considers the sources for building the maintenance capacity The main sources or options available are in-house by direct hiring outsourcing or a combination of in-house and outsourcing The criteria for selecting sources for building and maintaining maintenance capacity include strategic considerations technological and economic factors The following are criteria that can be employed to select among sources for maintenance capacity

1 Availability and dependability of the source on a long term basis 2 Capability of the source to achieve the objectives set for maintenance by

the organization and its ability to carry out the maintenance tasks

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 11

UNIT- I

PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICES OF MAINTENANCE PLANNING

PART-A (2 Marks)

01 Define maintenance

02 Define reliability

03 State the benefits of reliability analysis in industries

04 Define failure rate

05 What is Mean Failure Rate

06 Define Mean Time to Failure

07 What is Mean Time Between Failures (MTBF)

08 Define Mean Time to Repair (MTTR)

09 Define Maintenance Action Rate

10 Define Failure Density

PART-B (16 Marks)

1 What do you mean by maintenance job planning Discuss various steps of

maintenance job planning (16)

2 What is long term plan Discuss few long term planning (16)

3 What are the objectives of maintenance organization and what different types of

organizations are in use in Indian industries (16)

4 What is equipment availability and what are the three basic approaches to define and

quantity availability (16)

5 Explain MTBS MTBF MTTF MTTR and failure rate (16)

6 Explain briefly different types and classes of maintenance cost (16)

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 12

UNIT II MAINTENANCE POLICIES ndash PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

Maintenance categories ndash Comparative merits of each category ndash Preventive

maintenance maintenance schedules and repair cycle ndash Principles and methods of

lubrication ndash TPM

LUBRICATION

Lubrication is the process or technique employed to reduce wear of one or both

surfaces in close proximity and moving relative to each other by interposing a substance

called lubricant between the surfaces to carry or to help carry the load (pressure

generated) between the opposing surfaces The interposed lubricant film can be a solid

(eg graphite MoS2) a solidliquid dispersion a liquid a liquid-liquid dispersion (a

grease) or exceptionally a gas

In the most common case the applied load is carried by pressure generated within the

fluid due to the frictional viscous resistance to motion of the lubricating fluid between the

surfaces

Lubrication can also describe the phenomenon such reduction of wear occurs without

human intervention (hydroplaning on a road)

The science of friction lubrication and wear is called tribology

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 13

The regimes of lubrication

As the load increases on the contacting surfaces three distinct situations can be observed

with respect to the mode of lubrication which are called regimes of lubrication

Fluid film lubrication is the lubrication regime in which through viscous forces

the load is fully supported by the lubricant within the space or gap between the

parts in motion relative to one another (the lubricated conjunction) and solidndashsolid

contact is avoided[2]

o Hydrostatic lubrication is when an external pressure is applied to the

lubricant in the bearing to maintain the fluid lubricant film where it would

otherwise be squeezed out

o Hydrodynamic lubrication is where the motion of the contacting surfaces

and the exact design of the bearing is used to pump lubricant around the

bearing to maintain the lubricating film This design of bearing may wear

when started stopped or reversed as the lubricant film breaks down

Elastohydrodynamic lubrication The opposing surfaces are separated but there

occurs some interaction between the raised solid features called asperities and

there is an elastic deformation on the contacting surface enlarging the load-

bearing area whereby the viscous resistance of the lubricant becomes capable of

supporting the load

Boundary lubrication (also called boundary film lubrication) The bodies come

into closer contact at their asperities the heat developed by the local pressures

causes a condition which is called stick-slip and some asperities break off At the

elevated temperature and pressure conditions chemically reactive constituents of

the lubricant react with the contact surface forming a highly resistant tenacious

layer or film on the moving solid surfaces (boundary film) which is capable of

supporting the load and major wear or breakdown is avoided Boundary

lubrication is also defined as that regime in which the load is carried by the

surface asperities rather than by the lubricant[3]

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 14

Besides supporting the load the lubricant may have to perform other functions as well for

instance it may cool the contact areas and remove wear products While carrying out

these functions the lubricant is constantly replaced from the contact areas either by the

relative movement (hydrodynamics) or by externally induced forces

Lubrication is required for correct operation of mechanical systems pistons pumps cams

bearings turbines cutting tools etc where without lubrication the pressure between the

surfaces in close proximity would generate enough heat for rapid surface damage which

in a coarsened condition may literally weld the surfaces together causing seizure

In some applications such as piston engines the film between the piston and the cylinder

wall also seals the combustion chamber preventing combustion gases from escaping into

the crankcase

TOTAL PRODUCTIVE MAINTENANCE

TPM is a maintenance process developed for improving productivity by making

processes more reliable and less wasteful

TPM is an extension of TQM(Total Quality Management)

The objective of TPM is to maintain the plant or equipment in good condition without

interfering with the daily process

To achieve this objective preventive and predictive maintenance is required By

following the philosophy of TPM we can minimize the unexpected failure of the

equipment

To implement TPM the production unit and maintenance unit should work jointly

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 15

Original goal of total productive management

―Continuously improve all operational conditions within a production system by

stimulating the daily awareness of all employees (by Seiichi Nakajima Japan JIPM)

TPM focuses primarily on manufacturing (although its benefits are applicable to virtually

any process) and is the first methodology Toyota used to improve its global position

(1950s) After TPM the focus was stretched and also suppliers and customers were

involved (Supply Chain) this next methodology was called lean manufacturing This

sheet gives an overview of TPM in its original form

An accurate and practical implementation of TPM will increase productivity within the

total organization where

(1) A clear business culture is designed to continuously improve the efficiency of the

total production system

(2) A standardized and systematic approach is used where all losses are prevented andor

known all departments influencing productivity will be involved to move from a

reactive to a predictive mindset

(4) A transparent multidisciplinary organization in reaching zero losses

(5) Steps are taken as a journey not as a quick menu

Finally TPM will provide practical and transparent ingredients to reach operational

excellence

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 16

IMPLEMENTATION

TPM has basically 3 goals - Zero Product Defects Zero Equipment Unplanned Failures

and Zero Accidents

It sets out to achieve these goals by Gap Analysis of previous historical records of

Product Defects Equipment Failures and Accidents

Then through a clear understanding of this Gap Analysis (Fishbone Cause-Effect

Analysis Why-Why Cause-Effect Analysis and P-M Analysis) plan a physical

investigation to discover new latent fuguai (slight deterioration) during the first step in

TPM Autonomous Maintenance called Initial Cleaning

TPM identifies the 7 losses (types of waste) (muda) namely set-up and initial adjustment

time equipment breakdown time idling and minor losses speed (cycle time) losses

start-up quality losses and in process quality losses and then works systematically to

eliminate them by making improvements (kaizen) TPM has 8 pillars of activity each

being set to achieve a ―zero target

These 8 pillars are the following focussed improvement (Kobetsu Kaizen) autonomous

maintenance (Jishu Hozen) planned maintenance training and education early-phase

management quality maintenance (Hinshitsu Hozen) office TPM and safety health and

environment Few organisation also add Pillars according to their Work Place like

Tools Management Information Technology amp more

The Base for the TPM Activity is 5S Seiri (Sorting out the required or not required

items) Seition (Systematic Arrangement of the required items) Seiso (Cleaniness)

Seiketsu (Standardisation) Shitsuke (Self Discipline)

The Pillars amp their details

a) Efficient Equipment Utilisation

b) Efficient Worker Utilisation

c) Efficient Material amp Energy Utilisation

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 17

REPAIRABLE

Repairable parts are parts that are deemed worthy of repair usually by virtue of economic

consideration of their repair cost

Rather than bear the cost of completely replacing a finished product repairables typically

are designed to enable more affordable maintenance by being more modular

This allows components to be more easily removed repaired and replaced enabling

cheaper replacement

Spare parts that are needed to support condemnation of repairable parts are known as

replenishment spares

A rotable pool is a pool of repairable spare parts inventory set aside to allow for multiple

repairs to be accomplished simultaneously

This can be used to minimize stockout conditions for repairable items

REPAIR CYCLE

From the perspective of logistics a model of the life cycle of parts in a supply chain can

be developed

This model called the repair cycle consists of functioning parts in use by equipment

operators and the entire sequence of suppliers or repair providers that replenish

functional part inventories either by production or repair when they have failed

Ultimately this sequence ends with the manufacturer

This type of model allows demands on a supply system to ultimately be traced to their

operational reliability allowing for analysis of the dynamics of the supply system in

particular spare parts

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 18

UNIT-II

MAINTENANCE POLICIES ndash PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

PART-A (2 Marks)

01 What is meant by Breakdown maintenance approach

02 Classify various planned maintenance approach

03 Define Corrective maintenance approach

04 What is meant by preventive maintenance approach

05 List out the objectives of Corrective maintenance

06 What is meant by Predictive Maintenance

07 List out some condition based monitoring techniques and briefly discuss on them

08 What is meant by Reliability Centered Maintenance (RCM)

09 What is Total Productive Maintenance (TPM) and discuss its similarities with TQM

10 What is meant by Reliability Centered Maintenance (RCM)

11 What does Safety Health and Environment pillar of TPM aims at

PART-B (16 Marks)

1 What do you understand by maintenance categories Explain common types and

explain the basis of their selection (16)

2 What are all the steps involved in preventive maintenance why preventive maintenance

is better than reactive maintenance (16)

3 Distinguish between fixed time maintenance and connect based maintenance Give the

merits and demerits (16)

4 Briefly explain the procedure for TPM (16)

5 Explain the repair cycle of metallic materials (16)

6 What are the functions of lubrication and gives the tips on lubrication (16)

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 19

UNIT III CONDITION MONITORING

Condition monitoring ndash Cost comparison with and without CM ndash On-load testing

and off-load testing ndash Methods and instruments for CM ndash Temperature sensitive

tapes ndash Pistol thermometers ndash Wear-debris analysis

CONDITION MONITORING

Condition monitoring is the process of monitoring a parameter of condition in machinery such that a significant change is indicative of a developing failure

It is a major component of predictive maintenance The use of conditional monitoring allows maintenance to be scheduled or other actions to be taken to avoid the consequences of failure before the failure occurs

Nevertheless a deviation from a reference value (eg temperature or vibration behavior) must occur to identify impeding damages

Predictive Maintenance does not predict failure

Machines with defects are more at risk of failure than defect free machines Once a defect has been identified the failure process has already commenced and CM systems can only measure the deterioration of the condition

Intervention in the early stages of deterioration is usually much more cost effective than allowing the machinery to fail Condition monitoring has a unique benefit in that the actual load and subsequent heat dissipation that represents normal service can be seen and conditions that would shorten normal lifespan can be addressed before repeated failures occur

Serviceable machinery includes rotating equipment and stationary plant such as boilers and heat exchangers

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 20

METHODS OF CM

1 Screen monitoring records video or static images detailing the contents or screen

capture of the entire [video display] or the content of the screen activity within a

particular program or computer application Monitoring tools may collect real

time video accelerated or [time-lapse] video or screen shots or may take video or

still image captures at regular intervals (eg once every 4 minutes) They may

collect images constantly or only collect information while the user is interacting

with the equipment (eg capturing screens when the mouse or keyboard is

active)

2 Data monitoring tracks the content of and changes to files stored on the local

[hard drive] or in the users private network share

3 Keystroke monitoring (eg number of keystrokes per minute) may track the

performance of keyboard-intensive work such as word processing or data entry

Keystroke logging captures all keyboard input to enable the employer to monitor

anything typed into the monitored machine

4 Idle time monitoring keeps track of time when the employee is away from the

computer or the computer is not being actively used

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 21

BENEFITS

o Screen monitoring records video or static images detailing the contents or

screen capture of the entire [video display] or the content of the screen

activity within a particular program or computer application

o Monitoring tools may collect real time video accelerated or [time-lapse]

video or screen shots or may take video or still image captures at regular

intervals (eg once every 4 minutes)

o They may collect images constantly or only collect information while the user

is interacting with the equipment (eg capturing screens when the mouse or

keyboard is active)

o Data monitoring tracks the content of and changes to files stored on the local

[hard drive] or in the users private network share

o Keystroke monitoring (eg number of keystrokes per minute) may track the

performance of keyboard-intensive work such as word processing or data

entry Keystroke logging captures all keyboard input to enable the employer to

monitor anything typed into the monitored machine

o Idle time monitoring keeps track of time when the employee is away from the

computer or the computer is not being actively used

NDE2002 predict assure improve

National Seminar of ISNT Chennai 5 ndash 7 12 2002

wwwnde2002org

SIMPLE INSTRUMENTS USED IN CONDITION MONITORING

Prof DRKIRAN

Head department of production Engineering StPeterrsquos Engineering College

ABSTRACT

Condition monitoring is a system of assessing the service condition or the change of service condition of any component or a part of an equipment or a system Considerable research has been done in this direction leading to development of several electrical and electronic monitoring instruments These when connected to strategic locations of the systems measure and indicate certain parameters enabling us to monitor the condition and take vital decisions on a continuous basis

Nevertheless the high cost of these instruments prevent their use in all required locations On the other hand traditionally used simple mechanical gadgets are being used by the maintenance personnel of todayrsquos industry all over the world These have the advantages of being portable simple easy to use and economical More significantly they can be used to check any location or component suspected to be functioning abnormally This paper discusses some of such instruments used and could be used for condition monitoring of industrial machines as well as process equipment like pressure vessels and heat exchangers

1 What is Condition monitoring

Condition monitoring is that type of planned maintenance wherein the actual working conditions of major components of an equipment are constantly monitored to give an indication of which parts should be replaced and which need not in the near future In other words the preventive maintenance with condition monitoring is a system in which in addition to the programmed stoppages for maintenance work an assessment is made on the condition of all major parts of an equipment while in operation even when a preventive maintenance schedule is on If by assessment the condition of the part is satisfactory the schedule of stopping the machine or scrapping the part etc is reviewed and deferred Similarly if the condition monitoring finds a certain part may fail in a short time it is replaced even before its PM schedule and prevent unexpected breakdowns

2 On-load vs off load condition monitoring

On load monitoring means monitoring or adjusting the parameters while the machine or equipment is running Thus it is done for superficial easily accessible amp non interfering parts of the equipment which can be carried out without interruption to the operation

Off load monitoring is for interior or inaccessible parts which need to be stopped temporarily to check the condition However there may be several situations like the two-shift working or the plantrsquos temporary shut down for other reasons when this class can be conducted without productions loss

3 Subjective aided subjective or objective condition monitoring

i) Subjective condition monitoring

Here the monitoring personnel use their perception of senses and judgement to note any change of the condition The four senses a man is bestowed with like seeing (emanation of smoke) hearing (bearing noise) smelling (burning of oil or rubber components due to excessive heat) feeling (touching the motor to feel the excessive heating or touching the housing to feel a vibrating shaft) are used It is important that the person carrying out subjective condition monitoring has an adequate qualifications and skills as the result depends on their judgement and experience In subjective condition monitoring it is also possible to use instructions guidelines or hints where to look for leakage bearing play etc Posters or figures illustrating different conditions of components may also be helpful

ii) Aided subjective or condition monitoring with simple gadgets

Here the monitoring personnel use simple gadgets to add to their ability to perceive conditions better These gadgets are discussed more in detail in the following paragraphs

iii) Objective condition monitoring

In objective condition monitoring different instruments and facilities are used for obtaining data giving direct measure of the parametric condition of the components even while the machine is working In many cases these simple mechanical or complex electronic measuring devices can be mounted on convenient locations for better monitoring and control

A doctor feeling the pulse (subjective) his using a stethoscope to determine any abnormal heart beat (aided subjective) or looking into the ECG monitor (objective) form the examples of the above three categories

4 Some of the gadgets and simple instruments used for condition monitoring

a) Monitoring of visual condition of inaccessible partslocations

Quite often the visual condition of the components located at inaccessible locations are to be monitored may be with respect to corrosion or fatigue cracking or even dust sediment collection that is deleterious to the functioning of the component Simple gadgets are being used either on-line or off-line to aid the perception of the condition Depending upon the extent of change as perceived the equipment can be stopped for detailed check andor rectification Some of the gadgets are illustrated below

i) Inspection mirrors used to inspect crevices dark spots inside of narrow mouthed cylinders or the pipes of heat exchangers or boilers These mirrors can be simple like that of a dentist or

a) with adjustable mirror angle controlled by a wire running along the holding rod or

b) illuminated with a light bulb near the mirror of special use in dark spots inside cylinders or inside heat exchanger pipes

c) with telescopic rod for adjusting the length of the gadget

d) mirrors fitted inside a small tube rather than on a rod to prevent damage to the mirror during insertion or other operation These are also called as borescopes

e) periscopic for specialised applications or to assist the viewer et Etc

fig 1 a) a collection of inspection mirrors b) inspection of crevices and c) inspecting the inside of as cylinder

Of specific interest to the NDE practitioners is their versatility to inspect the inside of the boiler pipes or heat exchanger pipes which can tell a lot about the working condition of the inside of the tubes about the rusting cracking sedimentation etc enabling an early preventive action

Fig 2 Use of borescopes to inspect heat exchanger pipes

Fig 3 borescopes and periscopes

ii) Endoscopes These are like borescopes but are flexible They work on the principle of image transfer by total internal reflection in a bundle of glass fibres They are more popular with gastroenterologists for diagnosing ulcers in stomachs Also called optical fibroscopes they are flexible ands are more versatile in several applications illustrated below Some times they are permanently fixed for constant monitoring of critical components are inserted when needed into pre-fixed tubular guides leading to the location to be monitored

Fig 4 The application of endoscopes in industrial equipment

Fig 5 The principle of endoscope

Having illustrated the gadgets for visual perception as above some of them used in other monitoring functions may be cited as below classified into the three categories

b) Temperature monitoring

Subjective -

Touching the motor etc and assessing if over heated

Aided subjective -

Temperature sensitive stickers are the most common ands cost effective A sticker having four of five 20 mm diameter dots of special paints each of which changes its colour at a particular temperature is stuck to the heat prone parts of the equipment The operatives or supervisor can identify its temperature range by looking at the stickers from a distance itself during their periodic patrol rounds Temperature sensitive chalks thermal paints with which larger part of the heat prone body is painted fall under this category -

Objective -

Pyrometers thermometers pistol thermometers etc Depending of convenience and need these instruments can be of thermostat type or connected to some sort of warning system in case of overheating

c) Vibration monitoring

Subjective

By touching and feeling the vibrations in a rotating body or by listening to vibrating sounds

Aided subjective

Stethoscopes use of screw driver ends by expert foremen etc

Objective -

Shock pulse meters (SPM) vibration measuring instruments etc

Vibration measurements made near the source of vibration might indicate the following

bull imbalance bull shaft misalignment bull damaged bearings (worn or chipped balls or races)

bull damaged gears another transmission components bull mechanical looseness bull cavitation and stall etc

d) Leak Monitoring

Subjective -

Listening to and identifying any hissing sound near hydraulic or pneumatic circuits

Aided subjective -

A number of leak detecting techniques are available including the soap and water methods Use of proprietary preparations can make this method more effective capable of detecting leaks as low as 1 m1s

Objective -

One powerful technique is ultrasonic detection When a fluid is forced through a leak under internal or external pressure sound is generated in the frequency range 40-80 Khz The ultrasonic leak detector identifies this very high frequency which is easily separated from the lower frequencies of ordinary machine noise

Fig 6 Ultrasonic leak detector to detect internal amp external leaks

e) Corrosion Monitoring

Subjective -

Corrosion cannot be generally judged visually and is not as effective as those discussed below

Aided subjective -

Corrosion coupons which are small pieces say 1 square inch of the same material as the base are pasted at locations suspected to be highly corrosive and analysed once in a month or as required The corrosion characteristics of the coupon are expected to be same as the base metal to which they are pasted and hence give an indirect measurement the corrosion of the body

Fig 7a) A view of the corrosion coupon b)The coupon mounted in tubes carrying chemicals

Objective -

Electrical and electronic devises can be developed to measure the corrosion characteristics based on the following principles the details of which are beyond the scope of this paper

diams The basic principle in Corrosion Monitoring is the change in the resistance of special electrical elements in corrosion environment

diams The potential difference between the reference electrode and the system will indicate the presence and the extent of corrosion

diams The polarisation resistance of the special designed probe indicate the rate of corrosion

diams Hydrogen gas formation during corrosion can be detected with a thin walled blind tube which can be analysed to determine the corrosion

f) Belt tension monitoring

subjective -

Slightly pressing down the V-belt

Aided subjective -

Pen type tension gage as illustrated below is a simple and handy one Depending upon belt looseness the inner part of the gage telescopes into the upper part leaving the rubber ring stuck on to the lower part at the lowest point of insertion On removing the gage the position of the rubber ring on the graduated scale of the lower part indicates the belt looseness that can be corrected if necessary

Objective -

Strain gages or other electronic instruments are used to measure the stresses in metallic parts or components

Fig 8 a) pen type tension gage and b) strain gage for bi-directional measurement

g) Shaft run-out monitoring

When a lathe is being tested for accuracy a mandrel is fixed in the spindle and rotated and checked for the run-out

Subjective -

If the run-out is high it can be visually seen

Aided subjective -

By use of dial gages fixed on to the bodies the amount of run-out can be measured But this can be done by turning the spindle by hand or at low speeds

Objective -

Optical sensors as illustrated below can be used to check the run-out even at high speeds

Fig 9 Run-out checking by optical sensor

h) Crack detection

This is mostly off-line monitoring and most tests under this category form NDE tests the primary function of ISNT specialists Most serious failures are preceded by crack growth from a point of stress concentration or from a material defect at the surface of the component A number of crack detection techniques have been developed to a great degree of advancement like dye penetration test (PT) magnetic particle test (MT) Electrical resistance or eddy current test (ET) Ultrasonic Testing (UT) and Radiographic test (RT)

While the first two of the following can be classified as aided subjective the latter can be categorised as objective Since the purpose of this paragraph is to highlight crack detection as a condition monitoring techniques these NDE methods are only cited but not discussed further

5 Conclusion

While only few types of monitoring namely visual temperature vibration leak corrosion run-out belt tension and crack monitoring are discussed a host of simple gadgets are being developed according to their specific use for many other monitoring functions that are not discussed here

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 22

LOAD TESTING

o Load testing is the process of putting demand on a system or device

and measuring its response

o Load testing is performed to determine a systemrsquos behavior under both

normal and anticipated peak load conditions

o It helps to identify the maximum operating capacity of an application

as well as any bottlenecks and determine which element is causing

degradation

o When the load placed on the system is raised beyond normal usage

patterns in order to test the systems response at unusually high or

peak loads it is known as stress testing

o The load is usually so great that error conditions are the expected

result although no clear boundary exists when an activity ceases to be

a load test and becomes a stress test

o There is little agreement on what the specific goals of load testing are

o The term is often used synonymously with concurrency testing

software performance testing reliability testing and volume testing

o Load testing is a type of non-functional testing

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 23

WEAR DEBRIS ANALYSIS

Using a Scanning Electron Microscope of a carefully taken sample of debris

suspended in lubricating oil (taken from filters or magnetic chip detectors)

Instruments then reveal the elements contained their proportions size and

morphology

Using this method the site the mechanical failure mechanism and the time to

eventual failure may be determined This is called WDA - Wear Debris Analysis

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 24

UNIT-III

CONDITION MONOTORING

PART-A (2 Marks)

1 What is equipment health monitoring

2 List down the factors for increasing the demand condition monitoring

3 List down the key features of condition monitoring

4 Write down the basic steps in condition monitoring

5 What are three types of condition monitoring

6 State the advantages and disadvantages of condition monitoring

7 Mention the various costs involved in costing of condition monitoring mainly

8 State the methods of measuring vibration

9 Describe briefly pistol thermometer

10 Name the types of pyrometers

11 Mention title applications of bimetallic strip

12 List down the features of RTD

13 State the applications and limitations of thermisters

PART-B (16 Marks)

1 What is condition monitoring and explain condition monitoring What type of condition

monitoring are normally used in industry (16)

2 What is leakage monitoring Explain some of the leakage mediums used for condition

monitoring (16)

3 What is wear debris analysis what are the three wear debris analysis techniques

commonly used and compare their performance and uses (16)

4 Briefly explain the cost comparison with and without condition monitoring (16)

5 What is thermal monitoring and what thermal monitoring are used in industries

explain principle and uses of thermograph (16)

6 Briefly explain various methods and instruments for condition monitoring (16)

Page 9: ME1012 Maintenance Engineering Study Materials

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 8

An Accelerated testing program can be broken down into the following steps

Software reliability is a special aspect of reliability engineering System reliability by

definition includes all parts of the system including hardware software supporting

infrastructure (including critical external interfaces) operators and procedures

Traditionally reliability engineering focuses on critical hardware parts of the system

Since the widespread use of digital integrated circuit technology software has become an

increasingly critical part of most electronics and hence nearly all present day systems

Despite this difference in the source of failure between software and hardware several

software reliability models based on statistics have been proposed to quantify what we

experience with software the longer software is run the higher the probability that it will

eventually be used in an untested manner and exhibit a latent defect that results in a

failure (Shooman 1987) (Musa 2005) (Denney 2005)

As with hardware software reliability depends on good requirements design and

implementation Software reliability engineering relies heavily on a disciplined software

engineering process to anticipate and design against unintended consequences There is

more overlap between software quality engineering and software reliability engineering

than between hardware quality and reliability A good software development plan is a key

aspect of the software reliability program The software development plan describes the

design and coding standards peer reviews unit tests configuration management

software metrics and software models to be used during software development

Define objective and scope of the test

Collect required information about the product

Identify the stress(es)

Determine level of stress(es)

Conduct the accelerated test and analyze the collected data

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 9

MEAN TIME BETWEEN FAILURES

Mean time between failures (MTBF) is the predicted elapsed time between inherent

failures of a system during operation[1] MTBF can be calculated as the arithmetic mean

(average) time between failures of a system

FORMAL DEFINITION OF MTBF

By referring to the figure above the MTBF is the sum of the operational periods divided by the number of observed failures

If the Down time (with space) refers to the start of downtime (without space) and up time (with space) refers to the start of uptime (without spMean time betMean time between failuresween failuresace) the formula will be

The MTBF is often denoted by the Greek letter θ or

The MTBF can be defined in terms of the expected value of the density function ƒ(t)

where ƒ is the density function of time until failure ndash satisfying the standard requirement of density functions ndash

The Overview

For each observation downtime is the instantaneous time it went down which is after (ie greater than) the moment it went up uptime The difference (downtime minus uptime) is the amount of time it was operating between these two events

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 10

MTBF value prediction is an important element in the development of products Reliability engineers design engineers often utilize Reliability Software to calculate products MTBF according to various methodsstandards (MIL-HDBK-217F Telcordia SR332 Siemens Norm FIDESUTE 80-810 (RDF2000) etc)

However these prediction methods are not intended to reflect fielded MTBF as is commonly believed The intent of these tools is to focus design efforts on the weak links in the design

MTTR

MTTR is an abbreviation that has several different expansions with greatly differing meanings

It is wise to spell out exactly what is meant by the use of this abbreviation rather than assuming the reader will know which is being assumed

The M can stand for any of minimum mean or maximum and the R can stand for any of recovery repair respond or restore

The most common mean is also subject to interpretation as there are many different ways in which a mean can be calculated

Mean time to repair

Mean time to recoveryMean time to restore

Mean time to respond

Mean time to replace

In an engineering context with no explicit definition the engineering figure of merit mean time to repair would be the most probable intent by virtue of seniority of usage

It is also similar in meaning to the others above (more in the case of recovery less in the case of respond the latter being more properly styled mean response time)

Maintenance Organization 5

Section 19 Sections 110 and 111 present education and training and management and labor relations respectively A summary of the chapter is provided in Section 112

12 Maintenance Organization Objectives and Responsibility

A maintenance organization and its position in the plantwhole organization is heavily impacted by the following elements or factors

bull Type of business eg whether it is high tech labor intensive production or service

bull Objectives may include profit maximization increasing market share and other social objectives

bull Size and structure of the organization bull Culture of the organization and bull Range of responsibility assigned to maintenance

Figure 11 Maintenance organizing as a function of the management process

Organizations seek one or several of the following objectives profit

maximization specific quality level of service or products minimizing costs safe and clean environment or human resource development It is clear that all of these

Leaderrsquos Influence

PLANNING Setting performance objectives and developing decisions on how to achieve them

IMPLEMENTING Executing the plans to meet the set performance objectives

CONTROLLING Measuring performance of the maintained equipment and taking preventive and corrective actions to restore the designed (desired) specifications

ORGANIZING Creating structure setting tasks (dividing up the work) arranging resources (forming maintenance crews) and coordinating activites to perform maintenance tasks

6 AE Haroun and SO Duffuaa

objectives are heavily impacted by maintenance and therefore the objectives of maintenance must be aligned with the objectives of the organization

The principal responsibility of maintenance is to provide a service to enable an organization to achieve its objectives The specific responsibilities vary from one organization to another however they generally include the following according to Duffuaa et al (1998)

1 Keeping assets and equipment in good condition well configured and safe to perform their intended functions

2 Perform all maintenance activities including preventive predictive corrective overhauls design modification and emergency maintenance in an efficient and effective manner

3 Conserve and control the use of spare parts and material 4 Commission new plants and plant expansions and 5 Operate utilities and conserve energy

The above responsibilities and objectives impact the organization structure for maintenance as will be shown in the coming sections

13 Determinants of a Maintenance Organization

The maintenance organizationrsquos structure is determined after planning the maintenance capacity The maintenance capacity is heavily influenced by the level of centralization or decentralization adopted In this section the main issues that must be addressed when forming the maintenance organizationrsquos structure are presented The issues are capacity planning centralization vs decentralization and in-house vs outsourcing

131 Maintenance Capacity Planning

Maintenance capacity planning determines the required resources for maintenance including the required crafts administration equipment tools and space to execute the maintenance load efficiently and meet the objectives of the maintenance department Critical aspects of maintenance capacity are the numbers and skills of craftsmen required to execute the maintenance load It is difficult to determine the exact number of various types of craftsmen since the maintenance load is uncertain Therefore accurate forecasts for the future maintenance work demand are essential for determining the maintenance capacity In order to have better utilization of manpower organizations tend to reduce the number of available craftsmen below their expected need This is likely to result in a backlog of uncompleted maintenance work This backlog can also be cleared when the maintenance load is less than the capacity Making long run estimations is one of the areas in maintenance capacity planning that is both critical and not well developed in practice Techniques for maintenance forecasting and capacity planning are presented in a separate chapter in this handbook

Maintenance Organization 7

132 Centralization vs Decentralization

The decision to organize maintenance in a centralized decentralized or a hybrid form depends to a greater extent on the organization is philosophy maintenance load size of the plant and skills of craftsmen The advantages of centralization are

1 Provides more flexibility and improves utilization of resources such highly skilled crafts and special equipment and therefore results in more efficiency

2 Allows more efficient line supervision 3 Allows more effective on the job training and 4 Permits the purchasing of modern equipment

However it has the following disadvantages

1 Less utilization of crafts since more time is required for getting to and from jobs

2 Supervision of crafts becomes more difficult and as such less maintenance control is achieved

3 Less specialization on complex hardware is achieved since different persons work on the same hardware and

4 More costs of transportation are incurred due to remoteness of some of the maintenance work

In a decentralized maintenance organization departments are assigned to specific areas or units This tends to reduce the flexibility of the maintenance system as a whole The range of skills available becomes reduced and manpower utilization is usually less efficient than in a centralized maintenance In some cases a compromise solution that combines centralization and decentralization is better This type of hybrid is called a cascade system The cascade system organizes maintenance in areas and what ever exceeds the capacity of each area is challenged to a centralized unit In this fashion the advantages of both systems may be reaped For more on the advantages and disadvantages of centralization and de-centralization see Duffuaa et al (1998) and Niebel (1994)

133 In-house vs Outsourcing

At this level management considers the sources for building the maintenance capacity The main sources or options available are in-house by direct hiring outsourcing or a combination of in-house and outsourcing The criteria for selecting sources for building and maintaining maintenance capacity include strategic considerations technological and economic factors The following are criteria that can be employed to select among sources for maintenance capacity

1 Availability and dependability of the source on a long term basis 2 Capability of the source to achieve the objectives set for maintenance by

the organization and its ability to carry out the maintenance tasks

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 11

UNIT- I

PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICES OF MAINTENANCE PLANNING

PART-A (2 Marks)

01 Define maintenance

02 Define reliability

03 State the benefits of reliability analysis in industries

04 Define failure rate

05 What is Mean Failure Rate

06 Define Mean Time to Failure

07 What is Mean Time Between Failures (MTBF)

08 Define Mean Time to Repair (MTTR)

09 Define Maintenance Action Rate

10 Define Failure Density

PART-B (16 Marks)

1 What do you mean by maintenance job planning Discuss various steps of

maintenance job planning (16)

2 What is long term plan Discuss few long term planning (16)

3 What are the objectives of maintenance organization and what different types of

organizations are in use in Indian industries (16)

4 What is equipment availability and what are the three basic approaches to define and

quantity availability (16)

5 Explain MTBS MTBF MTTF MTTR and failure rate (16)

6 Explain briefly different types and classes of maintenance cost (16)

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 12

UNIT II MAINTENANCE POLICIES ndash PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

Maintenance categories ndash Comparative merits of each category ndash Preventive

maintenance maintenance schedules and repair cycle ndash Principles and methods of

lubrication ndash TPM

LUBRICATION

Lubrication is the process or technique employed to reduce wear of one or both

surfaces in close proximity and moving relative to each other by interposing a substance

called lubricant between the surfaces to carry or to help carry the load (pressure

generated) between the opposing surfaces The interposed lubricant film can be a solid

(eg graphite MoS2) a solidliquid dispersion a liquid a liquid-liquid dispersion (a

grease) or exceptionally a gas

In the most common case the applied load is carried by pressure generated within the

fluid due to the frictional viscous resistance to motion of the lubricating fluid between the

surfaces

Lubrication can also describe the phenomenon such reduction of wear occurs without

human intervention (hydroplaning on a road)

The science of friction lubrication and wear is called tribology

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 13

The regimes of lubrication

As the load increases on the contacting surfaces three distinct situations can be observed

with respect to the mode of lubrication which are called regimes of lubrication

Fluid film lubrication is the lubrication regime in which through viscous forces

the load is fully supported by the lubricant within the space or gap between the

parts in motion relative to one another (the lubricated conjunction) and solidndashsolid

contact is avoided[2]

o Hydrostatic lubrication is when an external pressure is applied to the

lubricant in the bearing to maintain the fluid lubricant film where it would

otherwise be squeezed out

o Hydrodynamic lubrication is where the motion of the contacting surfaces

and the exact design of the bearing is used to pump lubricant around the

bearing to maintain the lubricating film This design of bearing may wear

when started stopped or reversed as the lubricant film breaks down

Elastohydrodynamic lubrication The opposing surfaces are separated but there

occurs some interaction between the raised solid features called asperities and

there is an elastic deformation on the contacting surface enlarging the load-

bearing area whereby the viscous resistance of the lubricant becomes capable of

supporting the load

Boundary lubrication (also called boundary film lubrication) The bodies come

into closer contact at their asperities the heat developed by the local pressures

causes a condition which is called stick-slip and some asperities break off At the

elevated temperature and pressure conditions chemically reactive constituents of

the lubricant react with the contact surface forming a highly resistant tenacious

layer or film on the moving solid surfaces (boundary film) which is capable of

supporting the load and major wear or breakdown is avoided Boundary

lubrication is also defined as that regime in which the load is carried by the

surface asperities rather than by the lubricant[3]

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 14

Besides supporting the load the lubricant may have to perform other functions as well for

instance it may cool the contact areas and remove wear products While carrying out

these functions the lubricant is constantly replaced from the contact areas either by the

relative movement (hydrodynamics) or by externally induced forces

Lubrication is required for correct operation of mechanical systems pistons pumps cams

bearings turbines cutting tools etc where without lubrication the pressure between the

surfaces in close proximity would generate enough heat for rapid surface damage which

in a coarsened condition may literally weld the surfaces together causing seizure

In some applications such as piston engines the film between the piston and the cylinder

wall also seals the combustion chamber preventing combustion gases from escaping into

the crankcase

TOTAL PRODUCTIVE MAINTENANCE

TPM is a maintenance process developed for improving productivity by making

processes more reliable and less wasteful

TPM is an extension of TQM(Total Quality Management)

The objective of TPM is to maintain the plant or equipment in good condition without

interfering with the daily process

To achieve this objective preventive and predictive maintenance is required By

following the philosophy of TPM we can minimize the unexpected failure of the

equipment

To implement TPM the production unit and maintenance unit should work jointly

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 15

Original goal of total productive management

―Continuously improve all operational conditions within a production system by

stimulating the daily awareness of all employees (by Seiichi Nakajima Japan JIPM)

TPM focuses primarily on manufacturing (although its benefits are applicable to virtually

any process) and is the first methodology Toyota used to improve its global position

(1950s) After TPM the focus was stretched and also suppliers and customers were

involved (Supply Chain) this next methodology was called lean manufacturing This

sheet gives an overview of TPM in its original form

An accurate and practical implementation of TPM will increase productivity within the

total organization where

(1) A clear business culture is designed to continuously improve the efficiency of the

total production system

(2) A standardized and systematic approach is used where all losses are prevented andor

known all departments influencing productivity will be involved to move from a

reactive to a predictive mindset

(4) A transparent multidisciplinary organization in reaching zero losses

(5) Steps are taken as a journey not as a quick menu

Finally TPM will provide practical and transparent ingredients to reach operational

excellence

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 16

IMPLEMENTATION

TPM has basically 3 goals - Zero Product Defects Zero Equipment Unplanned Failures

and Zero Accidents

It sets out to achieve these goals by Gap Analysis of previous historical records of

Product Defects Equipment Failures and Accidents

Then through a clear understanding of this Gap Analysis (Fishbone Cause-Effect

Analysis Why-Why Cause-Effect Analysis and P-M Analysis) plan a physical

investigation to discover new latent fuguai (slight deterioration) during the first step in

TPM Autonomous Maintenance called Initial Cleaning

TPM identifies the 7 losses (types of waste) (muda) namely set-up and initial adjustment

time equipment breakdown time idling and minor losses speed (cycle time) losses

start-up quality losses and in process quality losses and then works systematically to

eliminate them by making improvements (kaizen) TPM has 8 pillars of activity each

being set to achieve a ―zero target

These 8 pillars are the following focussed improvement (Kobetsu Kaizen) autonomous

maintenance (Jishu Hozen) planned maintenance training and education early-phase

management quality maintenance (Hinshitsu Hozen) office TPM and safety health and

environment Few organisation also add Pillars according to their Work Place like

Tools Management Information Technology amp more

The Base for the TPM Activity is 5S Seiri (Sorting out the required or not required

items) Seition (Systematic Arrangement of the required items) Seiso (Cleaniness)

Seiketsu (Standardisation) Shitsuke (Self Discipline)

The Pillars amp their details

a) Efficient Equipment Utilisation

b) Efficient Worker Utilisation

c) Efficient Material amp Energy Utilisation

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 17

REPAIRABLE

Repairable parts are parts that are deemed worthy of repair usually by virtue of economic

consideration of their repair cost

Rather than bear the cost of completely replacing a finished product repairables typically

are designed to enable more affordable maintenance by being more modular

This allows components to be more easily removed repaired and replaced enabling

cheaper replacement

Spare parts that are needed to support condemnation of repairable parts are known as

replenishment spares

A rotable pool is a pool of repairable spare parts inventory set aside to allow for multiple

repairs to be accomplished simultaneously

This can be used to minimize stockout conditions for repairable items

REPAIR CYCLE

From the perspective of logistics a model of the life cycle of parts in a supply chain can

be developed

This model called the repair cycle consists of functioning parts in use by equipment

operators and the entire sequence of suppliers or repair providers that replenish

functional part inventories either by production or repair when they have failed

Ultimately this sequence ends with the manufacturer

This type of model allows demands on a supply system to ultimately be traced to their

operational reliability allowing for analysis of the dynamics of the supply system in

particular spare parts

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 18

UNIT-II

MAINTENANCE POLICIES ndash PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

PART-A (2 Marks)

01 What is meant by Breakdown maintenance approach

02 Classify various planned maintenance approach

03 Define Corrective maintenance approach

04 What is meant by preventive maintenance approach

05 List out the objectives of Corrective maintenance

06 What is meant by Predictive Maintenance

07 List out some condition based monitoring techniques and briefly discuss on them

08 What is meant by Reliability Centered Maintenance (RCM)

09 What is Total Productive Maintenance (TPM) and discuss its similarities with TQM

10 What is meant by Reliability Centered Maintenance (RCM)

11 What does Safety Health and Environment pillar of TPM aims at

PART-B (16 Marks)

1 What do you understand by maintenance categories Explain common types and

explain the basis of their selection (16)

2 What are all the steps involved in preventive maintenance why preventive maintenance

is better than reactive maintenance (16)

3 Distinguish between fixed time maintenance and connect based maintenance Give the

merits and demerits (16)

4 Briefly explain the procedure for TPM (16)

5 Explain the repair cycle of metallic materials (16)

6 What are the functions of lubrication and gives the tips on lubrication (16)

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 19

UNIT III CONDITION MONITORING

Condition monitoring ndash Cost comparison with and without CM ndash On-load testing

and off-load testing ndash Methods and instruments for CM ndash Temperature sensitive

tapes ndash Pistol thermometers ndash Wear-debris analysis

CONDITION MONITORING

Condition monitoring is the process of monitoring a parameter of condition in machinery such that a significant change is indicative of a developing failure

It is a major component of predictive maintenance The use of conditional monitoring allows maintenance to be scheduled or other actions to be taken to avoid the consequences of failure before the failure occurs

Nevertheless a deviation from a reference value (eg temperature or vibration behavior) must occur to identify impeding damages

Predictive Maintenance does not predict failure

Machines with defects are more at risk of failure than defect free machines Once a defect has been identified the failure process has already commenced and CM systems can only measure the deterioration of the condition

Intervention in the early stages of deterioration is usually much more cost effective than allowing the machinery to fail Condition monitoring has a unique benefit in that the actual load and subsequent heat dissipation that represents normal service can be seen and conditions that would shorten normal lifespan can be addressed before repeated failures occur

Serviceable machinery includes rotating equipment and stationary plant such as boilers and heat exchangers

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 20

METHODS OF CM

1 Screen monitoring records video or static images detailing the contents or screen

capture of the entire [video display] or the content of the screen activity within a

particular program or computer application Monitoring tools may collect real

time video accelerated or [time-lapse] video or screen shots or may take video or

still image captures at regular intervals (eg once every 4 minutes) They may

collect images constantly or only collect information while the user is interacting

with the equipment (eg capturing screens when the mouse or keyboard is

active)

2 Data monitoring tracks the content of and changes to files stored on the local

[hard drive] or in the users private network share

3 Keystroke monitoring (eg number of keystrokes per minute) may track the

performance of keyboard-intensive work such as word processing or data entry

Keystroke logging captures all keyboard input to enable the employer to monitor

anything typed into the monitored machine

4 Idle time monitoring keeps track of time when the employee is away from the

computer or the computer is not being actively used

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 21

BENEFITS

o Screen monitoring records video or static images detailing the contents or

screen capture of the entire [video display] or the content of the screen

activity within a particular program or computer application

o Monitoring tools may collect real time video accelerated or [time-lapse]

video or screen shots or may take video or still image captures at regular

intervals (eg once every 4 minutes)

o They may collect images constantly or only collect information while the user

is interacting with the equipment (eg capturing screens when the mouse or

keyboard is active)

o Data monitoring tracks the content of and changes to files stored on the local

[hard drive] or in the users private network share

o Keystroke monitoring (eg number of keystrokes per minute) may track the

performance of keyboard-intensive work such as word processing or data

entry Keystroke logging captures all keyboard input to enable the employer to

monitor anything typed into the monitored machine

o Idle time monitoring keeps track of time when the employee is away from the

computer or the computer is not being actively used

NDE2002 predict assure improve

National Seminar of ISNT Chennai 5 ndash 7 12 2002

wwwnde2002org

SIMPLE INSTRUMENTS USED IN CONDITION MONITORING

Prof DRKIRAN

Head department of production Engineering StPeterrsquos Engineering College

ABSTRACT

Condition monitoring is a system of assessing the service condition or the change of service condition of any component or a part of an equipment or a system Considerable research has been done in this direction leading to development of several electrical and electronic monitoring instruments These when connected to strategic locations of the systems measure and indicate certain parameters enabling us to monitor the condition and take vital decisions on a continuous basis

Nevertheless the high cost of these instruments prevent their use in all required locations On the other hand traditionally used simple mechanical gadgets are being used by the maintenance personnel of todayrsquos industry all over the world These have the advantages of being portable simple easy to use and economical More significantly they can be used to check any location or component suspected to be functioning abnormally This paper discusses some of such instruments used and could be used for condition monitoring of industrial machines as well as process equipment like pressure vessels and heat exchangers

1 What is Condition monitoring

Condition monitoring is that type of planned maintenance wherein the actual working conditions of major components of an equipment are constantly monitored to give an indication of which parts should be replaced and which need not in the near future In other words the preventive maintenance with condition monitoring is a system in which in addition to the programmed stoppages for maintenance work an assessment is made on the condition of all major parts of an equipment while in operation even when a preventive maintenance schedule is on If by assessment the condition of the part is satisfactory the schedule of stopping the machine or scrapping the part etc is reviewed and deferred Similarly if the condition monitoring finds a certain part may fail in a short time it is replaced even before its PM schedule and prevent unexpected breakdowns

2 On-load vs off load condition monitoring

On load monitoring means monitoring or adjusting the parameters while the machine or equipment is running Thus it is done for superficial easily accessible amp non interfering parts of the equipment which can be carried out without interruption to the operation

Off load monitoring is for interior or inaccessible parts which need to be stopped temporarily to check the condition However there may be several situations like the two-shift working or the plantrsquos temporary shut down for other reasons when this class can be conducted without productions loss

3 Subjective aided subjective or objective condition monitoring

i) Subjective condition monitoring

Here the monitoring personnel use their perception of senses and judgement to note any change of the condition The four senses a man is bestowed with like seeing (emanation of smoke) hearing (bearing noise) smelling (burning of oil or rubber components due to excessive heat) feeling (touching the motor to feel the excessive heating or touching the housing to feel a vibrating shaft) are used It is important that the person carrying out subjective condition monitoring has an adequate qualifications and skills as the result depends on their judgement and experience In subjective condition monitoring it is also possible to use instructions guidelines or hints where to look for leakage bearing play etc Posters or figures illustrating different conditions of components may also be helpful

ii) Aided subjective or condition monitoring with simple gadgets

Here the monitoring personnel use simple gadgets to add to their ability to perceive conditions better These gadgets are discussed more in detail in the following paragraphs

iii) Objective condition monitoring

In objective condition monitoring different instruments and facilities are used for obtaining data giving direct measure of the parametric condition of the components even while the machine is working In many cases these simple mechanical or complex electronic measuring devices can be mounted on convenient locations for better monitoring and control

A doctor feeling the pulse (subjective) his using a stethoscope to determine any abnormal heart beat (aided subjective) or looking into the ECG monitor (objective) form the examples of the above three categories

4 Some of the gadgets and simple instruments used for condition monitoring

a) Monitoring of visual condition of inaccessible partslocations

Quite often the visual condition of the components located at inaccessible locations are to be monitored may be with respect to corrosion or fatigue cracking or even dust sediment collection that is deleterious to the functioning of the component Simple gadgets are being used either on-line or off-line to aid the perception of the condition Depending upon the extent of change as perceived the equipment can be stopped for detailed check andor rectification Some of the gadgets are illustrated below

i) Inspection mirrors used to inspect crevices dark spots inside of narrow mouthed cylinders or the pipes of heat exchangers or boilers These mirrors can be simple like that of a dentist or

a) with adjustable mirror angle controlled by a wire running along the holding rod or

b) illuminated with a light bulb near the mirror of special use in dark spots inside cylinders or inside heat exchanger pipes

c) with telescopic rod for adjusting the length of the gadget

d) mirrors fitted inside a small tube rather than on a rod to prevent damage to the mirror during insertion or other operation These are also called as borescopes

e) periscopic for specialised applications or to assist the viewer et Etc

fig 1 a) a collection of inspection mirrors b) inspection of crevices and c) inspecting the inside of as cylinder

Of specific interest to the NDE practitioners is their versatility to inspect the inside of the boiler pipes or heat exchanger pipes which can tell a lot about the working condition of the inside of the tubes about the rusting cracking sedimentation etc enabling an early preventive action

Fig 2 Use of borescopes to inspect heat exchanger pipes

Fig 3 borescopes and periscopes

ii) Endoscopes These are like borescopes but are flexible They work on the principle of image transfer by total internal reflection in a bundle of glass fibres They are more popular with gastroenterologists for diagnosing ulcers in stomachs Also called optical fibroscopes they are flexible ands are more versatile in several applications illustrated below Some times they are permanently fixed for constant monitoring of critical components are inserted when needed into pre-fixed tubular guides leading to the location to be monitored

Fig 4 The application of endoscopes in industrial equipment

Fig 5 The principle of endoscope

Having illustrated the gadgets for visual perception as above some of them used in other monitoring functions may be cited as below classified into the three categories

b) Temperature monitoring

Subjective -

Touching the motor etc and assessing if over heated

Aided subjective -

Temperature sensitive stickers are the most common ands cost effective A sticker having four of five 20 mm diameter dots of special paints each of which changes its colour at a particular temperature is stuck to the heat prone parts of the equipment The operatives or supervisor can identify its temperature range by looking at the stickers from a distance itself during their periodic patrol rounds Temperature sensitive chalks thermal paints with which larger part of the heat prone body is painted fall under this category -

Objective -

Pyrometers thermometers pistol thermometers etc Depending of convenience and need these instruments can be of thermostat type or connected to some sort of warning system in case of overheating

c) Vibration monitoring

Subjective

By touching and feeling the vibrations in a rotating body or by listening to vibrating sounds

Aided subjective

Stethoscopes use of screw driver ends by expert foremen etc

Objective -

Shock pulse meters (SPM) vibration measuring instruments etc

Vibration measurements made near the source of vibration might indicate the following

bull imbalance bull shaft misalignment bull damaged bearings (worn or chipped balls or races)

bull damaged gears another transmission components bull mechanical looseness bull cavitation and stall etc

d) Leak Monitoring

Subjective -

Listening to and identifying any hissing sound near hydraulic or pneumatic circuits

Aided subjective -

A number of leak detecting techniques are available including the soap and water methods Use of proprietary preparations can make this method more effective capable of detecting leaks as low as 1 m1s

Objective -

One powerful technique is ultrasonic detection When a fluid is forced through a leak under internal or external pressure sound is generated in the frequency range 40-80 Khz The ultrasonic leak detector identifies this very high frequency which is easily separated from the lower frequencies of ordinary machine noise

Fig 6 Ultrasonic leak detector to detect internal amp external leaks

e) Corrosion Monitoring

Subjective -

Corrosion cannot be generally judged visually and is not as effective as those discussed below

Aided subjective -

Corrosion coupons which are small pieces say 1 square inch of the same material as the base are pasted at locations suspected to be highly corrosive and analysed once in a month or as required The corrosion characteristics of the coupon are expected to be same as the base metal to which they are pasted and hence give an indirect measurement the corrosion of the body

Fig 7a) A view of the corrosion coupon b)The coupon mounted in tubes carrying chemicals

Objective -

Electrical and electronic devises can be developed to measure the corrosion characteristics based on the following principles the details of which are beyond the scope of this paper

diams The basic principle in Corrosion Monitoring is the change in the resistance of special electrical elements in corrosion environment

diams The potential difference between the reference electrode and the system will indicate the presence and the extent of corrosion

diams The polarisation resistance of the special designed probe indicate the rate of corrosion

diams Hydrogen gas formation during corrosion can be detected with a thin walled blind tube which can be analysed to determine the corrosion

f) Belt tension monitoring

subjective -

Slightly pressing down the V-belt

Aided subjective -

Pen type tension gage as illustrated below is a simple and handy one Depending upon belt looseness the inner part of the gage telescopes into the upper part leaving the rubber ring stuck on to the lower part at the lowest point of insertion On removing the gage the position of the rubber ring on the graduated scale of the lower part indicates the belt looseness that can be corrected if necessary

Objective -

Strain gages or other electronic instruments are used to measure the stresses in metallic parts or components

Fig 8 a) pen type tension gage and b) strain gage for bi-directional measurement

g) Shaft run-out monitoring

When a lathe is being tested for accuracy a mandrel is fixed in the spindle and rotated and checked for the run-out

Subjective -

If the run-out is high it can be visually seen

Aided subjective -

By use of dial gages fixed on to the bodies the amount of run-out can be measured But this can be done by turning the spindle by hand or at low speeds

Objective -

Optical sensors as illustrated below can be used to check the run-out even at high speeds

Fig 9 Run-out checking by optical sensor

h) Crack detection

This is mostly off-line monitoring and most tests under this category form NDE tests the primary function of ISNT specialists Most serious failures are preceded by crack growth from a point of stress concentration or from a material defect at the surface of the component A number of crack detection techniques have been developed to a great degree of advancement like dye penetration test (PT) magnetic particle test (MT) Electrical resistance or eddy current test (ET) Ultrasonic Testing (UT) and Radiographic test (RT)

While the first two of the following can be classified as aided subjective the latter can be categorised as objective Since the purpose of this paragraph is to highlight crack detection as a condition monitoring techniques these NDE methods are only cited but not discussed further

5 Conclusion

While only few types of monitoring namely visual temperature vibration leak corrosion run-out belt tension and crack monitoring are discussed a host of simple gadgets are being developed according to their specific use for many other monitoring functions that are not discussed here

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 22

LOAD TESTING

o Load testing is the process of putting demand on a system or device

and measuring its response

o Load testing is performed to determine a systemrsquos behavior under both

normal and anticipated peak load conditions

o It helps to identify the maximum operating capacity of an application

as well as any bottlenecks and determine which element is causing

degradation

o When the load placed on the system is raised beyond normal usage

patterns in order to test the systems response at unusually high or

peak loads it is known as stress testing

o The load is usually so great that error conditions are the expected

result although no clear boundary exists when an activity ceases to be

a load test and becomes a stress test

o There is little agreement on what the specific goals of load testing are

o The term is often used synonymously with concurrency testing

software performance testing reliability testing and volume testing

o Load testing is a type of non-functional testing

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 23

WEAR DEBRIS ANALYSIS

Using a Scanning Electron Microscope of a carefully taken sample of debris

suspended in lubricating oil (taken from filters or magnetic chip detectors)

Instruments then reveal the elements contained their proportions size and

morphology

Using this method the site the mechanical failure mechanism and the time to

eventual failure may be determined This is called WDA - Wear Debris Analysis

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 24

UNIT-III

CONDITION MONOTORING

PART-A (2 Marks)

1 What is equipment health monitoring

2 List down the factors for increasing the demand condition monitoring

3 List down the key features of condition monitoring

4 Write down the basic steps in condition monitoring

5 What are three types of condition monitoring

6 State the advantages and disadvantages of condition monitoring

7 Mention the various costs involved in costing of condition monitoring mainly

8 State the methods of measuring vibration

9 Describe briefly pistol thermometer

10 Name the types of pyrometers

11 Mention title applications of bimetallic strip

12 List down the features of RTD

13 State the applications and limitations of thermisters

PART-B (16 Marks)

1 What is condition monitoring and explain condition monitoring What type of condition

monitoring are normally used in industry (16)

2 What is leakage monitoring Explain some of the leakage mediums used for condition

monitoring (16)

3 What is wear debris analysis what are the three wear debris analysis techniques

commonly used and compare their performance and uses (16)

4 Briefly explain the cost comparison with and without condition monitoring (16)

5 What is thermal monitoring and what thermal monitoring are used in industries

explain principle and uses of thermograph (16)

6 Briefly explain various methods and instruments for condition monitoring (16)

Page 10: ME1012 Maintenance Engineering Study Materials

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 9

MEAN TIME BETWEEN FAILURES

Mean time between failures (MTBF) is the predicted elapsed time between inherent

failures of a system during operation[1] MTBF can be calculated as the arithmetic mean

(average) time between failures of a system

FORMAL DEFINITION OF MTBF

By referring to the figure above the MTBF is the sum of the operational periods divided by the number of observed failures

If the Down time (with space) refers to the start of downtime (without space) and up time (with space) refers to the start of uptime (without spMean time betMean time between failuresween failuresace) the formula will be

The MTBF is often denoted by the Greek letter θ or

The MTBF can be defined in terms of the expected value of the density function ƒ(t)

where ƒ is the density function of time until failure ndash satisfying the standard requirement of density functions ndash

The Overview

For each observation downtime is the instantaneous time it went down which is after (ie greater than) the moment it went up uptime The difference (downtime minus uptime) is the amount of time it was operating between these two events

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 10

MTBF value prediction is an important element in the development of products Reliability engineers design engineers often utilize Reliability Software to calculate products MTBF according to various methodsstandards (MIL-HDBK-217F Telcordia SR332 Siemens Norm FIDESUTE 80-810 (RDF2000) etc)

However these prediction methods are not intended to reflect fielded MTBF as is commonly believed The intent of these tools is to focus design efforts on the weak links in the design

MTTR

MTTR is an abbreviation that has several different expansions with greatly differing meanings

It is wise to spell out exactly what is meant by the use of this abbreviation rather than assuming the reader will know which is being assumed

The M can stand for any of minimum mean or maximum and the R can stand for any of recovery repair respond or restore

The most common mean is also subject to interpretation as there are many different ways in which a mean can be calculated

Mean time to repair

Mean time to recoveryMean time to restore

Mean time to respond

Mean time to replace

In an engineering context with no explicit definition the engineering figure of merit mean time to repair would be the most probable intent by virtue of seniority of usage

It is also similar in meaning to the others above (more in the case of recovery less in the case of respond the latter being more properly styled mean response time)

Maintenance Organization 5

Section 19 Sections 110 and 111 present education and training and management and labor relations respectively A summary of the chapter is provided in Section 112

12 Maintenance Organization Objectives and Responsibility

A maintenance organization and its position in the plantwhole organization is heavily impacted by the following elements or factors

bull Type of business eg whether it is high tech labor intensive production or service

bull Objectives may include profit maximization increasing market share and other social objectives

bull Size and structure of the organization bull Culture of the organization and bull Range of responsibility assigned to maintenance

Figure 11 Maintenance organizing as a function of the management process

Organizations seek one or several of the following objectives profit

maximization specific quality level of service or products minimizing costs safe and clean environment or human resource development It is clear that all of these

Leaderrsquos Influence

PLANNING Setting performance objectives and developing decisions on how to achieve them

IMPLEMENTING Executing the plans to meet the set performance objectives

CONTROLLING Measuring performance of the maintained equipment and taking preventive and corrective actions to restore the designed (desired) specifications

ORGANIZING Creating structure setting tasks (dividing up the work) arranging resources (forming maintenance crews) and coordinating activites to perform maintenance tasks

6 AE Haroun and SO Duffuaa

objectives are heavily impacted by maintenance and therefore the objectives of maintenance must be aligned with the objectives of the organization

The principal responsibility of maintenance is to provide a service to enable an organization to achieve its objectives The specific responsibilities vary from one organization to another however they generally include the following according to Duffuaa et al (1998)

1 Keeping assets and equipment in good condition well configured and safe to perform their intended functions

2 Perform all maintenance activities including preventive predictive corrective overhauls design modification and emergency maintenance in an efficient and effective manner

3 Conserve and control the use of spare parts and material 4 Commission new plants and plant expansions and 5 Operate utilities and conserve energy

The above responsibilities and objectives impact the organization structure for maintenance as will be shown in the coming sections

13 Determinants of a Maintenance Organization

The maintenance organizationrsquos structure is determined after planning the maintenance capacity The maintenance capacity is heavily influenced by the level of centralization or decentralization adopted In this section the main issues that must be addressed when forming the maintenance organizationrsquos structure are presented The issues are capacity planning centralization vs decentralization and in-house vs outsourcing

131 Maintenance Capacity Planning

Maintenance capacity planning determines the required resources for maintenance including the required crafts administration equipment tools and space to execute the maintenance load efficiently and meet the objectives of the maintenance department Critical aspects of maintenance capacity are the numbers and skills of craftsmen required to execute the maintenance load It is difficult to determine the exact number of various types of craftsmen since the maintenance load is uncertain Therefore accurate forecasts for the future maintenance work demand are essential for determining the maintenance capacity In order to have better utilization of manpower organizations tend to reduce the number of available craftsmen below their expected need This is likely to result in a backlog of uncompleted maintenance work This backlog can also be cleared when the maintenance load is less than the capacity Making long run estimations is one of the areas in maintenance capacity planning that is both critical and not well developed in practice Techniques for maintenance forecasting and capacity planning are presented in a separate chapter in this handbook

Maintenance Organization 7

132 Centralization vs Decentralization

The decision to organize maintenance in a centralized decentralized or a hybrid form depends to a greater extent on the organization is philosophy maintenance load size of the plant and skills of craftsmen The advantages of centralization are

1 Provides more flexibility and improves utilization of resources such highly skilled crafts and special equipment and therefore results in more efficiency

2 Allows more efficient line supervision 3 Allows more effective on the job training and 4 Permits the purchasing of modern equipment

However it has the following disadvantages

1 Less utilization of crafts since more time is required for getting to and from jobs

2 Supervision of crafts becomes more difficult and as such less maintenance control is achieved

3 Less specialization on complex hardware is achieved since different persons work on the same hardware and

4 More costs of transportation are incurred due to remoteness of some of the maintenance work

In a decentralized maintenance organization departments are assigned to specific areas or units This tends to reduce the flexibility of the maintenance system as a whole The range of skills available becomes reduced and manpower utilization is usually less efficient than in a centralized maintenance In some cases a compromise solution that combines centralization and decentralization is better This type of hybrid is called a cascade system The cascade system organizes maintenance in areas and what ever exceeds the capacity of each area is challenged to a centralized unit In this fashion the advantages of both systems may be reaped For more on the advantages and disadvantages of centralization and de-centralization see Duffuaa et al (1998) and Niebel (1994)

133 In-house vs Outsourcing

At this level management considers the sources for building the maintenance capacity The main sources or options available are in-house by direct hiring outsourcing or a combination of in-house and outsourcing The criteria for selecting sources for building and maintaining maintenance capacity include strategic considerations technological and economic factors The following are criteria that can be employed to select among sources for maintenance capacity

1 Availability and dependability of the source on a long term basis 2 Capability of the source to achieve the objectives set for maintenance by

the organization and its ability to carry out the maintenance tasks

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 11

UNIT- I

PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICES OF MAINTENANCE PLANNING

PART-A (2 Marks)

01 Define maintenance

02 Define reliability

03 State the benefits of reliability analysis in industries

04 Define failure rate

05 What is Mean Failure Rate

06 Define Mean Time to Failure

07 What is Mean Time Between Failures (MTBF)

08 Define Mean Time to Repair (MTTR)

09 Define Maintenance Action Rate

10 Define Failure Density

PART-B (16 Marks)

1 What do you mean by maintenance job planning Discuss various steps of

maintenance job planning (16)

2 What is long term plan Discuss few long term planning (16)

3 What are the objectives of maintenance organization and what different types of

organizations are in use in Indian industries (16)

4 What is equipment availability and what are the three basic approaches to define and

quantity availability (16)

5 Explain MTBS MTBF MTTF MTTR and failure rate (16)

6 Explain briefly different types and classes of maintenance cost (16)

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 12

UNIT II MAINTENANCE POLICIES ndash PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

Maintenance categories ndash Comparative merits of each category ndash Preventive

maintenance maintenance schedules and repair cycle ndash Principles and methods of

lubrication ndash TPM

LUBRICATION

Lubrication is the process or technique employed to reduce wear of one or both

surfaces in close proximity and moving relative to each other by interposing a substance

called lubricant between the surfaces to carry or to help carry the load (pressure

generated) between the opposing surfaces The interposed lubricant film can be a solid

(eg graphite MoS2) a solidliquid dispersion a liquid a liquid-liquid dispersion (a

grease) or exceptionally a gas

In the most common case the applied load is carried by pressure generated within the

fluid due to the frictional viscous resistance to motion of the lubricating fluid between the

surfaces

Lubrication can also describe the phenomenon such reduction of wear occurs without

human intervention (hydroplaning on a road)

The science of friction lubrication and wear is called tribology

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 13

The regimes of lubrication

As the load increases on the contacting surfaces three distinct situations can be observed

with respect to the mode of lubrication which are called regimes of lubrication

Fluid film lubrication is the lubrication regime in which through viscous forces

the load is fully supported by the lubricant within the space or gap between the

parts in motion relative to one another (the lubricated conjunction) and solidndashsolid

contact is avoided[2]

o Hydrostatic lubrication is when an external pressure is applied to the

lubricant in the bearing to maintain the fluid lubricant film where it would

otherwise be squeezed out

o Hydrodynamic lubrication is where the motion of the contacting surfaces

and the exact design of the bearing is used to pump lubricant around the

bearing to maintain the lubricating film This design of bearing may wear

when started stopped or reversed as the lubricant film breaks down

Elastohydrodynamic lubrication The opposing surfaces are separated but there

occurs some interaction between the raised solid features called asperities and

there is an elastic deformation on the contacting surface enlarging the load-

bearing area whereby the viscous resistance of the lubricant becomes capable of

supporting the load

Boundary lubrication (also called boundary film lubrication) The bodies come

into closer contact at their asperities the heat developed by the local pressures

causes a condition which is called stick-slip and some asperities break off At the

elevated temperature and pressure conditions chemically reactive constituents of

the lubricant react with the contact surface forming a highly resistant tenacious

layer or film on the moving solid surfaces (boundary film) which is capable of

supporting the load and major wear or breakdown is avoided Boundary

lubrication is also defined as that regime in which the load is carried by the

surface asperities rather than by the lubricant[3]

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 14

Besides supporting the load the lubricant may have to perform other functions as well for

instance it may cool the contact areas and remove wear products While carrying out

these functions the lubricant is constantly replaced from the contact areas either by the

relative movement (hydrodynamics) or by externally induced forces

Lubrication is required for correct operation of mechanical systems pistons pumps cams

bearings turbines cutting tools etc where without lubrication the pressure between the

surfaces in close proximity would generate enough heat for rapid surface damage which

in a coarsened condition may literally weld the surfaces together causing seizure

In some applications such as piston engines the film between the piston and the cylinder

wall also seals the combustion chamber preventing combustion gases from escaping into

the crankcase

TOTAL PRODUCTIVE MAINTENANCE

TPM is a maintenance process developed for improving productivity by making

processes more reliable and less wasteful

TPM is an extension of TQM(Total Quality Management)

The objective of TPM is to maintain the plant or equipment in good condition without

interfering with the daily process

To achieve this objective preventive and predictive maintenance is required By

following the philosophy of TPM we can minimize the unexpected failure of the

equipment

To implement TPM the production unit and maintenance unit should work jointly

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 15

Original goal of total productive management

―Continuously improve all operational conditions within a production system by

stimulating the daily awareness of all employees (by Seiichi Nakajima Japan JIPM)

TPM focuses primarily on manufacturing (although its benefits are applicable to virtually

any process) and is the first methodology Toyota used to improve its global position

(1950s) After TPM the focus was stretched and also suppliers and customers were

involved (Supply Chain) this next methodology was called lean manufacturing This

sheet gives an overview of TPM in its original form

An accurate and practical implementation of TPM will increase productivity within the

total organization where

(1) A clear business culture is designed to continuously improve the efficiency of the

total production system

(2) A standardized and systematic approach is used where all losses are prevented andor

known all departments influencing productivity will be involved to move from a

reactive to a predictive mindset

(4) A transparent multidisciplinary organization in reaching zero losses

(5) Steps are taken as a journey not as a quick menu

Finally TPM will provide practical and transparent ingredients to reach operational

excellence

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 16

IMPLEMENTATION

TPM has basically 3 goals - Zero Product Defects Zero Equipment Unplanned Failures

and Zero Accidents

It sets out to achieve these goals by Gap Analysis of previous historical records of

Product Defects Equipment Failures and Accidents

Then through a clear understanding of this Gap Analysis (Fishbone Cause-Effect

Analysis Why-Why Cause-Effect Analysis and P-M Analysis) plan a physical

investigation to discover new latent fuguai (slight deterioration) during the first step in

TPM Autonomous Maintenance called Initial Cleaning

TPM identifies the 7 losses (types of waste) (muda) namely set-up and initial adjustment

time equipment breakdown time idling and minor losses speed (cycle time) losses

start-up quality losses and in process quality losses and then works systematically to

eliminate them by making improvements (kaizen) TPM has 8 pillars of activity each

being set to achieve a ―zero target

These 8 pillars are the following focussed improvement (Kobetsu Kaizen) autonomous

maintenance (Jishu Hozen) planned maintenance training and education early-phase

management quality maintenance (Hinshitsu Hozen) office TPM and safety health and

environment Few organisation also add Pillars according to their Work Place like

Tools Management Information Technology amp more

The Base for the TPM Activity is 5S Seiri (Sorting out the required or not required

items) Seition (Systematic Arrangement of the required items) Seiso (Cleaniness)

Seiketsu (Standardisation) Shitsuke (Self Discipline)

The Pillars amp their details

a) Efficient Equipment Utilisation

b) Efficient Worker Utilisation

c) Efficient Material amp Energy Utilisation

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 17

REPAIRABLE

Repairable parts are parts that are deemed worthy of repair usually by virtue of economic

consideration of their repair cost

Rather than bear the cost of completely replacing a finished product repairables typically

are designed to enable more affordable maintenance by being more modular

This allows components to be more easily removed repaired and replaced enabling

cheaper replacement

Spare parts that are needed to support condemnation of repairable parts are known as

replenishment spares

A rotable pool is a pool of repairable spare parts inventory set aside to allow for multiple

repairs to be accomplished simultaneously

This can be used to minimize stockout conditions for repairable items

REPAIR CYCLE

From the perspective of logistics a model of the life cycle of parts in a supply chain can

be developed

This model called the repair cycle consists of functioning parts in use by equipment

operators and the entire sequence of suppliers or repair providers that replenish

functional part inventories either by production or repair when they have failed

Ultimately this sequence ends with the manufacturer

This type of model allows demands on a supply system to ultimately be traced to their

operational reliability allowing for analysis of the dynamics of the supply system in

particular spare parts

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 18

UNIT-II

MAINTENANCE POLICIES ndash PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

PART-A (2 Marks)

01 What is meant by Breakdown maintenance approach

02 Classify various planned maintenance approach

03 Define Corrective maintenance approach

04 What is meant by preventive maintenance approach

05 List out the objectives of Corrective maintenance

06 What is meant by Predictive Maintenance

07 List out some condition based monitoring techniques and briefly discuss on them

08 What is meant by Reliability Centered Maintenance (RCM)

09 What is Total Productive Maintenance (TPM) and discuss its similarities with TQM

10 What is meant by Reliability Centered Maintenance (RCM)

11 What does Safety Health and Environment pillar of TPM aims at

PART-B (16 Marks)

1 What do you understand by maintenance categories Explain common types and

explain the basis of their selection (16)

2 What are all the steps involved in preventive maintenance why preventive maintenance

is better than reactive maintenance (16)

3 Distinguish between fixed time maintenance and connect based maintenance Give the

merits and demerits (16)

4 Briefly explain the procedure for TPM (16)

5 Explain the repair cycle of metallic materials (16)

6 What are the functions of lubrication and gives the tips on lubrication (16)

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 19

UNIT III CONDITION MONITORING

Condition monitoring ndash Cost comparison with and without CM ndash On-load testing

and off-load testing ndash Methods and instruments for CM ndash Temperature sensitive

tapes ndash Pistol thermometers ndash Wear-debris analysis

CONDITION MONITORING

Condition monitoring is the process of monitoring a parameter of condition in machinery such that a significant change is indicative of a developing failure

It is a major component of predictive maintenance The use of conditional monitoring allows maintenance to be scheduled or other actions to be taken to avoid the consequences of failure before the failure occurs

Nevertheless a deviation from a reference value (eg temperature or vibration behavior) must occur to identify impeding damages

Predictive Maintenance does not predict failure

Machines with defects are more at risk of failure than defect free machines Once a defect has been identified the failure process has already commenced and CM systems can only measure the deterioration of the condition

Intervention in the early stages of deterioration is usually much more cost effective than allowing the machinery to fail Condition monitoring has a unique benefit in that the actual load and subsequent heat dissipation that represents normal service can be seen and conditions that would shorten normal lifespan can be addressed before repeated failures occur

Serviceable machinery includes rotating equipment and stationary plant such as boilers and heat exchangers

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 20

METHODS OF CM

1 Screen monitoring records video or static images detailing the contents or screen

capture of the entire [video display] or the content of the screen activity within a

particular program or computer application Monitoring tools may collect real

time video accelerated or [time-lapse] video or screen shots or may take video or

still image captures at regular intervals (eg once every 4 minutes) They may

collect images constantly or only collect information while the user is interacting

with the equipment (eg capturing screens when the mouse or keyboard is

active)

2 Data monitoring tracks the content of and changes to files stored on the local

[hard drive] or in the users private network share

3 Keystroke monitoring (eg number of keystrokes per minute) may track the

performance of keyboard-intensive work such as word processing or data entry

Keystroke logging captures all keyboard input to enable the employer to monitor

anything typed into the monitored machine

4 Idle time monitoring keeps track of time when the employee is away from the

computer or the computer is not being actively used

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 21

BENEFITS

o Screen monitoring records video or static images detailing the contents or

screen capture of the entire [video display] or the content of the screen

activity within a particular program or computer application

o Monitoring tools may collect real time video accelerated or [time-lapse]

video or screen shots or may take video or still image captures at regular

intervals (eg once every 4 minutes)

o They may collect images constantly or only collect information while the user

is interacting with the equipment (eg capturing screens when the mouse or

keyboard is active)

o Data monitoring tracks the content of and changes to files stored on the local

[hard drive] or in the users private network share

o Keystroke monitoring (eg number of keystrokes per minute) may track the

performance of keyboard-intensive work such as word processing or data

entry Keystroke logging captures all keyboard input to enable the employer to

monitor anything typed into the monitored machine

o Idle time monitoring keeps track of time when the employee is away from the

computer or the computer is not being actively used

NDE2002 predict assure improve

National Seminar of ISNT Chennai 5 ndash 7 12 2002

wwwnde2002org

SIMPLE INSTRUMENTS USED IN CONDITION MONITORING

Prof DRKIRAN

Head department of production Engineering StPeterrsquos Engineering College

ABSTRACT

Condition monitoring is a system of assessing the service condition or the change of service condition of any component or a part of an equipment or a system Considerable research has been done in this direction leading to development of several electrical and electronic monitoring instruments These when connected to strategic locations of the systems measure and indicate certain parameters enabling us to monitor the condition and take vital decisions on a continuous basis

Nevertheless the high cost of these instruments prevent their use in all required locations On the other hand traditionally used simple mechanical gadgets are being used by the maintenance personnel of todayrsquos industry all over the world These have the advantages of being portable simple easy to use and economical More significantly they can be used to check any location or component suspected to be functioning abnormally This paper discusses some of such instruments used and could be used for condition monitoring of industrial machines as well as process equipment like pressure vessels and heat exchangers

1 What is Condition monitoring

Condition monitoring is that type of planned maintenance wherein the actual working conditions of major components of an equipment are constantly monitored to give an indication of which parts should be replaced and which need not in the near future In other words the preventive maintenance with condition monitoring is a system in which in addition to the programmed stoppages for maintenance work an assessment is made on the condition of all major parts of an equipment while in operation even when a preventive maintenance schedule is on If by assessment the condition of the part is satisfactory the schedule of stopping the machine or scrapping the part etc is reviewed and deferred Similarly if the condition monitoring finds a certain part may fail in a short time it is replaced even before its PM schedule and prevent unexpected breakdowns

2 On-load vs off load condition monitoring

On load monitoring means monitoring or adjusting the parameters while the machine or equipment is running Thus it is done for superficial easily accessible amp non interfering parts of the equipment which can be carried out without interruption to the operation

Off load monitoring is for interior or inaccessible parts which need to be stopped temporarily to check the condition However there may be several situations like the two-shift working or the plantrsquos temporary shut down for other reasons when this class can be conducted without productions loss

3 Subjective aided subjective or objective condition monitoring

i) Subjective condition monitoring

Here the monitoring personnel use their perception of senses and judgement to note any change of the condition The four senses a man is bestowed with like seeing (emanation of smoke) hearing (bearing noise) smelling (burning of oil or rubber components due to excessive heat) feeling (touching the motor to feel the excessive heating or touching the housing to feel a vibrating shaft) are used It is important that the person carrying out subjective condition monitoring has an adequate qualifications and skills as the result depends on their judgement and experience In subjective condition monitoring it is also possible to use instructions guidelines or hints where to look for leakage bearing play etc Posters or figures illustrating different conditions of components may also be helpful

ii) Aided subjective or condition monitoring with simple gadgets

Here the monitoring personnel use simple gadgets to add to their ability to perceive conditions better These gadgets are discussed more in detail in the following paragraphs

iii) Objective condition monitoring

In objective condition monitoring different instruments and facilities are used for obtaining data giving direct measure of the parametric condition of the components even while the machine is working In many cases these simple mechanical or complex electronic measuring devices can be mounted on convenient locations for better monitoring and control

A doctor feeling the pulse (subjective) his using a stethoscope to determine any abnormal heart beat (aided subjective) or looking into the ECG monitor (objective) form the examples of the above three categories

4 Some of the gadgets and simple instruments used for condition monitoring

a) Monitoring of visual condition of inaccessible partslocations

Quite often the visual condition of the components located at inaccessible locations are to be monitored may be with respect to corrosion or fatigue cracking or even dust sediment collection that is deleterious to the functioning of the component Simple gadgets are being used either on-line or off-line to aid the perception of the condition Depending upon the extent of change as perceived the equipment can be stopped for detailed check andor rectification Some of the gadgets are illustrated below

i) Inspection mirrors used to inspect crevices dark spots inside of narrow mouthed cylinders or the pipes of heat exchangers or boilers These mirrors can be simple like that of a dentist or

a) with adjustable mirror angle controlled by a wire running along the holding rod or

b) illuminated with a light bulb near the mirror of special use in dark spots inside cylinders or inside heat exchanger pipes

c) with telescopic rod for adjusting the length of the gadget

d) mirrors fitted inside a small tube rather than on a rod to prevent damage to the mirror during insertion or other operation These are also called as borescopes

e) periscopic for specialised applications or to assist the viewer et Etc

fig 1 a) a collection of inspection mirrors b) inspection of crevices and c) inspecting the inside of as cylinder

Of specific interest to the NDE practitioners is their versatility to inspect the inside of the boiler pipes or heat exchanger pipes which can tell a lot about the working condition of the inside of the tubes about the rusting cracking sedimentation etc enabling an early preventive action

Fig 2 Use of borescopes to inspect heat exchanger pipes

Fig 3 borescopes and periscopes

ii) Endoscopes These are like borescopes but are flexible They work on the principle of image transfer by total internal reflection in a bundle of glass fibres They are more popular with gastroenterologists for diagnosing ulcers in stomachs Also called optical fibroscopes they are flexible ands are more versatile in several applications illustrated below Some times they are permanently fixed for constant monitoring of critical components are inserted when needed into pre-fixed tubular guides leading to the location to be monitored

Fig 4 The application of endoscopes in industrial equipment

Fig 5 The principle of endoscope

Having illustrated the gadgets for visual perception as above some of them used in other monitoring functions may be cited as below classified into the three categories

b) Temperature monitoring

Subjective -

Touching the motor etc and assessing if over heated

Aided subjective -

Temperature sensitive stickers are the most common ands cost effective A sticker having four of five 20 mm diameter dots of special paints each of which changes its colour at a particular temperature is stuck to the heat prone parts of the equipment The operatives or supervisor can identify its temperature range by looking at the stickers from a distance itself during their periodic patrol rounds Temperature sensitive chalks thermal paints with which larger part of the heat prone body is painted fall under this category -

Objective -

Pyrometers thermometers pistol thermometers etc Depending of convenience and need these instruments can be of thermostat type or connected to some sort of warning system in case of overheating

c) Vibration monitoring

Subjective

By touching and feeling the vibrations in a rotating body or by listening to vibrating sounds

Aided subjective

Stethoscopes use of screw driver ends by expert foremen etc

Objective -

Shock pulse meters (SPM) vibration measuring instruments etc

Vibration measurements made near the source of vibration might indicate the following

bull imbalance bull shaft misalignment bull damaged bearings (worn or chipped balls or races)

bull damaged gears another transmission components bull mechanical looseness bull cavitation and stall etc

d) Leak Monitoring

Subjective -

Listening to and identifying any hissing sound near hydraulic or pneumatic circuits

Aided subjective -

A number of leak detecting techniques are available including the soap and water methods Use of proprietary preparations can make this method more effective capable of detecting leaks as low as 1 m1s

Objective -

One powerful technique is ultrasonic detection When a fluid is forced through a leak under internal or external pressure sound is generated in the frequency range 40-80 Khz The ultrasonic leak detector identifies this very high frequency which is easily separated from the lower frequencies of ordinary machine noise

Fig 6 Ultrasonic leak detector to detect internal amp external leaks

e) Corrosion Monitoring

Subjective -

Corrosion cannot be generally judged visually and is not as effective as those discussed below

Aided subjective -

Corrosion coupons which are small pieces say 1 square inch of the same material as the base are pasted at locations suspected to be highly corrosive and analysed once in a month or as required The corrosion characteristics of the coupon are expected to be same as the base metal to which they are pasted and hence give an indirect measurement the corrosion of the body

Fig 7a) A view of the corrosion coupon b)The coupon mounted in tubes carrying chemicals

Objective -

Electrical and electronic devises can be developed to measure the corrosion characteristics based on the following principles the details of which are beyond the scope of this paper

diams The basic principle in Corrosion Monitoring is the change in the resistance of special electrical elements in corrosion environment

diams The potential difference between the reference electrode and the system will indicate the presence and the extent of corrosion

diams The polarisation resistance of the special designed probe indicate the rate of corrosion

diams Hydrogen gas formation during corrosion can be detected with a thin walled blind tube which can be analysed to determine the corrosion

f) Belt tension monitoring

subjective -

Slightly pressing down the V-belt

Aided subjective -

Pen type tension gage as illustrated below is a simple and handy one Depending upon belt looseness the inner part of the gage telescopes into the upper part leaving the rubber ring stuck on to the lower part at the lowest point of insertion On removing the gage the position of the rubber ring on the graduated scale of the lower part indicates the belt looseness that can be corrected if necessary

Objective -

Strain gages or other electronic instruments are used to measure the stresses in metallic parts or components

Fig 8 a) pen type tension gage and b) strain gage for bi-directional measurement

g) Shaft run-out monitoring

When a lathe is being tested for accuracy a mandrel is fixed in the spindle and rotated and checked for the run-out

Subjective -

If the run-out is high it can be visually seen

Aided subjective -

By use of dial gages fixed on to the bodies the amount of run-out can be measured But this can be done by turning the spindle by hand or at low speeds

Objective -

Optical sensors as illustrated below can be used to check the run-out even at high speeds

Fig 9 Run-out checking by optical sensor

h) Crack detection

This is mostly off-line monitoring and most tests under this category form NDE tests the primary function of ISNT specialists Most serious failures are preceded by crack growth from a point of stress concentration or from a material defect at the surface of the component A number of crack detection techniques have been developed to a great degree of advancement like dye penetration test (PT) magnetic particle test (MT) Electrical resistance or eddy current test (ET) Ultrasonic Testing (UT) and Radiographic test (RT)

While the first two of the following can be classified as aided subjective the latter can be categorised as objective Since the purpose of this paragraph is to highlight crack detection as a condition monitoring techniques these NDE methods are only cited but not discussed further

5 Conclusion

While only few types of monitoring namely visual temperature vibration leak corrosion run-out belt tension and crack monitoring are discussed a host of simple gadgets are being developed according to their specific use for many other monitoring functions that are not discussed here

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 22

LOAD TESTING

o Load testing is the process of putting demand on a system or device

and measuring its response

o Load testing is performed to determine a systemrsquos behavior under both

normal and anticipated peak load conditions

o It helps to identify the maximum operating capacity of an application

as well as any bottlenecks and determine which element is causing

degradation

o When the load placed on the system is raised beyond normal usage

patterns in order to test the systems response at unusually high or

peak loads it is known as stress testing

o The load is usually so great that error conditions are the expected

result although no clear boundary exists when an activity ceases to be

a load test and becomes a stress test

o There is little agreement on what the specific goals of load testing are

o The term is often used synonymously with concurrency testing

software performance testing reliability testing and volume testing

o Load testing is a type of non-functional testing

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 23

WEAR DEBRIS ANALYSIS

Using a Scanning Electron Microscope of a carefully taken sample of debris

suspended in lubricating oil (taken from filters or magnetic chip detectors)

Instruments then reveal the elements contained their proportions size and

morphology

Using this method the site the mechanical failure mechanism and the time to

eventual failure may be determined This is called WDA - Wear Debris Analysis

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 24

UNIT-III

CONDITION MONOTORING

PART-A (2 Marks)

1 What is equipment health monitoring

2 List down the factors for increasing the demand condition monitoring

3 List down the key features of condition monitoring

4 Write down the basic steps in condition monitoring

5 What are three types of condition monitoring

6 State the advantages and disadvantages of condition monitoring

7 Mention the various costs involved in costing of condition monitoring mainly

8 State the methods of measuring vibration

9 Describe briefly pistol thermometer

10 Name the types of pyrometers

11 Mention title applications of bimetallic strip

12 List down the features of RTD

13 State the applications and limitations of thermisters

PART-B (16 Marks)

1 What is condition monitoring and explain condition monitoring What type of condition

monitoring are normally used in industry (16)

2 What is leakage monitoring Explain some of the leakage mediums used for condition

monitoring (16)

3 What is wear debris analysis what are the three wear debris analysis techniques

commonly used and compare their performance and uses (16)

4 Briefly explain the cost comparison with and without condition monitoring (16)

5 What is thermal monitoring and what thermal monitoring are used in industries

explain principle and uses of thermograph (16)

6 Briefly explain various methods and instruments for condition monitoring (16)

Page 11: ME1012 Maintenance Engineering Study Materials

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 10

MTBF value prediction is an important element in the development of products Reliability engineers design engineers often utilize Reliability Software to calculate products MTBF according to various methodsstandards (MIL-HDBK-217F Telcordia SR332 Siemens Norm FIDESUTE 80-810 (RDF2000) etc)

However these prediction methods are not intended to reflect fielded MTBF as is commonly believed The intent of these tools is to focus design efforts on the weak links in the design

MTTR

MTTR is an abbreviation that has several different expansions with greatly differing meanings

It is wise to spell out exactly what is meant by the use of this abbreviation rather than assuming the reader will know which is being assumed

The M can stand for any of minimum mean or maximum and the R can stand for any of recovery repair respond or restore

The most common mean is also subject to interpretation as there are many different ways in which a mean can be calculated

Mean time to repair

Mean time to recoveryMean time to restore

Mean time to respond

Mean time to replace

In an engineering context with no explicit definition the engineering figure of merit mean time to repair would be the most probable intent by virtue of seniority of usage

It is also similar in meaning to the others above (more in the case of recovery less in the case of respond the latter being more properly styled mean response time)

Maintenance Organization 5

Section 19 Sections 110 and 111 present education and training and management and labor relations respectively A summary of the chapter is provided in Section 112

12 Maintenance Organization Objectives and Responsibility

A maintenance organization and its position in the plantwhole organization is heavily impacted by the following elements or factors

bull Type of business eg whether it is high tech labor intensive production or service

bull Objectives may include profit maximization increasing market share and other social objectives

bull Size and structure of the organization bull Culture of the organization and bull Range of responsibility assigned to maintenance

Figure 11 Maintenance organizing as a function of the management process

Organizations seek one or several of the following objectives profit

maximization specific quality level of service or products minimizing costs safe and clean environment or human resource development It is clear that all of these

Leaderrsquos Influence

PLANNING Setting performance objectives and developing decisions on how to achieve them

IMPLEMENTING Executing the plans to meet the set performance objectives

CONTROLLING Measuring performance of the maintained equipment and taking preventive and corrective actions to restore the designed (desired) specifications

ORGANIZING Creating structure setting tasks (dividing up the work) arranging resources (forming maintenance crews) and coordinating activites to perform maintenance tasks

6 AE Haroun and SO Duffuaa

objectives are heavily impacted by maintenance and therefore the objectives of maintenance must be aligned with the objectives of the organization

The principal responsibility of maintenance is to provide a service to enable an organization to achieve its objectives The specific responsibilities vary from one organization to another however they generally include the following according to Duffuaa et al (1998)

1 Keeping assets and equipment in good condition well configured and safe to perform their intended functions

2 Perform all maintenance activities including preventive predictive corrective overhauls design modification and emergency maintenance in an efficient and effective manner

3 Conserve and control the use of spare parts and material 4 Commission new plants and plant expansions and 5 Operate utilities and conserve energy

The above responsibilities and objectives impact the organization structure for maintenance as will be shown in the coming sections

13 Determinants of a Maintenance Organization

The maintenance organizationrsquos structure is determined after planning the maintenance capacity The maintenance capacity is heavily influenced by the level of centralization or decentralization adopted In this section the main issues that must be addressed when forming the maintenance organizationrsquos structure are presented The issues are capacity planning centralization vs decentralization and in-house vs outsourcing

131 Maintenance Capacity Planning

Maintenance capacity planning determines the required resources for maintenance including the required crafts administration equipment tools and space to execute the maintenance load efficiently and meet the objectives of the maintenance department Critical aspects of maintenance capacity are the numbers and skills of craftsmen required to execute the maintenance load It is difficult to determine the exact number of various types of craftsmen since the maintenance load is uncertain Therefore accurate forecasts for the future maintenance work demand are essential for determining the maintenance capacity In order to have better utilization of manpower organizations tend to reduce the number of available craftsmen below their expected need This is likely to result in a backlog of uncompleted maintenance work This backlog can also be cleared when the maintenance load is less than the capacity Making long run estimations is one of the areas in maintenance capacity planning that is both critical and not well developed in practice Techniques for maintenance forecasting and capacity planning are presented in a separate chapter in this handbook

Maintenance Organization 7

132 Centralization vs Decentralization

The decision to organize maintenance in a centralized decentralized or a hybrid form depends to a greater extent on the organization is philosophy maintenance load size of the plant and skills of craftsmen The advantages of centralization are

1 Provides more flexibility and improves utilization of resources such highly skilled crafts and special equipment and therefore results in more efficiency

2 Allows more efficient line supervision 3 Allows more effective on the job training and 4 Permits the purchasing of modern equipment

However it has the following disadvantages

1 Less utilization of crafts since more time is required for getting to and from jobs

2 Supervision of crafts becomes more difficult and as such less maintenance control is achieved

3 Less specialization on complex hardware is achieved since different persons work on the same hardware and

4 More costs of transportation are incurred due to remoteness of some of the maintenance work

In a decentralized maintenance organization departments are assigned to specific areas or units This tends to reduce the flexibility of the maintenance system as a whole The range of skills available becomes reduced and manpower utilization is usually less efficient than in a centralized maintenance In some cases a compromise solution that combines centralization and decentralization is better This type of hybrid is called a cascade system The cascade system organizes maintenance in areas and what ever exceeds the capacity of each area is challenged to a centralized unit In this fashion the advantages of both systems may be reaped For more on the advantages and disadvantages of centralization and de-centralization see Duffuaa et al (1998) and Niebel (1994)

133 In-house vs Outsourcing

At this level management considers the sources for building the maintenance capacity The main sources or options available are in-house by direct hiring outsourcing or a combination of in-house and outsourcing The criteria for selecting sources for building and maintaining maintenance capacity include strategic considerations technological and economic factors The following are criteria that can be employed to select among sources for maintenance capacity

1 Availability and dependability of the source on a long term basis 2 Capability of the source to achieve the objectives set for maintenance by

the organization and its ability to carry out the maintenance tasks

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 11

UNIT- I

PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICES OF MAINTENANCE PLANNING

PART-A (2 Marks)

01 Define maintenance

02 Define reliability

03 State the benefits of reliability analysis in industries

04 Define failure rate

05 What is Mean Failure Rate

06 Define Mean Time to Failure

07 What is Mean Time Between Failures (MTBF)

08 Define Mean Time to Repair (MTTR)

09 Define Maintenance Action Rate

10 Define Failure Density

PART-B (16 Marks)

1 What do you mean by maintenance job planning Discuss various steps of

maintenance job planning (16)

2 What is long term plan Discuss few long term planning (16)

3 What are the objectives of maintenance organization and what different types of

organizations are in use in Indian industries (16)

4 What is equipment availability and what are the three basic approaches to define and

quantity availability (16)

5 Explain MTBS MTBF MTTF MTTR and failure rate (16)

6 Explain briefly different types and classes of maintenance cost (16)

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 12

UNIT II MAINTENANCE POLICIES ndash PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

Maintenance categories ndash Comparative merits of each category ndash Preventive

maintenance maintenance schedules and repair cycle ndash Principles and methods of

lubrication ndash TPM

LUBRICATION

Lubrication is the process or technique employed to reduce wear of one or both

surfaces in close proximity and moving relative to each other by interposing a substance

called lubricant between the surfaces to carry or to help carry the load (pressure

generated) between the opposing surfaces The interposed lubricant film can be a solid

(eg graphite MoS2) a solidliquid dispersion a liquid a liquid-liquid dispersion (a

grease) or exceptionally a gas

In the most common case the applied load is carried by pressure generated within the

fluid due to the frictional viscous resistance to motion of the lubricating fluid between the

surfaces

Lubrication can also describe the phenomenon such reduction of wear occurs without

human intervention (hydroplaning on a road)

The science of friction lubrication and wear is called tribology

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 13

The regimes of lubrication

As the load increases on the contacting surfaces three distinct situations can be observed

with respect to the mode of lubrication which are called regimes of lubrication

Fluid film lubrication is the lubrication regime in which through viscous forces

the load is fully supported by the lubricant within the space or gap between the

parts in motion relative to one another (the lubricated conjunction) and solidndashsolid

contact is avoided[2]

o Hydrostatic lubrication is when an external pressure is applied to the

lubricant in the bearing to maintain the fluid lubricant film where it would

otherwise be squeezed out

o Hydrodynamic lubrication is where the motion of the contacting surfaces

and the exact design of the bearing is used to pump lubricant around the

bearing to maintain the lubricating film This design of bearing may wear

when started stopped or reversed as the lubricant film breaks down

Elastohydrodynamic lubrication The opposing surfaces are separated but there

occurs some interaction between the raised solid features called asperities and

there is an elastic deformation on the contacting surface enlarging the load-

bearing area whereby the viscous resistance of the lubricant becomes capable of

supporting the load

Boundary lubrication (also called boundary film lubrication) The bodies come

into closer contact at their asperities the heat developed by the local pressures

causes a condition which is called stick-slip and some asperities break off At the

elevated temperature and pressure conditions chemically reactive constituents of

the lubricant react with the contact surface forming a highly resistant tenacious

layer or film on the moving solid surfaces (boundary film) which is capable of

supporting the load and major wear or breakdown is avoided Boundary

lubrication is also defined as that regime in which the load is carried by the

surface asperities rather than by the lubricant[3]

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 14

Besides supporting the load the lubricant may have to perform other functions as well for

instance it may cool the contact areas and remove wear products While carrying out

these functions the lubricant is constantly replaced from the contact areas either by the

relative movement (hydrodynamics) or by externally induced forces

Lubrication is required for correct operation of mechanical systems pistons pumps cams

bearings turbines cutting tools etc where without lubrication the pressure between the

surfaces in close proximity would generate enough heat for rapid surface damage which

in a coarsened condition may literally weld the surfaces together causing seizure

In some applications such as piston engines the film between the piston and the cylinder

wall also seals the combustion chamber preventing combustion gases from escaping into

the crankcase

TOTAL PRODUCTIVE MAINTENANCE

TPM is a maintenance process developed for improving productivity by making

processes more reliable and less wasteful

TPM is an extension of TQM(Total Quality Management)

The objective of TPM is to maintain the plant or equipment in good condition without

interfering with the daily process

To achieve this objective preventive and predictive maintenance is required By

following the philosophy of TPM we can minimize the unexpected failure of the

equipment

To implement TPM the production unit and maintenance unit should work jointly

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 15

Original goal of total productive management

―Continuously improve all operational conditions within a production system by

stimulating the daily awareness of all employees (by Seiichi Nakajima Japan JIPM)

TPM focuses primarily on manufacturing (although its benefits are applicable to virtually

any process) and is the first methodology Toyota used to improve its global position

(1950s) After TPM the focus was stretched and also suppliers and customers were

involved (Supply Chain) this next methodology was called lean manufacturing This

sheet gives an overview of TPM in its original form

An accurate and practical implementation of TPM will increase productivity within the

total organization where

(1) A clear business culture is designed to continuously improve the efficiency of the

total production system

(2) A standardized and systematic approach is used where all losses are prevented andor

known all departments influencing productivity will be involved to move from a

reactive to a predictive mindset

(4) A transparent multidisciplinary organization in reaching zero losses

(5) Steps are taken as a journey not as a quick menu

Finally TPM will provide practical and transparent ingredients to reach operational

excellence

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 16

IMPLEMENTATION

TPM has basically 3 goals - Zero Product Defects Zero Equipment Unplanned Failures

and Zero Accidents

It sets out to achieve these goals by Gap Analysis of previous historical records of

Product Defects Equipment Failures and Accidents

Then through a clear understanding of this Gap Analysis (Fishbone Cause-Effect

Analysis Why-Why Cause-Effect Analysis and P-M Analysis) plan a physical

investigation to discover new latent fuguai (slight deterioration) during the first step in

TPM Autonomous Maintenance called Initial Cleaning

TPM identifies the 7 losses (types of waste) (muda) namely set-up and initial adjustment

time equipment breakdown time idling and minor losses speed (cycle time) losses

start-up quality losses and in process quality losses and then works systematically to

eliminate them by making improvements (kaizen) TPM has 8 pillars of activity each

being set to achieve a ―zero target

These 8 pillars are the following focussed improvement (Kobetsu Kaizen) autonomous

maintenance (Jishu Hozen) planned maintenance training and education early-phase

management quality maintenance (Hinshitsu Hozen) office TPM and safety health and

environment Few organisation also add Pillars according to their Work Place like

Tools Management Information Technology amp more

The Base for the TPM Activity is 5S Seiri (Sorting out the required or not required

items) Seition (Systematic Arrangement of the required items) Seiso (Cleaniness)

Seiketsu (Standardisation) Shitsuke (Self Discipline)

The Pillars amp their details

a) Efficient Equipment Utilisation

b) Efficient Worker Utilisation

c) Efficient Material amp Energy Utilisation

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 17

REPAIRABLE

Repairable parts are parts that are deemed worthy of repair usually by virtue of economic

consideration of their repair cost

Rather than bear the cost of completely replacing a finished product repairables typically

are designed to enable more affordable maintenance by being more modular

This allows components to be more easily removed repaired and replaced enabling

cheaper replacement

Spare parts that are needed to support condemnation of repairable parts are known as

replenishment spares

A rotable pool is a pool of repairable spare parts inventory set aside to allow for multiple

repairs to be accomplished simultaneously

This can be used to minimize stockout conditions for repairable items

REPAIR CYCLE

From the perspective of logistics a model of the life cycle of parts in a supply chain can

be developed

This model called the repair cycle consists of functioning parts in use by equipment

operators and the entire sequence of suppliers or repair providers that replenish

functional part inventories either by production or repair when they have failed

Ultimately this sequence ends with the manufacturer

This type of model allows demands on a supply system to ultimately be traced to their

operational reliability allowing for analysis of the dynamics of the supply system in

particular spare parts

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 18

UNIT-II

MAINTENANCE POLICIES ndash PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

PART-A (2 Marks)

01 What is meant by Breakdown maintenance approach

02 Classify various planned maintenance approach

03 Define Corrective maintenance approach

04 What is meant by preventive maintenance approach

05 List out the objectives of Corrective maintenance

06 What is meant by Predictive Maintenance

07 List out some condition based monitoring techniques and briefly discuss on them

08 What is meant by Reliability Centered Maintenance (RCM)

09 What is Total Productive Maintenance (TPM) and discuss its similarities with TQM

10 What is meant by Reliability Centered Maintenance (RCM)

11 What does Safety Health and Environment pillar of TPM aims at

PART-B (16 Marks)

1 What do you understand by maintenance categories Explain common types and

explain the basis of their selection (16)

2 What are all the steps involved in preventive maintenance why preventive maintenance

is better than reactive maintenance (16)

3 Distinguish between fixed time maintenance and connect based maintenance Give the

merits and demerits (16)

4 Briefly explain the procedure for TPM (16)

5 Explain the repair cycle of metallic materials (16)

6 What are the functions of lubrication and gives the tips on lubrication (16)

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 19

UNIT III CONDITION MONITORING

Condition monitoring ndash Cost comparison with and without CM ndash On-load testing

and off-load testing ndash Methods and instruments for CM ndash Temperature sensitive

tapes ndash Pistol thermometers ndash Wear-debris analysis

CONDITION MONITORING

Condition monitoring is the process of monitoring a parameter of condition in machinery such that a significant change is indicative of a developing failure

It is a major component of predictive maintenance The use of conditional monitoring allows maintenance to be scheduled or other actions to be taken to avoid the consequences of failure before the failure occurs

Nevertheless a deviation from a reference value (eg temperature or vibration behavior) must occur to identify impeding damages

Predictive Maintenance does not predict failure

Machines with defects are more at risk of failure than defect free machines Once a defect has been identified the failure process has already commenced and CM systems can only measure the deterioration of the condition

Intervention in the early stages of deterioration is usually much more cost effective than allowing the machinery to fail Condition monitoring has a unique benefit in that the actual load and subsequent heat dissipation that represents normal service can be seen and conditions that would shorten normal lifespan can be addressed before repeated failures occur

Serviceable machinery includes rotating equipment and stationary plant such as boilers and heat exchangers

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 20

METHODS OF CM

1 Screen monitoring records video or static images detailing the contents or screen

capture of the entire [video display] or the content of the screen activity within a

particular program or computer application Monitoring tools may collect real

time video accelerated or [time-lapse] video or screen shots or may take video or

still image captures at regular intervals (eg once every 4 minutes) They may

collect images constantly or only collect information while the user is interacting

with the equipment (eg capturing screens when the mouse or keyboard is

active)

2 Data monitoring tracks the content of and changes to files stored on the local

[hard drive] or in the users private network share

3 Keystroke monitoring (eg number of keystrokes per minute) may track the

performance of keyboard-intensive work such as word processing or data entry

Keystroke logging captures all keyboard input to enable the employer to monitor

anything typed into the monitored machine

4 Idle time monitoring keeps track of time when the employee is away from the

computer or the computer is not being actively used

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 21

BENEFITS

o Screen monitoring records video or static images detailing the contents or

screen capture of the entire [video display] or the content of the screen

activity within a particular program or computer application

o Monitoring tools may collect real time video accelerated or [time-lapse]

video or screen shots or may take video or still image captures at regular

intervals (eg once every 4 minutes)

o They may collect images constantly or only collect information while the user

is interacting with the equipment (eg capturing screens when the mouse or

keyboard is active)

o Data monitoring tracks the content of and changes to files stored on the local

[hard drive] or in the users private network share

o Keystroke monitoring (eg number of keystrokes per minute) may track the

performance of keyboard-intensive work such as word processing or data

entry Keystroke logging captures all keyboard input to enable the employer to

monitor anything typed into the monitored machine

o Idle time monitoring keeps track of time when the employee is away from the

computer or the computer is not being actively used

NDE2002 predict assure improve

National Seminar of ISNT Chennai 5 ndash 7 12 2002

wwwnde2002org

SIMPLE INSTRUMENTS USED IN CONDITION MONITORING

Prof DRKIRAN

Head department of production Engineering StPeterrsquos Engineering College

ABSTRACT

Condition monitoring is a system of assessing the service condition or the change of service condition of any component or a part of an equipment or a system Considerable research has been done in this direction leading to development of several electrical and electronic monitoring instruments These when connected to strategic locations of the systems measure and indicate certain parameters enabling us to monitor the condition and take vital decisions on a continuous basis

Nevertheless the high cost of these instruments prevent their use in all required locations On the other hand traditionally used simple mechanical gadgets are being used by the maintenance personnel of todayrsquos industry all over the world These have the advantages of being portable simple easy to use and economical More significantly they can be used to check any location or component suspected to be functioning abnormally This paper discusses some of such instruments used and could be used for condition monitoring of industrial machines as well as process equipment like pressure vessels and heat exchangers

1 What is Condition monitoring

Condition monitoring is that type of planned maintenance wherein the actual working conditions of major components of an equipment are constantly monitored to give an indication of which parts should be replaced and which need not in the near future In other words the preventive maintenance with condition monitoring is a system in which in addition to the programmed stoppages for maintenance work an assessment is made on the condition of all major parts of an equipment while in operation even when a preventive maintenance schedule is on If by assessment the condition of the part is satisfactory the schedule of stopping the machine or scrapping the part etc is reviewed and deferred Similarly if the condition monitoring finds a certain part may fail in a short time it is replaced even before its PM schedule and prevent unexpected breakdowns

2 On-load vs off load condition monitoring

On load monitoring means monitoring or adjusting the parameters while the machine or equipment is running Thus it is done for superficial easily accessible amp non interfering parts of the equipment which can be carried out without interruption to the operation

Off load monitoring is for interior or inaccessible parts which need to be stopped temporarily to check the condition However there may be several situations like the two-shift working or the plantrsquos temporary shut down for other reasons when this class can be conducted without productions loss

3 Subjective aided subjective or objective condition monitoring

i) Subjective condition monitoring

Here the monitoring personnel use their perception of senses and judgement to note any change of the condition The four senses a man is bestowed with like seeing (emanation of smoke) hearing (bearing noise) smelling (burning of oil or rubber components due to excessive heat) feeling (touching the motor to feel the excessive heating or touching the housing to feel a vibrating shaft) are used It is important that the person carrying out subjective condition monitoring has an adequate qualifications and skills as the result depends on their judgement and experience In subjective condition monitoring it is also possible to use instructions guidelines or hints where to look for leakage bearing play etc Posters or figures illustrating different conditions of components may also be helpful

ii) Aided subjective or condition monitoring with simple gadgets

Here the monitoring personnel use simple gadgets to add to their ability to perceive conditions better These gadgets are discussed more in detail in the following paragraphs

iii) Objective condition monitoring

In objective condition monitoring different instruments and facilities are used for obtaining data giving direct measure of the parametric condition of the components even while the machine is working In many cases these simple mechanical or complex electronic measuring devices can be mounted on convenient locations for better monitoring and control

A doctor feeling the pulse (subjective) his using a stethoscope to determine any abnormal heart beat (aided subjective) or looking into the ECG monitor (objective) form the examples of the above three categories

4 Some of the gadgets and simple instruments used for condition monitoring

a) Monitoring of visual condition of inaccessible partslocations

Quite often the visual condition of the components located at inaccessible locations are to be monitored may be with respect to corrosion or fatigue cracking or even dust sediment collection that is deleterious to the functioning of the component Simple gadgets are being used either on-line or off-line to aid the perception of the condition Depending upon the extent of change as perceived the equipment can be stopped for detailed check andor rectification Some of the gadgets are illustrated below

i) Inspection mirrors used to inspect crevices dark spots inside of narrow mouthed cylinders or the pipes of heat exchangers or boilers These mirrors can be simple like that of a dentist or

a) with adjustable mirror angle controlled by a wire running along the holding rod or

b) illuminated with a light bulb near the mirror of special use in dark spots inside cylinders or inside heat exchanger pipes

c) with telescopic rod for adjusting the length of the gadget

d) mirrors fitted inside a small tube rather than on a rod to prevent damage to the mirror during insertion or other operation These are also called as borescopes

e) periscopic for specialised applications or to assist the viewer et Etc

fig 1 a) a collection of inspection mirrors b) inspection of crevices and c) inspecting the inside of as cylinder

Of specific interest to the NDE practitioners is their versatility to inspect the inside of the boiler pipes or heat exchanger pipes which can tell a lot about the working condition of the inside of the tubes about the rusting cracking sedimentation etc enabling an early preventive action

Fig 2 Use of borescopes to inspect heat exchanger pipes

Fig 3 borescopes and periscopes

ii) Endoscopes These are like borescopes but are flexible They work on the principle of image transfer by total internal reflection in a bundle of glass fibres They are more popular with gastroenterologists for diagnosing ulcers in stomachs Also called optical fibroscopes they are flexible ands are more versatile in several applications illustrated below Some times they are permanently fixed for constant monitoring of critical components are inserted when needed into pre-fixed tubular guides leading to the location to be monitored

Fig 4 The application of endoscopes in industrial equipment

Fig 5 The principle of endoscope

Having illustrated the gadgets for visual perception as above some of them used in other monitoring functions may be cited as below classified into the three categories

b) Temperature monitoring

Subjective -

Touching the motor etc and assessing if over heated

Aided subjective -

Temperature sensitive stickers are the most common ands cost effective A sticker having four of five 20 mm diameter dots of special paints each of which changes its colour at a particular temperature is stuck to the heat prone parts of the equipment The operatives or supervisor can identify its temperature range by looking at the stickers from a distance itself during their periodic patrol rounds Temperature sensitive chalks thermal paints with which larger part of the heat prone body is painted fall under this category -

Objective -

Pyrometers thermometers pistol thermometers etc Depending of convenience and need these instruments can be of thermostat type or connected to some sort of warning system in case of overheating

c) Vibration monitoring

Subjective

By touching and feeling the vibrations in a rotating body or by listening to vibrating sounds

Aided subjective

Stethoscopes use of screw driver ends by expert foremen etc

Objective -

Shock pulse meters (SPM) vibration measuring instruments etc

Vibration measurements made near the source of vibration might indicate the following

bull imbalance bull shaft misalignment bull damaged bearings (worn or chipped balls or races)

bull damaged gears another transmission components bull mechanical looseness bull cavitation and stall etc

d) Leak Monitoring

Subjective -

Listening to and identifying any hissing sound near hydraulic or pneumatic circuits

Aided subjective -

A number of leak detecting techniques are available including the soap and water methods Use of proprietary preparations can make this method more effective capable of detecting leaks as low as 1 m1s

Objective -

One powerful technique is ultrasonic detection When a fluid is forced through a leak under internal or external pressure sound is generated in the frequency range 40-80 Khz The ultrasonic leak detector identifies this very high frequency which is easily separated from the lower frequencies of ordinary machine noise

Fig 6 Ultrasonic leak detector to detect internal amp external leaks

e) Corrosion Monitoring

Subjective -

Corrosion cannot be generally judged visually and is not as effective as those discussed below

Aided subjective -

Corrosion coupons which are small pieces say 1 square inch of the same material as the base are pasted at locations suspected to be highly corrosive and analysed once in a month or as required The corrosion characteristics of the coupon are expected to be same as the base metal to which they are pasted and hence give an indirect measurement the corrosion of the body

Fig 7a) A view of the corrosion coupon b)The coupon mounted in tubes carrying chemicals

Objective -

Electrical and electronic devises can be developed to measure the corrosion characteristics based on the following principles the details of which are beyond the scope of this paper

diams The basic principle in Corrosion Monitoring is the change in the resistance of special electrical elements in corrosion environment

diams The potential difference between the reference electrode and the system will indicate the presence and the extent of corrosion

diams The polarisation resistance of the special designed probe indicate the rate of corrosion

diams Hydrogen gas formation during corrosion can be detected with a thin walled blind tube which can be analysed to determine the corrosion

f) Belt tension monitoring

subjective -

Slightly pressing down the V-belt

Aided subjective -

Pen type tension gage as illustrated below is a simple and handy one Depending upon belt looseness the inner part of the gage telescopes into the upper part leaving the rubber ring stuck on to the lower part at the lowest point of insertion On removing the gage the position of the rubber ring on the graduated scale of the lower part indicates the belt looseness that can be corrected if necessary

Objective -

Strain gages or other electronic instruments are used to measure the stresses in metallic parts or components

Fig 8 a) pen type tension gage and b) strain gage for bi-directional measurement

g) Shaft run-out monitoring

When a lathe is being tested for accuracy a mandrel is fixed in the spindle and rotated and checked for the run-out

Subjective -

If the run-out is high it can be visually seen

Aided subjective -

By use of dial gages fixed on to the bodies the amount of run-out can be measured But this can be done by turning the spindle by hand or at low speeds

Objective -

Optical sensors as illustrated below can be used to check the run-out even at high speeds

Fig 9 Run-out checking by optical sensor

h) Crack detection

This is mostly off-line monitoring and most tests under this category form NDE tests the primary function of ISNT specialists Most serious failures are preceded by crack growth from a point of stress concentration or from a material defect at the surface of the component A number of crack detection techniques have been developed to a great degree of advancement like dye penetration test (PT) magnetic particle test (MT) Electrical resistance or eddy current test (ET) Ultrasonic Testing (UT) and Radiographic test (RT)

While the first two of the following can be classified as aided subjective the latter can be categorised as objective Since the purpose of this paragraph is to highlight crack detection as a condition monitoring techniques these NDE methods are only cited but not discussed further

5 Conclusion

While only few types of monitoring namely visual temperature vibration leak corrosion run-out belt tension and crack monitoring are discussed a host of simple gadgets are being developed according to their specific use for many other monitoring functions that are not discussed here

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 22

LOAD TESTING

o Load testing is the process of putting demand on a system or device

and measuring its response

o Load testing is performed to determine a systemrsquos behavior under both

normal and anticipated peak load conditions

o It helps to identify the maximum operating capacity of an application

as well as any bottlenecks and determine which element is causing

degradation

o When the load placed on the system is raised beyond normal usage

patterns in order to test the systems response at unusually high or

peak loads it is known as stress testing

o The load is usually so great that error conditions are the expected

result although no clear boundary exists when an activity ceases to be

a load test and becomes a stress test

o There is little agreement on what the specific goals of load testing are

o The term is often used synonymously with concurrency testing

software performance testing reliability testing and volume testing

o Load testing is a type of non-functional testing

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 23

WEAR DEBRIS ANALYSIS

Using a Scanning Electron Microscope of a carefully taken sample of debris

suspended in lubricating oil (taken from filters or magnetic chip detectors)

Instruments then reveal the elements contained their proportions size and

morphology

Using this method the site the mechanical failure mechanism and the time to

eventual failure may be determined This is called WDA - Wear Debris Analysis

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 24

UNIT-III

CONDITION MONOTORING

PART-A (2 Marks)

1 What is equipment health monitoring

2 List down the factors for increasing the demand condition monitoring

3 List down the key features of condition monitoring

4 Write down the basic steps in condition monitoring

5 What are three types of condition monitoring

6 State the advantages and disadvantages of condition monitoring

7 Mention the various costs involved in costing of condition monitoring mainly

8 State the methods of measuring vibration

9 Describe briefly pistol thermometer

10 Name the types of pyrometers

11 Mention title applications of bimetallic strip

12 List down the features of RTD

13 State the applications and limitations of thermisters

PART-B (16 Marks)

1 What is condition monitoring and explain condition monitoring What type of condition

monitoring are normally used in industry (16)

2 What is leakage monitoring Explain some of the leakage mediums used for condition

monitoring (16)

3 What is wear debris analysis what are the three wear debris analysis techniques

commonly used and compare their performance and uses (16)

4 Briefly explain the cost comparison with and without condition monitoring (16)

5 What is thermal monitoring and what thermal monitoring are used in industries

explain principle and uses of thermograph (16)

6 Briefly explain various methods and instruments for condition monitoring (16)

Page 12: ME1012 Maintenance Engineering Study Materials

Maintenance Organization 5

Section 19 Sections 110 and 111 present education and training and management and labor relations respectively A summary of the chapter is provided in Section 112

12 Maintenance Organization Objectives and Responsibility

A maintenance organization and its position in the plantwhole organization is heavily impacted by the following elements or factors

bull Type of business eg whether it is high tech labor intensive production or service

bull Objectives may include profit maximization increasing market share and other social objectives

bull Size and structure of the organization bull Culture of the organization and bull Range of responsibility assigned to maintenance

Figure 11 Maintenance organizing as a function of the management process

Organizations seek one or several of the following objectives profit

maximization specific quality level of service or products minimizing costs safe and clean environment or human resource development It is clear that all of these

Leaderrsquos Influence

PLANNING Setting performance objectives and developing decisions on how to achieve them

IMPLEMENTING Executing the plans to meet the set performance objectives

CONTROLLING Measuring performance of the maintained equipment and taking preventive and corrective actions to restore the designed (desired) specifications

ORGANIZING Creating structure setting tasks (dividing up the work) arranging resources (forming maintenance crews) and coordinating activites to perform maintenance tasks

6 AE Haroun and SO Duffuaa

objectives are heavily impacted by maintenance and therefore the objectives of maintenance must be aligned with the objectives of the organization

The principal responsibility of maintenance is to provide a service to enable an organization to achieve its objectives The specific responsibilities vary from one organization to another however they generally include the following according to Duffuaa et al (1998)

1 Keeping assets and equipment in good condition well configured and safe to perform their intended functions

2 Perform all maintenance activities including preventive predictive corrective overhauls design modification and emergency maintenance in an efficient and effective manner

3 Conserve and control the use of spare parts and material 4 Commission new plants and plant expansions and 5 Operate utilities and conserve energy

The above responsibilities and objectives impact the organization structure for maintenance as will be shown in the coming sections

13 Determinants of a Maintenance Organization

The maintenance organizationrsquos structure is determined after planning the maintenance capacity The maintenance capacity is heavily influenced by the level of centralization or decentralization adopted In this section the main issues that must be addressed when forming the maintenance organizationrsquos structure are presented The issues are capacity planning centralization vs decentralization and in-house vs outsourcing

131 Maintenance Capacity Planning

Maintenance capacity planning determines the required resources for maintenance including the required crafts administration equipment tools and space to execute the maintenance load efficiently and meet the objectives of the maintenance department Critical aspects of maintenance capacity are the numbers and skills of craftsmen required to execute the maintenance load It is difficult to determine the exact number of various types of craftsmen since the maintenance load is uncertain Therefore accurate forecasts for the future maintenance work demand are essential for determining the maintenance capacity In order to have better utilization of manpower organizations tend to reduce the number of available craftsmen below their expected need This is likely to result in a backlog of uncompleted maintenance work This backlog can also be cleared when the maintenance load is less than the capacity Making long run estimations is one of the areas in maintenance capacity planning that is both critical and not well developed in practice Techniques for maintenance forecasting and capacity planning are presented in a separate chapter in this handbook

Maintenance Organization 7

132 Centralization vs Decentralization

The decision to organize maintenance in a centralized decentralized or a hybrid form depends to a greater extent on the organization is philosophy maintenance load size of the plant and skills of craftsmen The advantages of centralization are

1 Provides more flexibility and improves utilization of resources such highly skilled crafts and special equipment and therefore results in more efficiency

2 Allows more efficient line supervision 3 Allows more effective on the job training and 4 Permits the purchasing of modern equipment

However it has the following disadvantages

1 Less utilization of crafts since more time is required for getting to and from jobs

2 Supervision of crafts becomes more difficult and as such less maintenance control is achieved

3 Less specialization on complex hardware is achieved since different persons work on the same hardware and

4 More costs of transportation are incurred due to remoteness of some of the maintenance work

In a decentralized maintenance organization departments are assigned to specific areas or units This tends to reduce the flexibility of the maintenance system as a whole The range of skills available becomes reduced and manpower utilization is usually less efficient than in a centralized maintenance In some cases a compromise solution that combines centralization and decentralization is better This type of hybrid is called a cascade system The cascade system organizes maintenance in areas and what ever exceeds the capacity of each area is challenged to a centralized unit In this fashion the advantages of both systems may be reaped For more on the advantages and disadvantages of centralization and de-centralization see Duffuaa et al (1998) and Niebel (1994)

133 In-house vs Outsourcing

At this level management considers the sources for building the maintenance capacity The main sources or options available are in-house by direct hiring outsourcing or a combination of in-house and outsourcing The criteria for selecting sources for building and maintaining maintenance capacity include strategic considerations technological and economic factors The following are criteria that can be employed to select among sources for maintenance capacity

1 Availability and dependability of the source on a long term basis 2 Capability of the source to achieve the objectives set for maintenance by

the organization and its ability to carry out the maintenance tasks

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 11

UNIT- I

PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICES OF MAINTENANCE PLANNING

PART-A (2 Marks)

01 Define maintenance

02 Define reliability

03 State the benefits of reliability analysis in industries

04 Define failure rate

05 What is Mean Failure Rate

06 Define Mean Time to Failure

07 What is Mean Time Between Failures (MTBF)

08 Define Mean Time to Repair (MTTR)

09 Define Maintenance Action Rate

10 Define Failure Density

PART-B (16 Marks)

1 What do you mean by maintenance job planning Discuss various steps of

maintenance job planning (16)

2 What is long term plan Discuss few long term planning (16)

3 What are the objectives of maintenance organization and what different types of

organizations are in use in Indian industries (16)

4 What is equipment availability and what are the three basic approaches to define and

quantity availability (16)

5 Explain MTBS MTBF MTTF MTTR and failure rate (16)

6 Explain briefly different types and classes of maintenance cost (16)

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 12

UNIT II MAINTENANCE POLICIES ndash PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

Maintenance categories ndash Comparative merits of each category ndash Preventive

maintenance maintenance schedules and repair cycle ndash Principles and methods of

lubrication ndash TPM

LUBRICATION

Lubrication is the process or technique employed to reduce wear of one or both

surfaces in close proximity and moving relative to each other by interposing a substance

called lubricant between the surfaces to carry or to help carry the load (pressure

generated) between the opposing surfaces The interposed lubricant film can be a solid

(eg graphite MoS2) a solidliquid dispersion a liquid a liquid-liquid dispersion (a

grease) or exceptionally a gas

In the most common case the applied load is carried by pressure generated within the

fluid due to the frictional viscous resistance to motion of the lubricating fluid between the

surfaces

Lubrication can also describe the phenomenon such reduction of wear occurs without

human intervention (hydroplaning on a road)

The science of friction lubrication and wear is called tribology

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 13

The regimes of lubrication

As the load increases on the contacting surfaces three distinct situations can be observed

with respect to the mode of lubrication which are called regimes of lubrication

Fluid film lubrication is the lubrication regime in which through viscous forces

the load is fully supported by the lubricant within the space or gap between the

parts in motion relative to one another (the lubricated conjunction) and solidndashsolid

contact is avoided[2]

o Hydrostatic lubrication is when an external pressure is applied to the

lubricant in the bearing to maintain the fluid lubricant film where it would

otherwise be squeezed out

o Hydrodynamic lubrication is where the motion of the contacting surfaces

and the exact design of the bearing is used to pump lubricant around the

bearing to maintain the lubricating film This design of bearing may wear

when started stopped or reversed as the lubricant film breaks down

Elastohydrodynamic lubrication The opposing surfaces are separated but there

occurs some interaction between the raised solid features called asperities and

there is an elastic deformation on the contacting surface enlarging the load-

bearing area whereby the viscous resistance of the lubricant becomes capable of

supporting the load

Boundary lubrication (also called boundary film lubrication) The bodies come

into closer contact at their asperities the heat developed by the local pressures

causes a condition which is called stick-slip and some asperities break off At the

elevated temperature and pressure conditions chemically reactive constituents of

the lubricant react with the contact surface forming a highly resistant tenacious

layer or film on the moving solid surfaces (boundary film) which is capable of

supporting the load and major wear or breakdown is avoided Boundary

lubrication is also defined as that regime in which the load is carried by the

surface asperities rather than by the lubricant[3]

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 14

Besides supporting the load the lubricant may have to perform other functions as well for

instance it may cool the contact areas and remove wear products While carrying out

these functions the lubricant is constantly replaced from the contact areas either by the

relative movement (hydrodynamics) or by externally induced forces

Lubrication is required for correct operation of mechanical systems pistons pumps cams

bearings turbines cutting tools etc where without lubrication the pressure between the

surfaces in close proximity would generate enough heat for rapid surface damage which

in a coarsened condition may literally weld the surfaces together causing seizure

In some applications such as piston engines the film between the piston and the cylinder

wall also seals the combustion chamber preventing combustion gases from escaping into

the crankcase

TOTAL PRODUCTIVE MAINTENANCE

TPM is a maintenance process developed for improving productivity by making

processes more reliable and less wasteful

TPM is an extension of TQM(Total Quality Management)

The objective of TPM is to maintain the plant or equipment in good condition without

interfering with the daily process

To achieve this objective preventive and predictive maintenance is required By

following the philosophy of TPM we can minimize the unexpected failure of the

equipment

To implement TPM the production unit and maintenance unit should work jointly

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 15

Original goal of total productive management

―Continuously improve all operational conditions within a production system by

stimulating the daily awareness of all employees (by Seiichi Nakajima Japan JIPM)

TPM focuses primarily on manufacturing (although its benefits are applicable to virtually

any process) and is the first methodology Toyota used to improve its global position

(1950s) After TPM the focus was stretched and also suppliers and customers were

involved (Supply Chain) this next methodology was called lean manufacturing This

sheet gives an overview of TPM in its original form

An accurate and practical implementation of TPM will increase productivity within the

total organization where

(1) A clear business culture is designed to continuously improve the efficiency of the

total production system

(2) A standardized and systematic approach is used where all losses are prevented andor

known all departments influencing productivity will be involved to move from a

reactive to a predictive mindset

(4) A transparent multidisciplinary organization in reaching zero losses

(5) Steps are taken as a journey not as a quick menu

Finally TPM will provide practical and transparent ingredients to reach operational

excellence

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 16

IMPLEMENTATION

TPM has basically 3 goals - Zero Product Defects Zero Equipment Unplanned Failures

and Zero Accidents

It sets out to achieve these goals by Gap Analysis of previous historical records of

Product Defects Equipment Failures and Accidents

Then through a clear understanding of this Gap Analysis (Fishbone Cause-Effect

Analysis Why-Why Cause-Effect Analysis and P-M Analysis) plan a physical

investigation to discover new latent fuguai (slight deterioration) during the first step in

TPM Autonomous Maintenance called Initial Cleaning

TPM identifies the 7 losses (types of waste) (muda) namely set-up and initial adjustment

time equipment breakdown time idling and minor losses speed (cycle time) losses

start-up quality losses and in process quality losses and then works systematically to

eliminate them by making improvements (kaizen) TPM has 8 pillars of activity each

being set to achieve a ―zero target

These 8 pillars are the following focussed improvement (Kobetsu Kaizen) autonomous

maintenance (Jishu Hozen) planned maintenance training and education early-phase

management quality maintenance (Hinshitsu Hozen) office TPM and safety health and

environment Few organisation also add Pillars according to their Work Place like

Tools Management Information Technology amp more

The Base for the TPM Activity is 5S Seiri (Sorting out the required or not required

items) Seition (Systematic Arrangement of the required items) Seiso (Cleaniness)

Seiketsu (Standardisation) Shitsuke (Self Discipline)

The Pillars amp their details

a) Efficient Equipment Utilisation

b) Efficient Worker Utilisation

c) Efficient Material amp Energy Utilisation

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 17

REPAIRABLE

Repairable parts are parts that are deemed worthy of repair usually by virtue of economic

consideration of their repair cost

Rather than bear the cost of completely replacing a finished product repairables typically

are designed to enable more affordable maintenance by being more modular

This allows components to be more easily removed repaired and replaced enabling

cheaper replacement

Spare parts that are needed to support condemnation of repairable parts are known as

replenishment spares

A rotable pool is a pool of repairable spare parts inventory set aside to allow for multiple

repairs to be accomplished simultaneously

This can be used to minimize stockout conditions for repairable items

REPAIR CYCLE

From the perspective of logistics a model of the life cycle of parts in a supply chain can

be developed

This model called the repair cycle consists of functioning parts in use by equipment

operators and the entire sequence of suppliers or repair providers that replenish

functional part inventories either by production or repair when they have failed

Ultimately this sequence ends with the manufacturer

This type of model allows demands on a supply system to ultimately be traced to their

operational reliability allowing for analysis of the dynamics of the supply system in

particular spare parts

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 18

UNIT-II

MAINTENANCE POLICIES ndash PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

PART-A (2 Marks)

01 What is meant by Breakdown maintenance approach

02 Classify various planned maintenance approach

03 Define Corrective maintenance approach

04 What is meant by preventive maintenance approach

05 List out the objectives of Corrective maintenance

06 What is meant by Predictive Maintenance

07 List out some condition based monitoring techniques and briefly discuss on them

08 What is meant by Reliability Centered Maintenance (RCM)

09 What is Total Productive Maintenance (TPM) and discuss its similarities with TQM

10 What is meant by Reliability Centered Maintenance (RCM)

11 What does Safety Health and Environment pillar of TPM aims at

PART-B (16 Marks)

1 What do you understand by maintenance categories Explain common types and

explain the basis of their selection (16)

2 What are all the steps involved in preventive maintenance why preventive maintenance

is better than reactive maintenance (16)

3 Distinguish between fixed time maintenance and connect based maintenance Give the

merits and demerits (16)

4 Briefly explain the procedure for TPM (16)

5 Explain the repair cycle of metallic materials (16)

6 What are the functions of lubrication and gives the tips on lubrication (16)

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 19

UNIT III CONDITION MONITORING

Condition monitoring ndash Cost comparison with and without CM ndash On-load testing

and off-load testing ndash Methods and instruments for CM ndash Temperature sensitive

tapes ndash Pistol thermometers ndash Wear-debris analysis

CONDITION MONITORING

Condition monitoring is the process of monitoring a parameter of condition in machinery such that a significant change is indicative of a developing failure

It is a major component of predictive maintenance The use of conditional monitoring allows maintenance to be scheduled or other actions to be taken to avoid the consequences of failure before the failure occurs

Nevertheless a deviation from a reference value (eg temperature or vibration behavior) must occur to identify impeding damages

Predictive Maintenance does not predict failure

Machines with defects are more at risk of failure than defect free machines Once a defect has been identified the failure process has already commenced and CM systems can only measure the deterioration of the condition

Intervention in the early stages of deterioration is usually much more cost effective than allowing the machinery to fail Condition monitoring has a unique benefit in that the actual load and subsequent heat dissipation that represents normal service can be seen and conditions that would shorten normal lifespan can be addressed before repeated failures occur

Serviceable machinery includes rotating equipment and stationary plant such as boilers and heat exchangers

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 20

METHODS OF CM

1 Screen monitoring records video or static images detailing the contents or screen

capture of the entire [video display] or the content of the screen activity within a

particular program or computer application Monitoring tools may collect real

time video accelerated or [time-lapse] video or screen shots or may take video or

still image captures at regular intervals (eg once every 4 minutes) They may

collect images constantly or only collect information while the user is interacting

with the equipment (eg capturing screens when the mouse or keyboard is

active)

2 Data monitoring tracks the content of and changes to files stored on the local

[hard drive] or in the users private network share

3 Keystroke monitoring (eg number of keystrokes per minute) may track the

performance of keyboard-intensive work such as word processing or data entry

Keystroke logging captures all keyboard input to enable the employer to monitor

anything typed into the monitored machine

4 Idle time monitoring keeps track of time when the employee is away from the

computer or the computer is not being actively used

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 21

BENEFITS

o Screen monitoring records video or static images detailing the contents or

screen capture of the entire [video display] or the content of the screen

activity within a particular program or computer application

o Monitoring tools may collect real time video accelerated or [time-lapse]

video or screen shots or may take video or still image captures at regular

intervals (eg once every 4 minutes)

o They may collect images constantly or only collect information while the user

is interacting with the equipment (eg capturing screens when the mouse or

keyboard is active)

o Data monitoring tracks the content of and changes to files stored on the local

[hard drive] or in the users private network share

o Keystroke monitoring (eg number of keystrokes per minute) may track the

performance of keyboard-intensive work such as word processing or data

entry Keystroke logging captures all keyboard input to enable the employer to

monitor anything typed into the monitored machine

o Idle time monitoring keeps track of time when the employee is away from the

computer or the computer is not being actively used

NDE2002 predict assure improve

National Seminar of ISNT Chennai 5 ndash 7 12 2002

wwwnde2002org

SIMPLE INSTRUMENTS USED IN CONDITION MONITORING

Prof DRKIRAN

Head department of production Engineering StPeterrsquos Engineering College

ABSTRACT

Condition monitoring is a system of assessing the service condition or the change of service condition of any component or a part of an equipment or a system Considerable research has been done in this direction leading to development of several electrical and electronic monitoring instruments These when connected to strategic locations of the systems measure and indicate certain parameters enabling us to monitor the condition and take vital decisions on a continuous basis

Nevertheless the high cost of these instruments prevent their use in all required locations On the other hand traditionally used simple mechanical gadgets are being used by the maintenance personnel of todayrsquos industry all over the world These have the advantages of being portable simple easy to use and economical More significantly they can be used to check any location or component suspected to be functioning abnormally This paper discusses some of such instruments used and could be used for condition monitoring of industrial machines as well as process equipment like pressure vessels and heat exchangers

1 What is Condition monitoring

Condition monitoring is that type of planned maintenance wherein the actual working conditions of major components of an equipment are constantly monitored to give an indication of which parts should be replaced and which need not in the near future In other words the preventive maintenance with condition monitoring is a system in which in addition to the programmed stoppages for maintenance work an assessment is made on the condition of all major parts of an equipment while in operation even when a preventive maintenance schedule is on If by assessment the condition of the part is satisfactory the schedule of stopping the machine or scrapping the part etc is reviewed and deferred Similarly if the condition monitoring finds a certain part may fail in a short time it is replaced even before its PM schedule and prevent unexpected breakdowns

2 On-load vs off load condition monitoring

On load monitoring means monitoring or adjusting the parameters while the machine or equipment is running Thus it is done for superficial easily accessible amp non interfering parts of the equipment which can be carried out without interruption to the operation

Off load monitoring is for interior or inaccessible parts which need to be stopped temporarily to check the condition However there may be several situations like the two-shift working or the plantrsquos temporary shut down for other reasons when this class can be conducted without productions loss

3 Subjective aided subjective or objective condition monitoring

i) Subjective condition monitoring

Here the monitoring personnel use their perception of senses and judgement to note any change of the condition The four senses a man is bestowed with like seeing (emanation of smoke) hearing (bearing noise) smelling (burning of oil or rubber components due to excessive heat) feeling (touching the motor to feel the excessive heating or touching the housing to feel a vibrating shaft) are used It is important that the person carrying out subjective condition monitoring has an adequate qualifications and skills as the result depends on their judgement and experience In subjective condition monitoring it is also possible to use instructions guidelines or hints where to look for leakage bearing play etc Posters or figures illustrating different conditions of components may also be helpful

ii) Aided subjective or condition monitoring with simple gadgets

Here the monitoring personnel use simple gadgets to add to their ability to perceive conditions better These gadgets are discussed more in detail in the following paragraphs

iii) Objective condition monitoring

In objective condition monitoring different instruments and facilities are used for obtaining data giving direct measure of the parametric condition of the components even while the machine is working In many cases these simple mechanical or complex electronic measuring devices can be mounted on convenient locations for better monitoring and control

A doctor feeling the pulse (subjective) his using a stethoscope to determine any abnormal heart beat (aided subjective) or looking into the ECG monitor (objective) form the examples of the above three categories

4 Some of the gadgets and simple instruments used for condition monitoring

a) Monitoring of visual condition of inaccessible partslocations

Quite often the visual condition of the components located at inaccessible locations are to be monitored may be with respect to corrosion or fatigue cracking or even dust sediment collection that is deleterious to the functioning of the component Simple gadgets are being used either on-line or off-line to aid the perception of the condition Depending upon the extent of change as perceived the equipment can be stopped for detailed check andor rectification Some of the gadgets are illustrated below

i) Inspection mirrors used to inspect crevices dark spots inside of narrow mouthed cylinders or the pipes of heat exchangers or boilers These mirrors can be simple like that of a dentist or

a) with adjustable mirror angle controlled by a wire running along the holding rod or

b) illuminated with a light bulb near the mirror of special use in dark spots inside cylinders or inside heat exchanger pipes

c) with telescopic rod for adjusting the length of the gadget

d) mirrors fitted inside a small tube rather than on a rod to prevent damage to the mirror during insertion or other operation These are also called as borescopes

e) periscopic for specialised applications or to assist the viewer et Etc

fig 1 a) a collection of inspection mirrors b) inspection of crevices and c) inspecting the inside of as cylinder

Of specific interest to the NDE practitioners is their versatility to inspect the inside of the boiler pipes or heat exchanger pipes which can tell a lot about the working condition of the inside of the tubes about the rusting cracking sedimentation etc enabling an early preventive action

Fig 2 Use of borescopes to inspect heat exchanger pipes

Fig 3 borescopes and periscopes

ii) Endoscopes These are like borescopes but are flexible They work on the principle of image transfer by total internal reflection in a bundle of glass fibres They are more popular with gastroenterologists for diagnosing ulcers in stomachs Also called optical fibroscopes they are flexible ands are more versatile in several applications illustrated below Some times they are permanently fixed for constant monitoring of critical components are inserted when needed into pre-fixed tubular guides leading to the location to be monitored

Fig 4 The application of endoscopes in industrial equipment

Fig 5 The principle of endoscope

Having illustrated the gadgets for visual perception as above some of them used in other monitoring functions may be cited as below classified into the three categories

b) Temperature monitoring

Subjective -

Touching the motor etc and assessing if over heated

Aided subjective -

Temperature sensitive stickers are the most common ands cost effective A sticker having four of five 20 mm diameter dots of special paints each of which changes its colour at a particular temperature is stuck to the heat prone parts of the equipment The operatives or supervisor can identify its temperature range by looking at the stickers from a distance itself during their periodic patrol rounds Temperature sensitive chalks thermal paints with which larger part of the heat prone body is painted fall under this category -

Objective -

Pyrometers thermometers pistol thermometers etc Depending of convenience and need these instruments can be of thermostat type or connected to some sort of warning system in case of overheating

c) Vibration monitoring

Subjective

By touching and feeling the vibrations in a rotating body or by listening to vibrating sounds

Aided subjective

Stethoscopes use of screw driver ends by expert foremen etc

Objective -

Shock pulse meters (SPM) vibration measuring instruments etc

Vibration measurements made near the source of vibration might indicate the following

bull imbalance bull shaft misalignment bull damaged bearings (worn or chipped balls or races)

bull damaged gears another transmission components bull mechanical looseness bull cavitation and stall etc

d) Leak Monitoring

Subjective -

Listening to and identifying any hissing sound near hydraulic or pneumatic circuits

Aided subjective -

A number of leak detecting techniques are available including the soap and water methods Use of proprietary preparations can make this method more effective capable of detecting leaks as low as 1 m1s

Objective -

One powerful technique is ultrasonic detection When a fluid is forced through a leak under internal or external pressure sound is generated in the frequency range 40-80 Khz The ultrasonic leak detector identifies this very high frequency which is easily separated from the lower frequencies of ordinary machine noise

Fig 6 Ultrasonic leak detector to detect internal amp external leaks

e) Corrosion Monitoring

Subjective -

Corrosion cannot be generally judged visually and is not as effective as those discussed below

Aided subjective -

Corrosion coupons which are small pieces say 1 square inch of the same material as the base are pasted at locations suspected to be highly corrosive and analysed once in a month or as required The corrosion characteristics of the coupon are expected to be same as the base metal to which they are pasted and hence give an indirect measurement the corrosion of the body

Fig 7a) A view of the corrosion coupon b)The coupon mounted in tubes carrying chemicals

Objective -

Electrical and electronic devises can be developed to measure the corrosion characteristics based on the following principles the details of which are beyond the scope of this paper

diams The basic principle in Corrosion Monitoring is the change in the resistance of special electrical elements in corrosion environment

diams The potential difference between the reference electrode and the system will indicate the presence and the extent of corrosion

diams The polarisation resistance of the special designed probe indicate the rate of corrosion

diams Hydrogen gas formation during corrosion can be detected with a thin walled blind tube which can be analysed to determine the corrosion

f) Belt tension monitoring

subjective -

Slightly pressing down the V-belt

Aided subjective -

Pen type tension gage as illustrated below is a simple and handy one Depending upon belt looseness the inner part of the gage telescopes into the upper part leaving the rubber ring stuck on to the lower part at the lowest point of insertion On removing the gage the position of the rubber ring on the graduated scale of the lower part indicates the belt looseness that can be corrected if necessary

Objective -

Strain gages or other electronic instruments are used to measure the stresses in metallic parts or components

Fig 8 a) pen type tension gage and b) strain gage for bi-directional measurement

g) Shaft run-out monitoring

When a lathe is being tested for accuracy a mandrel is fixed in the spindle and rotated and checked for the run-out

Subjective -

If the run-out is high it can be visually seen

Aided subjective -

By use of dial gages fixed on to the bodies the amount of run-out can be measured But this can be done by turning the spindle by hand or at low speeds

Objective -

Optical sensors as illustrated below can be used to check the run-out even at high speeds

Fig 9 Run-out checking by optical sensor

h) Crack detection

This is mostly off-line monitoring and most tests under this category form NDE tests the primary function of ISNT specialists Most serious failures are preceded by crack growth from a point of stress concentration or from a material defect at the surface of the component A number of crack detection techniques have been developed to a great degree of advancement like dye penetration test (PT) magnetic particle test (MT) Electrical resistance or eddy current test (ET) Ultrasonic Testing (UT) and Radiographic test (RT)

While the first two of the following can be classified as aided subjective the latter can be categorised as objective Since the purpose of this paragraph is to highlight crack detection as a condition monitoring techniques these NDE methods are only cited but not discussed further

5 Conclusion

While only few types of monitoring namely visual temperature vibration leak corrosion run-out belt tension and crack monitoring are discussed a host of simple gadgets are being developed according to their specific use for many other monitoring functions that are not discussed here

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 22

LOAD TESTING

o Load testing is the process of putting demand on a system or device

and measuring its response

o Load testing is performed to determine a systemrsquos behavior under both

normal and anticipated peak load conditions

o It helps to identify the maximum operating capacity of an application

as well as any bottlenecks and determine which element is causing

degradation

o When the load placed on the system is raised beyond normal usage

patterns in order to test the systems response at unusually high or

peak loads it is known as stress testing

o The load is usually so great that error conditions are the expected

result although no clear boundary exists when an activity ceases to be

a load test and becomes a stress test

o There is little agreement on what the specific goals of load testing are

o The term is often used synonymously with concurrency testing

software performance testing reliability testing and volume testing

o Load testing is a type of non-functional testing

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 23

WEAR DEBRIS ANALYSIS

Using a Scanning Electron Microscope of a carefully taken sample of debris

suspended in lubricating oil (taken from filters or magnetic chip detectors)

Instruments then reveal the elements contained their proportions size and

morphology

Using this method the site the mechanical failure mechanism and the time to

eventual failure may be determined This is called WDA - Wear Debris Analysis

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 24

UNIT-III

CONDITION MONOTORING

PART-A (2 Marks)

1 What is equipment health monitoring

2 List down the factors for increasing the demand condition monitoring

3 List down the key features of condition monitoring

4 Write down the basic steps in condition monitoring

5 What are three types of condition monitoring

6 State the advantages and disadvantages of condition monitoring

7 Mention the various costs involved in costing of condition monitoring mainly

8 State the methods of measuring vibration

9 Describe briefly pistol thermometer

10 Name the types of pyrometers

11 Mention title applications of bimetallic strip

12 List down the features of RTD

13 State the applications and limitations of thermisters

PART-B (16 Marks)

1 What is condition monitoring and explain condition monitoring What type of condition

monitoring are normally used in industry (16)

2 What is leakage monitoring Explain some of the leakage mediums used for condition

monitoring (16)

3 What is wear debris analysis what are the three wear debris analysis techniques

commonly used and compare their performance and uses (16)

4 Briefly explain the cost comparison with and without condition monitoring (16)

5 What is thermal monitoring and what thermal monitoring are used in industries

explain principle and uses of thermograph (16)

6 Briefly explain various methods and instruments for condition monitoring (16)

Page 13: ME1012 Maintenance Engineering Study Materials

6 AE Haroun and SO Duffuaa

objectives are heavily impacted by maintenance and therefore the objectives of maintenance must be aligned with the objectives of the organization

The principal responsibility of maintenance is to provide a service to enable an organization to achieve its objectives The specific responsibilities vary from one organization to another however they generally include the following according to Duffuaa et al (1998)

1 Keeping assets and equipment in good condition well configured and safe to perform their intended functions

2 Perform all maintenance activities including preventive predictive corrective overhauls design modification and emergency maintenance in an efficient and effective manner

3 Conserve and control the use of spare parts and material 4 Commission new plants and plant expansions and 5 Operate utilities and conserve energy

The above responsibilities and objectives impact the organization structure for maintenance as will be shown in the coming sections

13 Determinants of a Maintenance Organization

The maintenance organizationrsquos structure is determined after planning the maintenance capacity The maintenance capacity is heavily influenced by the level of centralization or decentralization adopted In this section the main issues that must be addressed when forming the maintenance organizationrsquos structure are presented The issues are capacity planning centralization vs decentralization and in-house vs outsourcing

131 Maintenance Capacity Planning

Maintenance capacity planning determines the required resources for maintenance including the required crafts administration equipment tools and space to execute the maintenance load efficiently and meet the objectives of the maintenance department Critical aspects of maintenance capacity are the numbers and skills of craftsmen required to execute the maintenance load It is difficult to determine the exact number of various types of craftsmen since the maintenance load is uncertain Therefore accurate forecasts for the future maintenance work demand are essential for determining the maintenance capacity In order to have better utilization of manpower organizations tend to reduce the number of available craftsmen below their expected need This is likely to result in a backlog of uncompleted maintenance work This backlog can also be cleared when the maintenance load is less than the capacity Making long run estimations is one of the areas in maintenance capacity planning that is both critical and not well developed in practice Techniques for maintenance forecasting and capacity planning are presented in a separate chapter in this handbook

Maintenance Organization 7

132 Centralization vs Decentralization

The decision to organize maintenance in a centralized decentralized or a hybrid form depends to a greater extent on the organization is philosophy maintenance load size of the plant and skills of craftsmen The advantages of centralization are

1 Provides more flexibility and improves utilization of resources such highly skilled crafts and special equipment and therefore results in more efficiency

2 Allows more efficient line supervision 3 Allows more effective on the job training and 4 Permits the purchasing of modern equipment

However it has the following disadvantages

1 Less utilization of crafts since more time is required for getting to and from jobs

2 Supervision of crafts becomes more difficult and as such less maintenance control is achieved

3 Less specialization on complex hardware is achieved since different persons work on the same hardware and

4 More costs of transportation are incurred due to remoteness of some of the maintenance work

In a decentralized maintenance organization departments are assigned to specific areas or units This tends to reduce the flexibility of the maintenance system as a whole The range of skills available becomes reduced and manpower utilization is usually less efficient than in a centralized maintenance In some cases a compromise solution that combines centralization and decentralization is better This type of hybrid is called a cascade system The cascade system organizes maintenance in areas and what ever exceeds the capacity of each area is challenged to a centralized unit In this fashion the advantages of both systems may be reaped For more on the advantages and disadvantages of centralization and de-centralization see Duffuaa et al (1998) and Niebel (1994)

133 In-house vs Outsourcing

At this level management considers the sources for building the maintenance capacity The main sources or options available are in-house by direct hiring outsourcing or a combination of in-house and outsourcing The criteria for selecting sources for building and maintaining maintenance capacity include strategic considerations technological and economic factors The following are criteria that can be employed to select among sources for maintenance capacity

1 Availability and dependability of the source on a long term basis 2 Capability of the source to achieve the objectives set for maintenance by

the organization and its ability to carry out the maintenance tasks

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 11

UNIT- I

PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICES OF MAINTENANCE PLANNING

PART-A (2 Marks)

01 Define maintenance

02 Define reliability

03 State the benefits of reliability analysis in industries

04 Define failure rate

05 What is Mean Failure Rate

06 Define Mean Time to Failure

07 What is Mean Time Between Failures (MTBF)

08 Define Mean Time to Repair (MTTR)

09 Define Maintenance Action Rate

10 Define Failure Density

PART-B (16 Marks)

1 What do you mean by maintenance job planning Discuss various steps of

maintenance job planning (16)

2 What is long term plan Discuss few long term planning (16)

3 What are the objectives of maintenance organization and what different types of

organizations are in use in Indian industries (16)

4 What is equipment availability and what are the three basic approaches to define and

quantity availability (16)

5 Explain MTBS MTBF MTTF MTTR and failure rate (16)

6 Explain briefly different types and classes of maintenance cost (16)

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 12

UNIT II MAINTENANCE POLICIES ndash PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

Maintenance categories ndash Comparative merits of each category ndash Preventive

maintenance maintenance schedules and repair cycle ndash Principles and methods of

lubrication ndash TPM

LUBRICATION

Lubrication is the process or technique employed to reduce wear of one or both

surfaces in close proximity and moving relative to each other by interposing a substance

called lubricant between the surfaces to carry or to help carry the load (pressure

generated) between the opposing surfaces The interposed lubricant film can be a solid

(eg graphite MoS2) a solidliquid dispersion a liquid a liquid-liquid dispersion (a

grease) or exceptionally a gas

In the most common case the applied load is carried by pressure generated within the

fluid due to the frictional viscous resistance to motion of the lubricating fluid between the

surfaces

Lubrication can also describe the phenomenon such reduction of wear occurs without

human intervention (hydroplaning on a road)

The science of friction lubrication and wear is called tribology

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 13

The regimes of lubrication

As the load increases on the contacting surfaces three distinct situations can be observed

with respect to the mode of lubrication which are called regimes of lubrication

Fluid film lubrication is the lubrication regime in which through viscous forces

the load is fully supported by the lubricant within the space or gap between the

parts in motion relative to one another (the lubricated conjunction) and solidndashsolid

contact is avoided[2]

o Hydrostatic lubrication is when an external pressure is applied to the

lubricant in the bearing to maintain the fluid lubricant film where it would

otherwise be squeezed out

o Hydrodynamic lubrication is where the motion of the contacting surfaces

and the exact design of the bearing is used to pump lubricant around the

bearing to maintain the lubricating film This design of bearing may wear

when started stopped or reversed as the lubricant film breaks down

Elastohydrodynamic lubrication The opposing surfaces are separated but there

occurs some interaction between the raised solid features called asperities and

there is an elastic deformation on the contacting surface enlarging the load-

bearing area whereby the viscous resistance of the lubricant becomes capable of

supporting the load

Boundary lubrication (also called boundary film lubrication) The bodies come

into closer contact at their asperities the heat developed by the local pressures

causes a condition which is called stick-slip and some asperities break off At the

elevated temperature and pressure conditions chemically reactive constituents of

the lubricant react with the contact surface forming a highly resistant tenacious

layer or film on the moving solid surfaces (boundary film) which is capable of

supporting the load and major wear or breakdown is avoided Boundary

lubrication is also defined as that regime in which the load is carried by the

surface asperities rather than by the lubricant[3]

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 14

Besides supporting the load the lubricant may have to perform other functions as well for

instance it may cool the contact areas and remove wear products While carrying out

these functions the lubricant is constantly replaced from the contact areas either by the

relative movement (hydrodynamics) or by externally induced forces

Lubrication is required for correct operation of mechanical systems pistons pumps cams

bearings turbines cutting tools etc where without lubrication the pressure between the

surfaces in close proximity would generate enough heat for rapid surface damage which

in a coarsened condition may literally weld the surfaces together causing seizure

In some applications such as piston engines the film between the piston and the cylinder

wall also seals the combustion chamber preventing combustion gases from escaping into

the crankcase

TOTAL PRODUCTIVE MAINTENANCE

TPM is a maintenance process developed for improving productivity by making

processes more reliable and less wasteful

TPM is an extension of TQM(Total Quality Management)

The objective of TPM is to maintain the plant or equipment in good condition without

interfering with the daily process

To achieve this objective preventive and predictive maintenance is required By

following the philosophy of TPM we can minimize the unexpected failure of the

equipment

To implement TPM the production unit and maintenance unit should work jointly

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 15

Original goal of total productive management

―Continuously improve all operational conditions within a production system by

stimulating the daily awareness of all employees (by Seiichi Nakajima Japan JIPM)

TPM focuses primarily on manufacturing (although its benefits are applicable to virtually

any process) and is the first methodology Toyota used to improve its global position

(1950s) After TPM the focus was stretched and also suppliers and customers were

involved (Supply Chain) this next methodology was called lean manufacturing This

sheet gives an overview of TPM in its original form

An accurate and practical implementation of TPM will increase productivity within the

total organization where

(1) A clear business culture is designed to continuously improve the efficiency of the

total production system

(2) A standardized and systematic approach is used where all losses are prevented andor

known all departments influencing productivity will be involved to move from a

reactive to a predictive mindset

(4) A transparent multidisciplinary organization in reaching zero losses

(5) Steps are taken as a journey not as a quick menu

Finally TPM will provide practical and transparent ingredients to reach operational

excellence

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 16

IMPLEMENTATION

TPM has basically 3 goals - Zero Product Defects Zero Equipment Unplanned Failures

and Zero Accidents

It sets out to achieve these goals by Gap Analysis of previous historical records of

Product Defects Equipment Failures and Accidents

Then through a clear understanding of this Gap Analysis (Fishbone Cause-Effect

Analysis Why-Why Cause-Effect Analysis and P-M Analysis) plan a physical

investigation to discover new latent fuguai (slight deterioration) during the first step in

TPM Autonomous Maintenance called Initial Cleaning

TPM identifies the 7 losses (types of waste) (muda) namely set-up and initial adjustment

time equipment breakdown time idling and minor losses speed (cycle time) losses

start-up quality losses and in process quality losses and then works systematically to

eliminate them by making improvements (kaizen) TPM has 8 pillars of activity each

being set to achieve a ―zero target

These 8 pillars are the following focussed improvement (Kobetsu Kaizen) autonomous

maintenance (Jishu Hozen) planned maintenance training and education early-phase

management quality maintenance (Hinshitsu Hozen) office TPM and safety health and

environment Few organisation also add Pillars according to their Work Place like

Tools Management Information Technology amp more

The Base for the TPM Activity is 5S Seiri (Sorting out the required or not required

items) Seition (Systematic Arrangement of the required items) Seiso (Cleaniness)

Seiketsu (Standardisation) Shitsuke (Self Discipline)

The Pillars amp their details

a) Efficient Equipment Utilisation

b) Efficient Worker Utilisation

c) Efficient Material amp Energy Utilisation

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 17

REPAIRABLE

Repairable parts are parts that are deemed worthy of repair usually by virtue of economic

consideration of their repair cost

Rather than bear the cost of completely replacing a finished product repairables typically

are designed to enable more affordable maintenance by being more modular

This allows components to be more easily removed repaired and replaced enabling

cheaper replacement

Spare parts that are needed to support condemnation of repairable parts are known as

replenishment spares

A rotable pool is a pool of repairable spare parts inventory set aside to allow for multiple

repairs to be accomplished simultaneously

This can be used to minimize stockout conditions for repairable items

REPAIR CYCLE

From the perspective of logistics a model of the life cycle of parts in a supply chain can

be developed

This model called the repair cycle consists of functioning parts in use by equipment

operators and the entire sequence of suppliers or repair providers that replenish

functional part inventories either by production or repair when they have failed

Ultimately this sequence ends with the manufacturer

This type of model allows demands on a supply system to ultimately be traced to their

operational reliability allowing for analysis of the dynamics of the supply system in

particular spare parts

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 18

UNIT-II

MAINTENANCE POLICIES ndash PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

PART-A (2 Marks)

01 What is meant by Breakdown maintenance approach

02 Classify various planned maintenance approach

03 Define Corrective maintenance approach

04 What is meant by preventive maintenance approach

05 List out the objectives of Corrective maintenance

06 What is meant by Predictive Maintenance

07 List out some condition based monitoring techniques and briefly discuss on them

08 What is meant by Reliability Centered Maintenance (RCM)

09 What is Total Productive Maintenance (TPM) and discuss its similarities with TQM

10 What is meant by Reliability Centered Maintenance (RCM)

11 What does Safety Health and Environment pillar of TPM aims at

PART-B (16 Marks)

1 What do you understand by maintenance categories Explain common types and

explain the basis of their selection (16)

2 What are all the steps involved in preventive maintenance why preventive maintenance

is better than reactive maintenance (16)

3 Distinguish between fixed time maintenance and connect based maintenance Give the

merits and demerits (16)

4 Briefly explain the procedure for TPM (16)

5 Explain the repair cycle of metallic materials (16)

6 What are the functions of lubrication and gives the tips on lubrication (16)

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 19

UNIT III CONDITION MONITORING

Condition monitoring ndash Cost comparison with and without CM ndash On-load testing

and off-load testing ndash Methods and instruments for CM ndash Temperature sensitive

tapes ndash Pistol thermometers ndash Wear-debris analysis

CONDITION MONITORING

Condition monitoring is the process of monitoring a parameter of condition in machinery such that a significant change is indicative of a developing failure

It is a major component of predictive maintenance The use of conditional monitoring allows maintenance to be scheduled or other actions to be taken to avoid the consequences of failure before the failure occurs

Nevertheless a deviation from a reference value (eg temperature or vibration behavior) must occur to identify impeding damages

Predictive Maintenance does not predict failure

Machines with defects are more at risk of failure than defect free machines Once a defect has been identified the failure process has already commenced and CM systems can only measure the deterioration of the condition

Intervention in the early stages of deterioration is usually much more cost effective than allowing the machinery to fail Condition monitoring has a unique benefit in that the actual load and subsequent heat dissipation that represents normal service can be seen and conditions that would shorten normal lifespan can be addressed before repeated failures occur

Serviceable machinery includes rotating equipment and stationary plant such as boilers and heat exchangers

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 20

METHODS OF CM

1 Screen monitoring records video or static images detailing the contents or screen

capture of the entire [video display] or the content of the screen activity within a

particular program or computer application Monitoring tools may collect real

time video accelerated or [time-lapse] video or screen shots or may take video or

still image captures at regular intervals (eg once every 4 minutes) They may

collect images constantly or only collect information while the user is interacting

with the equipment (eg capturing screens when the mouse or keyboard is

active)

2 Data monitoring tracks the content of and changes to files stored on the local

[hard drive] or in the users private network share

3 Keystroke monitoring (eg number of keystrokes per minute) may track the

performance of keyboard-intensive work such as word processing or data entry

Keystroke logging captures all keyboard input to enable the employer to monitor

anything typed into the monitored machine

4 Idle time monitoring keeps track of time when the employee is away from the

computer or the computer is not being actively used

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 21

BENEFITS

o Screen monitoring records video or static images detailing the contents or

screen capture of the entire [video display] or the content of the screen

activity within a particular program or computer application

o Monitoring tools may collect real time video accelerated or [time-lapse]

video or screen shots or may take video or still image captures at regular

intervals (eg once every 4 minutes)

o They may collect images constantly or only collect information while the user

is interacting with the equipment (eg capturing screens when the mouse or

keyboard is active)

o Data monitoring tracks the content of and changes to files stored on the local

[hard drive] or in the users private network share

o Keystroke monitoring (eg number of keystrokes per minute) may track the

performance of keyboard-intensive work such as word processing or data

entry Keystroke logging captures all keyboard input to enable the employer to

monitor anything typed into the monitored machine

o Idle time monitoring keeps track of time when the employee is away from the

computer or the computer is not being actively used

NDE2002 predict assure improve

National Seminar of ISNT Chennai 5 ndash 7 12 2002

wwwnde2002org

SIMPLE INSTRUMENTS USED IN CONDITION MONITORING

Prof DRKIRAN

Head department of production Engineering StPeterrsquos Engineering College

ABSTRACT

Condition monitoring is a system of assessing the service condition or the change of service condition of any component or a part of an equipment or a system Considerable research has been done in this direction leading to development of several electrical and electronic monitoring instruments These when connected to strategic locations of the systems measure and indicate certain parameters enabling us to monitor the condition and take vital decisions on a continuous basis

Nevertheless the high cost of these instruments prevent their use in all required locations On the other hand traditionally used simple mechanical gadgets are being used by the maintenance personnel of todayrsquos industry all over the world These have the advantages of being portable simple easy to use and economical More significantly they can be used to check any location or component suspected to be functioning abnormally This paper discusses some of such instruments used and could be used for condition monitoring of industrial machines as well as process equipment like pressure vessels and heat exchangers

1 What is Condition monitoring

Condition monitoring is that type of planned maintenance wherein the actual working conditions of major components of an equipment are constantly monitored to give an indication of which parts should be replaced and which need not in the near future In other words the preventive maintenance with condition monitoring is a system in which in addition to the programmed stoppages for maintenance work an assessment is made on the condition of all major parts of an equipment while in operation even when a preventive maintenance schedule is on If by assessment the condition of the part is satisfactory the schedule of stopping the machine or scrapping the part etc is reviewed and deferred Similarly if the condition monitoring finds a certain part may fail in a short time it is replaced even before its PM schedule and prevent unexpected breakdowns

2 On-load vs off load condition monitoring

On load monitoring means monitoring or adjusting the parameters while the machine or equipment is running Thus it is done for superficial easily accessible amp non interfering parts of the equipment which can be carried out without interruption to the operation

Off load monitoring is for interior or inaccessible parts which need to be stopped temporarily to check the condition However there may be several situations like the two-shift working or the plantrsquos temporary shut down for other reasons when this class can be conducted without productions loss

3 Subjective aided subjective or objective condition monitoring

i) Subjective condition monitoring

Here the monitoring personnel use their perception of senses and judgement to note any change of the condition The four senses a man is bestowed with like seeing (emanation of smoke) hearing (bearing noise) smelling (burning of oil or rubber components due to excessive heat) feeling (touching the motor to feel the excessive heating or touching the housing to feel a vibrating shaft) are used It is important that the person carrying out subjective condition monitoring has an adequate qualifications and skills as the result depends on their judgement and experience In subjective condition monitoring it is also possible to use instructions guidelines or hints where to look for leakage bearing play etc Posters or figures illustrating different conditions of components may also be helpful

ii) Aided subjective or condition monitoring with simple gadgets

Here the monitoring personnel use simple gadgets to add to their ability to perceive conditions better These gadgets are discussed more in detail in the following paragraphs

iii) Objective condition monitoring

In objective condition monitoring different instruments and facilities are used for obtaining data giving direct measure of the parametric condition of the components even while the machine is working In many cases these simple mechanical or complex electronic measuring devices can be mounted on convenient locations for better monitoring and control

A doctor feeling the pulse (subjective) his using a stethoscope to determine any abnormal heart beat (aided subjective) or looking into the ECG monitor (objective) form the examples of the above three categories

4 Some of the gadgets and simple instruments used for condition monitoring

a) Monitoring of visual condition of inaccessible partslocations

Quite often the visual condition of the components located at inaccessible locations are to be monitored may be with respect to corrosion or fatigue cracking or even dust sediment collection that is deleterious to the functioning of the component Simple gadgets are being used either on-line or off-line to aid the perception of the condition Depending upon the extent of change as perceived the equipment can be stopped for detailed check andor rectification Some of the gadgets are illustrated below

i) Inspection mirrors used to inspect crevices dark spots inside of narrow mouthed cylinders or the pipes of heat exchangers or boilers These mirrors can be simple like that of a dentist or

a) with adjustable mirror angle controlled by a wire running along the holding rod or

b) illuminated with a light bulb near the mirror of special use in dark spots inside cylinders or inside heat exchanger pipes

c) with telescopic rod for adjusting the length of the gadget

d) mirrors fitted inside a small tube rather than on a rod to prevent damage to the mirror during insertion or other operation These are also called as borescopes

e) periscopic for specialised applications or to assist the viewer et Etc

fig 1 a) a collection of inspection mirrors b) inspection of crevices and c) inspecting the inside of as cylinder

Of specific interest to the NDE practitioners is their versatility to inspect the inside of the boiler pipes or heat exchanger pipes which can tell a lot about the working condition of the inside of the tubes about the rusting cracking sedimentation etc enabling an early preventive action

Fig 2 Use of borescopes to inspect heat exchanger pipes

Fig 3 borescopes and periscopes

ii) Endoscopes These are like borescopes but are flexible They work on the principle of image transfer by total internal reflection in a bundle of glass fibres They are more popular with gastroenterologists for diagnosing ulcers in stomachs Also called optical fibroscopes they are flexible ands are more versatile in several applications illustrated below Some times they are permanently fixed for constant monitoring of critical components are inserted when needed into pre-fixed tubular guides leading to the location to be monitored

Fig 4 The application of endoscopes in industrial equipment

Fig 5 The principle of endoscope

Having illustrated the gadgets for visual perception as above some of them used in other monitoring functions may be cited as below classified into the three categories

b) Temperature monitoring

Subjective -

Touching the motor etc and assessing if over heated

Aided subjective -

Temperature sensitive stickers are the most common ands cost effective A sticker having four of five 20 mm diameter dots of special paints each of which changes its colour at a particular temperature is stuck to the heat prone parts of the equipment The operatives or supervisor can identify its temperature range by looking at the stickers from a distance itself during their periodic patrol rounds Temperature sensitive chalks thermal paints with which larger part of the heat prone body is painted fall under this category -

Objective -

Pyrometers thermometers pistol thermometers etc Depending of convenience and need these instruments can be of thermostat type or connected to some sort of warning system in case of overheating

c) Vibration monitoring

Subjective

By touching and feeling the vibrations in a rotating body or by listening to vibrating sounds

Aided subjective

Stethoscopes use of screw driver ends by expert foremen etc

Objective -

Shock pulse meters (SPM) vibration measuring instruments etc

Vibration measurements made near the source of vibration might indicate the following

bull imbalance bull shaft misalignment bull damaged bearings (worn or chipped balls or races)

bull damaged gears another transmission components bull mechanical looseness bull cavitation and stall etc

d) Leak Monitoring

Subjective -

Listening to and identifying any hissing sound near hydraulic or pneumatic circuits

Aided subjective -

A number of leak detecting techniques are available including the soap and water methods Use of proprietary preparations can make this method more effective capable of detecting leaks as low as 1 m1s

Objective -

One powerful technique is ultrasonic detection When a fluid is forced through a leak under internal or external pressure sound is generated in the frequency range 40-80 Khz The ultrasonic leak detector identifies this very high frequency which is easily separated from the lower frequencies of ordinary machine noise

Fig 6 Ultrasonic leak detector to detect internal amp external leaks

e) Corrosion Monitoring

Subjective -

Corrosion cannot be generally judged visually and is not as effective as those discussed below

Aided subjective -

Corrosion coupons which are small pieces say 1 square inch of the same material as the base are pasted at locations suspected to be highly corrosive and analysed once in a month or as required The corrosion characteristics of the coupon are expected to be same as the base metal to which they are pasted and hence give an indirect measurement the corrosion of the body

Fig 7a) A view of the corrosion coupon b)The coupon mounted in tubes carrying chemicals

Objective -

Electrical and electronic devises can be developed to measure the corrosion characteristics based on the following principles the details of which are beyond the scope of this paper

diams The basic principle in Corrosion Monitoring is the change in the resistance of special electrical elements in corrosion environment

diams The potential difference between the reference electrode and the system will indicate the presence and the extent of corrosion

diams The polarisation resistance of the special designed probe indicate the rate of corrosion

diams Hydrogen gas formation during corrosion can be detected with a thin walled blind tube which can be analysed to determine the corrosion

f) Belt tension monitoring

subjective -

Slightly pressing down the V-belt

Aided subjective -

Pen type tension gage as illustrated below is a simple and handy one Depending upon belt looseness the inner part of the gage telescopes into the upper part leaving the rubber ring stuck on to the lower part at the lowest point of insertion On removing the gage the position of the rubber ring on the graduated scale of the lower part indicates the belt looseness that can be corrected if necessary

Objective -

Strain gages or other electronic instruments are used to measure the stresses in metallic parts or components

Fig 8 a) pen type tension gage and b) strain gage for bi-directional measurement

g) Shaft run-out monitoring

When a lathe is being tested for accuracy a mandrel is fixed in the spindle and rotated and checked for the run-out

Subjective -

If the run-out is high it can be visually seen

Aided subjective -

By use of dial gages fixed on to the bodies the amount of run-out can be measured But this can be done by turning the spindle by hand or at low speeds

Objective -

Optical sensors as illustrated below can be used to check the run-out even at high speeds

Fig 9 Run-out checking by optical sensor

h) Crack detection

This is mostly off-line monitoring and most tests under this category form NDE tests the primary function of ISNT specialists Most serious failures are preceded by crack growth from a point of stress concentration or from a material defect at the surface of the component A number of crack detection techniques have been developed to a great degree of advancement like dye penetration test (PT) magnetic particle test (MT) Electrical resistance or eddy current test (ET) Ultrasonic Testing (UT) and Radiographic test (RT)

While the first two of the following can be classified as aided subjective the latter can be categorised as objective Since the purpose of this paragraph is to highlight crack detection as a condition monitoring techniques these NDE methods are only cited but not discussed further

5 Conclusion

While only few types of monitoring namely visual temperature vibration leak corrosion run-out belt tension and crack monitoring are discussed a host of simple gadgets are being developed according to their specific use for many other monitoring functions that are not discussed here

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 22

LOAD TESTING

o Load testing is the process of putting demand on a system or device

and measuring its response

o Load testing is performed to determine a systemrsquos behavior under both

normal and anticipated peak load conditions

o It helps to identify the maximum operating capacity of an application

as well as any bottlenecks and determine which element is causing

degradation

o When the load placed on the system is raised beyond normal usage

patterns in order to test the systems response at unusually high or

peak loads it is known as stress testing

o The load is usually so great that error conditions are the expected

result although no clear boundary exists when an activity ceases to be

a load test and becomes a stress test

o There is little agreement on what the specific goals of load testing are

o The term is often used synonymously with concurrency testing

software performance testing reliability testing and volume testing

o Load testing is a type of non-functional testing

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 23

WEAR DEBRIS ANALYSIS

Using a Scanning Electron Microscope of a carefully taken sample of debris

suspended in lubricating oil (taken from filters or magnetic chip detectors)

Instruments then reveal the elements contained their proportions size and

morphology

Using this method the site the mechanical failure mechanism and the time to

eventual failure may be determined This is called WDA - Wear Debris Analysis

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 24

UNIT-III

CONDITION MONOTORING

PART-A (2 Marks)

1 What is equipment health monitoring

2 List down the factors for increasing the demand condition monitoring

3 List down the key features of condition monitoring

4 Write down the basic steps in condition monitoring

5 What are three types of condition monitoring

6 State the advantages and disadvantages of condition monitoring

7 Mention the various costs involved in costing of condition monitoring mainly

8 State the methods of measuring vibration

9 Describe briefly pistol thermometer

10 Name the types of pyrometers

11 Mention title applications of bimetallic strip

12 List down the features of RTD

13 State the applications and limitations of thermisters

PART-B (16 Marks)

1 What is condition monitoring and explain condition monitoring What type of condition

monitoring are normally used in industry (16)

2 What is leakage monitoring Explain some of the leakage mediums used for condition

monitoring (16)

3 What is wear debris analysis what are the three wear debris analysis techniques

commonly used and compare their performance and uses (16)

4 Briefly explain the cost comparison with and without condition monitoring (16)

5 What is thermal monitoring and what thermal monitoring are used in industries

explain principle and uses of thermograph (16)

6 Briefly explain various methods and instruments for condition monitoring (16)

Page 14: ME1012 Maintenance Engineering Study Materials

Maintenance Organization 7

132 Centralization vs Decentralization

The decision to organize maintenance in a centralized decentralized or a hybrid form depends to a greater extent on the organization is philosophy maintenance load size of the plant and skills of craftsmen The advantages of centralization are

1 Provides more flexibility and improves utilization of resources such highly skilled crafts and special equipment and therefore results in more efficiency

2 Allows more efficient line supervision 3 Allows more effective on the job training and 4 Permits the purchasing of modern equipment

However it has the following disadvantages

1 Less utilization of crafts since more time is required for getting to and from jobs

2 Supervision of crafts becomes more difficult and as such less maintenance control is achieved

3 Less specialization on complex hardware is achieved since different persons work on the same hardware and

4 More costs of transportation are incurred due to remoteness of some of the maintenance work

In a decentralized maintenance organization departments are assigned to specific areas or units This tends to reduce the flexibility of the maintenance system as a whole The range of skills available becomes reduced and manpower utilization is usually less efficient than in a centralized maintenance In some cases a compromise solution that combines centralization and decentralization is better This type of hybrid is called a cascade system The cascade system organizes maintenance in areas and what ever exceeds the capacity of each area is challenged to a centralized unit In this fashion the advantages of both systems may be reaped For more on the advantages and disadvantages of centralization and de-centralization see Duffuaa et al (1998) and Niebel (1994)

133 In-house vs Outsourcing

At this level management considers the sources for building the maintenance capacity The main sources or options available are in-house by direct hiring outsourcing or a combination of in-house and outsourcing The criteria for selecting sources for building and maintaining maintenance capacity include strategic considerations technological and economic factors The following are criteria that can be employed to select among sources for maintenance capacity

1 Availability and dependability of the source on a long term basis 2 Capability of the source to achieve the objectives set for maintenance by

the organization and its ability to carry out the maintenance tasks

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 11

UNIT- I

PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICES OF MAINTENANCE PLANNING

PART-A (2 Marks)

01 Define maintenance

02 Define reliability

03 State the benefits of reliability analysis in industries

04 Define failure rate

05 What is Mean Failure Rate

06 Define Mean Time to Failure

07 What is Mean Time Between Failures (MTBF)

08 Define Mean Time to Repair (MTTR)

09 Define Maintenance Action Rate

10 Define Failure Density

PART-B (16 Marks)

1 What do you mean by maintenance job planning Discuss various steps of

maintenance job planning (16)

2 What is long term plan Discuss few long term planning (16)

3 What are the objectives of maintenance organization and what different types of

organizations are in use in Indian industries (16)

4 What is equipment availability and what are the three basic approaches to define and

quantity availability (16)

5 Explain MTBS MTBF MTTF MTTR and failure rate (16)

6 Explain briefly different types and classes of maintenance cost (16)

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 12

UNIT II MAINTENANCE POLICIES ndash PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

Maintenance categories ndash Comparative merits of each category ndash Preventive

maintenance maintenance schedules and repair cycle ndash Principles and methods of

lubrication ndash TPM

LUBRICATION

Lubrication is the process or technique employed to reduce wear of one or both

surfaces in close proximity and moving relative to each other by interposing a substance

called lubricant between the surfaces to carry or to help carry the load (pressure

generated) between the opposing surfaces The interposed lubricant film can be a solid

(eg graphite MoS2) a solidliquid dispersion a liquid a liquid-liquid dispersion (a

grease) or exceptionally a gas

In the most common case the applied load is carried by pressure generated within the

fluid due to the frictional viscous resistance to motion of the lubricating fluid between the

surfaces

Lubrication can also describe the phenomenon such reduction of wear occurs without

human intervention (hydroplaning on a road)

The science of friction lubrication and wear is called tribology

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 13

The regimes of lubrication

As the load increases on the contacting surfaces three distinct situations can be observed

with respect to the mode of lubrication which are called regimes of lubrication

Fluid film lubrication is the lubrication regime in which through viscous forces

the load is fully supported by the lubricant within the space or gap between the

parts in motion relative to one another (the lubricated conjunction) and solidndashsolid

contact is avoided[2]

o Hydrostatic lubrication is when an external pressure is applied to the

lubricant in the bearing to maintain the fluid lubricant film where it would

otherwise be squeezed out

o Hydrodynamic lubrication is where the motion of the contacting surfaces

and the exact design of the bearing is used to pump lubricant around the

bearing to maintain the lubricating film This design of bearing may wear

when started stopped or reversed as the lubricant film breaks down

Elastohydrodynamic lubrication The opposing surfaces are separated but there

occurs some interaction between the raised solid features called asperities and

there is an elastic deformation on the contacting surface enlarging the load-

bearing area whereby the viscous resistance of the lubricant becomes capable of

supporting the load

Boundary lubrication (also called boundary film lubrication) The bodies come

into closer contact at their asperities the heat developed by the local pressures

causes a condition which is called stick-slip and some asperities break off At the

elevated temperature and pressure conditions chemically reactive constituents of

the lubricant react with the contact surface forming a highly resistant tenacious

layer or film on the moving solid surfaces (boundary film) which is capable of

supporting the load and major wear or breakdown is avoided Boundary

lubrication is also defined as that regime in which the load is carried by the

surface asperities rather than by the lubricant[3]

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 14

Besides supporting the load the lubricant may have to perform other functions as well for

instance it may cool the contact areas and remove wear products While carrying out

these functions the lubricant is constantly replaced from the contact areas either by the

relative movement (hydrodynamics) or by externally induced forces

Lubrication is required for correct operation of mechanical systems pistons pumps cams

bearings turbines cutting tools etc where without lubrication the pressure between the

surfaces in close proximity would generate enough heat for rapid surface damage which

in a coarsened condition may literally weld the surfaces together causing seizure

In some applications such as piston engines the film between the piston and the cylinder

wall also seals the combustion chamber preventing combustion gases from escaping into

the crankcase

TOTAL PRODUCTIVE MAINTENANCE

TPM is a maintenance process developed for improving productivity by making

processes more reliable and less wasteful

TPM is an extension of TQM(Total Quality Management)

The objective of TPM is to maintain the plant or equipment in good condition without

interfering with the daily process

To achieve this objective preventive and predictive maintenance is required By

following the philosophy of TPM we can minimize the unexpected failure of the

equipment

To implement TPM the production unit and maintenance unit should work jointly

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 15

Original goal of total productive management

―Continuously improve all operational conditions within a production system by

stimulating the daily awareness of all employees (by Seiichi Nakajima Japan JIPM)

TPM focuses primarily on manufacturing (although its benefits are applicable to virtually

any process) and is the first methodology Toyota used to improve its global position

(1950s) After TPM the focus was stretched and also suppliers and customers were

involved (Supply Chain) this next methodology was called lean manufacturing This

sheet gives an overview of TPM in its original form

An accurate and practical implementation of TPM will increase productivity within the

total organization where

(1) A clear business culture is designed to continuously improve the efficiency of the

total production system

(2) A standardized and systematic approach is used where all losses are prevented andor

known all departments influencing productivity will be involved to move from a

reactive to a predictive mindset

(4) A transparent multidisciplinary organization in reaching zero losses

(5) Steps are taken as a journey not as a quick menu

Finally TPM will provide practical and transparent ingredients to reach operational

excellence

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 16

IMPLEMENTATION

TPM has basically 3 goals - Zero Product Defects Zero Equipment Unplanned Failures

and Zero Accidents

It sets out to achieve these goals by Gap Analysis of previous historical records of

Product Defects Equipment Failures and Accidents

Then through a clear understanding of this Gap Analysis (Fishbone Cause-Effect

Analysis Why-Why Cause-Effect Analysis and P-M Analysis) plan a physical

investigation to discover new latent fuguai (slight deterioration) during the first step in

TPM Autonomous Maintenance called Initial Cleaning

TPM identifies the 7 losses (types of waste) (muda) namely set-up and initial adjustment

time equipment breakdown time idling and minor losses speed (cycle time) losses

start-up quality losses and in process quality losses and then works systematically to

eliminate them by making improvements (kaizen) TPM has 8 pillars of activity each

being set to achieve a ―zero target

These 8 pillars are the following focussed improvement (Kobetsu Kaizen) autonomous

maintenance (Jishu Hozen) planned maintenance training and education early-phase

management quality maintenance (Hinshitsu Hozen) office TPM and safety health and

environment Few organisation also add Pillars according to their Work Place like

Tools Management Information Technology amp more

The Base for the TPM Activity is 5S Seiri (Sorting out the required or not required

items) Seition (Systematic Arrangement of the required items) Seiso (Cleaniness)

Seiketsu (Standardisation) Shitsuke (Self Discipline)

The Pillars amp their details

a) Efficient Equipment Utilisation

b) Efficient Worker Utilisation

c) Efficient Material amp Energy Utilisation

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 17

REPAIRABLE

Repairable parts are parts that are deemed worthy of repair usually by virtue of economic

consideration of their repair cost

Rather than bear the cost of completely replacing a finished product repairables typically

are designed to enable more affordable maintenance by being more modular

This allows components to be more easily removed repaired and replaced enabling

cheaper replacement

Spare parts that are needed to support condemnation of repairable parts are known as

replenishment spares

A rotable pool is a pool of repairable spare parts inventory set aside to allow for multiple

repairs to be accomplished simultaneously

This can be used to minimize stockout conditions for repairable items

REPAIR CYCLE

From the perspective of logistics a model of the life cycle of parts in a supply chain can

be developed

This model called the repair cycle consists of functioning parts in use by equipment

operators and the entire sequence of suppliers or repair providers that replenish

functional part inventories either by production or repair when they have failed

Ultimately this sequence ends with the manufacturer

This type of model allows demands on a supply system to ultimately be traced to their

operational reliability allowing for analysis of the dynamics of the supply system in

particular spare parts

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 18

UNIT-II

MAINTENANCE POLICIES ndash PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

PART-A (2 Marks)

01 What is meant by Breakdown maintenance approach

02 Classify various planned maintenance approach

03 Define Corrective maintenance approach

04 What is meant by preventive maintenance approach

05 List out the objectives of Corrective maintenance

06 What is meant by Predictive Maintenance

07 List out some condition based monitoring techniques and briefly discuss on them

08 What is meant by Reliability Centered Maintenance (RCM)

09 What is Total Productive Maintenance (TPM) and discuss its similarities with TQM

10 What is meant by Reliability Centered Maintenance (RCM)

11 What does Safety Health and Environment pillar of TPM aims at

PART-B (16 Marks)

1 What do you understand by maintenance categories Explain common types and

explain the basis of their selection (16)

2 What are all the steps involved in preventive maintenance why preventive maintenance

is better than reactive maintenance (16)

3 Distinguish between fixed time maintenance and connect based maintenance Give the

merits and demerits (16)

4 Briefly explain the procedure for TPM (16)

5 Explain the repair cycle of metallic materials (16)

6 What are the functions of lubrication and gives the tips on lubrication (16)

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 19

UNIT III CONDITION MONITORING

Condition monitoring ndash Cost comparison with and without CM ndash On-load testing

and off-load testing ndash Methods and instruments for CM ndash Temperature sensitive

tapes ndash Pistol thermometers ndash Wear-debris analysis

CONDITION MONITORING

Condition monitoring is the process of monitoring a parameter of condition in machinery such that a significant change is indicative of a developing failure

It is a major component of predictive maintenance The use of conditional monitoring allows maintenance to be scheduled or other actions to be taken to avoid the consequences of failure before the failure occurs

Nevertheless a deviation from a reference value (eg temperature or vibration behavior) must occur to identify impeding damages

Predictive Maintenance does not predict failure

Machines with defects are more at risk of failure than defect free machines Once a defect has been identified the failure process has already commenced and CM systems can only measure the deterioration of the condition

Intervention in the early stages of deterioration is usually much more cost effective than allowing the machinery to fail Condition monitoring has a unique benefit in that the actual load and subsequent heat dissipation that represents normal service can be seen and conditions that would shorten normal lifespan can be addressed before repeated failures occur

Serviceable machinery includes rotating equipment and stationary plant such as boilers and heat exchangers

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 20

METHODS OF CM

1 Screen monitoring records video or static images detailing the contents or screen

capture of the entire [video display] or the content of the screen activity within a

particular program or computer application Monitoring tools may collect real

time video accelerated or [time-lapse] video or screen shots or may take video or

still image captures at regular intervals (eg once every 4 minutes) They may

collect images constantly or only collect information while the user is interacting

with the equipment (eg capturing screens when the mouse or keyboard is

active)

2 Data monitoring tracks the content of and changes to files stored on the local

[hard drive] or in the users private network share

3 Keystroke monitoring (eg number of keystrokes per minute) may track the

performance of keyboard-intensive work such as word processing or data entry

Keystroke logging captures all keyboard input to enable the employer to monitor

anything typed into the monitored machine

4 Idle time monitoring keeps track of time when the employee is away from the

computer or the computer is not being actively used

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 21

BENEFITS

o Screen monitoring records video or static images detailing the contents or

screen capture of the entire [video display] or the content of the screen

activity within a particular program or computer application

o Monitoring tools may collect real time video accelerated or [time-lapse]

video or screen shots or may take video or still image captures at regular

intervals (eg once every 4 minutes)

o They may collect images constantly or only collect information while the user

is interacting with the equipment (eg capturing screens when the mouse or

keyboard is active)

o Data monitoring tracks the content of and changes to files stored on the local

[hard drive] or in the users private network share

o Keystroke monitoring (eg number of keystrokes per minute) may track the

performance of keyboard-intensive work such as word processing or data

entry Keystroke logging captures all keyboard input to enable the employer to

monitor anything typed into the monitored machine

o Idle time monitoring keeps track of time when the employee is away from the

computer or the computer is not being actively used

NDE2002 predict assure improve

National Seminar of ISNT Chennai 5 ndash 7 12 2002

wwwnde2002org

SIMPLE INSTRUMENTS USED IN CONDITION MONITORING

Prof DRKIRAN

Head department of production Engineering StPeterrsquos Engineering College

ABSTRACT

Condition monitoring is a system of assessing the service condition or the change of service condition of any component or a part of an equipment or a system Considerable research has been done in this direction leading to development of several electrical and electronic monitoring instruments These when connected to strategic locations of the systems measure and indicate certain parameters enabling us to monitor the condition and take vital decisions on a continuous basis

Nevertheless the high cost of these instruments prevent their use in all required locations On the other hand traditionally used simple mechanical gadgets are being used by the maintenance personnel of todayrsquos industry all over the world These have the advantages of being portable simple easy to use and economical More significantly they can be used to check any location or component suspected to be functioning abnormally This paper discusses some of such instruments used and could be used for condition monitoring of industrial machines as well as process equipment like pressure vessels and heat exchangers

1 What is Condition monitoring

Condition monitoring is that type of planned maintenance wherein the actual working conditions of major components of an equipment are constantly monitored to give an indication of which parts should be replaced and which need not in the near future In other words the preventive maintenance with condition monitoring is a system in which in addition to the programmed stoppages for maintenance work an assessment is made on the condition of all major parts of an equipment while in operation even when a preventive maintenance schedule is on If by assessment the condition of the part is satisfactory the schedule of stopping the machine or scrapping the part etc is reviewed and deferred Similarly if the condition monitoring finds a certain part may fail in a short time it is replaced even before its PM schedule and prevent unexpected breakdowns

2 On-load vs off load condition monitoring

On load monitoring means monitoring or adjusting the parameters while the machine or equipment is running Thus it is done for superficial easily accessible amp non interfering parts of the equipment which can be carried out without interruption to the operation

Off load monitoring is for interior or inaccessible parts which need to be stopped temporarily to check the condition However there may be several situations like the two-shift working or the plantrsquos temporary shut down for other reasons when this class can be conducted without productions loss

3 Subjective aided subjective or objective condition monitoring

i) Subjective condition monitoring

Here the monitoring personnel use their perception of senses and judgement to note any change of the condition The four senses a man is bestowed with like seeing (emanation of smoke) hearing (bearing noise) smelling (burning of oil or rubber components due to excessive heat) feeling (touching the motor to feel the excessive heating or touching the housing to feel a vibrating shaft) are used It is important that the person carrying out subjective condition monitoring has an adequate qualifications and skills as the result depends on their judgement and experience In subjective condition monitoring it is also possible to use instructions guidelines or hints where to look for leakage bearing play etc Posters or figures illustrating different conditions of components may also be helpful

ii) Aided subjective or condition monitoring with simple gadgets

Here the monitoring personnel use simple gadgets to add to their ability to perceive conditions better These gadgets are discussed more in detail in the following paragraphs

iii) Objective condition monitoring

In objective condition monitoring different instruments and facilities are used for obtaining data giving direct measure of the parametric condition of the components even while the machine is working In many cases these simple mechanical or complex electronic measuring devices can be mounted on convenient locations for better monitoring and control

A doctor feeling the pulse (subjective) his using a stethoscope to determine any abnormal heart beat (aided subjective) or looking into the ECG monitor (objective) form the examples of the above three categories

4 Some of the gadgets and simple instruments used for condition monitoring

a) Monitoring of visual condition of inaccessible partslocations

Quite often the visual condition of the components located at inaccessible locations are to be monitored may be with respect to corrosion or fatigue cracking or even dust sediment collection that is deleterious to the functioning of the component Simple gadgets are being used either on-line or off-line to aid the perception of the condition Depending upon the extent of change as perceived the equipment can be stopped for detailed check andor rectification Some of the gadgets are illustrated below

i) Inspection mirrors used to inspect crevices dark spots inside of narrow mouthed cylinders or the pipes of heat exchangers or boilers These mirrors can be simple like that of a dentist or

a) with adjustable mirror angle controlled by a wire running along the holding rod or

b) illuminated with a light bulb near the mirror of special use in dark spots inside cylinders or inside heat exchanger pipes

c) with telescopic rod for adjusting the length of the gadget

d) mirrors fitted inside a small tube rather than on a rod to prevent damage to the mirror during insertion or other operation These are also called as borescopes

e) periscopic for specialised applications or to assist the viewer et Etc

fig 1 a) a collection of inspection mirrors b) inspection of crevices and c) inspecting the inside of as cylinder

Of specific interest to the NDE practitioners is their versatility to inspect the inside of the boiler pipes or heat exchanger pipes which can tell a lot about the working condition of the inside of the tubes about the rusting cracking sedimentation etc enabling an early preventive action

Fig 2 Use of borescopes to inspect heat exchanger pipes

Fig 3 borescopes and periscopes

ii) Endoscopes These are like borescopes but are flexible They work on the principle of image transfer by total internal reflection in a bundle of glass fibres They are more popular with gastroenterologists for diagnosing ulcers in stomachs Also called optical fibroscopes they are flexible ands are more versatile in several applications illustrated below Some times they are permanently fixed for constant monitoring of critical components are inserted when needed into pre-fixed tubular guides leading to the location to be monitored

Fig 4 The application of endoscopes in industrial equipment

Fig 5 The principle of endoscope

Having illustrated the gadgets for visual perception as above some of them used in other monitoring functions may be cited as below classified into the three categories

b) Temperature monitoring

Subjective -

Touching the motor etc and assessing if over heated

Aided subjective -

Temperature sensitive stickers are the most common ands cost effective A sticker having four of five 20 mm diameter dots of special paints each of which changes its colour at a particular temperature is stuck to the heat prone parts of the equipment The operatives or supervisor can identify its temperature range by looking at the stickers from a distance itself during their periodic patrol rounds Temperature sensitive chalks thermal paints with which larger part of the heat prone body is painted fall under this category -

Objective -

Pyrometers thermometers pistol thermometers etc Depending of convenience and need these instruments can be of thermostat type or connected to some sort of warning system in case of overheating

c) Vibration monitoring

Subjective

By touching and feeling the vibrations in a rotating body or by listening to vibrating sounds

Aided subjective

Stethoscopes use of screw driver ends by expert foremen etc

Objective -

Shock pulse meters (SPM) vibration measuring instruments etc

Vibration measurements made near the source of vibration might indicate the following

bull imbalance bull shaft misalignment bull damaged bearings (worn or chipped balls or races)

bull damaged gears another transmission components bull mechanical looseness bull cavitation and stall etc

d) Leak Monitoring

Subjective -

Listening to and identifying any hissing sound near hydraulic or pneumatic circuits

Aided subjective -

A number of leak detecting techniques are available including the soap and water methods Use of proprietary preparations can make this method more effective capable of detecting leaks as low as 1 m1s

Objective -

One powerful technique is ultrasonic detection When a fluid is forced through a leak under internal or external pressure sound is generated in the frequency range 40-80 Khz The ultrasonic leak detector identifies this very high frequency which is easily separated from the lower frequencies of ordinary machine noise

Fig 6 Ultrasonic leak detector to detect internal amp external leaks

e) Corrosion Monitoring

Subjective -

Corrosion cannot be generally judged visually and is not as effective as those discussed below

Aided subjective -

Corrosion coupons which are small pieces say 1 square inch of the same material as the base are pasted at locations suspected to be highly corrosive and analysed once in a month or as required The corrosion characteristics of the coupon are expected to be same as the base metal to which they are pasted and hence give an indirect measurement the corrosion of the body

Fig 7a) A view of the corrosion coupon b)The coupon mounted in tubes carrying chemicals

Objective -

Electrical and electronic devises can be developed to measure the corrosion characteristics based on the following principles the details of which are beyond the scope of this paper

diams The basic principle in Corrosion Monitoring is the change in the resistance of special electrical elements in corrosion environment

diams The potential difference between the reference electrode and the system will indicate the presence and the extent of corrosion

diams The polarisation resistance of the special designed probe indicate the rate of corrosion

diams Hydrogen gas formation during corrosion can be detected with a thin walled blind tube which can be analysed to determine the corrosion

f) Belt tension monitoring

subjective -

Slightly pressing down the V-belt

Aided subjective -

Pen type tension gage as illustrated below is a simple and handy one Depending upon belt looseness the inner part of the gage telescopes into the upper part leaving the rubber ring stuck on to the lower part at the lowest point of insertion On removing the gage the position of the rubber ring on the graduated scale of the lower part indicates the belt looseness that can be corrected if necessary

Objective -

Strain gages or other electronic instruments are used to measure the stresses in metallic parts or components

Fig 8 a) pen type tension gage and b) strain gage for bi-directional measurement

g) Shaft run-out monitoring

When a lathe is being tested for accuracy a mandrel is fixed in the spindle and rotated and checked for the run-out

Subjective -

If the run-out is high it can be visually seen

Aided subjective -

By use of dial gages fixed on to the bodies the amount of run-out can be measured But this can be done by turning the spindle by hand or at low speeds

Objective -

Optical sensors as illustrated below can be used to check the run-out even at high speeds

Fig 9 Run-out checking by optical sensor

h) Crack detection

This is mostly off-line monitoring and most tests under this category form NDE tests the primary function of ISNT specialists Most serious failures are preceded by crack growth from a point of stress concentration or from a material defect at the surface of the component A number of crack detection techniques have been developed to a great degree of advancement like dye penetration test (PT) magnetic particle test (MT) Electrical resistance or eddy current test (ET) Ultrasonic Testing (UT) and Radiographic test (RT)

While the first two of the following can be classified as aided subjective the latter can be categorised as objective Since the purpose of this paragraph is to highlight crack detection as a condition monitoring techniques these NDE methods are only cited but not discussed further

5 Conclusion

While only few types of monitoring namely visual temperature vibration leak corrosion run-out belt tension and crack monitoring are discussed a host of simple gadgets are being developed according to their specific use for many other monitoring functions that are not discussed here

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 22

LOAD TESTING

o Load testing is the process of putting demand on a system or device

and measuring its response

o Load testing is performed to determine a systemrsquos behavior under both

normal and anticipated peak load conditions

o It helps to identify the maximum operating capacity of an application

as well as any bottlenecks and determine which element is causing

degradation

o When the load placed on the system is raised beyond normal usage

patterns in order to test the systems response at unusually high or

peak loads it is known as stress testing

o The load is usually so great that error conditions are the expected

result although no clear boundary exists when an activity ceases to be

a load test and becomes a stress test

o There is little agreement on what the specific goals of load testing are

o The term is often used synonymously with concurrency testing

software performance testing reliability testing and volume testing

o Load testing is a type of non-functional testing

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 23

WEAR DEBRIS ANALYSIS

Using a Scanning Electron Microscope of a carefully taken sample of debris

suspended in lubricating oil (taken from filters or magnetic chip detectors)

Instruments then reveal the elements contained their proportions size and

morphology

Using this method the site the mechanical failure mechanism and the time to

eventual failure may be determined This is called WDA - Wear Debris Analysis

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 24

UNIT-III

CONDITION MONOTORING

PART-A (2 Marks)

1 What is equipment health monitoring

2 List down the factors for increasing the demand condition monitoring

3 List down the key features of condition monitoring

4 Write down the basic steps in condition monitoring

5 What are three types of condition monitoring

6 State the advantages and disadvantages of condition monitoring

7 Mention the various costs involved in costing of condition monitoring mainly

8 State the methods of measuring vibration

9 Describe briefly pistol thermometer

10 Name the types of pyrometers

11 Mention title applications of bimetallic strip

12 List down the features of RTD

13 State the applications and limitations of thermisters

PART-B (16 Marks)

1 What is condition monitoring and explain condition monitoring What type of condition

monitoring are normally used in industry (16)

2 What is leakage monitoring Explain some of the leakage mediums used for condition

monitoring (16)

3 What is wear debris analysis what are the three wear debris analysis techniques

commonly used and compare their performance and uses (16)

4 Briefly explain the cost comparison with and without condition monitoring (16)

5 What is thermal monitoring and what thermal monitoring are used in industries

explain principle and uses of thermograph (16)

6 Briefly explain various methods and instruments for condition monitoring (16)

Page 15: ME1012 Maintenance Engineering Study Materials

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 11

UNIT- I

PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICES OF MAINTENANCE PLANNING

PART-A (2 Marks)

01 Define maintenance

02 Define reliability

03 State the benefits of reliability analysis in industries

04 Define failure rate

05 What is Mean Failure Rate

06 Define Mean Time to Failure

07 What is Mean Time Between Failures (MTBF)

08 Define Mean Time to Repair (MTTR)

09 Define Maintenance Action Rate

10 Define Failure Density

PART-B (16 Marks)

1 What do you mean by maintenance job planning Discuss various steps of

maintenance job planning (16)

2 What is long term plan Discuss few long term planning (16)

3 What are the objectives of maintenance organization and what different types of

organizations are in use in Indian industries (16)

4 What is equipment availability and what are the three basic approaches to define and

quantity availability (16)

5 Explain MTBS MTBF MTTF MTTR and failure rate (16)

6 Explain briefly different types and classes of maintenance cost (16)

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 12

UNIT II MAINTENANCE POLICIES ndash PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

Maintenance categories ndash Comparative merits of each category ndash Preventive

maintenance maintenance schedules and repair cycle ndash Principles and methods of

lubrication ndash TPM

LUBRICATION

Lubrication is the process or technique employed to reduce wear of one or both

surfaces in close proximity and moving relative to each other by interposing a substance

called lubricant between the surfaces to carry or to help carry the load (pressure

generated) between the opposing surfaces The interposed lubricant film can be a solid

(eg graphite MoS2) a solidliquid dispersion a liquid a liquid-liquid dispersion (a

grease) or exceptionally a gas

In the most common case the applied load is carried by pressure generated within the

fluid due to the frictional viscous resistance to motion of the lubricating fluid between the

surfaces

Lubrication can also describe the phenomenon such reduction of wear occurs without

human intervention (hydroplaning on a road)

The science of friction lubrication and wear is called tribology

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 13

The regimes of lubrication

As the load increases on the contacting surfaces three distinct situations can be observed

with respect to the mode of lubrication which are called regimes of lubrication

Fluid film lubrication is the lubrication regime in which through viscous forces

the load is fully supported by the lubricant within the space or gap between the

parts in motion relative to one another (the lubricated conjunction) and solidndashsolid

contact is avoided[2]

o Hydrostatic lubrication is when an external pressure is applied to the

lubricant in the bearing to maintain the fluid lubricant film where it would

otherwise be squeezed out

o Hydrodynamic lubrication is where the motion of the contacting surfaces

and the exact design of the bearing is used to pump lubricant around the

bearing to maintain the lubricating film This design of bearing may wear

when started stopped or reversed as the lubricant film breaks down

Elastohydrodynamic lubrication The opposing surfaces are separated but there

occurs some interaction between the raised solid features called asperities and

there is an elastic deformation on the contacting surface enlarging the load-

bearing area whereby the viscous resistance of the lubricant becomes capable of

supporting the load

Boundary lubrication (also called boundary film lubrication) The bodies come

into closer contact at their asperities the heat developed by the local pressures

causes a condition which is called stick-slip and some asperities break off At the

elevated temperature and pressure conditions chemically reactive constituents of

the lubricant react with the contact surface forming a highly resistant tenacious

layer or film on the moving solid surfaces (boundary film) which is capable of

supporting the load and major wear or breakdown is avoided Boundary

lubrication is also defined as that regime in which the load is carried by the

surface asperities rather than by the lubricant[3]

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 14

Besides supporting the load the lubricant may have to perform other functions as well for

instance it may cool the contact areas and remove wear products While carrying out

these functions the lubricant is constantly replaced from the contact areas either by the

relative movement (hydrodynamics) or by externally induced forces

Lubrication is required for correct operation of mechanical systems pistons pumps cams

bearings turbines cutting tools etc where without lubrication the pressure between the

surfaces in close proximity would generate enough heat for rapid surface damage which

in a coarsened condition may literally weld the surfaces together causing seizure

In some applications such as piston engines the film between the piston and the cylinder

wall also seals the combustion chamber preventing combustion gases from escaping into

the crankcase

TOTAL PRODUCTIVE MAINTENANCE

TPM is a maintenance process developed for improving productivity by making

processes more reliable and less wasteful

TPM is an extension of TQM(Total Quality Management)

The objective of TPM is to maintain the plant or equipment in good condition without

interfering with the daily process

To achieve this objective preventive and predictive maintenance is required By

following the philosophy of TPM we can minimize the unexpected failure of the

equipment

To implement TPM the production unit and maintenance unit should work jointly

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 15

Original goal of total productive management

―Continuously improve all operational conditions within a production system by

stimulating the daily awareness of all employees (by Seiichi Nakajima Japan JIPM)

TPM focuses primarily on manufacturing (although its benefits are applicable to virtually

any process) and is the first methodology Toyota used to improve its global position

(1950s) After TPM the focus was stretched and also suppliers and customers were

involved (Supply Chain) this next methodology was called lean manufacturing This

sheet gives an overview of TPM in its original form

An accurate and practical implementation of TPM will increase productivity within the

total organization where

(1) A clear business culture is designed to continuously improve the efficiency of the

total production system

(2) A standardized and systematic approach is used where all losses are prevented andor

known all departments influencing productivity will be involved to move from a

reactive to a predictive mindset

(4) A transparent multidisciplinary organization in reaching zero losses

(5) Steps are taken as a journey not as a quick menu

Finally TPM will provide practical and transparent ingredients to reach operational

excellence

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 16

IMPLEMENTATION

TPM has basically 3 goals - Zero Product Defects Zero Equipment Unplanned Failures

and Zero Accidents

It sets out to achieve these goals by Gap Analysis of previous historical records of

Product Defects Equipment Failures and Accidents

Then through a clear understanding of this Gap Analysis (Fishbone Cause-Effect

Analysis Why-Why Cause-Effect Analysis and P-M Analysis) plan a physical

investigation to discover new latent fuguai (slight deterioration) during the first step in

TPM Autonomous Maintenance called Initial Cleaning

TPM identifies the 7 losses (types of waste) (muda) namely set-up and initial adjustment

time equipment breakdown time idling and minor losses speed (cycle time) losses

start-up quality losses and in process quality losses and then works systematically to

eliminate them by making improvements (kaizen) TPM has 8 pillars of activity each

being set to achieve a ―zero target

These 8 pillars are the following focussed improvement (Kobetsu Kaizen) autonomous

maintenance (Jishu Hozen) planned maintenance training and education early-phase

management quality maintenance (Hinshitsu Hozen) office TPM and safety health and

environment Few organisation also add Pillars according to their Work Place like

Tools Management Information Technology amp more

The Base for the TPM Activity is 5S Seiri (Sorting out the required or not required

items) Seition (Systematic Arrangement of the required items) Seiso (Cleaniness)

Seiketsu (Standardisation) Shitsuke (Self Discipline)

The Pillars amp their details

a) Efficient Equipment Utilisation

b) Efficient Worker Utilisation

c) Efficient Material amp Energy Utilisation

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 17

REPAIRABLE

Repairable parts are parts that are deemed worthy of repair usually by virtue of economic

consideration of their repair cost

Rather than bear the cost of completely replacing a finished product repairables typically

are designed to enable more affordable maintenance by being more modular

This allows components to be more easily removed repaired and replaced enabling

cheaper replacement

Spare parts that are needed to support condemnation of repairable parts are known as

replenishment spares

A rotable pool is a pool of repairable spare parts inventory set aside to allow for multiple

repairs to be accomplished simultaneously

This can be used to minimize stockout conditions for repairable items

REPAIR CYCLE

From the perspective of logistics a model of the life cycle of parts in a supply chain can

be developed

This model called the repair cycle consists of functioning parts in use by equipment

operators and the entire sequence of suppliers or repair providers that replenish

functional part inventories either by production or repair when they have failed

Ultimately this sequence ends with the manufacturer

This type of model allows demands on a supply system to ultimately be traced to their

operational reliability allowing for analysis of the dynamics of the supply system in

particular spare parts

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 18

UNIT-II

MAINTENANCE POLICIES ndash PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

PART-A (2 Marks)

01 What is meant by Breakdown maintenance approach

02 Classify various planned maintenance approach

03 Define Corrective maintenance approach

04 What is meant by preventive maintenance approach

05 List out the objectives of Corrective maintenance

06 What is meant by Predictive Maintenance

07 List out some condition based monitoring techniques and briefly discuss on them

08 What is meant by Reliability Centered Maintenance (RCM)

09 What is Total Productive Maintenance (TPM) and discuss its similarities with TQM

10 What is meant by Reliability Centered Maintenance (RCM)

11 What does Safety Health and Environment pillar of TPM aims at

PART-B (16 Marks)

1 What do you understand by maintenance categories Explain common types and

explain the basis of their selection (16)

2 What are all the steps involved in preventive maintenance why preventive maintenance

is better than reactive maintenance (16)

3 Distinguish between fixed time maintenance and connect based maintenance Give the

merits and demerits (16)

4 Briefly explain the procedure for TPM (16)

5 Explain the repair cycle of metallic materials (16)

6 What are the functions of lubrication and gives the tips on lubrication (16)

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 19

UNIT III CONDITION MONITORING

Condition monitoring ndash Cost comparison with and without CM ndash On-load testing

and off-load testing ndash Methods and instruments for CM ndash Temperature sensitive

tapes ndash Pistol thermometers ndash Wear-debris analysis

CONDITION MONITORING

Condition monitoring is the process of monitoring a parameter of condition in machinery such that a significant change is indicative of a developing failure

It is a major component of predictive maintenance The use of conditional monitoring allows maintenance to be scheduled or other actions to be taken to avoid the consequences of failure before the failure occurs

Nevertheless a deviation from a reference value (eg temperature or vibration behavior) must occur to identify impeding damages

Predictive Maintenance does not predict failure

Machines with defects are more at risk of failure than defect free machines Once a defect has been identified the failure process has already commenced and CM systems can only measure the deterioration of the condition

Intervention in the early stages of deterioration is usually much more cost effective than allowing the machinery to fail Condition monitoring has a unique benefit in that the actual load and subsequent heat dissipation that represents normal service can be seen and conditions that would shorten normal lifespan can be addressed before repeated failures occur

Serviceable machinery includes rotating equipment and stationary plant such as boilers and heat exchangers

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 20

METHODS OF CM

1 Screen monitoring records video or static images detailing the contents or screen

capture of the entire [video display] or the content of the screen activity within a

particular program or computer application Monitoring tools may collect real

time video accelerated or [time-lapse] video or screen shots or may take video or

still image captures at regular intervals (eg once every 4 minutes) They may

collect images constantly or only collect information while the user is interacting

with the equipment (eg capturing screens when the mouse or keyboard is

active)

2 Data monitoring tracks the content of and changes to files stored on the local

[hard drive] or in the users private network share

3 Keystroke monitoring (eg number of keystrokes per minute) may track the

performance of keyboard-intensive work such as word processing or data entry

Keystroke logging captures all keyboard input to enable the employer to monitor

anything typed into the monitored machine

4 Idle time monitoring keeps track of time when the employee is away from the

computer or the computer is not being actively used

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 21

BENEFITS

o Screen monitoring records video or static images detailing the contents or

screen capture of the entire [video display] or the content of the screen

activity within a particular program or computer application

o Monitoring tools may collect real time video accelerated or [time-lapse]

video or screen shots or may take video or still image captures at regular

intervals (eg once every 4 minutes)

o They may collect images constantly or only collect information while the user

is interacting with the equipment (eg capturing screens when the mouse or

keyboard is active)

o Data monitoring tracks the content of and changes to files stored on the local

[hard drive] or in the users private network share

o Keystroke monitoring (eg number of keystrokes per minute) may track the

performance of keyboard-intensive work such as word processing or data

entry Keystroke logging captures all keyboard input to enable the employer to

monitor anything typed into the monitored machine

o Idle time monitoring keeps track of time when the employee is away from the

computer or the computer is not being actively used

NDE2002 predict assure improve

National Seminar of ISNT Chennai 5 ndash 7 12 2002

wwwnde2002org

SIMPLE INSTRUMENTS USED IN CONDITION MONITORING

Prof DRKIRAN

Head department of production Engineering StPeterrsquos Engineering College

ABSTRACT

Condition monitoring is a system of assessing the service condition or the change of service condition of any component or a part of an equipment or a system Considerable research has been done in this direction leading to development of several electrical and electronic monitoring instruments These when connected to strategic locations of the systems measure and indicate certain parameters enabling us to monitor the condition and take vital decisions on a continuous basis

Nevertheless the high cost of these instruments prevent their use in all required locations On the other hand traditionally used simple mechanical gadgets are being used by the maintenance personnel of todayrsquos industry all over the world These have the advantages of being portable simple easy to use and economical More significantly they can be used to check any location or component suspected to be functioning abnormally This paper discusses some of such instruments used and could be used for condition monitoring of industrial machines as well as process equipment like pressure vessels and heat exchangers

1 What is Condition monitoring

Condition monitoring is that type of planned maintenance wherein the actual working conditions of major components of an equipment are constantly monitored to give an indication of which parts should be replaced and which need not in the near future In other words the preventive maintenance with condition monitoring is a system in which in addition to the programmed stoppages for maintenance work an assessment is made on the condition of all major parts of an equipment while in operation even when a preventive maintenance schedule is on If by assessment the condition of the part is satisfactory the schedule of stopping the machine or scrapping the part etc is reviewed and deferred Similarly if the condition monitoring finds a certain part may fail in a short time it is replaced even before its PM schedule and prevent unexpected breakdowns

2 On-load vs off load condition monitoring

On load monitoring means monitoring or adjusting the parameters while the machine or equipment is running Thus it is done for superficial easily accessible amp non interfering parts of the equipment which can be carried out without interruption to the operation

Off load monitoring is for interior or inaccessible parts which need to be stopped temporarily to check the condition However there may be several situations like the two-shift working or the plantrsquos temporary shut down for other reasons when this class can be conducted without productions loss

3 Subjective aided subjective or objective condition monitoring

i) Subjective condition monitoring

Here the monitoring personnel use their perception of senses and judgement to note any change of the condition The four senses a man is bestowed with like seeing (emanation of smoke) hearing (bearing noise) smelling (burning of oil or rubber components due to excessive heat) feeling (touching the motor to feel the excessive heating or touching the housing to feel a vibrating shaft) are used It is important that the person carrying out subjective condition monitoring has an adequate qualifications and skills as the result depends on their judgement and experience In subjective condition monitoring it is also possible to use instructions guidelines or hints where to look for leakage bearing play etc Posters or figures illustrating different conditions of components may also be helpful

ii) Aided subjective or condition monitoring with simple gadgets

Here the monitoring personnel use simple gadgets to add to their ability to perceive conditions better These gadgets are discussed more in detail in the following paragraphs

iii) Objective condition monitoring

In objective condition monitoring different instruments and facilities are used for obtaining data giving direct measure of the parametric condition of the components even while the machine is working In many cases these simple mechanical or complex electronic measuring devices can be mounted on convenient locations for better monitoring and control

A doctor feeling the pulse (subjective) his using a stethoscope to determine any abnormal heart beat (aided subjective) or looking into the ECG monitor (objective) form the examples of the above three categories

4 Some of the gadgets and simple instruments used for condition monitoring

a) Monitoring of visual condition of inaccessible partslocations

Quite often the visual condition of the components located at inaccessible locations are to be monitored may be with respect to corrosion or fatigue cracking or even dust sediment collection that is deleterious to the functioning of the component Simple gadgets are being used either on-line or off-line to aid the perception of the condition Depending upon the extent of change as perceived the equipment can be stopped for detailed check andor rectification Some of the gadgets are illustrated below

i) Inspection mirrors used to inspect crevices dark spots inside of narrow mouthed cylinders or the pipes of heat exchangers or boilers These mirrors can be simple like that of a dentist or

a) with adjustable mirror angle controlled by a wire running along the holding rod or

b) illuminated with a light bulb near the mirror of special use in dark spots inside cylinders or inside heat exchanger pipes

c) with telescopic rod for adjusting the length of the gadget

d) mirrors fitted inside a small tube rather than on a rod to prevent damage to the mirror during insertion or other operation These are also called as borescopes

e) periscopic for specialised applications or to assist the viewer et Etc

fig 1 a) a collection of inspection mirrors b) inspection of crevices and c) inspecting the inside of as cylinder

Of specific interest to the NDE practitioners is their versatility to inspect the inside of the boiler pipes or heat exchanger pipes which can tell a lot about the working condition of the inside of the tubes about the rusting cracking sedimentation etc enabling an early preventive action

Fig 2 Use of borescopes to inspect heat exchanger pipes

Fig 3 borescopes and periscopes

ii) Endoscopes These are like borescopes but are flexible They work on the principle of image transfer by total internal reflection in a bundle of glass fibres They are more popular with gastroenterologists for diagnosing ulcers in stomachs Also called optical fibroscopes they are flexible ands are more versatile in several applications illustrated below Some times they are permanently fixed for constant monitoring of critical components are inserted when needed into pre-fixed tubular guides leading to the location to be monitored

Fig 4 The application of endoscopes in industrial equipment

Fig 5 The principle of endoscope

Having illustrated the gadgets for visual perception as above some of them used in other monitoring functions may be cited as below classified into the three categories

b) Temperature monitoring

Subjective -

Touching the motor etc and assessing if over heated

Aided subjective -

Temperature sensitive stickers are the most common ands cost effective A sticker having four of five 20 mm diameter dots of special paints each of which changes its colour at a particular temperature is stuck to the heat prone parts of the equipment The operatives or supervisor can identify its temperature range by looking at the stickers from a distance itself during their periodic patrol rounds Temperature sensitive chalks thermal paints with which larger part of the heat prone body is painted fall under this category -

Objective -

Pyrometers thermometers pistol thermometers etc Depending of convenience and need these instruments can be of thermostat type or connected to some sort of warning system in case of overheating

c) Vibration monitoring

Subjective

By touching and feeling the vibrations in a rotating body or by listening to vibrating sounds

Aided subjective

Stethoscopes use of screw driver ends by expert foremen etc

Objective -

Shock pulse meters (SPM) vibration measuring instruments etc

Vibration measurements made near the source of vibration might indicate the following

bull imbalance bull shaft misalignment bull damaged bearings (worn or chipped balls or races)

bull damaged gears another transmission components bull mechanical looseness bull cavitation and stall etc

d) Leak Monitoring

Subjective -

Listening to and identifying any hissing sound near hydraulic or pneumatic circuits

Aided subjective -

A number of leak detecting techniques are available including the soap and water methods Use of proprietary preparations can make this method more effective capable of detecting leaks as low as 1 m1s

Objective -

One powerful technique is ultrasonic detection When a fluid is forced through a leak under internal or external pressure sound is generated in the frequency range 40-80 Khz The ultrasonic leak detector identifies this very high frequency which is easily separated from the lower frequencies of ordinary machine noise

Fig 6 Ultrasonic leak detector to detect internal amp external leaks

e) Corrosion Monitoring

Subjective -

Corrosion cannot be generally judged visually and is not as effective as those discussed below

Aided subjective -

Corrosion coupons which are small pieces say 1 square inch of the same material as the base are pasted at locations suspected to be highly corrosive and analysed once in a month or as required The corrosion characteristics of the coupon are expected to be same as the base metal to which they are pasted and hence give an indirect measurement the corrosion of the body

Fig 7a) A view of the corrosion coupon b)The coupon mounted in tubes carrying chemicals

Objective -

Electrical and electronic devises can be developed to measure the corrosion characteristics based on the following principles the details of which are beyond the scope of this paper

diams The basic principle in Corrosion Monitoring is the change in the resistance of special electrical elements in corrosion environment

diams The potential difference between the reference electrode and the system will indicate the presence and the extent of corrosion

diams The polarisation resistance of the special designed probe indicate the rate of corrosion

diams Hydrogen gas formation during corrosion can be detected with a thin walled blind tube which can be analysed to determine the corrosion

f) Belt tension monitoring

subjective -

Slightly pressing down the V-belt

Aided subjective -

Pen type tension gage as illustrated below is a simple and handy one Depending upon belt looseness the inner part of the gage telescopes into the upper part leaving the rubber ring stuck on to the lower part at the lowest point of insertion On removing the gage the position of the rubber ring on the graduated scale of the lower part indicates the belt looseness that can be corrected if necessary

Objective -

Strain gages or other electronic instruments are used to measure the stresses in metallic parts or components

Fig 8 a) pen type tension gage and b) strain gage for bi-directional measurement

g) Shaft run-out monitoring

When a lathe is being tested for accuracy a mandrel is fixed in the spindle and rotated and checked for the run-out

Subjective -

If the run-out is high it can be visually seen

Aided subjective -

By use of dial gages fixed on to the bodies the amount of run-out can be measured But this can be done by turning the spindle by hand or at low speeds

Objective -

Optical sensors as illustrated below can be used to check the run-out even at high speeds

Fig 9 Run-out checking by optical sensor

h) Crack detection

This is mostly off-line monitoring and most tests under this category form NDE tests the primary function of ISNT specialists Most serious failures are preceded by crack growth from a point of stress concentration or from a material defect at the surface of the component A number of crack detection techniques have been developed to a great degree of advancement like dye penetration test (PT) magnetic particle test (MT) Electrical resistance or eddy current test (ET) Ultrasonic Testing (UT) and Radiographic test (RT)

While the first two of the following can be classified as aided subjective the latter can be categorised as objective Since the purpose of this paragraph is to highlight crack detection as a condition monitoring techniques these NDE methods are only cited but not discussed further

5 Conclusion

While only few types of monitoring namely visual temperature vibration leak corrosion run-out belt tension and crack monitoring are discussed a host of simple gadgets are being developed according to their specific use for many other monitoring functions that are not discussed here

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 22

LOAD TESTING

o Load testing is the process of putting demand on a system or device

and measuring its response

o Load testing is performed to determine a systemrsquos behavior under both

normal and anticipated peak load conditions

o It helps to identify the maximum operating capacity of an application

as well as any bottlenecks and determine which element is causing

degradation

o When the load placed on the system is raised beyond normal usage

patterns in order to test the systems response at unusually high or

peak loads it is known as stress testing

o The load is usually so great that error conditions are the expected

result although no clear boundary exists when an activity ceases to be

a load test and becomes a stress test

o There is little agreement on what the specific goals of load testing are

o The term is often used synonymously with concurrency testing

software performance testing reliability testing and volume testing

o Load testing is a type of non-functional testing

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 23

WEAR DEBRIS ANALYSIS

Using a Scanning Electron Microscope of a carefully taken sample of debris

suspended in lubricating oil (taken from filters or magnetic chip detectors)

Instruments then reveal the elements contained their proportions size and

morphology

Using this method the site the mechanical failure mechanism and the time to

eventual failure may be determined This is called WDA - Wear Debris Analysis

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 24

UNIT-III

CONDITION MONOTORING

PART-A (2 Marks)

1 What is equipment health monitoring

2 List down the factors for increasing the demand condition monitoring

3 List down the key features of condition monitoring

4 Write down the basic steps in condition monitoring

5 What are three types of condition monitoring

6 State the advantages and disadvantages of condition monitoring

7 Mention the various costs involved in costing of condition monitoring mainly

8 State the methods of measuring vibration

9 Describe briefly pistol thermometer

10 Name the types of pyrometers

11 Mention title applications of bimetallic strip

12 List down the features of RTD

13 State the applications and limitations of thermisters

PART-B (16 Marks)

1 What is condition monitoring and explain condition monitoring What type of condition

monitoring are normally used in industry (16)

2 What is leakage monitoring Explain some of the leakage mediums used for condition

monitoring (16)

3 What is wear debris analysis what are the three wear debris analysis techniques

commonly used and compare their performance and uses (16)

4 Briefly explain the cost comparison with and without condition monitoring (16)

5 What is thermal monitoring and what thermal monitoring are used in industries

explain principle and uses of thermograph (16)

6 Briefly explain various methods and instruments for condition monitoring (16)

Page 16: ME1012 Maintenance Engineering Study Materials

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 12

UNIT II MAINTENANCE POLICIES ndash PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

Maintenance categories ndash Comparative merits of each category ndash Preventive

maintenance maintenance schedules and repair cycle ndash Principles and methods of

lubrication ndash TPM

LUBRICATION

Lubrication is the process or technique employed to reduce wear of one or both

surfaces in close proximity and moving relative to each other by interposing a substance

called lubricant between the surfaces to carry or to help carry the load (pressure

generated) between the opposing surfaces The interposed lubricant film can be a solid

(eg graphite MoS2) a solidliquid dispersion a liquid a liquid-liquid dispersion (a

grease) or exceptionally a gas

In the most common case the applied load is carried by pressure generated within the

fluid due to the frictional viscous resistance to motion of the lubricating fluid between the

surfaces

Lubrication can also describe the phenomenon such reduction of wear occurs without

human intervention (hydroplaning on a road)

The science of friction lubrication and wear is called tribology

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 13

The regimes of lubrication

As the load increases on the contacting surfaces three distinct situations can be observed

with respect to the mode of lubrication which are called regimes of lubrication

Fluid film lubrication is the lubrication regime in which through viscous forces

the load is fully supported by the lubricant within the space or gap between the

parts in motion relative to one another (the lubricated conjunction) and solidndashsolid

contact is avoided[2]

o Hydrostatic lubrication is when an external pressure is applied to the

lubricant in the bearing to maintain the fluid lubricant film where it would

otherwise be squeezed out

o Hydrodynamic lubrication is where the motion of the contacting surfaces

and the exact design of the bearing is used to pump lubricant around the

bearing to maintain the lubricating film This design of bearing may wear

when started stopped or reversed as the lubricant film breaks down

Elastohydrodynamic lubrication The opposing surfaces are separated but there

occurs some interaction between the raised solid features called asperities and

there is an elastic deformation on the contacting surface enlarging the load-

bearing area whereby the viscous resistance of the lubricant becomes capable of

supporting the load

Boundary lubrication (also called boundary film lubrication) The bodies come

into closer contact at their asperities the heat developed by the local pressures

causes a condition which is called stick-slip and some asperities break off At the

elevated temperature and pressure conditions chemically reactive constituents of

the lubricant react with the contact surface forming a highly resistant tenacious

layer or film on the moving solid surfaces (boundary film) which is capable of

supporting the load and major wear or breakdown is avoided Boundary

lubrication is also defined as that regime in which the load is carried by the

surface asperities rather than by the lubricant[3]

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 14

Besides supporting the load the lubricant may have to perform other functions as well for

instance it may cool the contact areas and remove wear products While carrying out

these functions the lubricant is constantly replaced from the contact areas either by the

relative movement (hydrodynamics) or by externally induced forces

Lubrication is required for correct operation of mechanical systems pistons pumps cams

bearings turbines cutting tools etc where without lubrication the pressure between the

surfaces in close proximity would generate enough heat for rapid surface damage which

in a coarsened condition may literally weld the surfaces together causing seizure

In some applications such as piston engines the film between the piston and the cylinder

wall also seals the combustion chamber preventing combustion gases from escaping into

the crankcase

TOTAL PRODUCTIVE MAINTENANCE

TPM is a maintenance process developed for improving productivity by making

processes more reliable and less wasteful

TPM is an extension of TQM(Total Quality Management)

The objective of TPM is to maintain the plant or equipment in good condition without

interfering with the daily process

To achieve this objective preventive and predictive maintenance is required By

following the philosophy of TPM we can minimize the unexpected failure of the

equipment

To implement TPM the production unit and maintenance unit should work jointly

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 15

Original goal of total productive management

―Continuously improve all operational conditions within a production system by

stimulating the daily awareness of all employees (by Seiichi Nakajima Japan JIPM)

TPM focuses primarily on manufacturing (although its benefits are applicable to virtually

any process) and is the first methodology Toyota used to improve its global position

(1950s) After TPM the focus was stretched and also suppliers and customers were

involved (Supply Chain) this next methodology was called lean manufacturing This

sheet gives an overview of TPM in its original form

An accurate and practical implementation of TPM will increase productivity within the

total organization where

(1) A clear business culture is designed to continuously improve the efficiency of the

total production system

(2) A standardized and systematic approach is used where all losses are prevented andor

known all departments influencing productivity will be involved to move from a

reactive to a predictive mindset

(4) A transparent multidisciplinary organization in reaching zero losses

(5) Steps are taken as a journey not as a quick menu

Finally TPM will provide practical and transparent ingredients to reach operational

excellence

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 16

IMPLEMENTATION

TPM has basically 3 goals - Zero Product Defects Zero Equipment Unplanned Failures

and Zero Accidents

It sets out to achieve these goals by Gap Analysis of previous historical records of

Product Defects Equipment Failures and Accidents

Then through a clear understanding of this Gap Analysis (Fishbone Cause-Effect

Analysis Why-Why Cause-Effect Analysis and P-M Analysis) plan a physical

investigation to discover new latent fuguai (slight deterioration) during the first step in

TPM Autonomous Maintenance called Initial Cleaning

TPM identifies the 7 losses (types of waste) (muda) namely set-up and initial adjustment

time equipment breakdown time idling and minor losses speed (cycle time) losses

start-up quality losses and in process quality losses and then works systematically to

eliminate them by making improvements (kaizen) TPM has 8 pillars of activity each

being set to achieve a ―zero target

These 8 pillars are the following focussed improvement (Kobetsu Kaizen) autonomous

maintenance (Jishu Hozen) planned maintenance training and education early-phase

management quality maintenance (Hinshitsu Hozen) office TPM and safety health and

environment Few organisation also add Pillars according to their Work Place like

Tools Management Information Technology amp more

The Base for the TPM Activity is 5S Seiri (Sorting out the required or not required

items) Seition (Systematic Arrangement of the required items) Seiso (Cleaniness)

Seiketsu (Standardisation) Shitsuke (Self Discipline)

The Pillars amp their details

a) Efficient Equipment Utilisation

b) Efficient Worker Utilisation

c) Efficient Material amp Energy Utilisation

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 17

REPAIRABLE

Repairable parts are parts that are deemed worthy of repair usually by virtue of economic

consideration of their repair cost

Rather than bear the cost of completely replacing a finished product repairables typically

are designed to enable more affordable maintenance by being more modular

This allows components to be more easily removed repaired and replaced enabling

cheaper replacement

Spare parts that are needed to support condemnation of repairable parts are known as

replenishment spares

A rotable pool is a pool of repairable spare parts inventory set aside to allow for multiple

repairs to be accomplished simultaneously

This can be used to minimize stockout conditions for repairable items

REPAIR CYCLE

From the perspective of logistics a model of the life cycle of parts in a supply chain can

be developed

This model called the repair cycle consists of functioning parts in use by equipment

operators and the entire sequence of suppliers or repair providers that replenish

functional part inventories either by production or repair when they have failed

Ultimately this sequence ends with the manufacturer

This type of model allows demands on a supply system to ultimately be traced to their

operational reliability allowing for analysis of the dynamics of the supply system in

particular spare parts

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 18

UNIT-II

MAINTENANCE POLICIES ndash PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

PART-A (2 Marks)

01 What is meant by Breakdown maintenance approach

02 Classify various planned maintenance approach

03 Define Corrective maintenance approach

04 What is meant by preventive maintenance approach

05 List out the objectives of Corrective maintenance

06 What is meant by Predictive Maintenance

07 List out some condition based monitoring techniques and briefly discuss on them

08 What is meant by Reliability Centered Maintenance (RCM)

09 What is Total Productive Maintenance (TPM) and discuss its similarities with TQM

10 What is meant by Reliability Centered Maintenance (RCM)

11 What does Safety Health and Environment pillar of TPM aims at

PART-B (16 Marks)

1 What do you understand by maintenance categories Explain common types and

explain the basis of their selection (16)

2 What are all the steps involved in preventive maintenance why preventive maintenance

is better than reactive maintenance (16)

3 Distinguish between fixed time maintenance and connect based maintenance Give the

merits and demerits (16)

4 Briefly explain the procedure for TPM (16)

5 Explain the repair cycle of metallic materials (16)

6 What are the functions of lubrication and gives the tips on lubrication (16)

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 19

UNIT III CONDITION MONITORING

Condition monitoring ndash Cost comparison with and without CM ndash On-load testing

and off-load testing ndash Methods and instruments for CM ndash Temperature sensitive

tapes ndash Pistol thermometers ndash Wear-debris analysis

CONDITION MONITORING

Condition monitoring is the process of monitoring a parameter of condition in machinery such that a significant change is indicative of a developing failure

It is a major component of predictive maintenance The use of conditional monitoring allows maintenance to be scheduled or other actions to be taken to avoid the consequences of failure before the failure occurs

Nevertheless a deviation from a reference value (eg temperature or vibration behavior) must occur to identify impeding damages

Predictive Maintenance does not predict failure

Machines with defects are more at risk of failure than defect free machines Once a defect has been identified the failure process has already commenced and CM systems can only measure the deterioration of the condition

Intervention in the early stages of deterioration is usually much more cost effective than allowing the machinery to fail Condition monitoring has a unique benefit in that the actual load and subsequent heat dissipation that represents normal service can be seen and conditions that would shorten normal lifespan can be addressed before repeated failures occur

Serviceable machinery includes rotating equipment and stationary plant such as boilers and heat exchangers

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 20

METHODS OF CM

1 Screen monitoring records video or static images detailing the contents or screen

capture of the entire [video display] or the content of the screen activity within a

particular program or computer application Monitoring tools may collect real

time video accelerated or [time-lapse] video or screen shots or may take video or

still image captures at regular intervals (eg once every 4 minutes) They may

collect images constantly or only collect information while the user is interacting

with the equipment (eg capturing screens when the mouse or keyboard is

active)

2 Data monitoring tracks the content of and changes to files stored on the local

[hard drive] or in the users private network share

3 Keystroke monitoring (eg number of keystrokes per minute) may track the

performance of keyboard-intensive work such as word processing or data entry

Keystroke logging captures all keyboard input to enable the employer to monitor

anything typed into the monitored machine

4 Idle time monitoring keeps track of time when the employee is away from the

computer or the computer is not being actively used

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 21

BENEFITS

o Screen monitoring records video or static images detailing the contents or

screen capture of the entire [video display] or the content of the screen

activity within a particular program or computer application

o Monitoring tools may collect real time video accelerated or [time-lapse]

video or screen shots or may take video or still image captures at regular

intervals (eg once every 4 minutes)

o They may collect images constantly or only collect information while the user

is interacting with the equipment (eg capturing screens when the mouse or

keyboard is active)

o Data monitoring tracks the content of and changes to files stored on the local

[hard drive] or in the users private network share

o Keystroke monitoring (eg number of keystrokes per minute) may track the

performance of keyboard-intensive work such as word processing or data

entry Keystroke logging captures all keyboard input to enable the employer to

monitor anything typed into the monitored machine

o Idle time monitoring keeps track of time when the employee is away from the

computer or the computer is not being actively used

NDE2002 predict assure improve

National Seminar of ISNT Chennai 5 ndash 7 12 2002

wwwnde2002org

SIMPLE INSTRUMENTS USED IN CONDITION MONITORING

Prof DRKIRAN

Head department of production Engineering StPeterrsquos Engineering College

ABSTRACT

Condition monitoring is a system of assessing the service condition or the change of service condition of any component or a part of an equipment or a system Considerable research has been done in this direction leading to development of several electrical and electronic monitoring instruments These when connected to strategic locations of the systems measure and indicate certain parameters enabling us to monitor the condition and take vital decisions on a continuous basis

Nevertheless the high cost of these instruments prevent their use in all required locations On the other hand traditionally used simple mechanical gadgets are being used by the maintenance personnel of todayrsquos industry all over the world These have the advantages of being portable simple easy to use and economical More significantly they can be used to check any location or component suspected to be functioning abnormally This paper discusses some of such instruments used and could be used for condition monitoring of industrial machines as well as process equipment like pressure vessels and heat exchangers

1 What is Condition monitoring

Condition monitoring is that type of planned maintenance wherein the actual working conditions of major components of an equipment are constantly monitored to give an indication of which parts should be replaced and which need not in the near future In other words the preventive maintenance with condition monitoring is a system in which in addition to the programmed stoppages for maintenance work an assessment is made on the condition of all major parts of an equipment while in operation even when a preventive maintenance schedule is on If by assessment the condition of the part is satisfactory the schedule of stopping the machine or scrapping the part etc is reviewed and deferred Similarly if the condition monitoring finds a certain part may fail in a short time it is replaced even before its PM schedule and prevent unexpected breakdowns

2 On-load vs off load condition monitoring

On load monitoring means monitoring or adjusting the parameters while the machine or equipment is running Thus it is done for superficial easily accessible amp non interfering parts of the equipment which can be carried out without interruption to the operation

Off load monitoring is for interior or inaccessible parts which need to be stopped temporarily to check the condition However there may be several situations like the two-shift working or the plantrsquos temporary shut down for other reasons when this class can be conducted without productions loss

3 Subjective aided subjective or objective condition monitoring

i) Subjective condition monitoring

Here the monitoring personnel use their perception of senses and judgement to note any change of the condition The four senses a man is bestowed with like seeing (emanation of smoke) hearing (bearing noise) smelling (burning of oil or rubber components due to excessive heat) feeling (touching the motor to feel the excessive heating or touching the housing to feel a vibrating shaft) are used It is important that the person carrying out subjective condition monitoring has an adequate qualifications and skills as the result depends on their judgement and experience In subjective condition monitoring it is also possible to use instructions guidelines or hints where to look for leakage bearing play etc Posters or figures illustrating different conditions of components may also be helpful

ii) Aided subjective or condition monitoring with simple gadgets

Here the monitoring personnel use simple gadgets to add to their ability to perceive conditions better These gadgets are discussed more in detail in the following paragraphs

iii) Objective condition monitoring

In objective condition monitoring different instruments and facilities are used for obtaining data giving direct measure of the parametric condition of the components even while the machine is working In many cases these simple mechanical or complex electronic measuring devices can be mounted on convenient locations for better monitoring and control

A doctor feeling the pulse (subjective) his using a stethoscope to determine any abnormal heart beat (aided subjective) or looking into the ECG monitor (objective) form the examples of the above three categories

4 Some of the gadgets and simple instruments used for condition monitoring

a) Monitoring of visual condition of inaccessible partslocations

Quite often the visual condition of the components located at inaccessible locations are to be monitored may be with respect to corrosion or fatigue cracking or even dust sediment collection that is deleterious to the functioning of the component Simple gadgets are being used either on-line or off-line to aid the perception of the condition Depending upon the extent of change as perceived the equipment can be stopped for detailed check andor rectification Some of the gadgets are illustrated below

i) Inspection mirrors used to inspect crevices dark spots inside of narrow mouthed cylinders or the pipes of heat exchangers or boilers These mirrors can be simple like that of a dentist or

a) with adjustable mirror angle controlled by a wire running along the holding rod or

b) illuminated with a light bulb near the mirror of special use in dark spots inside cylinders or inside heat exchanger pipes

c) with telescopic rod for adjusting the length of the gadget

d) mirrors fitted inside a small tube rather than on a rod to prevent damage to the mirror during insertion or other operation These are also called as borescopes

e) periscopic for specialised applications or to assist the viewer et Etc

fig 1 a) a collection of inspection mirrors b) inspection of crevices and c) inspecting the inside of as cylinder

Of specific interest to the NDE practitioners is their versatility to inspect the inside of the boiler pipes or heat exchanger pipes which can tell a lot about the working condition of the inside of the tubes about the rusting cracking sedimentation etc enabling an early preventive action

Fig 2 Use of borescopes to inspect heat exchanger pipes

Fig 3 borescopes and periscopes

ii) Endoscopes These are like borescopes but are flexible They work on the principle of image transfer by total internal reflection in a bundle of glass fibres They are more popular with gastroenterologists for diagnosing ulcers in stomachs Also called optical fibroscopes they are flexible ands are more versatile in several applications illustrated below Some times they are permanently fixed for constant monitoring of critical components are inserted when needed into pre-fixed tubular guides leading to the location to be monitored

Fig 4 The application of endoscopes in industrial equipment

Fig 5 The principle of endoscope

Having illustrated the gadgets for visual perception as above some of them used in other monitoring functions may be cited as below classified into the three categories

b) Temperature monitoring

Subjective -

Touching the motor etc and assessing if over heated

Aided subjective -

Temperature sensitive stickers are the most common ands cost effective A sticker having four of five 20 mm diameter dots of special paints each of which changes its colour at a particular temperature is stuck to the heat prone parts of the equipment The operatives or supervisor can identify its temperature range by looking at the stickers from a distance itself during their periodic patrol rounds Temperature sensitive chalks thermal paints with which larger part of the heat prone body is painted fall under this category -

Objective -

Pyrometers thermometers pistol thermometers etc Depending of convenience and need these instruments can be of thermostat type or connected to some sort of warning system in case of overheating

c) Vibration monitoring

Subjective

By touching and feeling the vibrations in a rotating body or by listening to vibrating sounds

Aided subjective

Stethoscopes use of screw driver ends by expert foremen etc

Objective -

Shock pulse meters (SPM) vibration measuring instruments etc

Vibration measurements made near the source of vibration might indicate the following

bull imbalance bull shaft misalignment bull damaged bearings (worn or chipped balls or races)

bull damaged gears another transmission components bull mechanical looseness bull cavitation and stall etc

d) Leak Monitoring

Subjective -

Listening to and identifying any hissing sound near hydraulic or pneumatic circuits

Aided subjective -

A number of leak detecting techniques are available including the soap and water methods Use of proprietary preparations can make this method more effective capable of detecting leaks as low as 1 m1s

Objective -

One powerful technique is ultrasonic detection When a fluid is forced through a leak under internal or external pressure sound is generated in the frequency range 40-80 Khz The ultrasonic leak detector identifies this very high frequency which is easily separated from the lower frequencies of ordinary machine noise

Fig 6 Ultrasonic leak detector to detect internal amp external leaks

e) Corrosion Monitoring

Subjective -

Corrosion cannot be generally judged visually and is not as effective as those discussed below

Aided subjective -

Corrosion coupons which are small pieces say 1 square inch of the same material as the base are pasted at locations suspected to be highly corrosive and analysed once in a month or as required The corrosion characteristics of the coupon are expected to be same as the base metal to which they are pasted and hence give an indirect measurement the corrosion of the body

Fig 7a) A view of the corrosion coupon b)The coupon mounted in tubes carrying chemicals

Objective -

Electrical and electronic devises can be developed to measure the corrosion characteristics based on the following principles the details of which are beyond the scope of this paper

diams The basic principle in Corrosion Monitoring is the change in the resistance of special electrical elements in corrosion environment

diams The potential difference between the reference electrode and the system will indicate the presence and the extent of corrosion

diams The polarisation resistance of the special designed probe indicate the rate of corrosion

diams Hydrogen gas formation during corrosion can be detected with a thin walled blind tube which can be analysed to determine the corrosion

f) Belt tension monitoring

subjective -

Slightly pressing down the V-belt

Aided subjective -

Pen type tension gage as illustrated below is a simple and handy one Depending upon belt looseness the inner part of the gage telescopes into the upper part leaving the rubber ring stuck on to the lower part at the lowest point of insertion On removing the gage the position of the rubber ring on the graduated scale of the lower part indicates the belt looseness that can be corrected if necessary

Objective -

Strain gages or other electronic instruments are used to measure the stresses in metallic parts or components

Fig 8 a) pen type tension gage and b) strain gage for bi-directional measurement

g) Shaft run-out monitoring

When a lathe is being tested for accuracy a mandrel is fixed in the spindle and rotated and checked for the run-out

Subjective -

If the run-out is high it can be visually seen

Aided subjective -

By use of dial gages fixed on to the bodies the amount of run-out can be measured But this can be done by turning the spindle by hand or at low speeds

Objective -

Optical sensors as illustrated below can be used to check the run-out even at high speeds

Fig 9 Run-out checking by optical sensor

h) Crack detection

This is mostly off-line monitoring and most tests under this category form NDE tests the primary function of ISNT specialists Most serious failures are preceded by crack growth from a point of stress concentration or from a material defect at the surface of the component A number of crack detection techniques have been developed to a great degree of advancement like dye penetration test (PT) magnetic particle test (MT) Electrical resistance or eddy current test (ET) Ultrasonic Testing (UT) and Radiographic test (RT)

While the first two of the following can be classified as aided subjective the latter can be categorised as objective Since the purpose of this paragraph is to highlight crack detection as a condition monitoring techniques these NDE methods are only cited but not discussed further

5 Conclusion

While only few types of monitoring namely visual temperature vibration leak corrosion run-out belt tension and crack monitoring are discussed a host of simple gadgets are being developed according to their specific use for many other monitoring functions that are not discussed here

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 22

LOAD TESTING

o Load testing is the process of putting demand on a system or device

and measuring its response

o Load testing is performed to determine a systemrsquos behavior under both

normal and anticipated peak load conditions

o It helps to identify the maximum operating capacity of an application

as well as any bottlenecks and determine which element is causing

degradation

o When the load placed on the system is raised beyond normal usage

patterns in order to test the systems response at unusually high or

peak loads it is known as stress testing

o The load is usually so great that error conditions are the expected

result although no clear boundary exists when an activity ceases to be

a load test and becomes a stress test

o There is little agreement on what the specific goals of load testing are

o The term is often used synonymously with concurrency testing

software performance testing reliability testing and volume testing

o Load testing is a type of non-functional testing

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 23

WEAR DEBRIS ANALYSIS

Using a Scanning Electron Microscope of a carefully taken sample of debris

suspended in lubricating oil (taken from filters or magnetic chip detectors)

Instruments then reveal the elements contained their proportions size and

morphology

Using this method the site the mechanical failure mechanism and the time to

eventual failure may be determined This is called WDA - Wear Debris Analysis

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 24

UNIT-III

CONDITION MONOTORING

PART-A (2 Marks)

1 What is equipment health monitoring

2 List down the factors for increasing the demand condition monitoring

3 List down the key features of condition monitoring

4 Write down the basic steps in condition monitoring

5 What are three types of condition monitoring

6 State the advantages and disadvantages of condition monitoring

7 Mention the various costs involved in costing of condition monitoring mainly

8 State the methods of measuring vibration

9 Describe briefly pistol thermometer

10 Name the types of pyrometers

11 Mention title applications of bimetallic strip

12 List down the features of RTD

13 State the applications and limitations of thermisters

PART-B (16 Marks)

1 What is condition monitoring and explain condition monitoring What type of condition

monitoring are normally used in industry (16)

2 What is leakage monitoring Explain some of the leakage mediums used for condition

monitoring (16)

3 What is wear debris analysis what are the three wear debris analysis techniques

commonly used and compare their performance and uses (16)

4 Briefly explain the cost comparison with and without condition monitoring (16)

5 What is thermal monitoring and what thermal monitoring are used in industries

explain principle and uses of thermograph (16)

6 Briefly explain various methods and instruments for condition monitoring (16)

Page 17: ME1012 Maintenance Engineering Study Materials

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 13

The regimes of lubrication

As the load increases on the contacting surfaces three distinct situations can be observed

with respect to the mode of lubrication which are called regimes of lubrication

Fluid film lubrication is the lubrication regime in which through viscous forces

the load is fully supported by the lubricant within the space or gap between the

parts in motion relative to one another (the lubricated conjunction) and solidndashsolid

contact is avoided[2]

o Hydrostatic lubrication is when an external pressure is applied to the

lubricant in the bearing to maintain the fluid lubricant film where it would

otherwise be squeezed out

o Hydrodynamic lubrication is where the motion of the contacting surfaces

and the exact design of the bearing is used to pump lubricant around the

bearing to maintain the lubricating film This design of bearing may wear

when started stopped or reversed as the lubricant film breaks down

Elastohydrodynamic lubrication The opposing surfaces are separated but there

occurs some interaction between the raised solid features called asperities and

there is an elastic deformation on the contacting surface enlarging the load-

bearing area whereby the viscous resistance of the lubricant becomes capable of

supporting the load

Boundary lubrication (also called boundary film lubrication) The bodies come

into closer contact at their asperities the heat developed by the local pressures

causes a condition which is called stick-slip and some asperities break off At the

elevated temperature and pressure conditions chemically reactive constituents of

the lubricant react with the contact surface forming a highly resistant tenacious

layer or film on the moving solid surfaces (boundary film) which is capable of

supporting the load and major wear or breakdown is avoided Boundary

lubrication is also defined as that regime in which the load is carried by the

surface asperities rather than by the lubricant[3]

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 14

Besides supporting the load the lubricant may have to perform other functions as well for

instance it may cool the contact areas and remove wear products While carrying out

these functions the lubricant is constantly replaced from the contact areas either by the

relative movement (hydrodynamics) or by externally induced forces

Lubrication is required for correct operation of mechanical systems pistons pumps cams

bearings turbines cutting tools etc where without lubrication the pressure between the

surfaces in close proximity would generate enough heat for rapid surface damage which

in a coarsened condition may literally weld the surfaces together causing seizure

In some applications such as piston engines the film between the piston and the cylinder

wall also seals the combustion chamber preventing combustion gases from escaping into

the crankcase

TOTAL PRODUCTIVE MAINTENANCE

TPM is a maintenance process developed for improving productivity by making

processes more reliable and less wasteful

TPM is an extension of TQM(Total Quality Management)

The objective of TPM is to maintain the plant or equipment in good condition without

interfering with the daily process

To achieve this objective preventive and predictive maintenance is required By

following the philosophy of TPM we can minimize the unexpected failure of the

equipment

To implement TPM the production unit and maintenance unit should work jointly

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 15

Original goal of total productive management

―Continuously improve all operational conditions within a production system by

stimulating the daily awareness of all employees (by Seiichi Nakajima Japan JIPM)

TPM focuses primarily on manufacturing (although its benefits are applicable to virtually

any process) and is the first methodology Toyota used to improve its global position

(1950s) After TPM the focus was stretched and also suppliers and customers were

involved (Supply Chain) this next methodology was called lean manufacturing This

sheet gives an overview of TPM in its original form

An accurate and practical implementation of TPM will increase productivity within the

total organization where

(1) A clear business culture is designed to continuously improve the efficiency of the

total production system

(2) A standardized and systematic approach is used where all losses are prevented andor

known all departments influencing productivity will be involved to move from a

reactive to a predictive mindset

(4) A transparent multidisciplinary organization in reaching zero losses

(5) Steps are taken as a journey not as a quick menu

Finally TPM will provide practical and transparent ingredients to reach operational

excellence

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 16

IMPLEMENTATION

TPM has basically 3 goals - Zero Product Defects Zero Equipment Unplanned Failures

and Zero Accidents

It sets out to achieve these goals by Gap Analysis of previous historical records of

Product Defects Equipment Failures and Accidents

Then through a clear understanding of this Gap Analysis (Fishbone Cause-Effect

Analysis Why-Why Cause-Effect Analysis and P-M Analysis) plan a physical

investigation to discover new latent fuguai (slight deterioration) during the first step in

TPM Autonomous Maintenance called Initial Cleaning

TPM identifies the 7 losses (types of waste) (muda) namely set-up and initial adjustment

time equipment breakdown time idling and minor losses speed (cycle time) losses

start-up quality losses and in process quality losses and then works systematically to

eliminate them by making improvements (kaizen) TPM has 8 pillars of activity each

being set to achieve a ―zero target

These 8 pillars are the following focussed improvement (Kobetsu Kaizen) autonomous

maintenance (Jishu Hozen) planned maintenance training and education early-phase

management quality maintenance (Hinshitsu Hozen) office TPM and safety health and

environment Few organisation also add Pillars according to their Work Place like

Tools Management Information Technology amp more

The Base for the TPM Activity is 5S Seiri (Sorting out the required or not required

items) Seition (Systematic Arrangement of the required items) Seiso (Cleaniness)

Seiketsu (Standardisation) Shitsuke (Self Discipline)

The Pillars amp their details

a) Efficient Equipment Utilisation

b) Efficient Worker Utilisation

c) Efficient Material amp Energy Utilisation

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 17

REPAIRABLE

Repairable parts are parts that are deemed worthy of repair usually by virtue of economic

consideration of their repair cost

Rather than bear the cost of completely replacing a finished product repairables typically

are designed to enable more affordable maintenance by being more modular

This allows components to be more easily removed repaired and replaced enabling

cheaper replacement

Spare parts that are needed to support condemnation of repairable parts are known as

replenishment spares

A rotable pool is a pool of repairable spare parts inventory set aside to allow for multiple

repairs to be accomplished simultaneously

This can be used to minimize stockout conditions for repairable items

REPAIR CYCLE

From the perspective of logistics a model of the life cycle of parts in a supply chain can

be developed

This model called the repair cycle consists of functioning parts in use by equipment

operators and the entire sequence of suppliers or repair providers that replenish

functional part inventories either by production or repair when they have failed

Ultimately this sequence ends with the manufacturer

This type of model allows demands on a supply system to ultimately be traced to their

operational reliability allowing for analysis of the dynamics of the supply system in

particular spare parts

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 18

UNIT-II

MAINTENANCE POLICIES ndash PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

PART-A (2 Marks)

01 What is meant by Breakdown maintenance approach

02 Classify various planned maintenance approach

03 Define Corrective maintenance approach

04 What is meant by preventive maintenance approach

05 List out the objectives of Corrective maintenance

06 What is meant by Predictive Maintenance

07 List out some condition based monitoring techniques and briefly discuss on them

08 What is meant by Reliability Centered Maintenance (RCM)

09 What is Total Productive Maintenance (TPM) and discuss its similarities with TQM

10 What is meant by Reliability Centered Maintenance (RCM)

11 What does Safety Health and Environment pillar of TPM aims at

PART-B (16 Marks)

1 What do you understand by maintenance categories Explain common types and

explain the basis of their selection (16)

2 What are all the steps involved in preventive maintenance why preventive maintenance

is better than reactive maintenance (16)

3 Distinguish between fixed time maintenance and connect based maintenance Give the

merits and demerits (16)

4 Briefly explain the procedure for TPM (16)

5 Explain the repair cycle of metallic materials (16)

6 What are the functions of lubrication and gives the tips on lubrication (16)

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 19

UNIT III CONDITION MONITORING

Condition monitoring ndash Cost comparison with and without CM ndash On-load testing

and off-load testing ndash Methods and instruments for CM ndash Temperature sensitive

tapes ndash Pistol thermometers ndash Wear-debris analysis

CONDITION MONITORING

Condition monitoring is the process of monitoring a parameter of condition in machinery such that a significant change is indicative of a developing failure

It is a major component of predictive maintenance The use of conditional monitoring allows maintenance to be scheduled or other actions to be taken to avoid the consequences of failure before the failure occurs

Nevertheless a deviation from a reference value (eg temperature or vibration behavior) must occur to identify impeding damages

Predictive Maintenance does not predict failure

Machines with defects are more at risk of failure than defect free machines Once a defect has been identified the failure process has already commenced and CM systems can only measure the deterioration of the condition

Intervention in the early stages of deterioration is usually much more cost effective than allowing the machinery to fail Condition monitoring has a unique benefit in that the actual load and subsequent heat dissipation that represents normal service can be seen and conditions that would shorten normal lifespan can be addressed before repeated failures occur

Serviceable machinery includes rotating equipment and stationary plant such as boilers and heat exchangers

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 20

METHODS OF CM

1 Screen monitoring records video or static images detailing the contents or screen

capture of the entire [video display] or the content of the screen activity within a

particular program or computer application Monitoring tools may collect real

time video accelerated or [time-lapse] video or screen shots or may take video or

still image captures at regular intervals (eg once every 4 minutes) They may

collect images constantly or only collect information while the user is interacting

with the equipment (eg capturing screens when the mouse or keyboard is

active)

2 Data monitoring tracks the content of and changes to files stored on the local

[hard drive] or in the users private network share

3 Keystroke monitoring (eg number of keystrokes per minute) may track the

performance of keyboard-intensive work such as word processing or data entry

Keystroke logging captures all keyboard input to enable the employer to monitor

anything typed into the monitored machine

4 Idle time monitoring keeps track of time when the employee is away from the

computer or the computer is not being actively used

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 21

BENEFITS

o Screen monitoring records video or static images detailing the contents or

screen capture of the entire [video display] or the content of the screen

activity within a particular program or computer application

o Monitoring tools may collect real time video accelerated or [time-lapse]

video or screen shots or may take video or still image captures at regular

intervals (eg once every 4 minutes)

o They may collect images constantly or only collect information while the user

is interacting with the equipment (eg capturing screens when the mouse or

keyboard is active)

o Data monitoring tracks the content of and changes to files stored on the local

[hard drive] or in the users private network share

o Keystroke monitoring (eg number of keystrokes per minute) may track the

performance of keyboard-intensive work such as word processing or data

entry Keystroke logging captures all keyboard input to enable the employer to

monitor anything typed into the monitored machine

o Idle time monitoring keeps track of time when the employee is away from the

computer or the computer is not being actively used

NDE2002 predict assure improve

National Seminar of ISNT Chennai 5 ndash 7 12 2002

wwwnde2002org

SIMPLE INSTRUMENTS USED IN CONDITION MONITORING

Prof DRKIRAN

Head department of production Engineering StPeterrsquos Engineering College

ABSTRACT

Condition monitoring is a system of assessing the service condition or the change of service condition of any component or a part of an equipment or a system Considerable research has been done in this direction leading to development of several electrical and electronic monitoring instruments These when connected to strategic locations of the systems measure and indicate certain parameters enabling us to monitor the condition and take vital decisions on a continuous basis

Nevertheless the high cost of these instruments prevent their use in all required locations On the other hand traditionally used simple mechanical gadgets are being used by the maintenance personnel of todayrsquos industry all over the world These have the advantages of being portable simple easy to use and economical More significantly they can be used to check any location or component suspected to be functioning abnormally This paper discusses some of such instruments used and could be used for condition monitoring of industrial machines as well as process equipment like pressure vessels and heat exchangers

1 What is Condition monitoring

Condition monitoring is that type of planned maintenance wherein the actual working conditions of major components of an equipment are constantly monitored to give an indication of which parts should be replaced and which need not in the near future In other words the preventive maintenance with condition monitoring is a system in which in addition to the programmed stoppages for maintenance work an assessment is made on the condition of all major parts of an equipment while in operation even when a preventive maintenance schedule is on If by assessment the condition of the part is satisfactory the schedule of stopping the machine or scrapping the part etc is reviewed and deferred Similarly if the condition monitoring finds a certain part may fail in a short time it is replaced even before its PM schedule and prevent unexpected breakdowns

2 On-load vs off load condition monitoring

On load monitoring means monitoring or adjusting the parameters while the machine or equipment is running Thus it is done for superficial easily accessible amp non interfering parts of the equipment which can be carried out without interruption to the operation

Off load monitoring is for interior or inaccessible parts which need to be stopped temporarily to check the condition However there may be several situations like the two-shift working or the plantrsquos temporary shut down for other reasons when this class can be conducted without productions loss

3 Subjective aided subjective or objective condition monitoring

i) Subjective condition monitoring

Here the monitoring personnel use their perception of senses and judgement to note any change of the condition The four senses a man is bestowed with like seeing (emanation of smoke) hearing (bearing noise) smelling (burning of oil or rubber components due to excessive heat) feeling (touching the motor to feel the excessive heating or touching the housing to feel a vibrating shaft) are used It is important that the person carrying out subjective condition monitoring has an adequate qualifications and skills as the result depends on their judgement and experience In subjective condition monitoring it is also possible to use instructions guidelines or hints where to look for leakage bearing play etc Posters or figures illustrating different conditions of components may also be helpful

ii) Aided subjective or condition monitoring with simple gadgets

Here the monitoring personnel use simple gadgets to add to their ability to perceive conditions better These gadgets are discussed more in detail in the following paragraphs

iii) Objective condition monitoring

In objective condition monitoring different instruments and facilities are used for obtaining data giving direct measure of the parametric condition of the components even while the machine is working In many cases these simple mechanical or complex electronic measuring devices can be mounted on convenient locations for better monitoring and control

A doctor feeling the pulse (subjective) his using a stethoscope to determine any abnormal heart beat (aided subjective) or looking into the ECG monitor (objective) form the examples of the above three categories

4 Some of the gadgets and simple instruments used for condition monitoring

a) Monitoring of visual condition of inaccessible partslocations

Quite often the visual condition of the components located at inaccessible locations are to be monitored may be with respect to corrosion or fatigue cracking or even dust sediment collection that is deleterious to the functioning of the component Simple gadgets are being used either on-line or off-line to aid the perception of the condition Depending upon the extent of change as perceived the equipment can be stopped for detailed check andor rectification Some of the gadgets are illustrated below

i) Inspection mirrors used to inspect crevices dark spots inside of narrow mouthed cylinders or the pipes of heat exchangers or boilers These mirrors can be simple like that of a dentist or

a) with adjustable mirror angle controlled by a wire running along the holding rod or

b) illuminated with a light bulb near the mirror of special use in dark spots inside cylinders or inside heat exchanger pipes

c) with telescopic rod for adjusting the length of the gadget

d) mirrors fitted inside a small tube rather than on a rod to prevent damage to the mirror during insertion or other operation These are also called as borescopes

e) periscopic for specialised applications or to assist the viewer et Etc

fig 1 a) a collection of inspection mirrors b) inspection of crevices and c) inspecting the inside of as cylinder

Of specific interest to the NDE practitioners is their versatility to inspect the inside of the boiler pipes or heat exchanger pipes which can tell a lot about the working condition of the inside of the tubes about the rusting cracking sedimentation etc enabling an early preventive action

Fig 2 Use of borescopes to inspect heat exchanger pipes

Fig 3 borescopes and periscopes

ii) Endoscopes These are like borescopes but are flexible They work on the principle of image transfer by total internal reflection in a bundle of glass fibres They are more popular with gastroenterologists for diagnosing ulcers in stomachs Also called optical fibroscopes they are flexible ands are more versatile in several applications illustrated below Some times they are permanently fixed for constant monitoring of critical components are inserted when needed into pre-fixed tubular guides leading to the location to be monitored

Fig 4 The application of endoscopes in industrial equipment

Fig 5 The principle of endoscope

Having illustrated the gadgets for visual perception as above some of them used in other monitoring functions may be cited as below classified into the three categories

b) Temperature monitoring

Subjective -

Touching the motor etc and assessing if over heated

Aided subjective -

Temperature sensitive stickers are the most common ands cost effective A sticker having four of five 20 mm diameter dots of special paints each of which changes its colour at a particular temperature is stuck to the heat prone parts of the equipment The operatives or supervisor can identify its temperature range by looking at the stickers from a distance itself during their periodic patrol rounds Temperature sensitive chalks thermal paints with which larger part of the heat prone body is painted fall under this category -

Objective -

Pyrometers thermometers pistol thermometers etc Depending of convenience and need these instruments can be of thermostat type or connected to some sort of warning system in case of overheating

c) Vibration monitoring

Subjective

By touching and feeling the vibrations in a rotating body or by listening to vibrating sounds

Aided subjective

Stethoscopes use of screw driver ends by expert foremen etc

Objective -

Shock pulse meters (SPM) vibration measuring instruments etc

Vibration measurements made near the source of vibration might indicate the following

bull imbalance bull shaft misalignment bull damaged bearings (worn or chipped balls or races)

bull damaged gears another transmission components bull mechanical looseness bull cavitation and stall etc

d) Leak Monitoring

Subjective -

Listening to and identifying any hissing sound near hydraulic or pneumatic circuits

Aided subjective -

A number of leak detecting techniques are available including the soap and water methods Use of proprietary preparations can make this method more effective capable of detecting leaks as low as 1 m1s

Objective -

One powerful technique is ultrasonic detection When a fluid is forced through a leak under internal or external pressure sound is generated in the frequency range 40-80 Khz The ultrasonic leak detector identifies this very high frequency which is easily separated from the lower frequencies of ordinary machine noise

Fig 6 Ultrasonic leak detector to detect internal amp external leaks

e) Corrosion Monitoring

Subjective -

Corrosion cannot be generally judged visually and is not as effective as those discussed below

Aided subjective -

Corrosion coupons which are small pieces say 1 square inch of the same material as the base are pasted at locations suspected to be highly corrosive and analysed once in a month or as required The corrosion characteristics of the coupon are expected to be same as the base metal to which they are pasted and hence give an indirect measurement the corrosion of the body

Fig 7a) A view of the corrosion coupon b)The coupon mounted in tubes carrying chemicals

Objective -

Electrical and electronic devises can be developed to measure the corrosion characteristics based on the following principles the details of which are beyond the scope of this paper

diams The basic principle in Corrosion Monitoring is the change in the resistance of special electrical elements in corrosion environment

diams The potential difference between the reference electrode and the system will indicate the presence and the extent of corrosion

diams The polarisation resistance of the special designed probe indicate the rate of corrosion

diams Hydrogen gas formation during corrosion can be detected with a thin walled blind tube which can be analysed to determine the corrosion

f) Belt tension monitoring

subjective -

Slightly pressing down the V-belt

Aided subjective -

Pen type tension gage as illustrated below is a simple and handy one Depending upon belt looseness the inner part of the gage telescopes into the upper part leaving the rubber ring stuck on to the lower part at the lowest point of insertion On removing the gage the position of the rubber ring on the graduated scale of the lower part indicates the belt looseness that can be corrected if necessary

Objective -

Strain gages or other electronic instruments are used to measure the stresses in metallic parts or components

Fig 8 a) pen type tension gage and b) strain gage for bi-directional measurement

g) Shaft run-out monitoring

When a lathe is being tested for accuracy a mandrel is fixed in the spindle and rotated and checked for the run-out

Subjective -

If the run-out is high it can be visually seen

Aided subjective -

By use of dial gages fixed on to the bodies the amount of run-out can be measured But this can be done by turning the spindle by hand or at low speeds

Objective -

Optical sensors as illustrated below can be used to check the run-out even at high speeds

Fig 9 Run-out checking by optical sensor

h) Crack detection

This is mostly off-line monitoring and most tests under this category form NDE tests the primary function of ISNT specialists Most serious failures are preceded by crack growth from a point of stress concentration or from a material defect at the surface of the component A number of crack detection techniques have been developed to a great degree of advancement like dye penetration test (PT) magnetic particle test (MT) Electrical resistance or eddy current test (ET) Ultrasonic Testing (UT) and Radiographic test (RT)

While the first two of the following can be classified as aided subjective the latter can be categorised as objective Since the purpose of this paragraph is to highlight crack detection as a condition monitoring techniques these NDE methods are only cited but not discussed further

5 Conclusion

While only few types of monitoring namely visual temperature vibration leak corrosion run-out belt tension and crack monitoring are discussed a host of simple gadgets are being developed according to their specific use for many other monitoring functions that are not discussed here

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 22

LOAD TESTING

o Load testing is the process of putting demand on a system or device

and measuring its response

o Load testing is performed to determine a systemrsquos behavior under both

normal and anticipated peak load conditions

o It helps to identify the maximum operating capacity of an application

as well as any bottlenecks and determine which element is causing

degradation

o When the load placed on the system is raised beyond normal usage

patterns in order to test the systems response at unusually high or

peak loads it is known as stress testing

o The load is usually so great that error conditions are the expected

result although no clear boundary exists when an activity ceases to be

a load test and becomes a stress test

o There is little agreement on what the specific goals of load testing are

o The term is often used synonymously with concurrency testing

software performance testing reliability testing and volume testing

o Load testing is a type of non-functional testing

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 23

WEAR DEBRIS ANALYSIS

Using a Scanning Electron Microscope of a carefully taken sample of debris

suspended in lubricating oil (taken from filters or magnetic chip detectors)

Instruments then reveal the elements contained their proportions size and

morphology

Using this method the site the mechanical failure mechanism and the time to

eventual failure may be determined This is called WDA - Wear Debris Analysis

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 24

UNIT-III

CONDITION MONOTORING

PART-A (2 Marks)

1 What is equipment health monitoring

2 List down the factors for increasing the demand condition monitoring

3 List down the key features of condition monitoring

4 Write down the basic steps in condition monitoring

5 What are three types of condition monitoring

6 State the advantages and disadvantages of condition monitoring

7 Mention the various costs involved in costing of condition monitoring mainly

8 State the methods of measuring vibration

9 Describe briefly pistol thermometer

10 Name the types of pyrometers

11 Mention title applications of bimetallic strip

12 List down the features of RTD

13 State the applications and limitations of thermisters

PART-B (16 Marks)

1 What is condition monitoring and explain condition monitoring What type of condition

monitoring are normally used in industry (16)

2 What is leakage monitoring Explain some of the leakage mediums used for condition

monitoring (16)

3 What is wear debris analysis what are the three wear debris analysis techniques

commonly used and compare their performance and uses (16)

4 Briefly explain the cost comparison with and without condition monitoring (16)

5 What is thermal monitoring and what thermal monitoring are used in industries

explain principle and uses of thermograph (16)

6 Briefly explain various methods and instruments for condition monitoring (16)

Page 18: ME1012 Maintenance Engineering Study Materials

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 14

Besides supporting the load the lubricant may have to perform other functions as well for

instance it may cool the contact areas and remove wear products While carrying out

these functions the lubricant is constantly replaced from the contact areas either by the

relative movement (hydrodynamics) or by externally induced forces

Lubrication is required for correct operation of mechanical systems pistons pumps cams

bearings turbines cutting tools etc where without lubrication the pressure between the

surfaces in close proximity would generate enough heat for rapid surface damage which

in a coarsened condition may literally weld the surfaces together causing seizure

In some applications such as piston engines the film between the piston and the cylinder

wall also seals the combustion chamber preventing combustion gases from escaping into

the crankcase

TOTAL PRODUCTIVE MAINTENANCE

TPM is a maintenance process developed for improving productivity by making

processes more reliable and less wasteful

TPM is an extension of TQM(Total Quality Management)

The objective of TPM is to maintain the plant or equipment in good condition without

interfering with the daily process

To achieve this objective preventive and predictive maintenance is required By

following the philosophy of TPM we can minimize the unexpected failure of the

equipment

To implement TPM the production unit and maintenance unit should work jointly

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 15

Original goal of total productive management

―Continuously improve all operational conditions within a production system by

stimulating the daily awareness of all employees (by Seiichi Nakajima Japan JIPM)

TPM focuses primarily on manufacturing (although its benefits are applicable to virtually

any process) and is the first methodology Toyota used to improve its global position

(1950s) After TPM the focus was stretched and also suppliers and customers were

involved (Supply Chain) this next methodology was called lean manufacturing This

sheet gives an overview of TPM in its original form

An accurate and practical implementation of TPM will increase productivity within the

total organization where

(1) A clear business culture is designed to continuously improve the efficiency of the

total production system

(2) A standardized and systematic approach is used where all losses are prevented andor

known all departments influencing productivity will be involved to move from a

reactive to a predictive mindset

(4) A transparent multidisciplinary organization in reaching zero losses

(5) Steps are taken as a journey not as a quick menu

Finally TPM will provide practical and transparent ingredients to reach operational

excellence

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 16

IMPLEMENTATION

TPM has basically 3 goals - Zero Product Defects Zero Equipment Unplanned Failures

and Zero Accidents

It sets out to achieve these goals by Gap Analysis of previous historical records of

Product Defects Equipment Failures and Accidents

Then through a clear understanding of this Gap Analysis (Fishbone Cause-Effect

Analysis Why-Why Cause-Effect Analysis and P-M Analysis) plan a physical

investigation to discover new latent fuguai (slight deterioration) during the first step in

TPM Autonomous Maintenance called Initial Cleaning

TPM identifies the 7 losses (types of waste) (muda) namely set-up and initial adjustment

time equipment breakdown time idling and minor losses speed (cycle time) losses

start-up quality losses and in process quality losses and then works systematically to

eliminate them by making improvements (kaizen) TPM has 8 pillars of activity each

being set to achieve a ―zero target

These 8 pillars are the following focussed improvement (Kobetsu Kaizen) autonomous

maintenance (Jishu Hozen) planned maintenance training and education early-phase

management quality maintenance (Hinshitsu Hozen) office TPM and safety health and

environment Few organisation also add Pillars according to their Work Place like

Tools Management Information Technology amp more

The Base for the TPM Activity is 5S Seiri (Sorting out the required or not required

items) Seition (Systematic Arrangement of the required items) Seiso (Cleaniness)

Seiketsu (Standardisation) Shitsuke (Self Discipline)

The Pillars amp their details

a) Efficient Equipment Utilisation

b) Efficient Worker Utilisation

c) Efficient Material amp Energy Utilisation

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 17

REPAIRABLE

Repairable parts are parts that are deemed worthy of repair usually by virtue of economic

consideration of their repair cost

Rather than bear the cost of completely replacing a finished product repairables typically

are designed to enable more affordable maintenance by being more modular

This allows components to be more easily removed repaired and replaced enabling

cheaper replacement

Spare parts that are needed to support condemnation of repairable parts are known as

replenishment spares

A rotable pool is a pool of repairable spare parts inventory set aside to allow for multiple

repairs to be accomplished simultaneously

This can be used to minimize stockout conditions for repairable items

REPAIR CYCLE

From the perspective of logistics a model of the life cycle of parts in a supply chain can

be developed

This model called the repair cycle consists of functioning parts in use by equipment

operators and the entire sequence of suppliers or repair providers that replenish

functional part inventories either by production or repair when they have failed

Ultimately this sequence ends with the manufacturer

This type of model allows demands on a supply system to ultimately be traced to their

operational reliability allowing for analysis of the dynamics of the supply system in

particular spare parts

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 18

UNIT-II

MAINTENANCE POLICIES ndash PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

PART-A (2 Marks)

01 What is meant by Breakdown maintenance approach

02 Classify various planned maintenance approach

03 Define Corrective maintenance approach

04 What is meant by preventive maintenance approach

05 List out the objectives of Corrective maintenance

06 What is meant by Predictive Maintenance

07 List out some condition based monitoring techniques and briefly discuss on them

08 What is meant by Reliability Centered Maintenance (RCM)

09 What is Total Productive Maintenance (TPM) and discuss its similarities with TQM

10 What is meant by Reliability Centered Maintenance (RCM)

11 What does Safety Health and Environment pillar of TPM aims at

PART-B (16 Marks)

1 What do you understand by maintenance categories Explain common types and

explain the basis of their selection (16)

2 What are all the steps involved in preventive maintenance why preventive maintenance

is better than reactive maintenance (16)

3 Distinguish between fixed time maintenance and connect based maintenance Give the

merits and demerits (16)

4 Briefly explain the procedure for TPM (16)

5 Explain the repair cycle of metallic materials (16)

6 What are the functions of lubrication and gives the tips on lubrication (16)

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 19

UNIT III CONDITION MONITORING

Condition monitoring ndash Cost comparison with and without CM ndash On-load testing

and off-load testing ndash Methods and instruments for CM ndash Temperature sensitive

tapes ndash Pistol thermometers ndash Wear-debris analysis

CONDITION MONITORING

Condition monitoring is the process of monitoring a parameter of condition in machinery such that a significant change is indicative of a developing failure

It is a major component of predictive maintenance The use of conditional monitoring allows maintenance to be scheduled or other actions to be taken to avoid the consequences of failure before the failure occurs

Nevertheless a deviation from a reference value (eg temperature or vibration behavior) must occur to identify impeding damages

Predictive Maintenance does not predict failure

Machines with defects are more at risk of failure than defect free machines Once a defect has been identified the failure process has already commenced and CM systems can only measure the deterioration of the condition

Intervention in the early stages of deterioration is usually much more cost effective than allowing the machinery to fail Condition monitoring has a unique benefit in that the actual load and subsequent heat dissipation that represents normal service can be seen and conditions that would shorten normal lifespan can be addressed before repeated failures occur

Serviceable machinery includes rotating equipment and stationary plant such as boilers and heat exchangers

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 20

METHODS OF CM

1 Screen monitoring records video or static images detailing the contents or screen

capture of the entire [video display] or the content of the screen activity within a

particular program or computer application Monitoring tools may collect real

time video accelerated or [time-lapse] video or screen shots or may take video or

still image captures at regular intervals (eg once every 4 minutes) They may

collect images constantly or only collect information while the user is interacting

with the equipment (eg capturing screens when the mouse or keyboard is

active)

2 Data monitoring tracks the content of and changes to files stored on the local

[hard drive] or in the users private network share

3 Keystroke monitoring (eg number of keystrokes per minute) may track the

performance of keyboard-intensive work such as word processing or data entry

Keystroke logging captures all keyboard input to enable the employer to monitor

anything typed into the monitored machine

4 Idle time monitoring keeps track of time when the employee is away from the

computer or the computer is not being actively used

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 21

BENEFITS

o Screen monitoring records video or static images detailing the contents or

screen capture of the entire [video display] or the content of the screen

activity within a particular program or computer application

o Monitoring tools may collect real time video accelerated or [time-lapse]

video or screen shots or may take video or still image captures at regular

intervals (eg once every 4 minutes)

o They may collect images constantly or only collect information while the user

is interacting with the equipment (eg capturing screens when the mouse or

keyboard is active)

o Data monitoring tracks the content of and changes to files stored on the local

[hard drive] or in the users private network share

o Keystroke monitoring (eg number of keystrokes per minute) may track the

performance of keyboard-intensive work such as word processing or data

entry Keystroke logging captures all keyboard input to enable the employer to

monitor anything typed into the monitored machine

o Idle time monitoring keeps track of time when the employee is away from the

computer or the computer is not being actively used

NDE2002 predict assure improve

National Seminar of ISNT Chennai 5 ndash 7 12 2002

wwwnde2002org

SIMPLE INSTRUMENTS USED IN CONDITION MONITORING

Prof DRKIRAN

Head department of production Engineering StPeterrsquos Engineering College

ABSTRACT

Condition monitoring is a system of assessing the service condition or the change of service condition of any component or a part of an equipment or a system Considerable research has been done in this direction leading to development of several electrical and electronic monitoring instruments These when connected to strategic locations of the systems measure and indicate certain parameters enabling us to monitor the condition and take vital decisions on a continuous basis

Nevertheless the high cost of these instruments prevent their use in all required locations On the other hand traditionally used simple mechanical gadgets are being used by the maintenance personnel of todayrsquos industry all over the world These have the advantages of being portable simple easy to use and economical More significantly they can be used to check any location or component suspected to be functioning abnormally This paper discusses some of such instruments used and could be used for condition monitoring of industrial machines as well as process equipment like pressure vessels and heat exchangers

1 What is Condition monitoring

Condition monitoring is that type of planned maintenance wherein the actual working conditions of major components of an equipment are constantly monitored to give an indication of which parts should be replaced and which need not in the near future In other words the preventive maintenance with condition monitoring is a system in which in addition to the programmed stoppages for maintenance work an assessment is made on the condition of all major parts of an equipment while in operation even when a preventive maintenance schedule is on If by assessment the condition of the part is satisfactory the schedule of stopping the machine or scrapping the part etc is reviewed and deferred Similarly if the condition monitoring finds a certain part may fail in a short time it is replaced even before its PM schedule and prevent unexpected breakdowns

2 On-load vs off load condition monitoring

On load monitoring means monitoring or adjusting the parameters while the machine or equipment is running Thus it is done for superficial easily accessible amp non interfering parts of the equipment which can be carried out without interruption to the operation

Off load monitoring is for interior or inaccessible parts which need to be stopped temporarily to check the condition However there may be several situations like the two-shift working or the plantrsquos temporary shut down for other reasons when this class can be conducted without productions loss

3 Subjective aided subjective or objective condition monitoring

i) Subjective condition monitoring

Here the monitoring personnel use their perception of senses and judgement to note any change of the condition The four senses a man is bestowed with like seeing (emanation of smoke) hearing (bearing noise) smelling (burning of oil or rubber components due to excessive heat) feeling (touching the motor to feel the excessive heating or touching the housing to feel a vibrating shaft) are used It is important that the person carrying out subjective condition monitoring has an adequate qualifications and skills as the result depends on their judgement and experience In subjective condition monitoring it is also possible to use instructions guidelines or hints where to look for leakage bearing play etc Posters or figures illustrating different conditions of components may also be helpful

ii) Aided subjective or condition monitoring with simple gadgets

Here the monitoring personnel use simple gadgets to add to their ability to perceive conditions better These gadgets are discussed more in detail in the following paragraphs

iii) Objective condition monitoring

In objective condition monitoring different instruments and facilities are used for obtaining data giving direct measure of the parametric condition of the components even while the machine is working In many cases these simple mechanical or complex electronic measuring devices can be mounted on convenient locations for better monitoring and control

A doctor feeling the pulse (subjective) his using a stethoscope to determine any abnormal heart beat (aided subjective) or looking into the ECG monitor (objective) form the examples of the above three categories

4 Some of the gadgets and simple instruments used for condition monitoring

a) Monitoring of visual condition of inaccessible partslocations

Quite often the visual condition of the components located at inaccessible locations are to be monitored may be with respect to corrosion or fatigue cracking or even dust sediment collection that is deleterious to the functioning of the component Simple gadgets are being used either on-line or off-line to aid the perception of the condition Depending upon the extent of change as perceived the equipment can be stopped for detailed check andor rectification Some of the gadgets are illustrated below

i) Inspection mirrors used to inspect crevices dark spots inside of narrow mouthed cylinders or the pipes of heat exchangers or boilers These mirrors can be simple like that of a dentist or

a) with adjustable mirror angle controlled by a wire running along the holding rod or

b) illuminated with a light bulb near the mirror of special use in dark spots inside cylinders or inside heat exchanger pipes

c) with telescopic rod for adjusting the length of the gadget

d) mirrors fitted inside a small tube rather than on a rod to prevent damage to the mirror during insertion or other operation These are also called as borescopes

e) periscopic for specialised applications or to assist the viewer et Etc

fig 1 a) a collection of inspection mirrors b) inspection of crevices and c) inspecting the inside of as cylinder

Of specific interest to the NDE practitioners is their versatility to inspect the inside of the boiler pipes or heat exchanger pipes which can tell a lot about the working condition of the inside of the tubes about the rusting cracking sedimentation etc enabling an early preventive action

Fig 2 Use of borescopes to inspect heat exchanger pipes

Fig 3 borescopes and periscopes

ii) Endoscopes These are like borescopes but are flexible They work on the principle of image transfer by total internal reflection in a bundle of glass fibres They are more popular with gastroenterologists for diagnosing ulcers in stomachs Also called optical fibroscopes they are flexible ands are more versatile in several applications illustrated below Some times they are permanently fixed for constant monitoring of critical components are inserted when needed into pre-fixed tubular guides leading to the location to be monitored

Fig 4 The application of endoscopes in industrial equipment

Fig 5 The principle of endoscope

Having illustrated the gadgets for visual perception as above some of them used in other monitoring functions may be cited as below classified into the three categories

b) Temperature monitoring

Subjective -

Touching the motor etc and assessing if over heated

Aided subjective -

Temperature sensitive stickers are the most common ands cost effective A sticker having four of five 20 mm diameter dots of special paints each of which changes its colour at a particular temperature is stuck to the heat prone parts of the equipment The operatives or supervisor can identify its temperature range by looking at the stickers from a distance itself during their periodic patrol rounds Temperature sensitive chalks thermal paints with which larger part of the heat prone body is painted fall under this category -

Objective -

Pyrometers thermometers pistol thermometers etc Depending of convenience and need these instruments can be of thermostat type or connected to some sort of warning system in case of overheating

c) Vibration monitoring

Subjective

By touching and feeling the vibrations in a rotating body or by listening to vibrating sounds

Aided subjective

Stethoscopes use of screw driver ends by expert foremen etc

Objective -

Shock pulse meters (SPM) vibration measuring instruments etc

Vibration measurements made near the source of vibration might indicate the following

bull imbalance bull shaft misalignment bull damaged bearings (worn or chipped balls or races)

bull damaged gears another transmission components bull mechanical looseness bull cavitation and stall etc

d) Leak Monitoring

Subjective -

Listening to and identifying any hissing sound near hydraulic or pneumatic circuits

Aided subjective -

A number of leak detecting techniques are available including the soap and water methods Use of proprietary preparations can make this method more effective capable of detecting leaks as low as 1 m1s

Objective -

One powerful technique is ultrasonic detection When a fluid is forced through a leak under internal or external pressure sound is generated in the frequency range 40-80 Khz The ultrasonic leak detector identifies this very high frequency which is easily separated from the lower frequencies of ordinary machine noise

Fig 6 Ultrasonic leak detector to detect internal amp external leaks

e) Corrosion Monitoring

Subjective -

Corrosion cannot be generally judged visually and is not as effective as those discussed below

Aided subjective -

Corrosion coupons which are small pieces say 1 square inch of the same material as the base are pasted at locations suspected to be highly corrosive and analysed once in a month or as required The corrosion characteristics of the coupon are expected to be same as the base metal to which they are pasted and hence give an indirect measurement the corrosion of the body

Fig 7a) A view of the corrosion coupon b)The coupon mounted in tubes carrying chemicals

Objective -

Electrical and electronic devises can be developed to measure the corrosion characteristics based on the following principles the details of which are beyond the scope of this paper

diams The basic principle in Corrosion Monitoring is the change in the resistance of special electrical elements in corrosion environment

diams The potential difference between the reference electrode and the system will indicate the presence and the extent of corrosion

diams The polarisation resistance of the special designed probe indicate the rate of corrosion

diams Hydrogen gas formation during corrosion can be detected with a thin walled blind tube which can be analysed to determine the corrosion

f) Belt tension monitoring

subjective -

Slightly pressing down the V-belt

Aided subjective -

Pen type tension gage as illustrated below is a simple and handy one Depending upon belt looseness the inner part of the gage telescopes into the upper part leaving the rubber ring stuck on to the lower part at the lowest point of insertion On removing the gage the position of the rubber ring on the graduated scale of the lower part indicates the belt looseness that can be corrected if necessary

Objective -

Strain gages or other electronic instruments are used to measure the stresses in metallic parts or components

Fig 8 a) pen type tension gage and b) strain gage for bi-directional measurement

g) Shaft run-out monitoring

When a lathe is being tested for accuracy a mandrel is fixed in the spindle and rotated and checked for the run-out

Subjective -

If the run-out is high it can be visually seen

Aided subjective -

By use of dial gages fixed on to the bodies the amount of run-out can be measured But this can be done by turning the spindle by hand or at low speeds

Objective -

Optical sensors as illustrated below can be used to check the run-out even at high speeds

Fig 9 Run-out checking by optical sensor

h) Crack detection

This is mostly off-line monitoring and most tests under this category form NDE tests the primary function of ISNT specialists Most serious failures are preceded by crack growth from a point of stress concentration or from a material defect at the surface of the component A number of crack detection techniques have been developed to a great degree of advancement like dye penetration test (PT) magnetic particle test (MT) Electrical resistance or eddy current test (ET) Ultrasonic Testing (UT) and Radiographic test (RT)

While the first two of the following can be classified as aided subjective the latter can be categorised as objective Since the purpose of this paragraph is to highlight crack detection as a condition monitoring techniques these NDE methods are only cited but not discussed further

5 Conclusion

While only few types of monitoring namely visual temperature vibration leak corrosion run-out belt tension and crack monitoring are discussed a host of simple gadgets are being developed according to their specific use for many other monitoring functions that are not discussed here

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 22

LOAD TESTING

o Load testing is the process of putting demand on a system or device

and measuring its response

o Load testing is performed to determine a systemrsquos behavior under both

normal and anticipated peak load conditions

o It helps to identify the maximum operating capacity of an application

as well as any bottlenecks and determine which element is causing

degradation

o When the load placed on the system is raised beyond normal usage

patterns in order to test the systems response at unusually high or

peak loads it is known as stress testing

o The load is usually so great that error conditions are the expected

result although no clear boundary exists when an activity ceases to be

a load test and becomes a stress test

o There is little agreement on what the specific goals of load testing are

o The term is often used synonymously with concurrency testing

software performance testing reliability testing and volume testing

o Load testing is a type of non-functional testing

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 23

WEAR DEBRIS ANALYSIS

Using a Scanning Electron Microscope of a carefully taken sample of debris

suspended in lubricating oil (taken from filters or magnetic chip detectors)

Instruments then reveal the elements contained their proportions size and

morphology

Using this method the site the mechanical failure mechanism and the time to

eventual failure may be determined This is called WDA - Wear Debris Analysis

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 24

UNIT-III

CONDITION MONOTORING

PART-A (2 Marks)

1 What is equipment health monitoring

2 List down the factors for increasing the demand condition monitoring

3 List down the key features of condition monitoring

4 Write down the basic steps in condition monitoring

5 What are three types of condition monitoring

6 State the advantages and disadvantages of condition monitoring

7 Mention the various costs involved in costing of condition monitoring mainly

8 State the methods of measuring vibration

9 Describe briefly pistol thermometer

10 Name the types of pyrometers

11 Mention title applications of bimetallic strip

12 List down the features of RTD

13 State the applications and limitations of thermisters

PART-B (16 Marks)

1 What is condition monitoring and explain condition monitoring What type of condition

monitoring are normally used in industry (16)

2 What is leakage monitoring Explain some of the leakage mediums used for condition

monitoring (16)

3 What is wear debris analysis what are the three wear debris analysis techniques

commonly used and compare their performance and uses (16)

4 Briefly explain the cost comparison with and without condition monitoring (16)

5 What is thermal monitoring and what thermal monitoring are used in industries

explain principle and uses of thermograph (16)

6 Briefly explain various methods and instruments for condition monitoring (16)

Page 19: ME1012 Maintenance Engineering Study Materials

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 15

Original goal of total productive management

―Continuously improve all operational conditions within a production system by

stimulating the daily awareness of all employees (by Seiichi Nakajima Japan JIPM)

TPM focuses primarily on manufacturing (although its benefits are applicable to virtually

any process) and is the first methodology Toyota used to improve its global position

(1950s) After TPM the focus was stretched and also suppliers and customers were

involved (Supply Chain) this next methodology was called lean manufacturing This

sheet gives an overview of TPM in its original form

An accurate and practical implementation of TPM will increase productivity within the

total organization where

(1) A clear business culture is designed to continuously improve the efficiency of the

total production system

(2) A standardized and systematic approach is used where all losses are prevented andor

known all departments influencing productivity will be involved to move from a

reactive to a predictive mindset

(4) A transparent multidisciplinary organization in reaching zero losses

(5) Steps are taken as a journey not as a quick menu

Finally TPM will provide practical and transparent ingredients to reach operational

excellence

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 16

IMPLEMENTATION

TPM has basically 3 goals - Zero Product Defects Zero Equipment Unplanned Failures

and Zero Accidents

It sets out to achieve these goals by Gap Analysis of previous historical records of

Product Defects Equipment Failures and Accidents

Then through a clear understanding of this Gap Analysis (Fishbone Cause-Effect

Analysis Why-Why Cause-Effect Analysis and P-M Analysis) plan a physical

investigation to discover new latent fuguai (slight deterioration) during the first step in

TPM Autonomous Maintenance called Initial Cleaning

TPM identifies the 7 losses (types of waste) (muda) namely set-up and initial adjustment

time equipment breakdown time idling and minor losses speed (cycle time) losses

start-up quality losses and in process quality losses and then works systematically to

eliminate them by making improvements (kaizen) TPM has 8 pillars of activity each

being set to achieve a ―zero target

These 8 pillars are the following focussed improvement (Kobetsu Kaizen) autonomous

maintenance (Jishu Hozen) planned maintenance training and education early-phase

management quality maintenance (Hinshitsu Hozen) office TPM and safety health and

environment Few organisation also add Pillars according to their Work Place like

Tools Management Information Technology amp more

The Base for the TPM Activity is 5S Seiri (Sorting out the required or not required

items) Seition (Systematic Arrangement of the required items) Seiso (Cleaniness)

Seiketsu (Standardisation) Shitsuke (Self Discipline)

The Pillars amp their details

a) Efficient Equipment Utilisation

b) Efficient Worker Utilisation

c) Efficient Material amp Energy Utilisation

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 17

REPAIRABLE

Repairable parts are parts that are deemed worthy of repair usually by virtue of economic

consideration of their repair cost

Rather than bear the cost of completely replacing a finished product repairables typically

are designed to enable more affordable maintenance by being more modular

This allows components to be more easily removed repaired and replaced enabling

cheaper replacement

Spare parts that are needed to support condemnation of repairable parts are known as

replenishment spares

A rotable pool is a pool of repairable spare parts inventory set aside to allow for multiple

repairs to be accomplished simultaneously

This can be used to minimize stockout conditions for repairable items

REPAIR CYCLE

From the perspective of logistics a model of the life cycle of parts in a supply chain can

be developed

This model called the repair cycle consists of functioning parts in use by equipment

operators and the entire sequence of suppliers or repair providers that replenish

functional part inventories either by production or repair when they have failed

Ultimately this sequence ends with the manufacturer

This type of model allows demands on a supply system to ultimately be traced to their

operational reliability allowing for analysis of the dynamics of the supply system in

particular spare parts

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 18

UNIT-II

MAINTENANCE POLICIES ndash PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

PART-A (2 Marks)

01 What is meant by Breakdown maintenance approach

02 Classify various planned maintenance approach

03 Define Corrective maintenance approach

04 What is meant by preventive maintenance approach

05 List out the objectives of Corrective maintenance

06 What is meant by Predictive Maintenance

07 List out some condition based monitoring techniques and briefly discuss on them

08 What is meant by Reliability Centered Maintenance (RCM)

09 What is Total Productive Maintenance (TPM) and discuss its similarities with TQM

10 What is meant by Reliability Centered Maintenance (RCM)

11 What does Safety Health and Environment pillar of TPM aims at

PART-B (16 Marks)

1 What do you understand by maintenance categories Explain common types and

explain the basis of their selection (16)

2 What are all the steps involved in preventive maintenance why preventive maintenance

is better than reactive maintenance (16)

3 Distinguish between fixed time maintenance and connect based maintenance Give the

merits and demerits (16)

4 Briefly explain the procedure for TPM (16)

5 Explain the repair cycle of metallic materials (16)

6 What are the functions of lubrication and gives the tips on lubrication (16)

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 19

UNIT III CONDITION MONITORING

Condition monitoring ndash Cost comparison with and without CM ndash On-load testing

and off-load testing ndash Methods and instruments for CM ndash Temperature sensitive

tapes ndash Pistol thermometers ndash Wear-debris analysis

CONDITION MONITORING

Condition monitoring is the process of monitoring a parameter of condition in machinery such that a significant change is indicative of a developing failure

It is a major component of predictive maintenance The use of conditional monitoring allows maintenance to be scheduled or other actions to be taken to avoid the consequences of failure before the failure occurs

Nevertheless a deviation from a reference value (eg temperature or vibration behavior) must occur to identify impeding damages

Predictive Maintenance does not predict failure

Machines with defects are more at risk of failure than defect free machines Once a defect has been identified the failure process has already commenced and CM systems can only measure the deterioration of the condition

Intervention in the early stages of deterioration is usually much more cost effective than allowing the machinery to fail Condition monitoring has a unique benefit in that the actual load and subsequent heat dissipation that represents normal service can be seen and conditions that would shorten normal lifespan can be addressed before repeated failures occur

Serviceable machinery includes rotating equipment and stationary plant such as boilers and heat exchangers

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 20

METHODS OF CM

1 Screen monitoring records video or static images detailing the contents or screen

capture of the entire [video display] or the content of the screen activity within a

particular program or computer application Monitoring tools may collect real

time video accelerated or [time-lapse] video or screen shots or may take video or

still image captures at regular intervals (eg once every 4 minutes) They may

collect images constantly or only collect information while the user is interacting

with the equipment (eg capturing screens when the mouse or keyboard is

active)

2 Data monitoring tracks the content of and changes to files stored on the local

[hard drive] or in the users private network share

3 Keystroke monitoring (eg number of keystrokes per minute) may track the

performance of keyboard-intensive work such as word processing or data entry

Keystroke logging captures all keyboard input to enable the employer to monitor

anything typed into the monitored machine

4 Idle time monitoring keeps track of time when the employee is away from the

computer or the computer is not being actively used

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 21

BENEFITS

o Screen monitoring records video or static images detailing the contents or

screen capture of the entire [video display] or the content of the screen

activity within a particular program or computer application

o Monitoring tools may collect real time video accelerated or [time-lapse]

video or screen shots or may take video or still image captures at regular

intervals (eg once every 4 minutes)

o They may collect images constantly or only collect information while the user

is interacting with the equipment (eg capturing screens when the mouse or

keyboard is active)

o Data monitoring tracks the content of and changes to files stored on the local

[hard drive] or in the users private network share

o Keystroke monitoring (eg number of keystrokes per minute) may track the

performance of keyboard-intensive work such as word processing or data

entry Keystroke logging captures all keyboard input to enable the employer to

monitor anything typed into the monitored machine

o Idle time monitoring keeps track of time when the employee is away from the

computer or the computer is not being actively used

NDE2002 predict assure improve

National Seminar of ISNT Chennai 5 ndash 7 12 2002

wwwnde2002org

SIMPLE INSTRUMENTS USED IN CONDITION MONITORING

Prof DRKIRAN

Head department of production Engineering StPeterrsquos Engineering College

ABSTRACT

Condition monitoring is a system of assessing the service condition or the change of service condition of any component or a part of an equipment or a system Considerable research has been done in this direction leading to development of several electrical and electronic monitoring instruments These when connected to strategic locations of the systems measure and indicate certain parameters enabling us to monitor the condition and take vital decisions on a continuous basis

Nevertheless the high cost of these instruments prevent their use in all required locations On the other hand traditionally used simple mechanical gadgets are being used by the maintenance personnel of todayrsquos industry all over the world These have the advantages of being portable simple easy to use and economical More significantly they can be used to check any location or component suspected to be functioning abnormally This paper discusses some of such instruments used and could be used for condition monitoring of industrial machines as well as process equipment like pressure vessels and heat exchangers

1 What is Condition monitoring

Condition monitoring is that type of planned maintenance wherein the actual working conditions of major components of an equipment are constantly monitored to give an indication of which parts should be replaced and which need not in the near future In other words the preventive maintenance with condition monitoring is a system in which in addition to the programmed stoppages for maintenance work an assessment is made on the condition of all major parts of an equipment while in operation even when a preventive maintenance schedule is on If by assessment the condition of the part is satisfactory the schedule of stopping the machine or scrapping the part etc is reviewed and deferred Similarly if the condition monitoring finds a certain part may fail in a short time it is replaced even before its PM schedule and prevent unexpected breakdowns

2 On-load vs off load condition monitoring

On load monitoring means monitoring or adjusting the parameters while the machine or equipment is running Thus it is done for superficial easily accessible amp non interfering parts of the equipment which can be carried out without interruption to the operation

Off load monitoring is for interior or inaccessible parts which need to be stopped temporarily to check the condition However there may be several situations like the two-shift working or the plantrsquos temporary shut down for other reasons when this class can be conducted without productions loss

3 Subjective aided subjective or objective condition monitoring

i) Subjective condition monitoring

Here the monitoring personnel use their perception of senses and judgement to note any change of the condition The four senses a man is bestowed with like seeing (emanation of smoke) hearing (bearing noise) smelling (burning of oil or rubber components due to excessive heat) feeling (touching the motor to feel the excessive heating or touching the housing to feel a vibrating shaft) are used It is important that the person carrying out subjective condition monitoring has an adequate qualifications and skills as the result depends on their judgement and experience In subjective condition monitoring it is also possible to use instructions guidelines or hints where to look for leakage bearing play etc Posters or figures illustrating different conditions of components may also be helpful

ii) Aided subjective or condition monitoring with simple gadgets

Here the monitoring personnel use simple gadgets to add to their ability to perceive conditions better These gadgets are discussed more in detail in the following paragraphs

iii) Objective condition monitoring

In objective condition monitoring different instruments and facilities are used for obtaining data giving direct measure of the parametric condition of the components even while the machine is working In many cases these simple mechanical or complex electronic measuring devices can be mounted on convenient locations for better monitoring and control

A doctor feeling the pulse (subjective) his using a stethoscope to determine any abnormal heart beat (aided subjective) or looking into the ECG monitor (objective) form the examples of the above three categories

4 Some of the gadgets and simple instruments used for condition monitoring

a) Monitoring of visual condition of inaccessible partslocations

Quite often the visual condition of the components located at inaccessible locations are to be monitored may be with respect to corrosion or fatigue cracking or even dust sediment collection that is deleterious to the functioning of the component Simple gadgets are being used either on-line or off-line to aid the perception of the condition Depending upon the extent of change as perceived the equipment can be stopped for detailed check andor rectification Some of the gadgets are illustrated below

i) Inspection mirrors used to inspect crevices dark spots inside of narrow mouthed cylinders or the pipes of heat exchangers or boilers These mirrors can be simple like that of a dentist or

a) with adjustable mirror angle controlled by a wire running along the holding rod or

b) illuminated with a light bulb near the mirror of special use in dark spots inside cylinders or inside heat exchanger pipes

c) with telescopic rod for adjusting the length of the gadget

d) mirrors fitted inside a small tube rather than on a rod to prevent damage to the mirror during insertion or other operation These are also called as borescopes

e) periscopic for specialised applications or to assist the viewer et Etc

fig 1 a) a collection of inspection mirrors b) inspection of crevices and c) inspecting the inside of as cylinder

Of specific interest to the NDE practitioners is their versatility to inspect the inside of the boiler pipes or heat exchanger pipes which can tell a lot about the working condition of the inside of the tubes about the rusting cracking sedimentation etc enabling an early preventive action

Fig 2 Use of borescopes to inspect heat exchanger pipes

Fig 3 borescopes and periscopes

ii) Endoscopes These are like borescopes but are flexible They work on the principle of image transfer by total internal reflection in a bundle of glass fibres They are more popular with gastroenterologists for diagnosing ulcers in stomachs Also called optical fibroscopes they are flexible ands are more versatile in several applications illustrated below Some times they are permanently fixed for constant monitoring of critical components are inserted when needed into pre-fixed tubular guides leading to the location to be monitored

Fig 4 The application of endoscopes in industrial equipment

Fig 5 The principle of endoscope

Having illustrated the gadgets for visual perception as above some of them used in other monitoring functions may be cited as below classified into the three categories

b) Temperature monitoring

Subjective -

Touching the motor etc and assessing if over heated

Aided subjective -

Temperature sensitive stickers are the most common ands cost effective A sticker having four of five 20 mm diameter dots of special paints each of which changes its colour at a particular temperature is stuck to the heat prone parts of the equipment The operatives or supervisor can identify its temperature range by looking at the stickers from a distance itself during their periodic patrol rounds Temperature sensitive chalks thermal paints with which larger part of the heat prone body is painted fall under this category -

Objective -

Pyrometers thermometers pistol thermometers etc Depending of convenience and need these instruments can be of thermostat type or connected to some sort of warning system in case of overheating

c) Vibration monitoring

Subjective

By touching and feeling the vibrations in a rotating body or by listening to vibrating sounds

Aided subjective

Stethoscopes use of screw driver ends by expert foremen etc

Objective -

Shock pulse meters (SPM) vibration measuring instruments etc

Vibration measurements made near the source of vibration might indicate the following

bull imbalance bull shaft misalignment bull damaged bearings (worn or chipped balls or races)

bull damaged gears another transmission components bull mechanical looseness bull cavitation and stall etc

d) Leak Monitoring

Subjective -

Listening to and identifying any hissing sound near hydraulic or pneumatic circuits

Aided subjective -

A number of leak detecting techniques are available including the soap and water methods Use of proprietary preparations can make this method more effective capable of detecting leaks as low as 1 m1s

Objective -

One powerful technique is ultrasonic detection When a fluid is forced through a leak under internal or external pressure sound is generated in the frequency range 40-80 Khz The ultrasonic leak detector identifies this very high frequency which is easily separated from the lower frequencies of ordinary machine noise

Fig 6 Ultrasonic leak detector to detect internal amp external leaks

e) Corrosion Monitoring

Subjective -

Corrosion cannot be generally judged visually and is not as effective as those discussed below

Aided subjective -

Corrosion coupons which are small pieces say 1 square inch of the same material as the base are pasted at locations suspected to be highly corrosive and analysed once in a month or as required The corrosion characteristics of the coupon are expected to be same as the base metal to which they are pasted and hence give an indirect measurement the corrosion of the body

Fig 7a) A view of the corrosion coupon b)The coupon mounted in tubes carrying chemicals

Objective -

Electrical and electronic devises can be developed to measure the corrosion characteristics based on the following principles the details of which are beyond the scope of this paper

diams The basic principle in Corrosion Monitoring is the change in the resistance of special electrical elements in corrosion environment

diams The potential difference between the reference electrode and the system will indicate the presence and the extent of corrosion

diams The polarisation resistance of the special designed probe indicate the rate of corrosion

diams Hydrogen gas formation during corrosion can be detected with a thin walled blind tube which can be analysed to determine the corrosion

f) Belt tension monitoring

subjective -

Slightly pressing down the V-belt

Aided subjective -

Pen type tension gage as illustrated below is a simple and handy one Depending upon belt looseness the inner part of the gage telescopes into the upper part leaving the rubber ring stuck on to the lower part at the lowest point of insertion On removing the gage the position of the rubber ring on the graduated scale of the lower part indicates the belt looseness that can be corrected if necessary

Objective -

Strain gages or other electronic instruments are used to measure the stresses in metallic parts or components

Fig 8 a) pen type tension gage and b) strain gage for bi-directional measurement

g) Shaft run-out monitoring

When a lathe is being tested for accuracy a mandrel is fixed in the spindle and rotated and checked for the run-out

Subjective -

If the run-out is high it can be visually seen

Aided subjective -

By use of dial gages fixed on to the bodies the amount of run-out can be measured But this can be done by turning the spindle by hand or at low speeds

Objective -

Optical sensors as illustrated below can be used to check the run-out even at high speeds

Fig 9 Run-out checking by optical sensor

h) Crack detection

This is mostly off-line monitoring and most tests under this category form NDE tests the primary function of ISNT specialists Most serious failures are preceded by crack growth from a point of stress concentration or from a material defect at the surface of the component A number of crack detection techniques have been developed to a great degree of advancement like dye penetration test (PT) magnetic particle test (MT) Electrical resistance or eddy current test (ET) Ultrasonic Testing (UT) and Radiographic test (RT)

While the first two of the following can be classified as aided subjective the latter can be categorised as objective Since the purpose of this paragraph is to highlight crack detection as a condition monitoring techniques these NDE methods are only cited but not discussed further

5 Conclusion

While only few types of monitoring namely visual temperature vibration leak corrosion run-out belt tension and crack monitoring are discussed a host of simple gadgets are being developed according to their specific use for many other monitoring functions that are not discussed here

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 22

LOAD TESTING

o Load testing is the process of putting demand on a system or device

and measuring its response

o Load testing is performed to determine a systemrsquos behavior under both

normal and anticipated peak load conditions

o It helps to identify the maximum operating capacity of an application

as well as any bottlenecks and determine which element is causing

degradation

o When the load placed on the system is raised beyond normal usage

patterns in order to test the systems response at unusually high or

peak loads it is known as stress testing

o The load is usually so great that error conditions are the expected

result although no clear boundary exists when an activity ceases to be

a load test and becomes a stress test

o There is little agreement on what the specific goals of load testing are

o The term is often used synonymously with concurrency testing

software performance testing reliability testing and volume testing

o Load testing is a type of non-functional testing

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 23

WEAR DEBRIS ANALYSIS

Using a Scanning Electron Microscope of a carefully taken sample of debris

suspended in lubricating oil (taken from filters or magnetic chip detectors)

Instruments then reveal the elements contained their proportions size and

morphology

Using this method the site the mechanical failure mechanism and the time to

eventual failure may be determined This is called WDA - Wear Debris Analysis

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 24

UNIT-III

CONDITION MONOTORING

PART-A (2 Marks)

1 What is equipment health monitoring

2 List down the factors for increasing the demand condition monitoring

3 List down the key features of condition monitoring

4 Write down the basic steps in condition monitoring

5 What are three types of condition monitoring

6 State the advantages and disadvantages of condition monitoring

7 Mention the various costs involved in costing of condition monitoring mainly

8 State the methods of measuring vibration

9 Describe briefly pistol thermometer

10 Name the types of pyrometers

11 Mention title applications of bimetallic strip

12 List down the features of RTD

13 State the applications and limitations of thermisters

PART-B (16 Marks)

1 What is condition monitoring and explain condition monitoring What type of condition

monitoring are normally used in industry (16)

2 What is leakage monitoring Explain some of the leakage mediums used for condition

monitoring (16)

3 What is wear debris analysis what are the three wear debris analysis techniques

commonly used and compare their performance and uses (16)

4 Briefly explain the cost comparison with and without condition monitoring (16)

5 What is thermal monitoring and what thermal monitoring are used in industries

explain principle and uses of thermograph (16)

6 Briefly explain various methods and instruments for condition monitoring (16)

Page 20: ME1012 Maintenance Engineering Study Materials

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 16

IMPLEMENTATION

TPM has basically 3 goals - Zero Product Defects Zero Equipment Unplanned Failures

and Zero Accidents

It sets out to achieve these goals by Gap Analysis of previous historical records of

Product Defects Equipment Failures and Accidents

Then through a clear understanding of this Gap Analysis (Fishbone Cause-Effect

Analysis Why-Why Cause-Effect Analysis and P-M Analysis) plan a physical

investigation to discover new latent fuguai (slight deterioration) during the first step in

TPM Autonomous Maintenance called Initial Cleaning

TPM identifies the 7 losses (types of waste) (muda) namely set-up and initial adjustment

time equipment breakdown time idling and minor losses speed (cycle time) losses

start-up quality losses and in process quality losses and then works systematically to

eliminate them by making improvements (kaizen) TPM has 8 pillars of activity each

being set to achieve a ―zero target

These 8 pillars are the following focussed improvement (Kobetsu Kaizen) autonomous

maintenance (Jishu Hozen) planned maintenance training and education early-phase

management quality maintenance (Hinshitsu Hozen) office TPM and safety health and

environment Few organisation also add Pillars according to their Work Place like

Tools Management Information Technology amp more

The Base for the TPM Activity is 5S Seiri (Sorting out the required or not required

items) Seition (Systematic Arrangement of the required items) Seiso (Cleaniness)

Seiketsu (Standardisation) Shitsuke (Self Discipline)

The Pillars amp their details

a) Efficient Equipment Utilisation

b) Efficient Worker Utilisation

c) Efficient Material amp Energy Utilisation

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 17

REPAIRABLE

Repairable parts are parts that are deemed worthy of repair usually by virtue of economic

consideration of their repair cost

Rather than bear the cost of completely replacing a finished product repairables typically

are designed to enable more affordable maintenance by being more modular

This allows components to be more easily removed repaired and replaced enabling

cheaper replacement

Spare parts that are needed to support condemnation of repairable parts are known as

replenishment spares

A rotable pool is a pool of repairable spare parts inventory set aside to allow for multiple

repairs to be accomplished simultaneously

This can be used to minimize stockout conditions for repairable items

REPAIR CYCLE

From the perspective of logistics a model of the life cycle of parts in a supply chain can

be developed

This model called the repair cycle consists of functioning parts in use by equipment

operators and the entire sequence of suppliers or repair providers that replenish

functional part inventories either by production or repair when they have failed

Ultimately this sequence ends with the manufacturer

This type of model allows demands on a supply system to ultimately be traced to their

operational reliability allowing for analysis of the dynamics of the supply system in

particular spare parts

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 18

UNIT-II

MAINTENANCE POLICIES ndash PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

PART-A (2 Marks)

01 What is meant by Breakdown maintenance approach

02 Classify various planned maintenance approach

03 Define Corrective maintenance approach

04 What is meant by preventive maintenance approach

05 List out the objectives of Corrective maintenance

06 What is meant by Predictive Maintenance

07 List out some condition based monitoring techniques and briefly discuss on them

08 What is meant by Reliability Centered Maintenance (RCM)

09 What is Total Productive Maintenance (TPM) and discuss its similarities with TQM

10 What is meant by Reliability Centered Maintenance (RCM)

11 What does Safety Health and Environment pillar of TPM aims at

PART-B (16 Marks)

1 What do you understand by maintenance categories Explain common types and

explain the basis of their selection (16)

2 What are all the steps involved in preventive maintenance why preventive maintenance

is better than reactive maintenance (16)

3 Distinguish between fixed time maintenance and connect based maintenance Give the

merits and demerits (16)

4 Briefly explain the procedure for TPM (16)

5 Explain the repair cycle of metallic materials (16)

6 What are the functions of lubrication and gives the tips on lubrication (16)

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 19

UNIT III CONDITION MONITORING

Condition monitoring ndash Cost comparison with and without CM ndash On-load testing

and off-load testing ndash Methods and instruments for CM ndash Temperature sensitive

tapes ndash Pistol thermometers ndash Wear-debris analysis

CONDITION MONITORING

Condition monitoring is the process of monitoring a parameter of condition in machinery such that a significant change is indicative of a developing failure

It is a major component of predictive maintenance The use of conditional monitoring allows maintenance to be scheduled or other actions to be taken to avoid the consequences of failure before the failure occurs

Nevertheless a deviation from a reference value (eg temperature or vibration behavior) must occur to identify impeding damages

Predictive Maintenance does not predict failure

Machines with defects are more at risk of failure than defect free machines Once a defect has been identified the failure process has already commenced and CM systems can only measure the deterioration of the condition

Intervention in the early stages of deterioration is usually much more cost effective than allowing the machinery to fail Condition monitoring has a unique benefit in that the actual load and subsequent heat dissipation that represents normal service can be seen and conditions that would shorten normal lifespan can be addressed before repeated failures occur

Serviceable machinery includes rotating equipment and stationary plant such as boilers and heat exchangers

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 20

METHODS OF CM

1 Screen monitoring records video or static images detailing the contents or screen

capture of the entire [video display] or the content of the screen activity within a

particular program or computer application Monitoring tools may collect real

time video accelerated or [time-lapse] video or screen shots or may take video or

still image captures at regular intervals (eg once every 4 minutes) They may

collect images constantly or only collect information while the user is interacting

with the equipment (eg capturing screens when the mouse or keyboard is

active)

2 Data monitoring tracks the content of and changes to files stored on the local

[hard drive] or in the users private network share

3 Keystroke monitoring (eg number of keystrokes per minute) may track the

performance of keyboard-intensive work such as word processing or data entry

Keystroke logging captures all keyboard input to enable the employer to monitor

anything typed into the monitored machine

4 Idle time monitoring keeps track of time when the employee is away from the

computer or the computer is not being actively used

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 21

BENEFITS

o Screen monitoring records video or static images detailing the contents or

screen capture of the entire [video display] or the content of the screen

activity within a particular program or computer application

o Monitoring tools may collect real time video accelerated or [time-lapse]

video or screen shots or may take video or still image captures at regular

intervals (eg once every 4 minutes)

o They may collect images constantly or only collect information while the user

is interacting with the equipment (eg capturing screens when the mouse or

keyboard is active)

o Data monitoring tracks the content of and changes to files stored on the local

[hard drive] or in the users private network share

o Keystroke monitoring (eg number of keystrokes per minute) may track the

performance of keyboard-intensive work such as word processing or data

entry Keystroke logging captures all keyboard input to enable the employer to

monitor anything typed into the monitored machine

o Idle time monitoring keeps track of time when the employee is away from the

computer or the computer is not being actively used

NDE2002 predict assure improve

National Seminar of ISNT Chennai 5 ndash 7 12 2002

wwwnde2002org

SIMPLE INSTRUMENTS USED IN CONDITION MONITORING

Prof DRKIRAN

Head department of production Engineering StPeterrsquos Engineering College

ABSTRACT

Condition monitoring is a system of assessing the service condition or the change of service condition of any component or a part of an equipment or a system Considerable research has been done in this direction leading to development of several electrical and electronic monitoring instruments These when connected to strategic locations of the systems measure and indicate certain parameters enabling us to monitor the condition and take vital decisions on a continuous basis

Nevertheless the high cost of these instruments prevent their use in all required locations On the other hand traditionally used simple mechanical gadgets are being used by the maintenance personnel of todayrsquos industry all over the world These have the advantages of being portable simple easy to use and economical More significantly they can be used to check any location or component suspected to be functioning abnormally This paper discusses some of such instruments used and could be used for condition monitoring of industrial machines as well as process equipment like pressure vessels and heat exchangers

1 What is Condition monitoring

Condition monitoring is that type of planned maintenance wherein the actual working conditions of major components of an equipment are constantly monitored to give an indication of which parts should be replaced and which need not in the near future In other words the preventive maintenance with condition monitoring is a system in which in addition to the programmed stoppages for maintenance work an assessment is made on the condition of all major parts of an equipment while in operation even when a preventive maintenance schedule is on If by assessment the condition of the part is satisfactory the schedule of stopping the machine or scrapping the part etc is reviewed and deferred Similarly if the condition monitoring finds a certain part may fail in a short time it is replaced even before its PM schedule and prevent unexpected breakdowns

2 On-load vs off load condition monitoring

On load monitoring means monitoring or adjusting the parameters while the machine or equipment is running Thus it is done for superficial easily accessible amp non interfering parts of the equipment which can be carried out without interruption to the operation

Off load monitoring is for interior or inaccessible parts which need to be stopped temporarily to check the condition However there may be several situations like the two-shift working or the plantrsquos temporary shut down for other reasons when this class can be conducted without productions loss

3 Subjective aided subjective or objective condition monitoring

i) Subjective condition monitoring

Here the monitoring personnel use their perception of senses and judgement to note any change of the condition The four senses a man is bestowed with like seeing (emanation of smoke) hearing (bearing noise) smelling (burning of oil or rubber components due to excessive heat) feeling (touching the motor to feel the excessive heating or touching the housing to feel a vibrating shaft) are used It is important that the person carrying out subjective condition monitoring has an adequate qualifications and skills as the result depends on their judgement and experience In subjective condition monitoring it is also possible to use instructions guidelines or hints where to look for leakage bearing play etc Posters or figures illustrating different conditions of components may also be helpful

ii) Aided subjective or condition monitoring with simple gadgets

Here the monitoring personnel use simple gadgets to add to their ability to perceive conditions better These gadgets are discussed more in detail in the following paragraphs

iii) Objective condition monitoring

In objective condition monitoring different instruments and facilities are used for obtaining data giving direct measure of the parametric condition of the components even while the machine is working In many cases these simple mechanical or complex electronic measuring devices can be mounted on convenient locations for better monitoring and control

A doctor feeling the pulse (subjective) his using a stethoscope to determine any abnormal heart beat (aided subjective) or looking into the ECG monitor (objective) form the examples of the above three categories

4 Some of the gadgets and simple instruments used for condition monitoring

a) Monitoring of visual condition of inaccessible partslocations

Quite often the visual condition of the components located at inaccessible locations are to be monitored may be with respect to corrosion or fatigue cracking or even dust sediment collection that is deleterious to the functioning of the component Simple gadgets are being used either on-line or off-line to aid the perception of the condition Depending upon the extent of change as perceived the equipment can be stopped for detailed check andor rectification Some of the gadgets are illustrated below

i) Inspection mirrors used to inspect crevices dark spots inside of narrow mouthed cylinders or the pipes of heat exchangers or boilers These mirrors can be simple like that of a dentist or

a) with adjustable mirror angle controlled by a wire running along the holding rod or

b) illuminated with a light bulb near the mirror of special use in dark spots inside cylinders or inside heat exchanger pipes

c) with telescopic rod for adjusting the length of the gadget

d) mirrors fitted inside a small tube rather than on a rod to prevent damage to the mirror during insertion or other operation These are also called as borescopes

e) periscopic for specialised applications or to assist the viewer et Etc

fig 1 a) a collection of inspection mirrors b) inspection of crevices and c) inspecting the inside of as cylinder

Of specific interest to the NDE practitioners is their versatility to inspect the inside of the boiler pipes or heat exchanger pipes which can tell a lot about the working condition of the inside of the tubes about the rusting cracking sedimentation etc enabling an early preventive action

Fig 2 Use of borescopes to inspect heat exchanger pipes

Fig 3 borescopes and periscopes

ii) Endoscopes These are like borescopes but are flexible They work on the principle of image transfer by total internal reflection in a bundle of glass fibres They are more popular with gastroenterologists for diagnosing ulcers in stomachs Also called optical fibroscopes they are flexible ands are more versatile in several applications illustrated below Some times they are permanently fixed for constant monitoring of critical components are inserted when needed into pre-fixed tubular guides leading to the location to be monitored

Fig 4 The application of endoscopes in industrial equipment

Fig 5 The principle of endoscope

Having illustrated the gadgets for visual perception as above some of them used in other monitoring functions may be cited as below classified into the three categories

b) Temperature monitoring

Subjective -

Touching the motor etc and assessing if over heated

Aided subjective -

Temperature sensitive stickers are the most common ands cost effective A sticker having four of five 20 mm diameter dots of special paints each of which changes its colour at a particular temperature is stuck to the heat prone parts of the equipment The operatives or supervisor can identify its temperature range by looking at the stickers from a distance itself during their periodic patrol rounds Temperature sensitive chalks thermal paints with which larger part of the heat prone body is painted fall under this category -

Objective -

Pyrometers thermometers pistol thermometers etc Depending of convenience and need these instruments can be of thermostat type or connected to some sort of warning system in case of overheating

c) Vibration monitoring

Subjective

By touching and feeling the vibrations in a rotating body or by listening to vibrating sounds

Aided subjective

Stethoscopes use of screw driver ends by expert foremen etc

Objective -

Shock pulse meters (SPM) vibration measuring instruments etc

Vibration measurements made near the source of vibration might indicate the following

bull imbalance bull shaft misalignment bull damaged bearings (worn or chipped balls or races)

bull damaged gears another transmission components bull mechanical looseness bull cavitation and stall etc

d) Leak Monitoring

Subjective -

Listening to and identifying any hissing sound near hydraulic or pneumatic circuits

Aided subjective -

A number of leak detecting techniques are available including the soap and water methods Use of proprietary preparations can make this method more effective capable of detecting leaks as low as 1 m1s

Objective -

One powerful technique is ultrasonic detection When a fluid is forced through a leak under internal or external pressure sound is generated in the frequency range 40-80 Khz The ultrasonic leak detector identifies this very high frequency which is easily separated from the lower frequencies of ordinary machine noise

Fig 6 Ultrasonic leak detector to detect internal amp external leaks

e) Corrosion Monitoring

Subjective -

Corrosion cannot be generally judged visually and is not as effective as those discussed below

Aided subjective -

Corrosion coupons which are small pieces say 1 square inch of the same material as the base are pasted at locations suspected to be highly corrosive and analysed once in a month or as required The corrosion characteristics of the coupon are expected to be same as the base metal to which they are pasted and hence give an indirect measurement the corrosion of the body

Fig 7a) A view of the corrosion coupon b)The coupon mounted in tubes carrying chemicals

Objective -

Electrical and electronic devises can be developed to measure the corrosion characteristics based on the following principles the details of which are beyond the scope of this paper

diams The basic principle in Corrosion Monitoring is the change in the resistance of special electrical elements in corrosion environment

diams The potential difference between the reference electrode and the system will indicate the presence and the extent of corrosion

diams The polarisation resistance of the special designed probe indicate the rate of corrosion

diams Hydrogen gas formation during corrosion can be detected with a thin walled blind tube which can be analysed to determine the corrosion

f) Belt tension monitoring

subjective -

Slightly pressing down the V-belt

Aided subjective -

Pen type tension gage as illustrated below is a simple and handy one Depending upon belt looseness the inner part of the gage telescopes into the upper part leaving the rubber ring stuck on to the lower part at the lowest point of insertion On removing the gage the position of the rubber ring on the graduated scale of the lower part indicates the belt looseness that can be corrected if necessary

Objective -

Strain gages or other electronic instruments are used to measure the stresses in metallic parts or components

Fig 8 a) pen type tension gage and b) strain gage for bi-directional measurement

g) Shaft run-out monitoring

When a lathe is being tested for accuracy a mandrel is fixed in the spindle and rotated and checked for the run-out

Subjective -

If the run-out is high it can be visually seen

Aided subjective -

By use of dial gages fixed on to the bodies the amount of run-out can be measured But this can be done by turning the spindle by hand or at low speeds

Objective -

Optical sensors as illustrated below can be used to check the run-out even at high speeds

Fig 9 Run-out checking by optical sensor

h) Crack detection

This is mostly off-line monitoring and most tests under this category form NDE tests the primary function of ISNT specialists Most serious failures are preceded by crack growth from a point of stress concentration or from a material defect at the surface of the component A number of crack detection techniques have been developed to a great degree of advancement like dye penetration test (PT) magnetic particle test (MT) Electrical resistance or eddy current test (ET) Ultrasonic Testing (UT) and Radiographic test (RT)

While the first two of the following can be classified as aided subjective the latter can be categorised as objective Since the purpose of this paragraph is to highlight crack detection as a condition monitoring techniques these NDE methods are only cited but not discussed further

5 Conclusion

While only few types of monitoring namely visual temperature vibration leak corrosion run-out belt tension and crack monitoring are discussed a host of simple gadgets are being developed according to their specific use for many other monitoring functions that are not discussed here

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 22

LOAD TESTING

o Load testing is the process of putting demand on a system or device

and measuring its response

o Load testing is performed to determine a systemrsquos behavior under both

normal and anticipated peak load conditions

o It helps to identify the maximum operating capacity of an application

as well as any bottlenecks and determine which element is causing

degradation

o When the load placed on the system is raised beyond normal usage

patterns in order to test the systems response at unusually high or

peak loads it is known as stress testing

o The load is usually so great that error conditions are the expected

result although no clear boundary exists when an activity ceases to be

a load test and becomes a stress test

o There is little agreement on what the specific goals of load testing are

o The term is often used synonymously with concurrency testing

software performance testing reliability testing and volume testing

o Load testing is a type of non-functional testing

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 23

WEAR DEBRIS ANALYSIS

Using a Scanning Electron Microscope of a carefully taken sample of debris

suspended in lubricating oil (taken from filters or magnetic chip detectors)

Instruments then reveal the elements contained their proportions size and

morphology

Using this method the site the mechanical failure mechanism and the time to

eventual failure may be determined This is called WDA - Wear Debris Analysis

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 24

UNIT-III

CONDITION MONOTORING

PART-A (2 Marks)

1 What is equipment health monitoring

2 List down the factors for increasing the demand condition monitoring

3 List down the key features of condition monitoring

4 Write down the basic steps in condition monitoring

5 What are three types of condition monitoring

6 State the advantages and disadvantages of condition monitoring

7 Mention the various costs involved in costing of condition monitoring mainly

8 State the methods of measuring vibration

9 Describe briefly pistol thermometer

10 Name the types of pyrometers

11 Mention title applications of bimetallic strip

12 List down the features of RTD

13 State the applications and limitations of thermisters

PART-B (16 Marks)

1 What is condition monitoring and explain condition monitoring What type of condition

monitoring are normally used in industry (16)

2 What is leakage monitoring Explain some of the leakage mediums used for condition

monitoring (16)

3 What is wear debris analysis what are the three wear debris analysis techniques

commonly used and compare their performance and uses (16)

4 Briefly explain the cost comparison with and without condition monitoring (16)

5 What is thermal monitoring and what thermal monitoring are used in industries

explain principle and uses of thermograph (16)

6 Briefly explain various methods and instruments for condition monitoring (16)

Page 21: ME1012 Maintenance Engineering Study Materials

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 17

REPAIRABLE

Repairable parts are parts that are deemed worthy of repair usually by virtue of economic

consideration of their repair cost

Rather than bear the cost of completely replacing a finished product repairables typically

are designed to enable more affordable maintenance by being more modular

This allows components to be more easily removed repaired and replaced enabling

cheaper replacement

Spare parts that are needed to support condemnation of repairable parts are known as

replenishment spares

A rotable pool is a pool of repairable spare parts inventory set aside to allow for multiple

repairs to be accomplished simultaneously

This can be used to minimize stockout conditions for repairable items

REPAIR CYCLE

From the perspective of logistics a model of the life cycle of parts in a supply chain can

be developed

This model called the repair cycle consists of functioning parts in use by equipment

operators and the entire sequence of suppliers or repair providers that replenish

functional part inventories either by production or repair when they have failed

Ultimately this sequence ends with the manufacturer

This type of model allows demands on a supply system to ultimately be traced to their

operational reliability allowing for analysis of the dynamics of the supply system in

particular spare parts

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 18

UNIT-II

MAINTENANCE POLICIES ndash PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

PART-A (2 Marks)

01 What is meant by Breakdown maintenance approach

02 Classify various planned maintenance approach

03 Define Corrective maintenance approach

04 What is meant by preventive maintenance approach

05 List out the objectives of Corrective maintenance

06 What is meant by Predictive Maintenance

07 List out some condition based monitoring techniques and briefly discuss on them

08 What is meant by Reliability Centered Maintenance (RCM)

09 What is Total Productive Maintenance (TPM) and discuss its similarities with TQM

10 What is meant by Reliability Centered Maintenance (RCM)

11 What does Safety Health and Environment pillar of TPM aims at

PART-B (16 Marks)

1 What do you understand by maintenance categories Explain common types and

explain the basis of their selection (16)

2 What are all the steps involved in preventive maintenance why preventive maintenance

is better than reactive maintenance (16)

3 Distinguish between fixed time maintenance and connect based maintenance Give the

merits and demerits (16)

4 Briefly explain the procedure for TPM (16)

5 Explain the repair cycle of metallic materials (16)

6 What are the functions of lubrication and gives the tips on lubrication (16)

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 19

UNIT III CONDITION MONITORING

Condition monitoring ndash Cost comparison with and without CM ndash On-load testing

and off-load testing ndash Methods and instruments for CM ndash Temperature sensitive

tapes ndash Pistol thermometers ndash Wear-debris analysis

CONDITION MONITORING

Condition monitoring is the process of monitoring a parameter of condition in machinery such that a significant change is indicative of a developing failure

It is a major component of predictive maintenance The use of conditional monitoring allows maintenance to be scheduled or other actions to be taken to avoid the consequences of failure before the failure occurs

Nevertheless a deviation from a reference value (eg temperature or vibration behavior) must occur to identify impeding damages

Predictive Maintenance does not predict failure

Machines with defects are more at risk of failure than defect free machines Once a defect has been identified the failure process has already commenced and CM systems can only measure the deterioration of the condition

Intervention in the early stages of deterioration is usually much more cost effective than allowing the machinery to fail Condition monitoring has a unique benefit in that the actual load and subsequent heat dissipation that represents normal service can be seen and conditions that would shorten normal lifespan can be addressed before repeated failures occur

Serviceable machinery includes rotating equipment and stationary plant such as boilers and heat exchangers

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 20

METHODS OF CM

1 Screen monitoring records video or static images detailing the contents or screen

capture of the entire [video display] or the content of the screen activity within a

particular program or computer application Monitoring tools may collect real

time video accelerated or [time-lapse] video or screen shots or may take video or

still image captures at regular intervals (eg once every 4 minutes) They may

collect images constantly or only collect information while the user is interacting

with the equipment (eg capturing screens when the mouse or keyboard is

active)

2 Data monitoring tracks the content of and changes to files stored on the local

[hard drive] or in the users private network share

3 Keystroke monitoring (eg number of keystrokes per minute) may track the

performance of keyboard-intensive work such as word processing or data entry

Keystroke logging captures all keyboard input to enable the employer to monitor

anything typed into the monitored machine

4 Idle time monitoring keeps track of time when the employee is away from the

computer or the computer is not being actively used

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 21

BENEFITS

o Screen monitoring records video or static images detailing the contents or

screen capture of the entire [video display] or the content of the screen

activity within a particular program or computer application

o Monitoring tools may collect real time video accelerated or [time-lapse]

video or screen shots or may take video or still image captures at regular

intervals (eg once every 4 minutes)

o They may collect images constantly or only collect information while the user

is interacting with the equipment (eg capturing screens when the mouse or

keyboard is active)

o Data monitoring tracks the content of and changes to files stored on the local

[hard drive] or in the users private network share

o Keystroke monitoring (eg number of keystrokes per minute) may track the

performance of keyboard-intensive work such as word processing or data

entry Keystroke logging captures all keyboard input to enable the employer to

monitor anything typed into the monitored machine

o Idle time monitoring keeps track of time when the employee is away from the

computer or the computer is not being actively used

NDE2002 predict assure improve

National Seminar of ISNT Chennai 5 ndash 7 12 2002

wwwnde2002org

SIMPLE INSTRUMENTS USED IN CONDITION MONITORING

Prof DRKIRAN

Head department of production Engineering StPeterrsquos Engineering College

ABSTRACT

Condition monitoring is a system of assessing the service condition or the change of service condition of any component or a part of an equipment or a system Considerable research has been done in this direction leading to development of several electrical and electronic monitoring instruments These when connected to strategic locations of the systems measure and indicate certain parameters enabling us to monitor the condition and take vital decisions on a continuous basis

Nevertheless the high cost of these instruments prevent their use in all required locations On the other hand traditionally used simple mechanical gadgets are being used by the maintenance personnel of todayrsquos industry all over the world These have the advantages of being portable simple easy to use and economical More significantly they can be used to check any location or component suspected to be functioning abnormally This paper discusses some of such instruments used and could be used for condition monitoring of industrial machines as well as process equipment like pressure vessels and heat exchangers

1 What is Condition monitoring

Condition monitoring is that type of planned maintenance wherein the actual working conditions of major components of an equipment are constantly monitored to give an indication of which parts should be replaced and which need not in the near future In other words the preventive maintenance with condition monitoring is a system in which in addition to the programmed stoppages for maintenance work an assessment is made on the condition of all major parts of an equipment while in operation even when a preventive maintenance schedule is on If by assessment the condition of the part is satisfactory the schedule of stopping the machine or scrapping the part etc is reviewed and deferred Similarly if the condition monitoring finds a certain part may fail in a short time it is replaced even before its PM schedule and prevent unexpected breakdowns

2 On-load vs off load condition monitoring

On load monitoring means monitoring or adjusting the parameters while the machine or equipment is running Thus it is done for superficial easily accessible amp non interfering parts of the equipment which can be carried out without interruption to the operation

Off load monitoring is for interior or inaccessible parts which need to be stopped temporarily to check the condition However there may be several situations like the two-shift working or the plantrsquos temporary shut down for other reasons when this class can be conducted without productions loss

3 Subjective aided subjective or objective condition monitoring

i) Subjective condition monitoring

Here the monitoring personnel use their perception of senses and judgement to note any change of the condition The four senses a man is bestowed with like seeing (emanation of smoke) hearing (bearing noise) smelling (burning of oil or rubber components due to excessive heat) feeling (touching the motor to feel the excessive heating or touching the housing to feel a vibrating shaft) are used It is important that the person carrying out subjective condition monitoring has an adequate qualifications and skills as the result depends on their judgement and experience In subjective condition monitoring it is also possible to use instructions guidelines or hints where to look for leakage bearing play etc Posters or figures illustrating different conditions of components may also be helpful

ii) Aided subjective or condition monitoring with simple gadgets

Here the monitoring personnel use simple gadgets to add to their ability to perceive conditions better These gadgets are discussed more in detail in the following paragraphs

iii) Objective condition monitoring

In objective condition monitoring different instruments and facilities are used for obtaining data giving direct measure of the parametric condition of the components even while the machine is working In many cases these simple mechanical or complex electronic measuring devices can be mounted on convenient locations for better monitoring and control

A doctor feeling the pulse (subjective) his using a stethoscope to determine any abnormal heart beat (aided subjective) or looking into the ECG monitor (objective) form the examples of the above three categories

4 Some of the gadgets and simple instruments used for condition monitoring

a) Monitoring of visual condition of inaccessible partslocations

Quite often the visual condition of the components located at inaccessible locations are to be monitored may be with respect to corrosion or fatigue cracking or even dust sediment collection that is deleterious to the functioning of the component Simple gadgets are being used either on-line or off-line to aid the perception of the condition Depending upon the extent of change as perceived the equipment can be stopped for detailed check andor rectification Some of the gadgets are illustrated below

i) Inspection mirrors used to inspect crevices dark spots inside of narrow mouthed cylinders or the pipes of heat exchangers or boilers These mirrors can be simple like that of a dentist or

a) with adjustable mirror angle controlled by a wire running along the holding rod or

b) illuminated with a light bulb near the mirror of special use in dark spots inside cylinders or inside heat exchanger pipes

c) with telescopic rod for adjusting the length of the gadget

d) mirrors fitted inside a small tube rather than on a rod to prevent damage to the mirror during insertion or other operation These are also called as borescopes

e) periscopic for specialised applications or to assist the viewer et Etc

fig 1 a) a collection of inspection mirrors b) inspection of crevices and c) inspecting the inside of as cylinder

Of specific interest to the NDE practitioners is their versatility to inspect the inside of the boiler pipes or heat exchanger pipes which can tell a lot about the working condition of the inside of the tubes about the rusting cracking sedimentation etc enabling an early preventive action

Fig 2 Use of borescopes to inspect heat exchanger pipes

Fig 3 borescopes and periscopes

ii) Endoscopes These are like borescopes but are flexible They work on the principle of image transfer by total internal reflection in a bundle of glass fibres They are more popular with gastroenterologists for diagnosing ulcers in stomachs Also called optical fibroscopes they are flexible ands are more versatile in several applications illustrated below Some times they are permanently fixed for constant monitoring of critical components are inserted when needed into pre-fixed tubular guides leading to the location to be monitored

Fig 4 The application of endoscopes in industrial equipment

Fig 5 The principle of endoscope

Having illustrated the gadgets for visual perception as above some of them used in other monitoring functions may be cited as below classified into the three categories

b) Temperature monitoring

Subjective -

Touching the motor etc and assessing if over heated

Aided subjective -

Temperature sensitive stickers are the most common ands cost effective A sticker having four of five 20 mm diameter dots of special paints each of which changes its colour at a particular temperature is stuck to the heat prone parts of the equipment The operatives or supervisor can identify its temperature range by looking at the stickers from a distance itself during their periodic patrol rounds Temperature sensitive chalks thermal paints with which larger part of the heat prone body is painted fall under this category -

Objective -

Pyrometers thermometers pistol thermometers etc Depending of convenience and need these instruments can be of thermostat type or connected to some sort of warning system in case of overheating

c) Vibration monitoring

Subjective

By touching and feeling the vibrations in a rotating body or by listening to vibrating sounds

Aided subjective

Stethoscopes use of screw driver ends by expert foremen etc

Objective -

Shock pulse meters (SPM) vibration measuring instruments etc

Vibration measurements made near the source of vibration might indicate the following

bull imbalance bull shaft misalignment bull damaged bearings (worn or chipped balls or races)

bull damaged gears another transmission components bull mechanical looseness bull cavitation and stall etc

d) Leak Monitoring

Subjective -

Listening to and identifying any hissing sound near hydraulic or pneumatic circuits

Aided subjective -

A number of leak detecting techniques are available including the soap and water methods Use of proprietary preparations can make this method more effective capable of detecting leaks as low as 1 m1s

Objective -

One powerful technique is ultrasonic detection When a fluid is forced through a leak under internal or external pressure sound is generated in the frequency range 40-80 Khz The ultrasonic leak detector identifies this very high frequency which is easily separated from the lower frequencies of ordinary machine noise

Fig 6 Ultrasonic leak detector to detect internal amp external leaks

e) Corrosion Monitoring

Subjective -

Corrosion cannot be generally judged visually and is not as effective as those discussed below

Aided subjective -

Corrosion coupons which are small pieces say 1 square inch of the same material as the base are pasted at locations suspected to be highly corrosive and analysed once in a month or as required The corrosion characteristics of the coupon are expected to be same as the base metal to which they are pasted and hence give an indirect measurement the corrosion of the body

Fig 7a) A view of the corrosion coupon b)The coupon mounted in tubes carrying chemicals

Objective -

Electrical and electronic devises can be developed to measure the corrosion characteristics based on the following principles the details of which are beyond the scope of this paper

diams The basic principle in Corrosion Monitoring is the change in the resistance of special electrical elements in corrosion environment

diams The potential difference between the reference electrode and the system will indicate the presence and the extent of corrosion

diams The polarisation resistance of the special designed probe indicate the rate of corrosion

diams Hydrogen gas formation during corrosion can be detected with a thin walled blind tube which can be analysed to determine the corrosion

f) Belt tension monitoring

subjective -

Slightly pressing down the V-belt

Aided subjective -

Pen type tension gage as illustrated below is a simple and handy one Depending upon belt looseness the inner part of the gage telescopes into the upper part leaving the rubber ring stuck on to the lower part at the lowest point of insertion On removing the gage the position of the rubber ring on the graduated scale of the lower part indicates the belt looseness that can be corrected if necessary

Objective -

Strain gages or other electronic instruments are used to measure the stresses in metallic parts or components

Fig 8 a) pen type tension gage and b) strain gage for bi-directional measurement

g) Shaft run-out monitoring

When a lathe is being tested for accuracy a mandrel is fixed in the spindle and rotated and checked for the run-out

Subjective -

If the run-out is high it can be visually seen

Aided subjective -

By use of dial gages fixed on to the bodies the amount of run-out can be measured But this can be done by turning the spindle by hand or at low speeds

Objective -

Optical sensors as illustrated below can be used to check the run-out even at high speeds

Fig 9 Run-out checking by optical sensor

h) Crack detection

This is mostly off-line monitoring and most tests under this category form NDE tests the primary function of ISNT specialists Most serious failures are preceded by crack growth from a point of stress concentration or from a material defect at the surface of the component A number of crack detection techniques have been developed to a great degree of advancement like dye penetration test (PT) magnetic particle test (MT) Electrical resistance or eddy current test (ET) Ultrasonic Testing (UT) and Radiographic test (RT)

While the first two of the following can be classified as aided subjective the latter can be categorised as objective Since the purpose of this paragraph is to highlight crack detection as a condition monitoring techniques these NDE methods are only cited but not discussed further

5 Conclusion

While only few types of monitoring namely visual temperature vibration leak corrosion run-out belt tension and crack monitoring are discussed a host of simple gadgets are being developed according to their specific use for many other monitoring functions that are not discussed here

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 22

LOAD TESTING

o Load testing is the process of putting demand on a system or device

and measuring its response

o Load testing is performed to determine a systemrsquos behavior under both

normal and anticipated peak load conditions

o It helps to identify the maximum operating capacity of an application

as well as any bottlenecks and determine which element is causing

degradation

o When the load placed on the system is raised beyond normal usage

patterns in order to test the systems response at unusually high or

peak loads it is known as stress testing

o The load is usually so great that error conditions are the expected

result although no clear boundary exists when an activity ceases to be

a load test and becomes a stress test

o There is little agreement on what the specific goals of load testing are

o The term is often used synonymously with concurrency testing

software performance testing reliability testing and volume testing

o Load testing is a type of non-functional testing

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 23

WEAR DEBRIS ANALYSIS

Using a Scanning Electron Microscope of a carefully taken sample of debris

suspended in lubricating oil (taken from filters or magnetic chip detectors)

Instruments then reveal the elements contained their proportions size and

morphology

Using this method the site the mechanical failure mechanism and the time to

eventual failure may be determined This is called WDA - Wear Debris Analysis

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 24

UNIT-III

CONDITION MONOTORING

PART-A (2 Marks)

1 What is equipment health monitoring

2 List down the factors for increasing the demand condition monitoring

3 List down the key features of condition monitoring

4 Write down the basic steps in condition monitoring

5 What are three types of condition monitoring

6 State the advantages and disadvantages of condition monitoring

7 Mention the various costs involved in costing of condition monitoring mainly

8 State the methods of measuring vibration

9 Describe briefly pistol thermometer

10 Name the types of pyrometers

11 Mention title applications of bimetallic strip

12 List down the features of RTD

13 State the applications and limitations of thermisters

PART-B (16 Marks)

1 What is condition monitoring and explain condition monitoring What type of condition

monitoring are normally used in industry (16)

2 What is leakage monitoring Explain some of the leakage mediums used for condition

monitoring (16)

3 What is wear debris analysis what are the three wear debris analysis techniques

commonly used and compare their performance and uses (16)

4 Briefly explain the cost comparison with and without condition monitoring (16)

5 What is thermal monitoring and what thermal monitoring are used in industries

explain principle and uses of thermograph (16)

6 Briefly explain various methods and instruments for condition monitoring (16)

Page 22: ME1012 Maintenance Engineering Study Materials

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 18

UNIT-II

MAINTENANCE POLICIES ndash PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

PART-A (2 Marks)

01 What is meant by Breakdown maintenance approach

02 Classify various planned maintenance approach

03 Define Corrective maintenance approach

04 What is meant by preventive maintenance approach

05 List out the objectives of Corrective maintenance

06 What is meant by Predictive Maintenance

07 List out some condition based monitoring techniques and briefly discuss on them

08 What is meant by Reliability Centered Maintenance (RCM)

09 What is Total Productive Maintenance (TPM) and discuss its similarities with TQM

10 What is meant by Reliability Centered Maintenance (RCM)

11 What does Safety Health and Environment pillar of TPM aims at

PART-B (16 Marks)

1 What do you understand by maintenance categories Explain common types and

explain the basis of their selection (16)

2 What are all the steps involved in preventive maintenance why preventive maintenance

is better than reactive maintenance (16)

3 Distinguish between fixed time maintenance and connect based maintenance Give the

merits and demerits (16)

4 Briefly explain the procedure for TPM (16)

5 Explain the repair cycle of metallic materials (16)

6 What are the functions of lubrication and gives the tips on lubrication (16)

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 19

UNIT III CONDITION MONITORING

Condition monitoring ndash Cost comparison with and without CM ndash On-load testing

and off-load testing ndash Methods and instruments for CM ndash Temperature sensitive

tapes ndash Pistol thermometers ndash Wear-debris analysis

CONDITION MONITORING

Condition monitoring is the process of monitoring a parameter of condition in machinery such that a significant change is indicative of a developing failure

It is a major component of predictive maintenance The use of conditional monitoring allows maintenance to be scheduled or other actions to be taken to avoid the consequences of failure before the failure occurs

Nevertheless a deviation from a reference value (eg temperature or vibration behavior) must occur to identify impeding damages

Predictive Maintenance does not predict failure

Machines with defects are more at risk of failure than defect free machines Once a defect has been identified the failure process has already commenced and CM systems can only measure the deterioration of the condition

Intervention in the early stages of deterioration is usually much more cost effective than allowing the machinery to fail Condition monitoring has a unique benefit in that the actual load and subsequent heat dissipation that represents normal service can be seen and conditions that would shorten normal lifespan can be addressed before repeated failures occur

Serviceable machinery includes rotating equipment and stationary plant such as boilers and heat exchangers

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 20

METHODS OF CM

1 Screen monitoring records video or static images detailing the contents or screen

capture of the entire [video display] or the content of the screen activity within a

particular program or computer application Monitoring tools may collect real

time video accelerated or [time-lapse] video or screen shots or may take video or

still image captures at regular intervals (eg once every 4 minutes) They may

collect images constantly or only collect information while the user is interacting

with the equipment (eg capturing screens when the mouse or keyboard is

active)

2 Data monitoring tracks the content of and changes to files stored on the local

[hard drive] or in the users private network share

3 Keystroke monitoring (eg number of keystrokes per minute) may track the

performance of keyboard-intensive work such as word processing or data entry

Keystroke logging captures all keyboard input to enable the employer to monitor

anything typed into the monitored machine

4 Idle time monitoring keeps track of time when the employee is away from the

computer or the computer is not being actively used

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 21

BENEFITS

o Screen monitoring records video or static images detailing the contents or

screen capture of the entire [video display] or the content of the screen

activity within a particular program or computer application

o Monitoring tools may collect real time video accelerated or [time-lapse]

video or screen shots or may take video or still image captures at regular

intervals (eg once every 4 minutes)

o They may collect images constantly or only collect information while the user

is interacting with the equipment (eg capturing screens when the mouse or

keyboard is active)

o Data monitoring tracks the content of and changes to files stored on the local

[hard drive] or in the users private network share

o Keystroke monitoring (eg number of keystrokes per minute) may track the

performance of keyboard-intensive work such as word processing or data

entry Keystroke logging captures all keyboard input to enable the employer to

monitor anything typed into the monitored machine

o Idle time monitoring keeps track of time when the employee is away from the

computer or the computer is not being actively used

NDE2002 predict assure improve

National Seminar of ISNT Chennai 5 ndash 7 12 2002

wwwnde2002org

SIMPLE INSTRUMENTS USED IN CONDITION MONITORING

Prof DRKIRAN

Head department of production Engineering StPeterrsquos Engineering College

ABSTRACT

Condition monitoring is a system of assessing the service condition or the change of service condition of any component or a part of an equipment or a system Considerable research has been done in this direction leading to development of several electrical and electronic monitoring instruments These when connected to strategic locations of the systems measure and indicate certain parameters enabling us to monitor the condition and take vital decisions on a continuous basis

Nevertheless the high cost of these instruments prevent their use in all required locations On the other hand traditionally used simple mechanical gadgets are being used by the maintenance personnel of todayrsquos industry all over the world These have the advantages of being portable simple easy to use and economical More significantly they can be used to check any location or component suspected to be functioning abnormally This paper discusses some of such instruments used and could be used for condition monitoring of industrial machines as well as process equipment like pressure vessels and heat exchangers

1 What is Condition monitoring

Condition monitoring is that type of planned maintenance wherein the actual working conditions of major components of an equipment are constantly monitored to give an indication of which parts should be replaced and which need not in the near future In other words the preventive maintenance with condition monitoring is a system in which in addition to the programmed stoppages for maintenance work an assessment is made on the condition of all major parts of an equipment while in operation even when a preventive maintenance schedule is on If by assessment the condition of the part is satisfactory the schedule of stopping the machine or scrapping the part etc is reviewed and deferred Similarly if the condition monitoring finds a certain part may fail in a short time it is replaced even before its PM schedule and prevent unexpected breakdowns

2 On-load vs off load condition monitoring

On load monitoring means monitoring or adjusting the parameters while the machine or equipment is running Thus it is done for superficial easily accessible amp non interfering parts of the equipment which can be carried out without interruption to the operation

Off load monitoring is for interior or inaccessible parts which need to be stopped temporarily to check the condition However there may be several situations like the two-shift working or the plantrsquos temporary shut down for other reasons when this class can be conducted without productions loss

3 Subjective aided subjective or objective condition monitoring

i) Subjective condition monitoring

Here the monitoring personnel use their perception of senses and judgement to note any change of the condition The four senses a man is bestowed with like seeing (emanation of smoke) hearing (bearing noise) smelling (burning of oil or rubber components due to excessive heat) feeling (touching the motor to feel the excessive heating or touching the housing to feel a vibrating shaft) are used It is important that the person carrying out subjective condition monitoring has an adequate qualifications and skills as the result depends on their judgement and experience In subjective condition monitoring it is also possible to use instructions guidelines or hints where to look for leakage bearing play etc Posters or figures illustrating different conditions of components may also be helpful

ii) Aided subjective or condition monitoring with simple gadgets

Here the monitoring personnel use simple gadgets to add to their ability to perceive conditions better These gadgets are discussed more in detail in the following paragraphs

iii) Objective condition monitoring

In objective condition monitoring different instruments and facilities are used for obtaining data giving direct measure of the parametric condition of the components even while the machine is working In many cases these simple mechanical or complex electronic measuring devices can be mounted on convenient locations for better monitoring and control

A doctor feeling the pulse (subjective) his using a stethoscope to determine any abnormal heart beat (aided subjective) or looking into the ECG monitor (objective) form the examples of the above three categories

4 Some of the gadgets and simple instruments used for condition monitoring

a) Monitoring of visual condition of inaccessible partslocations

Quite often the visual condition of the components located at inaccessible locations are to be monitored may be with respect to corrosion or fatigue cracking or even dust sediment collection that is deleterious to the functioning of the component Simple gadgets are being used either on-line or off-line to aid the perception of the condition Depending upon the extent of change as perceived the equipment can be stopped for detailed check andor rectification Some of the gadgets are illustrated below

i) Inspection mirrors used to inspect crevices dark spots inside of narrow mouthed cylinders or the pipes of heat exchangers or boilers These mirrors can be simple like that of a dentist or

a) with adjustable mirror angle controlled by a wire running along the holding rod or

b) illuminated with a light bulb near the mirror of special use in dark spots inside cylinders or inside heat exchanger pipes

c) with telescopic rod for adjusting the length of the gadget

d) mirrors fitted inside a small tube rather than on a rod to prevent damage to the mirror during insertion or other operation These are also called as borescopes

e) periscopic for specialised applications or to assist the viewer et Etc

fig 1 a) a collection of inspection mirrors b) inspection of crevices and c) inspecting the inside of as cylinder

Of specific interest to the NDE practitioners is their versatility to inspect the inside of the boiler pipes or heat exchanger pipes which can tell a lot about the working condition of the inside of the tubes about the rusting cracking sedimentation etc enabling an early preventive action

Fig 2 Use of borescopes to inspect heat exchanger pipes

Fig 3 borescopes and periscopes

ii) Endoscopes These are like borescopes but are flexible They work on the principle of image transfer by total internal reflection in a bundle of glass fibres They are more popular with gastroenterologists for diagnosing ulcers in stomachs Also called optical fibroscopes they are flexible ands are more versatile in several applications illustrated below Some times they are permanently fixed for constant monitoring of critical components are inserted when needed into pre-fixed tubular guides leading to the location to be monitored

Fig 4 The application of endoscopes in industrial equipment

Fig 5 The principle of endoscope

Having illustrated the gadgets for visual perception as above some of them used in other monitoring functions may be cited as below classified into the three categories

b) Temperature monitoring

Subjective -

Touching the motor etc and assessing if over heated

Aided subjective -

Temperature sensitive stickers are the most common ands cost effective A sticker having four of five 20 mm diameter dots of special paints each of which changes its colour at a particular temperature is stuck to the heat prone parts of the equipment The operatives or supervisor can identify its temperature range by looking at the stickers from a distance itself during their periodic patrol rounds Temperature sensitive chalks thermal paints with which larger part of the heat prone body is painted fall under this category -

Objective -

Pyrometers thermometers pistol thermometers etc Depending of convenience and need these instruments can be of thermostat type or connected to some sort of warning system in case of overheating

c) Vibration monitoring

Subjective

By touching and feeling the vibrations in a rotating body or by listening to vibrating sounds

Aided subjective

Stethoscopes use of screw driver ends by expert foremen etc

Objective -

Shock pulse meters (SPM) vibration measuring instruments etc

Vibration measurements made near the source of vibration might indicate the following

bull imbalance bull shaft misalignment bull damaged bearings (worn or chipped balls or races)

bull damaged gears another transmission components bull mechanical looseness bull cavitation and stall etc

d) Leak Monitoring

Subjective -

Listening to and identifying any hissing sound near hydraulic or pneumatic circuits

Aided subjective -

A number of leak detecting techniques are available including the soap and water methods Use of proprietary preparations can make this method more effective capable of detecting leaks as low as 1 m1s

Objective -

One powerful technique is ultrasonic detection When a fluid is forced through a leak under internal or external pressure sound is generated in the frequency range 40-80 Khz The ultrasonic leak detector identifies this very high frequency which is easily separated from the lower frequencies of ordinary machine noise

Fig 6 Ultrasonic leak detector to detect internal amp external leaks

e) Corrosion Monitoring

Subjective -

Corrosion cannot be generally judged visually and is not as effective as those discussed below

Aided subjective -

Corrosion coupons which are small pieces say 1 square inch of the same material as the base are pasted at locations suspected to be highly corrosive and analysed once in a month or as required The corrosion characteristics of the coupon are expected to be same as the base metal to which they are pasted and hence give an indirect measurement the corrosion of the body

Fig 7a) A view of the corrosion coupon b)The coupon mounted in tubes carrying chemicals

Objective -

Electrical and electronic devises can be developed to measure the corrosion characteristics based on the following principles the details of which are beyond the scope of this paper

diams The basic principle in Corrosion Monitoring is the change in the resistance of special electrical elements in corrosion environment

diams The potential difference between the reference electrode and the system will indicate the presence and the extent of corrosion

diams The polarisation resistance of the special designed probe indicate the rate of corrosion

diams Hydrogen gas formation during corrosion can be detected with a thin walled blind tube which can be analysed to determine the corrosion

f) Belt tension monitoring

subjective -

Slightly pressing down the V-belt

Aided subjective -

Pen type tension gage as illustrated below is a simple and handy one Depending upon belt looseness the inner part of the gage telescopes into the upper part leaving the rubber ring stuck on to the lower part at the lowest point of insertion On removing the gage the position of the rubber ring on the graduated scale of the lower part indicates the belt looseness that can be corrected if necessary

Objective -

Strain gages or other electronic instruments are used to measure the stresses in metallic parts or components

Fig 8 a) pen type tension gage and b) strain gage for bi-directional measurement

g) Shaft run-out monitoring

When a lathe is being tested for accuracy a mandrel is fixed in the spindle and rotated and checked for the run-out

Subjective -

If the run-out is high it can be visually seen

Aided subjective -

By use of dial gages fixed on to the bodies the amount of run-out can be measured But this can be done by turning the spindle by hand or at low speeds

Objective -

Optical sensors as illustrated below can be used to check the run-out even at high speeds

Fig 9 Run-out checking by optical sensor

h) Crack detection

This is mostly off-line monitoring and most tests under this category form NDE tests the primary function of ISNT specialists Most serious failures are preceded by crack growth from a point of stress concentration or from a material defect at the surface of the component A number of crack detection techniques have been developed to a great degree of advancement like dye penetration test (PT) magnetic particle test (MT) Electrical resistance or eddy current test (ET) Ultrasonic Testing (UT) and Radiographic test (RT)

While the first two of the following can be classified as aided subjective the latter can be categorised as objective Since the purpose of this paragraph is to highlight crack detection as a condition monitoring techniques these NDE methods are only cited but not discussed further

5 Conclusion

While only few types of monitoring namely visual temperature vibration leak corrosion run-out belt tension and crack monitoring are discussed a host of simple gadgets are being developed according to their specific use for many other monitoring functions that are not discussed here

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 22

LOAD TESTING

o Load testing is the process of putting demand on a system or device

and measuring its response

o Load testing is performed to determine a systemrsquos behavior under both

normal and anticipated peak load conditions

o It helps to identify the maximum operating capacity of an application

as well as any bottlenecks and determine which element is causing

degradation

o When the load placed on the system is raised beyond normal usage

patterns in order to test the systems response at unusually high or

peak loads it is known as stress testing

o The load is usually so great that error conditions are the expected

result although no clear boundary exists when an activity ceases to be

a load test and becomes a stress test

o There is little agreement on what the specific goals of load testing are

o The term is often used synonymously with concurrency testing

software performance testing reliability testing and volume testing

o Load testing is a type of non-functional testing

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 23

WEAR DEBRIS ANALYSIS

Using a Scanning Electron Microscope of a carefully taken sample of debris

suspended in lubricating oil (taken from filters or magnetic chip detectors)

Instruments then reveal the elements contained their proportions size and

morphology

Using this method the site the mechanical failure mechanism and the time to

eventual failure may be determined This is called WDA - Wear Debris Analysis

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 24

UNIT-III

CONDITION MONOTORING

PART-A (2 Marks)

1 What is equipment health monitoring

2 List down the factors for increasing the demand condition monitoring

3 List down the key features of condition monitoring

4 Write down the basic steps in condition monitoring

5 What are three types of condition monitoring

6 State the advantages and disadvantages of condition monitoring

7 Mention the various costs involved in costing of condition monitoring mainly

8 State the methods of measuring vibration

9 Describe briefly pistol thermometer

10 Name the types of pyrometers

11 Mention title applications of bimetallic strip

12 List down the features of RTD

13 State the applications and limitations of thermisters

PART-B (16 Marks)

1 What is condition monitoring and explain condition monitoring What type of condition

monitoring are normally used in industry (16)

2 What is leakage monitoring Explain some of the leakage mediums used for condition

monitoring (16)

3 What is wear debris analysis what are the three wear debris analysis techniques

commonly used and compare their performance and uses (16)

4 Briefly explain the cost comparison with and without condition monitoring (16)

5 What is thermal monitoring and what thermal monitoring are used in industries

explain principle and uses of thermograph (16)

6 Briefly explain various methods and instruments for condition monitoring (16)

Page 23: ME1012 Maintenance Engineering Study Materials

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 19

UNIT III CONDITION MONITORING

Condition monitoring ndash Cost comparison with and without CM ndash On-load testing

and off-load testing ndash Methods and instruments for CM ndash Temperature sensitive

tapes ndash Pistol thermometers ndash Wear-debris analysis

CONDITION MONITORING

Condition monitoring is the process of monitoring a parameter of condition in machinery such that a significant change is indicative of a developing failure

It is a major component of predictive maintenance The use of conditional monitoring allows maintenance to be scheduled or other actions to be taken to avoid the consequences of failure before the failure occurs

Nevertheless a deviation from a reference value (eg temperature or vibration behavior) must occur to identify impeding damages

Predictive Maintenance does not predict failure

Machines with defects are more at risk of failure than defect free machines Once a defect has been identified the failure process has already commenced and CM systems can only measure the deterioration of the condition

Intervention in the early stages of deterioration is usually much more cost effective than allowing the machinery to fail Condition monitoring has a unique benefit in that the actual load and subsequent heat dissipation that represents normal service can be seen and conditions that would shorten normal lifespan can be addressed before repeated failures occur

Serviceable machinery includes rotating equipment and stationary plant such as boilers and heat exchangers

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 20

METHODS OF CM

1 Screen monitoring records video or static images detailing the contents or screen

capture of the entire [video display] or the content of the screen activity within a

particular program or computer application Monitoring tools may collect real

time video accelerated or [time-lapse] video or screen shots or may take video or

still image captures at regular intervals (eg once every 4 minutes) They may

collect images constantly or only collect information while the user is interacting

with the equipment (eg capturing screens when the mouse or keyboard is

active)

2 Data monitoring tracks the content of and changes to files stored on the local

[hard drive] or in the users private network share

3 Keystroke monitoring (eg number of keystrokes per minute) may track the

performance of keyboard-intensive work such as word processing or data entry

Keystroke logging captures all keyboard input to enable the employer to monitor

anything typed into the monitored machine

4 Idle time monitoring keeps track of time when the employee is away from the

computer or the computer is not being actively used

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 21

BENEFITS

o Screen monitoring records video or static images detailing the contents or

screen capture of the entire [video display] or the content of the screen

activity within a particular program or computer application

o Monitoring tools may collect real time video accelerated or [time-lapse]

video or screen shots or may take video or still image captures at regular

intervals (eg once every 4 minutes)

o They may collect images constantly or only collect information while the user

is interacting with the equipment (eg capturing screens when the mouse or

keyboard is active)

o Data monitoring tracks the content of and changes to files stored on the local

[hard drive] or in the users private network share

o Keystroke monitoring (eg number of keystrokes per minute) may track the

performance of keyboard-intensive work such as word processing or data

entry Keystroke logging captures all keyboard input to enable the employer to

monitor anything typed into the monitored machine

o Idle time monitoring keeps track of time when the employee is away from the

computer or the computer is not being actively used

NDE2002 predict assure improve

National Seminar of ISNT Chennai 5 ndash 7 12 2002

wwwnde2002org

SIMPLE INSTRUMENTS USED IN CONDITION MONITORING

Prof DRKIRAN

Head department of production Engineering StPeterrsquos Engineering College

ABSTRACT

Condition monitoring is a system of assessing the service condition or the change of service condition of any component or a part of an equipment or a system Considerable research has been done in this direction leading to development of several electrical and electronic monitoring instruments These when connected to strategic locations of the systems measure and indicate certain parameters enabling us to monitor the condition and take vital decisions on a continuous basis

Nevertheless the high cost of these instruments prevent their use in all required locations On the other hand traditionally used simple mechanical gadgets are being used by the maintenance personnel of todayrsquos industry all over the world These have the advantages of being portable simple easy to use and economical More significantly they can be used to check any location or component suspected to be functioning abnormally This paper discusses some of such instruments used and could be used for condition monitoring of industrial machines as well as process equipment like pressure vessels and heat exchangers

1 What is Condition monitoring

Condition monitoring is that type of planned maintenance wherein the actual working conditions of major components of an equipment are constantly monitored to give an indication of which parts should be replaced and which need not in the near future In other words the preventive maintenance with condition monitoring is a system in which in addition to the programmed stoppages for maintenance work an assessment is made on the condition of all major parts of an equipment while in operation even when a preventive maintenance schedule is on If by assessment the condition of the part is satisfactory the schedule of stopping the machine or scrapping the part etc is reviewed and deferred Similarly if the condition monitoring finds a certain part may fail in a short time it is replaced even before its PM schedule and prevent unexpected breakdowns

2 On-load vs off load condition monitoring

On load monitoring means monitoring or adjusting the parameters while the machine or equipment is running Thus it is done for superficial easily accessible amp non interfering parts of the equipment which can be carried out without interruption to the operation

Off load monitoring is for interior or inaccessible parts which need to be stopped temporarily to check the condition However there may be several situations like the two-shift working or the plantrsquos temporary shut down for other reasons when this class can be conducted without productions loss

3 Subjective aided subjective or objective condition monitoring

i) Subjective condition monitoring

Here the monitoring personnel use their perception of senses and judgement to note any change of the condition The four senses a man is bestowed with like seeing (emanation of smoke) hearing (bearing noise) smelling (burning of oil or rubber components due to excessive heat) feeling (touching the motor to feel the excessive heating or touching the housing to feel a vibrating shaft) are used It is important that the person carrying out subjective condition monitoring has an adequate qualifications and skills as the result depends on their judgement and experience In subjective condition monitoring it is also possible to use instructions guidelines or hints where to look for leakage bearing play etc Posters or figures illustrating different conditions of components may also be helpful

ii) Aided subjective or condition monitoring with simple gadgets

Here the monitoring personnel use simple gadgets to add to their ability to perceive conditions better These gadgets are discussed more in detail in the following paragraphs

iii) Objective condition monitoring

In objective condition monitoring different instruments and facilities are used for obtaining data giving direct measure of the parametric condition of the components even while the machine is working In many cases these simple mechanical or complex electronic measuring devices can be mounted on convenient locations for better monitoring and control

A doctor feeling the pulse (subjective) his using a stethoscope to determine any abnormal heart beat (aided subjective) or looking into the ECG monitor (objective) form the examples of the above three categories

4 Some of the gadgets and simple instruments used for condition monitoring

a) Monitoring of visual condition of inaccessible partslocations

Quite often the visual condition of the components located at inaccessible locations are to be monitored may be with respect to corrosion or fatigue cracking or even dust sediment collection that is deleterious to the functioning of the component Simple gadgets are being used either on-line or off-line to aid the perception of the condition Depending upon the extent of change as perceived the equipment can be stopped for detailed check andor rectification Some of the gadgets are illustrated below

i) Inspection mirrors used to inspect crevices dark spots inside of narrow mouthed cylinders or the pipes of heat exchangers or boilers These mirrors can be simple like that of a dentist or

a) with adjustable mirror angle controlled by a wire running along the holding rod or

b) illuminated with a light bulb near the mirror of special use in dark spots inside cylinders or inside heat exchanger pipes

c) with telescopic rod for adjusting the length of the gadget

d) mirrors fitted inside a small tube rather than on a rod to prevent damage to the mirror during insertion or other operation These are also called as borescopes

e) periscopic for specialised applications or to assist the viewer et Etc

fig 1 a) a collection of inspection mirrors b) inspection of crevices and c) inspecting the inside of as cylinder

Of specific interest to the NDE practitioners is their versatility to inspect the inside of the boiler pipes or heat exchanger pipes which can tell a lot about the working condition of the inside of the tubes about the rusting cracking sedimentation etc enabling an early preventive action

Fig 2 Use of borescopes to inspect heat exchanger pipes

Fig 3 borescopes and periscopes

ii) Endoscopes These are like borescopes but are flexible They work on the principle of image transfer by total internal reflection in a bundle of glass fibres They are more popular with gastroenterologists for diagnosing ulcers in stomachs Also called optical fibroscopes they are flexible ands are more versatile in several applications illustrated below Some times they are permanently fixed for constant monitoring of critical components are inserted when needed into pre-fixed tubular guides leading to the location to be monitored

Fig 4 The application of endoscopes in industrial equipment

Fig 5 The principle of endoscope

Having illustrated the gadgets for visual perception as above some of them used in other monitoring functions may be cited as below classified into the three categories

b) Temperature monitoring

Subjective -

Touching the motor etc and assessing if over heated

Aided subjective -

Temperature sensitive stickers are the most common ands cost effective A sticker having four of five 20 mm diameter dots of special paints each of which changes its colour at a particular temperature is stuck to the heat prone parts of the equipment The operatives or supervisor can identify its temperature range by looking at the stickers from a distance itself during their periodic patrol rounds Temperature sensitive chalks thermal paints with which larger part of the heat prone body is painted fall under this category -

Objective -

Pyrometers thermometers pistol thermometers etc Depending of convenience and need these instruments can be of thermostat type or connected to some sort of warning system in case of overheating

c) Vibration monitoring

Subjective

By touching and feeling the vibrations in a rotating body or by listening to vibrating sounds

Aided subjective

Stethoscopes use of screw driver ends by expert foremen etc

Objective -

Shock pulse meters (SPM) vibration measuring instruments etc

Vibration measurements made near the source of vibration might indicate the following

bull imbalance bull shaft misalignment bull damaged bearings (worn or chipped balls or races)

bull damaged gears another transmission components bull mechanical looseness bull cavitation and stall etc

d) Leak Monitoring

Subjective -

Listening to and identifying any hissing sound near hydraulic or pneumatic circuits

Aided subjective -

A number of leak detecting techniques are available including the soap and water methods Use of proprietary preparations can make this method more effective capable of detecting leaks as low as 1 m1s

Objective -

One powerful technique is ultrasonic detection When a fluid is forced through a leak under internal or external pressure sound is generated in the frequency range 40-80 Khz The ultrasonic leak detector identifies this very high frequency which is easily separated from the lower frequencies of ordinary machine noise

Fig 6 Ultrasonic leak detector to detect internal amp external leaks

e) Corrosion Monitoring

Subjective -

Corrosion cannot be generally judged visually and is not as effective as those discussed below

Aided subjective -

Corrosion coupons which are small pieces say 1 square inch of the same material as the base are pasted at locations suspected to be highly corrosive and analysed once in a month or as required The corrosion characteristics of the coupon are expected to be same as the base metal to which they are pasted and hence give an indirect measurement the corrosion of the body

Fig 7a) A view of the corrosion coupon b)The coupon mounted in tubes carrying chemicals

Objective -

Electrical and electronic devises can be developed to measure the corrosion characteristics based on the following principles the details of which are beyond the scope of this paper

diams The basic principle in Corrosion Monitoring is the change in the resistance of special electrical elements in corrosion environment

diams The potential difference between the reference electrode and the system will indicate the presence and the extent of corrosion

diams The polarisation resistance of the special designed probe indicate the rate of corrosion

diams Hydrogen gas formation during corrosion can be detected with a thin walled blind tube which can be analysed to determine the corrosion

f) Belt tension monitoring

subjective -

Slightly pressing down the V-belt

Aided subjective -

Pen type tension gage as illustrated below is a simple and handy one Depending upon belt looseness the inner part of the gage telescopes into the upper part leaving the rubber ring stuck on to the lower part at the lowest point of insertion On removing the gage the position of the rubber ring on the graduated scale of the lower part indicates the belt looseness that can be corrected if necessary

Objective -

Strain gages or other electronic instruments are used to measure the stresses in metallic parts or components

Fig 8 a) pen type tension gage and b) strain gage for bi-directional measurement

g) Shaft run-out monitoring

When a lathe is being tested for accuracy a mandrel is fixed in the spindle and rotated and checked for the run-out

Subjective -

If the run-out is high it can be visually seen

Aided subjective -

By use of dial gages fixed on to the bodies the amount of run-out can be measured But this can be done by turning the spindle by hand or at low speeds

Objective -

Optical sensors as illustrated below can be used to check the run-out even at high speeds

Fig 9 Run-out checking by optical sensor

h) Crack detection

This is mostly off-line monitoring and most tests under this category form NDE tests the primary function of ISNT specialists Most serious failures are preceded by crack growth from a point of stress concentration or from a material defect at the surface of the component A number of crack detection techniques have been developed to a great degree of advancement like dye penetration test (PT) magnetic particle test (MT) Electrical resistance or eddy current test (ET) Ultrasonic Testing (UT) and Radiographic test (RT)

While the first two of the following can be classified as aided subjective the latter can be categorised as objective Since the purpose of this paragraph is to highlight crack detection as a condition monitoring techniques these NDE methods are only cited but not discussed further

5 Conclusion

While only few types of monitoring namely visual temperature vibration leak corrosion run-out belt tension and crack monitoring are discussed a host of simple gadgets are being developed according to their specific use for many other monitoring functions that are not discussed here

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 22

LOAD TESTING

o Load testing is the process of putting demand on a system or device

and measuring its response

o Load testing is performed to determine a systemrsquos behavior under both

normal and anticipated peak load conditions

o It helps to identify the maximum operating capacity of an application

as well as any bottlenecks and determine which element is causing

degradation

o When the load placed on the system is raised beyond normal usage

patterns in order to test the systems response at unusually high or

peak loads it is known as stress testing

o The load is usually so great that error conditions are the expected

result although no clear boundary exists when an activity ceases to be

a load test and becomes a stress test

o There is little agreement on what the specific goals of load testing are

o The term is often used synonymously with concurrency testing

software performance testing reliability testing and volume testing

o Load testing is a type of non-functional testing

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 23

WEAR DEBRIS ANALYSIS

Using a Scanning Electron Microscope of a carefully taken sample of debris

suspended in lubricating oil (taken from filters or magnetic chip detectors)

Instruments then reveal the elements contained their proportions size and

morphology

Using this method the site the mechanical failure mechanism and the time to

eventual failure may be determined This is called WDA - Wear Debris Analysis

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 24

UNIT-III

CONDITION MONOTORING

PART-A (2 Marks)

1 What is equipment health monitoring

2 List down the factors for increasing the demand condition monitoring

3 List down the key features of condition monitoring

4 Write down the basic steps in condition monitoring

5 What are three types of condition monitoring

6 State the advantages and disadvantages of condition monitoring

7 Mention the various costs involved in costing of condition monitoring mainly

8 State the methods of measuring vibration

9 Describe briefly pistol thermometer

10 Name the types of pyrometers

11 Mention title applications of bimetallic strip

12 List down the features of RTD

13 State the applications and limitations of thermisters

PART-B (16 Marks)

1 What is condition monitoring and explain condition monitoring What type of condition

monitoring are normally used in industry (16)

2 What is leakage monitoring Explain some of the leakage mediums used for condition

monitoring (16)

3 What is wear debris analysis what are the three wear debris analysis techniques

commonly used and compare their performance and uses (16)

4 Briefly explain the cost comparison with and without condition monitoring (16)

5 What is thermal monitoring and what thermal monitoring are used in industries

explain principle and uses of thermograph (16)

6 Briefly explain various methods and instruments for condition monitoring (16)

Page 24: ME1012 Maintenance Engineering Study Materials

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 20

METHODS OF CM

1 Screen monitoring records video or static images detailing the contents or screen

capture of the entire [video display] or the content of the screen activity within a

particular program or computer application Monitoring tools may collect real

time video accelerated or [time-lapse] video or screen shots or may take video or

still image captures at regular intervals (eg once every 4 minutes) They may

collect images constantly or only collect information while the user is interacting

with the equipment (eg capturing screens when the mouse or keyboard is

active)

2 Data monitoring tracks the content of and changes to files stored on the local

[hard drive] or in the users private network share

3 Keystroke monitoring (eg number of keystrokes per minute) may track the

performance of keyboard-intensive work such as word processing or data entry

Keystroke logging captures all keyboard input to enable the employer to monitor

anything typed into the monitored machine

4 Idle time monitoring keeps track of time when the employee is away from the

computer or the computer is not being actively used

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 21

BENEFITS

o Screen monitoring records video or static images detailing the contents or

screen capture of the entire [video display] or the content of the screen

activity within a particular program or computer application

o Monitoring tools may collect real time video accelerated or [time-lapse]

video or screen shots or may take video or still image captures at regular

intervals (eg once every 4 minutes)

o They may collect images constantly or only collect information while the user

is interacting with the equipment (eg capturing screens when the mouse or

keyboard is active)

o Data monitoring tracks the content of and changes to files stored on the local

[hard drive] or in the users private network share

o Keystroke monitoring (eg number of keystrokes per minute) may track the

performance of keyboard-intensive work such as word processing or data

entry Keystroke logging captures all keyboard input to enable the employer to

monitor anything typed into the monitored machine

o Idle time monitoring keeps track of time when the employee is away from the

computer or the computer is not being actively used

NDE2002 predict assure improve

National Seminar of ISNT Chennai 5 ndash 7 12 2002

wwwnde2002org

SIMPLE INSTRUMENTS USED IN CONDITION MONITORING

Prof DRKIRAN

Head department of production Engineering StPeterrsquos Engineering College

ABSTRACT

Condition monitoring is a system of assessing the service condition or the change of service condition of any component or a part of an equipment or a system Considerable research has been done in this direction leading to development of several electrical and electronic monitoring instruments These when connected to strategic locations of the systems measure and indicate certain parameters enabling us to monitor the condition and take vital decisions on a continuous basis

Nevertheless the high cost of these instruments prevent their use in all required locations On the other hand traditionally used simple mechanical gadgets are being used by the maintenance personnel of todayrsquos industry all over the world These have the advantages of being portable simple easy to use and economical More significantly they can be used to check any location or component suspected to be functioning abnormally This paper discusses some of such instruments used and could be used for condition monitoring of industrial machines as well as process equipment like pressure vessels and heat exchangers

1 What is Condition monitoring

Condition monitoring is that type of planned maintenance wherein the actual working conditions of major components of an equipment are constantly monitored to give an indication of which parts should be replaced and which need not in the near future In other words the preventive maintenance with condition monitoring is a system in which in addition to the programmed stoppages for maintenance work an assessment is made on the condition of all major parts of an equipment while in operation even when a preventive maintenance schedule is on If by assessment the condition of the part is satisfactory the schedule of stopping the machine or scrapping the part etc is reviewed and deferred Similarly if the condition monitoring finds a certain part may fail in a short time it is replaced even before its PM schedule and prevent unexpected breakdowns

2 On-load vs off load condition monitoring

On load monitoring means monitoring or adjusting the parameters while the machine or equipment is running Thus it is done for superficial easily accessible amp non interfering parts of the equipment which can be carried out without interruption to the operation

Off load monitoring is for interior or inaccessible parts which need to be stopped temporarily to check the condition However there may be several situations like the two-shift working or the plantrsquos temporary shut down for other reasons when this class can be conducted without productions loss

3 Subjective aided subjective or objective condition monitoring

i) Subjective condition monitoring

Here the monitoring personnel use their perception of senses and judgement to note any change of the condition The four senses a man is bestowed with like seeing (emanation of smoke) hearing (bearing noise) smelling (burning of oil or rubber components due to excessive heat) feeling (touching the motor to feel the excessive heating or touching the housing to feel a vibrating shaft) are used It is important that the person carrying out subjective condition monitoring has an adequate qualifications and skills as the result depends on their judgement and experience In subjective condition monitoring it is also possible to use instructions guidelines or hints where to look for leakage bearing play etc Posters or figures illustrating different conditions of components may also be helpful

ii) Aided subjective or condition monitoring with simple gadgets

Here the monitoring personnel use simple gadgets to add to their ability to perceive conditions better These gadgets are discussed more in detail in the following paragraphs

iii) Objective condition monitoring

In objective condition monitoring different instruments and facilities are used for obtaining data giving direct measure of the parametric condition of the components even while the machine is working In many cases these simple mechanical or complex electronic measuring devices can be mounted on convenient locations for better monitoring and control

A doctor feeling the pulse (subjective) his using a stethoscope to determine any abnormal heart beat (aided subjective) or looking into the ECG monitor (objective) form the examples of the above three categories

4 Some of the gadgets and simple instruments used for condition monitoring

a) Monitoring of visual condition of inaccessible partslocations

Quite often the visual condition of the components located at inaccessible locations are to be monitored may be with respect to corrosion or fatigue cracking or even dust sediment collection that is deleterious to the functioning of the component Simple gadgets are being used either on-line or off-line to aid the perception of the condition Depending upon the extent of change as perceived the equipment can be stopped for detailed check andor rectification Some of the gadgets are illustrated below

i) Inspection mirrors used to inspect crevices dark spots inside of narrow mouthed cylinders or the pipes of heat exchangers or boilers These mirrors can be simple like that of a dentist or

a) with adjustable mirror angle controlled by a wire running along the holding rod or

b) illuminated with a light bulb near the mirror of special use in dark spots inside cylinders or inside heat exchanger pipes

c) with telescopic rod for adjusting the length of the gadget

d) mirrors fitted inside a small tube rather than on a rod to prevent damage to the mirror during insertion or other operation These are also called as borescopes

e) periscopic for specialised applications or to assist the viewer et Etc

fig 1 a) a collection of inspection mirrors b) inspection of crevices and c) inspecting the inside of as cylinder

Of specific interest to the NDE practitioners is their versatility to inspect the inside of the boiler pipes or heat exchanger pipes which can tell a lot about the working condition of the inside of the tubes about the rusting cracking sedimentation etc enabling an early preventive action

Fig 2 Use of borescopes to inspect heat exchanger pipes

Fig 3 borescopes and periscopes

ii) Endoscopes These are like borescopes but are flexible They work on the principle of image transfer by total internal reflection in a bundle of glass fibres They are more popular with gastroenterologists for diagnosing ulcers in stomachs Also called optical fibroscopes they are flexible ands are more versatile in several applications illustrated below Some times they are permanently fixed for constant monitoring of critical components are inserted when needed into pre-fixed tubular guides leading to the location to be monitored

Fig 4 The application of endoscopes in industrial equipment

Fig 5 The principle of endoscope

Having illustrated the gadgets for visual perception as above some of them used in other monitoring functions may be cited as below classified into the three categories

b) Temperature monitoring

Subjective -

Touching the motor etc and assessing if over heated

Aided subjective -

Temperature sensitive stickers are the most common ands cost effective A sticker having four of five 20 mm diameter dots of special paints each of which changes its colour at a particular temperature is stuck to the heat prone parts of the equipment The operatives or supervisor can identify its temperature range by looking at the stickers from a distance itself during their periodic patrol rounds Temperature sensitive chalks thermal paints with which larger part of the heat prone body is painted fall under this category -

Objective -

Pyrometers thermometers pistol thermometers etc Depending of convenience and need these instruments can be of thermostat type or connected to some sort of warning system in case of overheating

c) Vibration monitoring

Subjective

By touching and feeling the vibrations in a rotating body or by listening to vibrating sounds

Aided subjective

Stethoscopes use of screw driver ends by expert foremen etc

Objective -

Shock pulse meters (SPM) vibration measuring instruments etc

Vibration measurements made near the source of vibration might indicate the following

bull imbalance bull shaft misalignment bull damaged bearings (worn or chipped balls or races)

bull damaged gears another transmission components bull mechanical looseness bull cavitation and stall etc

d) Leak Monitoring

Subjective -

Listening to and identifying any hissing sound near hydraulic or pneumatic circuits

Aided subjective -

A number of leak detecting techniques are available including the soap and water methods Use of proprietary preparations can make this method more effective capable of detecting leaks as low as 1 m1s

Objective -

One powerful technique is ultrasonic detection When a fluid is forced through a leak under internal or external pressure sound is generated in the frequency range 40-80 Khz The ultrasonic leak detector identifies this very high frequency which is easily separated from the lower frequencies of ordinary machine noise

Fig 6 Ultrasonic leak detector to detect internal amp external leaks

e) Corrosion Monitoring

Subjective -

Corrosion cannot be generally judged visually and is not as effective as those discussed below

Aided subjective -

Corrosion coupons which are small pieces say 1 square inch of the same material as the base are pasted at locations suspected to be highly corrosive and analysed once in a month or as required The corrosion characteristics of the coupon are expected to be same as the base metal to which they are pasted and hence give an indirect measurement the corrosion of the body

Fig 7a) A view of the corrosion coupon b)The coupon mounted in tubes carrying chemicals

Objective -

Electrical and electronic devises can be developed to measure the corrosion characteristics based on the following principles the details of which are beyond the scope of this paper

diams The basic principle in Corrosion Monitoring is the change in the resistance of special electrical elements in corrosion environment

diams The potential difference between the reference electrode and the system will indicate the presence and the extent of corrosion

diams The polarisation resistance of the special designed probe indicate the rate of corrosion

diams Hydrogen gas formation during corrosion can be detected with a thin walled blind tube which can be analysed to determine the corrosion

f) Belt tension monitoring

subjective -

Slightly pressing down the V-belt

Aided subjective -

Pen type tension gage as illustrated below is a simple and handy one Depending upon belt looseness the inner part of the gage telescopes into the upper part leaving the rubber ring stuck on to the lower part at the lowest point of insertion On removing the gage the position of the rubber ring on the graduated scale of the lower part indicates the belt looseness that can be corrected if necessary

Objective -

Strain gages or other electronic instruments are used to measure the stresses in metallic parts or components

Fig 8 a) pen type tension gage and b) strain gage for bi-directional measurement

g) Shaft run-out monitoring

When a lathe is being tested for accuracy a mandrel is fixed in the spindle and rotated and checked for the run-out

Subjective -

If the run-out is high it can be visually seen

Aided subjective -

By use of dial gages fixed on to the bodies the amount of run-out can be measured But this can be done by turning the spindle by hand or at low speeds

Objective -

Optical sensors as illustrated below can be used to check the run-out even at high speeds

Fig 9 Run-out checking by optical sensor

h) Crack detection

This is mostly off-line monitoring and most tests under this category form NDE tests the primary function of ISNT specialists Most serious failures are preceded by crack growth from a point of stress concentration or from a material defect at the surface of the component A number of crack detection techniques have been developed to a great degree of advancement like dye penetration test (PT) magnetic particle test (MT) Electrical resistance or eddy current test (ET) Ultrasonic Testing (UT) and Radiographic test (RT)

While the first two of the following can be classified as aided subjective the latter can be categorised as objective Since the purpose of this paragraph is to highlight crack detection as a condition monitoring techniques these NDE methods are only cited but not discussed further

5 Conclusion

While only few types of monitoring namely visual temperature vibration leak corrosion run-out belt tension and crack monitoring are discussed a host of simple gadgets are being developed according to their specific use for many other monitoring functions that are not discussed here

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 22

LOAD TESTING

o Load testing is the process of putting demand on a system or device

and measuring its response

o Load testing is performed to determine a systemrsquos behavior under both

normal and anticipated peak load conditions

o It helps to identify the maximum operating capacity of an application

as well as any bottlenecks and determine which element is causing

degradation

o When the load placed on the system is raised beyond normal usage

patterns in order to test the systems response at unusually high or

peak loads it is known as stress testing

o The load is usually so great that error conditions are the expected

result although no clear boundary exists when an activity ceases to be

a load test and becomes a stress test

o There is little agreement on what the specific goals of load testing are

o The term is often used synonymously with concurrency testing

software performance testing reliability testing and volume testing

o Load testing is a type of non-functional testing

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 23

WEAR DEBRIS ANALYSIS

Using a Scanning Electron Microscope of a carefully taken sample of debris

suspended in lubricating oil (taken from filters or magnetic chip detectors)

Instruments then reveal the elements contained their proportions size and

morphology

Using this method the site the mechanical failure mechanism and the time to

eventual failure may be determined This is called WDA - Wear Debris Analysis

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 24

UNIT-III

CONDITION MONOTORING

PART-A (2 Marks)

1 What is equipment health monitoring

2 List down the factors for increasing the demand condition monitoring

3 List down the key features of condition monitoring

4 Write down the basic steps in condition monitoring

5 What are three types of condition monitoring

6 State the advantages and disadvantages of condition monitoring

7 Mention the various costs involved in costing of condition monitoring mainly

8 State the methods of measuring vibration

9 Describe briefly pistol thermometer

10 Name the types of pyrometers

11 Mention title applications of bimetallic strip

12 List down the features of RTD

13 State the applications and limitations of thermisters

PART-B (16 Marks)

1 What is condition monitoring and explain condition monitoring What type of condition

monitoring are normally used in industry (16)

2 What is leakage monitoring Explain some of the leakage mediums used for condition

monitoring (16)

3 What is wear debris analysis what are the three wear debris analysis techniques

commonly used and compare their performance and uses (16)

4 Briefly explain the cost comparison with and without condition monitoring (16)

5 What is thermal monitoring and what thermal monitoring are used in industries

explain principle and uses of thermograph (16)

6 Briefly explain various methods and instruments for condition monitoring (16)

Page 25: ME1012 Maintenance Engineering Study Materials

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 21

BENEFITS

o Screen monitoring records video or static images detailing the contents or

screen capture of the entire [video display] or the content of the screen

activity within a particular program or computer application

o Monitoring tools may collect real time video accelerated or [time-lapse]

video or screen shots or may take video or still image captures at regular

intervals (eg once every 4 minutes)

o They may collect images constantly or only collect information while the user

is interacting with the equipment (eg capturing screens when the mouse or

keyboard is active)

o Data monitoring tracks the content of and changes to files stored on the local

[hard drive] or in the users private network share

o Keystroke monitoring (eg number of keystrokes per minute) may track the

performance of keyboard-intensive work such as word processing or data

entry Keystroke logging captures all keyboard input to enable the employer to

monitor anything typed into the monitored machine

o Idle time monitoring keeps track of time when the employee is away from the

computer or the computer is not being actively used

NDE2002 predict assure improve

National Seminar of ISNT Chennai 5 ndash 7 12 2002

wwwnde2002org

SIMPLE INSTRUMENTS USED IN CONDITION MONITORING

Prof DRKIRAN

Head department of production Engineering StPeterrsquos Engineering College

ABSTRACT

Condition monitoring is a system of assessing the service condition or the change of service condition of any component or a part of an equipment or a system Considerable research has been done in this direction leading to development of several electrical and electronic monitoring instruments These when connected to strategic locations of the systems measure and indicate certain parameters enabling us to monitor the condition and take vital decisions on a continuous basis

Nevertheless the high cost of these instruments prevent their use in all required locations On the other hand traditionally used simple mechanical gadgets are being used by the maintenance personnel of todayrsquos industry all over the world These have the advantages of being portable simple easy to use and economical More significantly they can be used to check any location or component suspected to be functioning abnormally This paper discusses some of such instruments used and could be used for condition monitoring of industrial machines as well as process equipment like pressure vessels and heat exchangers

1 What is Condition monitoring

Condition monitoring is that type of planned maintenance wherein the actual working conditions of major components of an equipment are constantly monitored to give an indication of which parts should be replaced and which need not in the near future In other words the preventive maintenance with condition monitoring is a system in which in addition to the programmed stoppages for maintenance work an assessment is made on the condition of all major parts of an equipment while in operation even when a preventive maintenance schedule is on If by assessment the condition of the part is satisfactory the schedule of stopping the machine or scrapping the part etc is reviewed and deferred Similarly if the condition monitoring finds a certain part may fail in a short time it is replaced even before its PM schedule and prevent unexpected breakdowns

2 On-load vs off load condition monitoring

On load monitoring means monitoring or adjusting the parameters while the machine or equipment is running Thus it is done for superficial easily accessible amp non interfering parts of the equipment which can be carried out without interruption to the operation

Off load monitoring is for interior or inaccessible parts which need to be stopped temporarily to check the condition However there may be several situations like the two-shift working or the plantrsquos temporary shut down for other reasons when this class can be conducted without productions loss

3 Subjective aided subjective or objective condition monitoring

i) Subjective condition monitoring

Here the monitoring personnel use their perception of senses and judgement to note any change of the condition The four senses a man is bestowed with like seeing (emanation of smoke) hearing (bearing noise) smelling (burning of oil or rubber components due to excessive heat) feeling (touching the motor to feel the excessive heating or touching the housing to feel a vibrating shaft) are used It is important that the person carrying out subjective condition monitoring has an adequate qualifications and skills as the result depends on their judgement and experience In subjective condition monitoring it is also possible to use instructions guidelines or hints where to look for leakage bearing play etc Posters or figures illustrating different conditions of components may also be helpful

ii) Aided subjective or condition monitoring with simple gadgets

Here the monitoring personnel use simple gadgets to add to their ability to perceive conditions better These gadgets are discussed more in detail in the following paragraphs

iii) Objective condition monitoring

In objective condition monitoring different instruments and facilities are used for obtaining data giving direct measure of the parametric condition of the components even while the machine is working In many cases these simple mechanical or complex electronic measuring devices can be mounted on convenient locations for better monitoring and control

A doctor feeling the pulse (subjective) his using a stethoscope to determine any abnormal heart beat (aided subjective) or looking into the ECG monitor (objective) form the examples of the above three categories

4 Some of the gadgets and simple instruments used for condition monitoring

a) Monitoring of visual condition of inaccessible partslocations

Quite often the visual condition of the components located at inaccessible locations are to be monitored may be with respect to corrosion or fatigue cracking or even dust sediment collection that is deleterious to the functioning of the component Simple gadgets are being used either on-line or off-line to aid the perception of the condition Depending upon the extent of change as perceived the equipment can be stopped for detailed check andor rectification Some of the gadgets are illustrated below

i) Inspection mirrors used to inspect crevices dark spots inside of narrow mouthed cylinders or the pipes of heat exchangers or boilers These mirrors can be simple like that of a dentist or

a) with adjustable mirror angle controlled by a wire running along the holding rod or

b) illuminated with a light bulb near the mirror of special use in dark spots inside cylinders or inside heat exchanger pipes

c) with telescopic rod for adjusting the length of the gadget

d) mirrors fitted inside a small tube rather than on a rod to prevent damage to the mirror during insertion or other operation These are also called as borescopes

e) periscopic for specialised applications or to assist the viewer et Etc

fig 1 a) a collection of inspection mirrors b) inspection of crevices and c) inspecting the inside of as cylinder

Of specific interest to the NDE practitioners is their versatility to inspect the inside of the boiler pipes or heat exchanger pipes which can tell a lot about the working condition of the inside of the tubes about the rusting cracking sedimentation etc enabling an early preventive action

Fig 2 Use of borescopes to inspect heat exchanger pipes

Fig 3 borescopes and periscopes

ii) Endoscopes These are like borescopes but are flexible They work on the principle of image transfer by total internal reflection in a bundle of glass fibres They are more popular with gastroenterologists for diagnosing ulcers in stomachs Also called optical fibroscopes they are flexible ands are more versatile in several applications illustrated below Some times they are permanently fixed for constant monitoring of critical components are inserted when needed into pre-fixed tubular guides leading to the location to be monitored

Fig 4 The application of endoscopes in industrial equipment

Fig 5 The principle of endoscope

Having illustrated the gadgets for visual perception as above some of them used in other monitoring functions may be cited as below classified into the three categories

b) Temperature monitoring

Subjective -

Touching the motor etc and assessing if over heated

Aided subjective -

Temperature sensitive stickers are the most common ands cost effective A sticker having four of five 20 mm diameter dots of special paints each of which changes its colour at a particular temperature is stuck to the heat prone parts of the equipment The operatives or supervisor can identify its temperature range by looking at the stickers from a distance itself during their periodic patrol rounds Temperature sensitive chalks thermal paints with which larger part of the heat prone body is painted fall under this category -

Objective -

Pyrometers thermometers pistol thermometers etc Depending of convenience and need these instruments can be of thermostat type or connected to some sort of warning system in case of overheating

c) Vibration monitoring

Subjective

By touching and feeling the vibrations in a rotating body or by listening to vibrating sounds

Aided subjective

Stethoscopes use of screw driver ends by expert foremen etc

Objective -

Shock pulse meters (SPM) vibration measuring instruments etc

Vibration measurements made near the source of vibration might indicate the following

bull imbalance bull shaft misalignment bull damaged bearings (worn or chipped balls or races)

bull damaged gears another transmission components bull mechanical looseness bull cavitation and stall etc

d) Leak Monitoring

Subjective -

Listening to and identifying any hissing sound near hydraulic or pneumatic circuits

Aided subjective -

A number of leak detecting techniques are available including the soap and water methods Use of proprietary preparations can make this method more effective capable of detecting leaks as low as 1 m1s

Objective -

One powerful technique is ultrasonic detection When a fluid is forced through a leak under internal or external pressure sound is generated in the frequency range 40-80 Khz The ultrasonic leak detector identifies this very high frequency which is easily separated from the lower frequencies of ordinary machine noise

Fig 6 Ultrasonic leak detector to detect internal amp external leaks

e) Corrosion Monitoring

Subjective -

Corrosion cannot be generally judged visually and is not as effective as those discussed below

Aided subjective -

Corrosion coupons which are small pieces say 1 square inch of the same material as the base are pasted at locations suspected to be highly corrosive and analysed once in a month or as required The corrosion characteristics of the coupon are expected to be same as the base metal to which they are pasted and hence give an indirect measurement the corrosion of the body

Fig 7a) A view of the corrosion coupon b)The coupon mounted in tubes carrying chemicals

Objective -

Electrical and electronic devises can be developed to measure the corrosion characteristics based on the following principles the details of which are beyond the scope of this paper

diams The basic principle in Corrosion Monitoring is the change in the resistance of special electrical elements in corrosion environment

diams The potential difference between the reference electrode and the system will indicate the presence and the extent of corrosion

diams The polarisation resistance of the special designed probe indicate the rate of corrosion

diams Hydrogen gas formation during corrosion can be detected with a thin walled blind tube which can be analysed to determine the corrosion

f) Belt tension monitoring

subjective -

Slightly pressing down the V-belt

Aided subjective -

Pen type tension gage as illustrated below is a simple and handy one Depending upon belt looseness the inner part of the gage telescopes into the upper part leaving the rubber ring stuck on to the lower part at the lowest point of insertion On removing the gage the position of the rubber ring on the graduated scale of the lower part indicates the belt looseness that can be corrected if necessary

Objective -

Strain gages or other electronic instruments are used to measure the stresses in metallic parts or components

Fig 8 a) pen type tension gage and b) strain gage for bi-directional measurement

g) Shaft run-out monitoring

When a lathe is being tested for accuracy a mandrel is fixed in the spindle and rotated and checked for the run-out

Subjective -

If the run-out is high it can be visually seen

Aided subjective -

By use of dial gages fixed on to the bodies the amount of run-out can be measured But this can be done by turning the spindle by hand or at low speeds

Objective -

Optical sensors as illustrated below can be used to check the run-out even at high speeds

Fig 9 Run-out checking by optical sensor

h) Crack detection

This is mostly off-line monitoring and most tests under this category form NDE tests the primary function of ISNT specialists Most serious failures are preceded by crack growth from a point of stress concentration or from a material defect at the surface of the component A number of crack detection techniques have been developed to a great degree of advancement like dye penetration test (PT) magnetic particle test (MT) Electrical resistance or eddy current test (ET) Ultrasonic Testing (UT) and Radiographic test (RT)

While the first two of the following can be classified as aided subjective the latter can be categorised as objective Since the purpose of this paragraph is to highlight crack detection as a condition monitoring techniques these NDE methods are only cited but not discussed further

5 Conclusion

While only few types of monitoring namely visual temperature vibration leak corrosion run-out belt tension and crack monitoring are discussed a host of simple gadgets are being developed according to their specific use for many other monitoring functions that are not discussed here

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 22

LOAD TESTING

o Load testing is the process of putting demand on a system or device

and measuring its response

o Load testing is performed to determine a systemrsquos behavior under both

normal and anticipated peak load conditions

o It helps to identify the maximum operating capacity of an application

as well as any bottlenecks and determine which element is causing

degradation

o When the load placed on the system is raised beyond normal usage

patterns in order to test the systems response at unusually high or

peak loads it is known as stress testing

o The load is usually so great that error conditions are the expected

result although no clear boundary exists when an activity ceases to be

a load test and becomes a stress test

o There is little agreement on what the specific goals of load testing are

o The term is often used synonymously with concurrency testing

software performance testing reliability testing and volume testing

o Load testing is a type of non-functional testing

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 23

WEAR DEBRIS ANALYSIS

Using a Scanning Electron Microscope of a carefully taken sample of debris

suspended in lubricating oil (taken from filters or magnetic chip detectors)

Instruments then reveal the elements contained their proportions size and

morphology

Using this method the site the mechanical failure mechanism and the time to

eventual failure may be determined This is called WDA - Wear Debris Analysis

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 24

UNIT-III

CONDITION MONOTORING

PART-A (2 Marks)

1 What is equipment health monitoring

2 List down the factors for increasing the demand condition monitoring

3 List down the key features of condition monitoring

4 Write down the basic steps in condition monitoring

5 What are three types of condition monitoring

6 State the advantages and disadvantages of condition monitoring

7 Mention the various costs involved in costing of condition monitoring mainly

8 State the methods of measuring vibration

9 Describe briefly pistol thermometer

10 Name the types of pyrometers

11 Mention title applications of bimetallic strip

12 List down the features of RTD

13 State the applications and limitations of thermisters

PART-B (16 Marks)

1 What is condition monitoring and explain condition monitoring What type of condition

monitoring are normally used in industry (16)

2 What is leakage monitoring Explain some of the leakage mediums used for condition

monitoring (16)

3 What is wear debris analysis what are the three wear debris analysis techniques

commonly used and compare their performance and uses (16)

4 Briefly explain the cost comparison with and without condition monitoring (16)

5 What is thermal monitoring and what thermal monitoring are used in industries

explain principle and uses of thermograph (16)

6 Briefly explain various methods and instruments for condition monitoring (16)

Page 26: ME1012 Maintenance Engineering Study Materials

NDE2002 predict assure improve

National Seminar of ISNT Chennai 5 ndash 7 12 2002

wwwnde2002org

SIMPLE INSTRUMENTS USED IN CONDITION MONITORING

Prof DRKIRAN

Head department of production Engineering StPeterrsquos Engineering College

ABSTRACT

Condition monitoring is a system of assessing the service condition or the change of service condition of any component or a part of an equipment or a system Considerable research has been done in this direction leading to development of several electrical and electronic monitoring instruments These when connected to strategic locations of the systems measure and indicate certain parameters enabling us to monitor the condition and take vital decisions on a continuous basis

Nevertheless the high cost of these instruments prevent their use in all required locations On the other hand traditionally used simple mechanical gadgets are being used by the maintenance personnel of todayrsquos industry all over the world These have the advantages of being portable simple easy to use and economical More significantly they can be used to check any location or component suspected to be functioning abnormally This paper discusses some of such instruments used and could be used for condition monitoring of industrial machines as well as process equipment like pressure vessels and heat exchangers

1 What is Condition monitoring

Condition monitoring is that type of planned maintenance wherein the actual working conditions of major components of an equipment are constantly monitored to give an indication of which parts should be replaced and which need not in the near future In other words the preventive maintenance with condition monitoring is a system in which in addition to the programmed stoppages for maintenance work an assessment is made on the condition of all major parts of an equipment while in operation even when a preventive maintenance schedule is on If by assessment the condition of the part is satisfactory the schedule of stopping the machine or scrapping the part etc is reviewed and deferred Similarly if the condition monitoring finds a certain part may fail in a short time it is replaced even before its PM schedule and prevent unexpected breakdowns

2 On-load vs off load condition monitoring

On load monitoring means monitoring or adjusting the parameters while the machine or equipment is running Thus it is done for superficial easily accessible amp non interfering parts of the equipment which can be carried out without interruption to the operation

Off load monitoring is for interior or inaccessible parts which need to be stopped temporarily to check the condition However there may be several situations like the two-shift working or the plantrsquos temporary shut down for other reasons when this class can be conducted without productions loss

3 Subjective aided subjective or objective condition monitoring

i) Subjective condition monitoring

Here the monitoring personnel use their perception of senses and judgement to note any change of the condition The four senses a man is bestowed with like seeing (emanation of smoke) hearing (bearing noise) smelling (burning of oil or rubber components due to excessive heat) feeling (touching the motor to feel the excessive heating or touching the housing to feel a vibrating shaft) are used It is important that the person carrying out subjective condition monitoring has an adequate qualifications and skills as the result depends on their judgement and experience In subjective condition monitoring it is also possible to use instructions guidelines or hints where to look for leakage bearing play etc Posters or figures illustrating different conditions of components may also be helpful

ii) Aided subjective or condition monitoring with simple gadgets

Here the monitoring personnel use simple gadgets to add to their ability to perceive conditions better These gadgets are discussed more in detail in the following paragraphs

iii) Objective condition monitoring

In objective condition monitoring different instruments and facilities are used for obtaining data giving direct measure of the parametric condition of the components even while the machine is working In many cases these simple mechanical or complex electronic measuring devices can be mounted on convenient locations for better monitoring and control

A doctor feeling the pulse (subjective) his using a stethoscope to determine any abnormal heart beat (aided subjective) or looking into the ECG monitor (objective) form the examples of the above three categories

4 Some of the gadgets and simple instruments used for condition monitoring

a) Monitoring of visual condition of inaccessible partslocations

Quite often the visual condition of the components located at inaccessible locations are to be monitored may be with respect to corrosion or fatigue cracking or even dust sediment collection that is deleterious to the functioning of the component Simple gadgets are being used either on-line or off-line to aid the perception of the condition Depending upon the extent of change as perceived the equipment can be stopped for detailed check andor rectification Some of the gadgets are illustrated below

i) Inspection mirrors used to inspect crevices dark spots inside of narrow mouthed cylinders or the pipes of heat exchangers or boilers These mirrors can be simple like that of a dentist or

a) with adjustable mirror angle controlled by a wire running along the holding rod or

b) illuminated with a light bulb near the mirror of special use in dark spots inside cylinders or inside heat exchanger pipes

c) with telescopic rod for adjusting the length of the gadget

d) mirrors fitted inside a small tube rather than on a rod to prevent damage to the mirror during insertion or other operation These are also called as borescopes

e) periscopic for specialised applications or to assist the viewer et Etc

fig 1 a) a collection of inspection mirrors b) inspection of crevices and c) inspecting the inside of as cylinder

Of specific interest to the NDE practitioners is their versatility to inspect the inside of the boiler pipes or heat exchanger pipes which can tell a lot about the working condition of the inside of the tubes about the rusting cracking sedimentation etc enabling an early preventive action

Fig 2 Use of borescopes to inspect heat exchanger pipes

Fig 3 borescopes and periscopes

ii) Endoscopes These are like borescopes but are flexible They work on the principle of image transfer by total internal reflection in a bundle of glass fibres They are more popular with gastroenterologists for diagnosing ulcers in stomachs Also called optical fibroscopes they are flexible ands are more versatile in several applications illustrated below Some times they are permanently fixed for constant monitoring of critical components are inserted when needed into pre-fixed tubular guides leading to the location to be monitored

Fig 4 The application of endoscopes in industrial equipment

Fig 5 The principle of endoscope

Having illustrated the gadgets for visual perception as above some of them used in other monitoring functions may be cited as below classified into the three categories

b) Temperature monitoring

Subjective -

Touching the motor etc and assessing if over heated

Aided subjective -

Temperature sensitive stickers are the most common ands cost effective A sticker having four of five 20 mm diameter dots of special paints each of which changes its colour at a particular temperature is stuck to the heat prone parts of the equipment The operatives or supervisor can identify its temperature range by looking at the stickers from a distance itself during their periodic patrol rounds Temperature sensitive chalks thermal paints with which larger part of the heat prone body is painted fall under this category -

Objective -

Pyrometers thermometers pistol thermometers etc Depending of convenience and need these instruments can be of thermostat type or connected to some sort of warning system in case of overheating

c) Vibration monitoring

Subjective

By touching and feeling the vibrations in a rotating body or by listening to vibrating sounds

Aided subjective

Stethoscopes use of screw driver ends by expert foremen etc

Objective -

Shock pulse meters (SPM) vibration measuring instruments etc

Vibration measurements made near the source of vibration might indicate the following

bull imbalance bull shaft misalignment bull damaged bearings (worn or chipped balls or races)

bull damaged gears another transmission components bull mechanical looseness bull cavitation and stall etc

d) Leak Monitoring

Subjective -

Listening to and identifying any hissing sound near hydraulic or pneumatic circuits

Aided subjective -

A number of leak detecting techniques are available including the soap and water methods Use of proprietary preparations can make this method more effective capable of detecting leaks as low as 1 m1s

Objective -

One powerful technique is ultrasonic detection When a fluid is forced through a leak under internal or external pressure sound is generated in the frequency range 40-80 Khz The ultrasonic leak detector identifies this very high frequency which is easily separated from the lower frequencies of ordinary machine noise

Fig 6 Ultrasonic leak detector to detect internal amp external leaks

e) Corrosion Monitoring

Subjective -

Corrosion cannot be generally judged visually and is not as effective as those discussed below

Aided subjective -

Corrosion coupons which are small pieces say 1 square inch of the same material as the base are pasted at locations suspected to be highly corrosive and analysed once in a month or as required The corrosion characteristics of the coupon are expected to be same as the base metal to which they are pasted and hence give an indirect measurement the corrosion of the body

Fig 7a) A view of the corrosion coupon b)The coupon mounted in tubes carrying chemicals

Objective -

Electrical and electronic devises can be developed to measure the corrosion characteristics based on the following principles the details of which are beyond the scope of this paper

diams The basic principle in Corrosion Monitoring is the change in the resistance of special electrical elements in corrosion environment

diams The potential difference between the reference electrode and the system will indicate the presence and the extent of corrosion

diams The polarisation resistance of the special designed probe indicate the rate of corrosion

diams Hydrogen gas formation during corrosion can be detected with a thin walled blind tube which can be analysed to determine the corrosion

f) Belt tension monitoring

subjective -

Slightly pressing down the V-belt

Aided subjective -

Pen type tension gage as illustrated below is a simple and handy one Depending upon belt looseness the inner part of the gage telescopes into the upper part leaving the rubber ring stuck on to the lower part at the lowest point of insertion On removing the gage the position of the rubber ring on the graduated scale of the lower part indicates the belt looseness that can be corrected if necessary

Objective -

Strain gages or other electronic instruments are used to measure the stresses in metallic parts or components

Fig 8 a) pen type tension gage and b) strain gage for bi-directional measurement

g) Shaft run-out monitoring

When a lathe is being tested for accuracy a mandrel is fixed in the spindle and rotated and checked for the run-out

Subjective -

If the run-out is high it can be visually seen

Aided subjective -

By use of dial gages fixed on to the bodies the amount of run-out can be measured But this can be done by turning the spindle by hand or at low speeds

Objective -

Optical sensors as illustrated below can be used to check the run-out even at high speeds

Fig 9 Run-out checking by optical sensor

h) Crack detection

This is mostly off-line monitoring and most tests under this category form NDE tests the primary function of ISNT specialists Most serious failures are preceded by crack growth from a point of stress concentration or from a material defect at the surface of the component A number of crack detection techniques have been developed to a great degree of advancement like dye penetration test (PT) magnetic particle test (MT) Electrical resistance or eddy current test (ET) Ultrasonic Testing (UT) and Radiographic test (RT)

While the first two of the following can be classified as aided subjective the latter can be categorised as objective Since the purpose of this paragraph is to highlight crack detection as a condition monitoring techniques these NDE methods are only cited but not discussed further

5 Conclusion

While only few types of monitoring namely visual temperature vibration leak corrosion run-out belt tension and crack monitoring are discussed a host of simple gadgets are being developed according to their specific use for many other monitoring functions that are not discussed here

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 22

LOAD TESTING

o Load testing is the process of putting demand on a system or device

and measuring its response

o Load testing is performed to determine a systemrsquos behavior under both

normal and anticipated peak load conditions

o It helps to identify the maximum operating capacity of an application

as well as any bottlenecks and determine which element is causing

degradation

o When the load placed on the system is raised beyond normal usage

patterns in order to test the systems response at unusually high or

peak loads it is known as stress testing

o The load is usually so great that error conditions are the expected

result although no clear boundary exists when an activity ceases to be

a load test and becomes a stress test

o There is little agreement on what the specific goals of load testing are

o The term is often used synonymously with concurrency testing

software performance testing reliability testing and volume testing

o Load testing is a type of non-functional testing

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 23

WEAR DEBRIS ANALYSIS

Using a Scanning Electron Microscope of a carefully taken sample of debris

suspended in lubricating oil (taken from filters or magnetic chip detectors)

Instruments then reveal the elements contained their proportions size and

morphology

Using this method the site the mechanical failure mechanism and the time to

eventual failure may be determined This is called WDA - Wear Debris Analysis

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 24

UNIT-III

CONDITION MONOTORING

PART-A (2 Marks)

1 What is equipment health monitoring

2 List down the factors for increasing the demand condition monitoring

3 List down the key features of condition monitoring

4 Write down the basic steps in condition monitoring

5 What are three types of condition monitoring

6 State the advantages and disadvantages of condition monitoring

7 Mention the various costs involved in costing of condition monitoring mainly

8 State the methods of measuring vibration

9 Describe briefly pistol thermometer

10 Name the types of pyrometers

11 Mention title applications of bimetallic strip

12 List down the features of RTD

13 State the applications and limitations of thermisters

PART-B (16 Marks)

1 What is condition monitoring and explain condition monitoring What type of condition

monitoring are normally used in industry (16)

2 What is leakage monitoring Explain some of the leakage mediums used for condition

monitoring (16)

3 What is wear debris analysis what are the three wear debris analysis techniques

commonly used and compare their performance and uses (16)

4 Briefly explain the cost comparison with and without condition monitoring (16)

5 What is thermal monitoring and what thermal monitoring are used in industries

explain principle and uses of thermograph (16)

6 Briefly explain various methods and instruments for condition monitoring (16)

Page 27: ME1012 Maintenance Engineering Study Materials

Off load monitoring is for interior or inaccessible parts which need to be stopped temporarily to check the condition However there may be several situations like the two-shift working or the plantrsquos temporary shut down for other reasons when this class can be conducted without productions loss

3 Subjective aided subjective or objective condition monitoring

i) Subjective condition monitoring

Here the monitoring personnel use their perception of senses and judgement to note any change of the condition The four senses a man is bestowed with like seeing (emanation of smoke) hearing (bearing noise) smelling (burning of oil or rubber components due to excessive heat) feeling (touching the motor to feel the excessive heating or touching the housing to feel a vibrating shaft) are used It is important that the person carrying out subjective condition monitoring has an adequate qualifications and skills as the result depends on their judgement and experience In subjective condition monitoring it is also possible to use instructions guidelines or hints where to look for leakage bearing play etc Posters or figures illustrating different conditions of components may also be helpful

ii) Aided subjective or condition monitoring with simple gadgets

Here the monitoring personnel use simple gadgets to add to their ability to perceive conditions better These gadgets are discussed more in detail in the following paragraphs

iii) Objective condition monitoring

In objective condition monitoring different instruments and facilities are used for obtaining data giving direct measure of the parametric condition of the components even while the machine is working In many cases these simple mechanical or complex electronic measuring devices can be mounted on convenient locations for better monitoring and control

A doctor feeling the pulse (subjective) his using a stethoscope to determine any abnormal heart beat (aided subjective) or looking into the ECG monitor (objective) form the examples of the above three categories

4 Some of the gadgets and simple instruments used for condition monitoring

a) Monitoring of visual condition of inaccessible partslocations

Quite often the visual condition of the components located at inaccessible locations are to be monitored may be with respect to corrosion or fatigue cracking or even dust sediment collection that is deleterious to the functioning of the component Simple gadgets are being used either on-line or off-line to aid the perception of the condition Depending upon the extent of change as perceived the equipment can be stopped for detailed check andor rectification Some of the gadgets are illustrated below

i) Inspection mirrors used to inspect crevices dark spots inside of narrow mouthed cylinders or the pipes of heat exchangers or boilers These mirrors can be simple like that of a dentist or

a) with adjustable mirror angle controlled by a wire running along the holding rod or

b) illuminated with a light bulb near the mirror of special use in dark spots inside cylinders or inside heat exchanger pipes

c) with telescopic rod for adjusting the length of the gadget

d) mirrors fitted inside a small tube rather than on a rod to prevent damage to the mirror during insertion or other operation These are also called as borescopes

e) periscopic for specialised applications or to assist the viewer et Etc

fig 1 a) a collection of inspection mirrors b) inspection of crevices and c) inspecting the inside of as cylinder

Of specific interest to the NDE practitioners is their versatility to inspect the inside of the boiler pipes or heat exchanger pipes which can tell a lot about the working condition of the inside of the tubes about the rusting cracking sedimentation etc enabling an early preventive action

Fig 2 Use of borescopes to inspect heat exchanger pipes

Fig 3 borescopes and periscopes

ii) Endoscopes These are like borescopes but are flexible They work on the principle of image transfer by total internal reflection in a bundle of glass fibres They are more popular with gastroenterologists for diagnosing ulcers in stomachs Also called optical fibroscopes they are flexible ands are more versatile in several applications illustrated below Some times they are permanently fixed for constant monitoring of critical components are inserted when needed into pre-fixed tubular guides leading to the location to be monitored

Fig 4 The application of endoscopes in industrial equipment

Fig 5 The principle of endoscope

Having illustrated the gadgets for visual perception as above some of them used in other monitoring functions may be cited as below classified into the three categories

b) Temperature monitoring

Subjective -

Touching the motor etc and assessing if over heated

Aided subjective -

Temperature sensitive stickers are the most common ands cost effective A sticker having four of five 20 mm diameter dots of special paints each of which changes its colour at a particular temperature is stuck to the heat prone parts of the equipment The operatives or supervisor can identify its temperature range by looking at the stickers from a distance itself during their periodic patrol rounds Temperature sensitive chalks thermal paints with which larger part of the heat prone body is painted fall under this category -

Objective -

Pyrometers thermometers pistol thermometers etc Depending of convenience and need these instruments can be of thermostat type or connected to some sort of warning system in case of overheating

c) Vibration monitoring

Subjective

By touching and feeling the vibrations in a rotating body or by listening to vibrating sounds

Aided subjective

Stethoscopes use of screw driver ends by expert foremen etc

Objective -

Shock pulse meters (SPM) vibration measuring instruments etc

Vibration measurements made near the source of vibration might indicate the following

bull imbalance bull shaft misalignment bull damaged bearings (worn or chipped balls or races)

bull damaged gears another transmission components bull mechanical looseness bull cavitation and stall etc

d) Leak Monitoring

Subjective -

Listening to and identifying any hissing sound near hydraulic or pneumatic circuits

Aided subjective -

A number of leak detecting techniques are available including the soap and water methods Use of proprietary preparations can make this method more effective capable of detecting leaks as low as 1 m1s

Objective -

One powerful technique is ultrasonic detection When a fluid is forced through a leak under internal or external pressure sound is generated in the frequency range 40-80 Khz The ultrasonic leak detector identifies this very high frequency which is easily separated from the lower frequencies of ordinary machine noise

Fig 6 Ultrasonic leak detector to detect internal amp external leaks

e) Corrosion Monitoring

Subjective -

Corrosion cannot be generally judged visually and is not as effective as those discussed below

Aided subjective -

Corrosion coupons which are small pieces say 1 square inch of the same material as the base are pasted at locations suspected to be highly corrosive and analysed once in a month or as required The corrosion characteristics of the coupon are expected to be same as the base metal to which they are pasted and hence give an indirect measurement the corrosion of the body

Fig 7a) A view of the corrosion coupon b)The coupon mounted in tubes carrying chemicals

Objective -

Electrical and electronic devises can be developed to measure the corrosion characteristics based on the following principles the details of which are beyond the scope of this paper

diams The basic principle in Corrosion Monitoring is the change in the resistance of special electrical elements in corrosion environment

diams The potential difference between the reference electrode and the system will indicate the presence and the extent of corrosion

diams The polarisation resistance of the special designed probe indicate the rate of corrosion

diams Hydrogen gas formation during corrosion can be detected with a thin walled blind tube which can be analysed to determine the corrosion

f) Belt tension monitoring

subjective -

Slightly pressing down the V-belt

Aided subjective -

Pen type tension gage as illustrated below is a simple and handy one Depending upon belt looseness the inner part of the gage telescopes into the upper part leaving the rubber ring stuck on to the lower part at the lowest point of insertion On removing the gage the position of the rubber ring on the graduated scale of the lower part indicates the belt looseness that can be corrected if necessary

Objective -

Strain gages or other electronic instruments are used to measure the stresses in metallic parts or components

Fig 8 a) pen type tension gage and b) strain gage for bi-directional measurement

g) Shaft run-out monitoring

When a lathe is being tested for accuracy a mandrel is fixed in the spindle and rotated and checked for the run-out

Subjective -

If the run-out is high it can be visually seen

Aided subjective -

By use of dial gages fixed on to the bodies the amount of run-out can be measured But this can be done by turning the spindle by hand or at low speeds

Objective -

Optical sensors as illustrated below can be used to check the run-out even at high speeds

Fig 9 Run-out checking by optical sensor

h) Crack detection

This is mostly off-line monitoring and most tests under this category form NDE tests the primary function of ISNT specialists Most serious failures are preceded by crack growth from a point of stress concentration or from a material defect at the surface of the component A number of crack detection techniques have been developed to a great degree of advancement like dye penetration test (PT) magnetic particle test (MT) Electrical resistance or eddy current test (ET) Ultrasonic Testing (UT) and Radiographic test (RT)

While the first two of the following can be classified as aided subjective the latter can be categorised as objective Since the purpose of this paragraph is to highlight crack detection as a condition monitoring techniques these NDE methods are only cited but not discussed further

5 Conclusion

While only few types of monitoring namely visual temperature vibration leak corrosion run-out belt tension and crack monitoring are discussed a host of simple gadgets are being developed according to their specific use for many other monitoring functions that are not discussed here

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 22

LOAD TESTING

o Load testing is the process of putting demand on a system or device

and measuring its response

o Load testing is performed to determine a systemrsquos behavior under both

normal and anticipated peak load conditions

o It helps to identify the maximum operating capacity of an application

as well as any bottlenecks and determine which element is causing

degradation

o When the load placed on the system is raised beyond normal usage

patterns in order to test the systems response at unusually high or

peak loads it is known as stress testing

o The load is usually so great that error conditions are the expected

result although no clear boundary exists when an activity ceases to be

a load test and becomes a stress test

o There is little agreement on what the specific goals of load testing are

o The term is often used synonymously with concurrency testing

software performance testing reliability testing and volume testing

o Load testing is a type of non-functional testing

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 23

WEAR DEBRIS ANALYSIS

Using a Scanning Electron Microscope of a carefully taken sample of debris

suspended in lubricating oil (taken from filters or magnetic chip detectors)

Instruments then reveal the elements contained their proportions size and

morphology

Using this method the site the mechanical failure mechanism and the time to

eventual failure may be determined This is called WDA - Wear Debris Analysis

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 24

UNIT-III

CONDITION MONOTORING

PART-A (2 Marks)

1 What is equipment health monitoring

2 List down the factors for increasing the demand condition monitoring

3 List down the key features of condition monitoring

4 Write down the basic steps in condition monitoring

5 What are three types of condition monitoring

6 State the advantages and disadvantages of condition monitoring

7 Mention the various costs involved in costing of condition monitoring mainly

8 State the methods of measuring vibration

9 Describe briefly pistol thermometer

10 Name the types of pyrometers

11 Mention title applications of bimetallic strip

12 List down the features of RTD

13 State the applications and limitations of thermisters

PART-B (16 Marks)

1 What is condition monitoring and explain condition monitoring What type of condition

monitoring are normally used in industry (16)

2 What is leakage monitoring Explain some of the leakage mediums used for condition

monitoring (16)

3 What is wear debris analysis what are the three wear debris analysis techniques

commonly used and compare their performance and uses (16)

4 Briefly explain the cost comparison with and without condition monitoring (16)

5 What is thermal monitoring and what thermal monitoring are used in industries

explain principle and uses of thermograph (16)

6 Briefly explain various methods and instruments for condition monitoring (16)

Page 28: ME1012 Maintenance Engineering Study Materials

a) with adjustable mirror angle controlled by a wire running along the holding rod or

b) illuminated with a light bulb near the mirror of special use in dark spots inside cylinders or inside heat exchanger pipes

c) with telescopic rod for adjusting the length of the gadget

d) mirrors fitted inside a small tube rather than on a rod to prevent damage to the mirror during insertion or other operation These are also called as borescopes

e) periscopic for specialised applications or to assist the viewer et Etc

fig 1 a) a collection of inspection mirrors b) inspection of crevices and c) inspecting the inside of as cylinder

Of specific interest to the NDE practitioners is their versatility to inspect the inside of the boiler pipes or heat exchanger pipes which can tell a lot about the working condition of the inside of the tubes about the rusting cracking sedimentation etc enabling an early preventive action

Fig 2 Use of borescopes to inspect heat exchanger pipes

Fig 3 borescopes and periscopes

ii) Endoscopes These are like borescopes but are flexible They work on the principle of image transfer by total internal reflection in a bundle of glass fibres They are more popular with gastroenterologists for diagnosing ulcers in stomachs Also called optical fibroscopes they are flexible ands are more versatile in several applications illustrated below Some times they are permanently fixed for constant monitoring of critical components are inserted when needed into pre-fixed tubular guides leading to the location to be monitored

Fig 4 The application of endoscopes in industrial equipment

Fig 5 The principle of endoscope

Having illustrated the gadgets for visual perception as above some of them used in other monitoring functions may be cited as below classified into the three categories

b) Temperature monitoring

Subjective -

Touching the motor etc and assessing if over heated

Aided subjective -

Temperature sensitive stickers are the most common ands cost effective A sticker having four of five 20 mm diameter dots of special paints each of which changes its colour at a particular temperature is stuck to the heat prone parts of the equipment The operatives or supervisor can identify its temperature range by looking at the stickers from a distance itself during their periodic patrol rounds Temperature sensitive chalks thermal paints with which larger part of the heat prone body is painted fall under this category -

Objective -

Pyrometers thermometers pistol thermometers etc Depending of convenience and need these instruments can be of thermostat type or connected to some sort of warning system in case of overheating

c) Vibration monitoring

Subjective

By touching and feeling the vibrations in a rotating body or by listening to vibrating sounds

Aided subjective

Stethoscopes use of screw driver ends by expert foremen etc

Objective -

Shock pulse meters (SPM) vibration measuring instruments etc

Vibration measurements made near the source of vibration might indicate the following

bull imbalance bull shaft misalignment bull damaged bearings (worn or chipped balls or races)

bull damaged gears another transmission components bull mechanical looseness bull cavitation and stall etc

d) Leak Monitoring

Subjective -

Listening to and identifying any hissing sound near hydraulic or pneumatic circuits

Aided subjective -

A number of leak detecting techniques are available including the soap and water methods Use of proprietary preparations can make this method more effective capable of detecting leaks as low as 1 m1s

Objective -

One powerful technique is ultrasonic detection When a fluid is forced through a leak under internal or external pressure sound is generated in the frequency range 40-80 Khz The ultrasonic leak detector identifies this very high frequency which is easily separated from the lower frequencies of ordinary machine noise

Fig 6 Ultrasonic leak detector to detect internal amp external leaks

e) Corrosion Monitoring

Subjective -

Corrosion cannot be generally judged visually and is not as effective as those discussed below

Aided subjective -

Corrosion coupons which are small pieces say 1 square inch of the same material as the base are pasted at locations suspected to be highly corrosive and analysed once in a month or as required The corrosion characteristics of the coupon are expected to be same as the base metal to which they are pasted and hence give an indirect measurement the corrosion of the body

Fig 7a) A view of the corrosion coupon b)The coupon mounted in tubes carrying chemicals

Objective -

Electrical and electronic devises can be developed to measure the corrosion characteristics based on the following principles the details of which are beyond the scope of this paper

diams The basic principle in Corrosion Monitoring is the change in the resistance of special electrical elements in corrosion environment

diams The potential difference between the reference electrode and the system will indicate the presence and the extent of corrosion

diams The polarisation resistance of the special designed probe indicate the rate of corrosion

diams Hydrogen gas formation during corrosion can be detected with a thin walled blind tube which can be analysed to determine the corrosion

f) Belt tension monitoring

subjective -

Slightly pressing down the V-belt

Aided subjective -

Pen type tension gage as illustrated below is a simple and handy one Depending upon belt looseness the inner part of the gage telescopes into the upper part leaving the rubber ring stuck on to the lower part at the lowest point of insertion On removing the gage the position of the rubber ring on the graduated scale of the lower part indicates the belt looseness that can be corrected if necessary

Objective -

Strain gages or other electronic instruments are used to measure the stresses in metallic parts or components

Fig 8 a) pen type tension gage and b) strain gage for bi-directional measurement

g) Shaft run-out monitoring

When a lathe is being tested for accuracy a mandrel is fixed in the spindle and rotated and checked for the run-out

Subjective -

If the run-out is high it can be visually seen

Aided subjective -

By use of dial gages fixed on to the bodies the amount of run-out can be measured But this can be done by turning the spindle by hand or at low speeds

Objective -

Optical sensors as illustrated below can be used to check the run-out even at high speeds

Fig 9 Run-out checking by optical sensor

h) Crack detection

This is mostly off-line monitoring and most tests under this category form NDE tests the primary function of ISNT specialists Most serious failures are preceded by crack growth from a point of stress concentration or from a material defect at the surface of the component A number of crack detection techniques have been developed to a great degree of advancement like dye penetration test (PT) magnetic particle test (MT) Electrical resistance or eddy current test (ET) Ultrasonic Testing (UT) and Radiographic test (RT)

While the first two of the following can be classified as aided subjective the latter can be categorised as objective Since the purpose of this paragraph is to highlight crack detection as a condition monitoring techniques these NDE methods are only cited but not discussed further

5 Conclusion

While only few types of monitoring namely visual temperature vibration leak corrosion run-out belt tension and crack monitoring are discussed a host of simple gadgets are being developed according to their specific use for many other monitoring functions that are not discussed here

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 22

LOAD TESTING

o Load testing is the process of putting demand on a system or device

and measuring its response

o Load testing is performed to determine a systemrsquos behavior under both

normal and anticipated peak load conditions

o It helps to identify the maximum operating capacity of an application

as well as any bottlenecks and determine which element is causing

degradation

o When the load placed on the system is raised beyond normal usage

patterns in order to test the systems response at unusually high or

peak loads it is known as stress testing

o The load is usually so great that error conditions are the expected

result although no clear boundary exists when an activity ceases to be

a load test and becomes a stress test

o There is little agreement on what the specific goals of load testing are

o The term is often used synonymously with concurrency testing

software performance testing reliability testing and volume testing

o Load testing is a type of non-functional testing

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 23

WEAR DEBRIS ANALYSIS

Using a Scanning Electron Microscope of a carefully taken sample of debris

suspended in lubricating oil (taken from filters or magnetic chip detectors)

Instruments then reveal the elements contained their proportions size and

morphology

Using this method the site the mechanical failure mechanism and the time to

eventual failure may be determined This is called WDA - Wear Debris Analysis

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 24

UNIT-III

CONDITION MONOTORING

PART-A (2 Marks)

1 What is equipment health monitoring

2 List down the factors for increasing the demand condition monitoring

3 List down the key features of condition monitoring

4 Write down the basic steps in condition monitoring

5 What are three types of condition monitoring

6 State the advantages and disadvantages of condition monitoring

7 Mention the various costs involved in costing of condition monitoring mainly

8 State the methods of measuring vibration

9 Describe briefly pistol thermometer

10 Name the types of pyrometers

11 Mention title applications of bimetallic strip

12 List down the features of RTD

13 State the applications and limitations of thermisters

PART-B (16 Marks)

1 What is condition monitoring and explain condition monitoring What type of condition

monitoring are normally used in industry (16)

2 What is leakage monitoring Explain some of the leakage mediums used for condition

monitoring (16)

3 What is wear debris analysis what are the three wear debris analysis techniques

commonly used and compare their performance and uses (16)

4 Briefly explain the cost comparison with and without condition monitoring (16)

5 What is thermal monitoring and what thermal monitoring are used in industries

explain principle and uses of thermograph (16)

6 Briefly explain various methods and instruments for condition monitoring (16)

Page 29: ME1012 Maintenance Engineering Study Materials

Fig 3 borescopes and periscopes

ii) Endoscopes These are like borescopes but are flexible They work on the principle of image transfer by total internal reflection in a bundle of glass fibres They are more popular with gastroenterologists for diagnosing ulcers in stomachs Also called optical fibroscopes they are flexible ands are more versatile in several applications illustrated below Some times they are permanently fixed for constant monitoring of critical components are inserted when needed into pre-fixed tubular guides leading to the location to be monitored

Fig 4 The application of endoscopes in industrial equipment

Fig 5 The principle of endoscope

Having illustrated the gadgets for visual perception as above some of them used in other monitoring functions may be cited as below classified into the three categories

b) Temperature monitoring

Subjective -

Touching the motor etc and assessing if over heated

Aided subjective -

Temperature sensitive stickers are the most common ands cost effective A sticker having four of five 20 mm diameter dots of special paints each of which changes its colour at a particular temperature is stuck to the heat prone parts of the equipment The operatives or supervisor can identify its temperature range by looking at the stickers from a distance itself during their periodic patrol rounds Temperature sensitive chalks thermal paints with which larger part of the heat prone body is painted fall under this category -

Objective -

Pyrometers thermometers pistol thermometers etc Depending of convenience and need these instruments can be of thermostat type or connected to some sort of warning system in case of overheating

c) Vibration monitoring

Subjective

By touching and feeling the vibrations in a rotating body or by listening to vibrating sounds

Aided subjective

Stethoscopes use of screw driver ends by expert foremen etc

Objective -

Shock pulse meters (SPM) vibration measuring instruments etc

Vibration measurements made near the source of vibration might indicate the following

bull imbalance bull shaft misalignment bull damaged bearings (worn or chipped balls or races)

bull damaged gears another transmission components bull mechanical looseness bull cavitation and stall etc

d) Leak Monitoring

Subjective -

Listening to and identifying any hissing sound near hydraulic or pneumatic circuits

Aided subjective -

A number of leak detecting techniques are available including the soap and water methods Use of proprietary preparations can make this method more effective capable of detecting leaks as low as 1 m1s

Objective -

One powerful technique is ultrasonic detection When a fluid is forced through a leak under internal or external pressure sound is generated in the frequency range 40-80 Khz The ultrasonic leak detector identifies this very high frequency which is easily separated from the lower frequencies of ordinary machine noise

Fig 6 Ultrasonic leak detector to detect internal amp external leaks

e) Corrosion Monitoring

Subjective -

Corrosion cannot be generally judged visually and is not as effective as those discussed below

Aided subjective -

Corrosion coupons which are small pieces say 1 square inch of the same material as the base are pasted at locations suspected to be highly corrosive and analysed once in a month or as required The corrosion characteristics of the coupon are expected to be same as the base metal to which they are pasted and hence give an indirect measurement the corrosion of the body

Fig 7a) A view of the corrosion coupon b)The coupon mounted in tubes carrying chemicals

Objective -

Electrical and electronic devises can be developed to measure the corrosion characteristics based on the following principles the details of which are beyond the scope of this paper

diams The basic principle in Corrosion Monitoring is the change in the resistance of special electrical elements in corrosion environment

diams The potential difference between the reference electrode and the system will indicate the presence and the extent of corrosion

diams The polarisation resistance of the special designed probe indicate the rate of corrosion

diams Hydrogen gas formation during corrosion can be detected with a thin walled blind tube which can be analysed to determine the corrosion

f) Belt tension monitoring

subjective -

Slightly pressing down the V-belt

Aided subjective -

Pen type tension gage as illustrated below is a simple and handy one Depending upon belt looseness the inner part of the gage telescopes into the upper part leaving the rubber ring stuck on to the lower part at the lowest point of insertion On removing the gage the position of the rubber ring on the graduated scale of the lower part indicates the belt looseness that can be corrected if necessary

Objective -

Strain gages or other electronic instruments are used to measure the stresses in metallic parts or components

Fig 8 a) pen type tension gage and b) strain gage for bi-directional measurement

g) Shaft run-out monitoring

When a lathe is being tested for accuracy a mandrel is fixed in the spindle and rotated and checked for the run-out

Subjective -

If the run-out is high it can be visually seen

Aided subjective -

By use of dial gages fixed on to the bodies the amount of run-out can be measured But this can be done by turning the spindle by hand or at low speeds

Objective -

Optical sensors as illustrated below can be used to check the run-out even at high speeds

Fig 9 Run-out checking by optical sensor

h) Crack detection

This is mostly off-line monitoring and most tests under this category form NDE tests the primary function of ISNT specialists Most serious failures are preceded by crack growth from a point of stress concentration or from a material defect at the surface of the component A number of crack detection techniques have been developed to a great degree of advancement like dye penetration test (PT) magnetic particle test (MT) Electrical resistance or eddy current test (ET) Ultrasonic Testing (UT) and Radiographic test (RT)

While the first two of the following can be classified as aided subjective the latter can be categorised as objective Since the purpose of this paragraph is to highlight crack detection as a condition monitoring techniques these NDE methods are only cited but not discussed further

5 Conclusion

While only few types of monitoring namely visual temperature vibration leak corrosion run-out belt tension and crack monitoring are discussed a host of simple gadgets are being developed according to their specific use for many other monitoring functions that are not discussed here

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 22

LOAD TESTING

o Load testing is the process of putting demand on a system or device

and measuring its response

o Load testing is performed to determine a systemrsquos behavior under both

normal and anticipated peak load conditions

o It helps to identify the maximum operating capacity of an application

as well as any bottlenecks and determine which element is causing

degradation

o When the load placed on the system is raised beyond normal usage

patterns in order to test the systems response at unusually high or

peak loads it is known as stress testing

o The load is usually so great that error conditions are the expected

result although no clear boundary exists when an activity ceases to be

a load test and becomes a stress test

o There is little agreement on what the specific goals of load testing are

o The term is often used synonymously with concurrency testing

software performance testing reliability testing and volume testing

o Load testing is a type of non-functional testing

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 23

WEAR DEBRIS ANALYSIS

Using a Scanning Electron Microscope of a carefully taken sample of debris

suspended in lubricating oil (taken from filters or magnetic chip detectors)

Instruments then reveal the elements contained their proportions size and

morphology

Using this method the site the mechanical failure mechanism and the time to

eventual failure may be determined This is called WDA - Wear Debris Analysis

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 24

UNIT-III

CONDITION MONOTORING

PART-A (2 Marks)

1 What is equipment health monitoring

2 List down the factors for increasing the demand condition monitoring

3 List down the key features of condition monitoring

4 Write down the basic steps in condition monitoring

5 What are three types of condition monitoring

6 State the advantages and disadvantages of condition monitoring

7 Mention the various costs involved in costing of condition monitoring mainly

8 State the methods of measuring vibration

9 Describe briefly pistol thermometer

10 Name the types of pyrometers

11 Mention title applications of bimetallic strip

12 List down the features of RTD

13 State the applications and limitations of thermisters

PART-B (16 Marks)

1 What is condition monitoring and explain condition monitoring What type of condition

monitoring are normally used in industry (16)

2 What is leakage monitoring Explain some of the leakage mediums used for condition

monitoring (16)

3 What is wear debris analysis what are the three wear debris analysis techniques

commonly used and compare their performance and uses (16)

4 Briefly explain the cost comparison with and without condition monitoring (16)

5 What is thermal monitoring and what thermal monitoring are used in industries

explain principle and uses of thermograph (16)

6 Briefly explain various methods and instruments for condition monitoring (16)

Page 30: ME1012 Maintenance Engineering Study Materials

Fig 5 The principle of endoscope

Having illustrated the gadgets for visual perception as above some of them used in other monitoring functions may be cited as below classified into the three categories

b) Temperature monitoring

Subjective -

Touching the motor etc and assessing if over heated

Aided subjective -

Temperature sensitive stickers are the most common ands cost effective A sticker having four of five 20 mm diameter dots of special paints each of which changes its colour at a particular temperature is stuck to the heat prone parts of the equipment The operatives or supervisor can identify its temperature range by looking at the stickers from a distance itself during their periodic patrol rounds Temperature sensitive chalks thermal paints with which larger part of the heat prone body is painted fall under this category -

Objective -

Pyrometers thermometers pistol thermometers etc Depending of convenience and need these instruments can be of thermostat type or connected to some sort of warning system in case of overheating

c) Vibration monitoring

Subjective

By touching and feeling the vibrations in a rotating body or by listening to vibrating sounds

Aided subjective

Stethoscopes use of screw driver ends by expert foremen etc

Objective -

Shock pulse meters (SPM) vibration measuring instruments etc

Vibration measurements made near the source of vibration might indicate the following

bull imbalance bull shaft misalignment bull damaged bearings (worn or chipped balls or races)

bull damaged gears another transmission components bull mechanical looseness bull cavitation and stall etc

d) Leak Monitoring

Subjective -

Listening to and identifying any hissing sound near hydraulic or pneumatic circuits

Aided subjective -

A number of leak detecting techniques are available including the soap and water methods Use of proprietary preparations can make this method more effective capable of detecting leaks as low as 1 m1s

Objective -

One powerful technique is ultrasonic detection When a fluid is forced through a leak under internal or external pressure sound is generated in the frequency range 40-80 Khz The ultrasonic leak detector identifies this very high frequency which is easily separated from the lower frequencies of ordinary machine noise

Fig 6 Ultrasonic leak detector to detect internal amp external leaks

e) Corrosion Monitoring

Subjective -

Corrosion cannot be generally judged visually and is not as effective as those discussed below

Aided subjective -

Corrosion coupons which are small pieces say 1 square inch of the same material as the base are pasted at locations suspected to be highly corrosive and analysed once in a month or as required The corrosion characteristics of the coupon are expected to be same as the base metal to which they are pasted and hence give an indirect measurement the corrosion of the body

Fig 7a) A view of the corrosion coupon b)The coupon mounted in tubes carrying chemicals

Objective -

Electrical and electronic devises can be developed to measure the corrosion characteristics based on the following principles the details of which are beyond the scope of this paper

diams The basic principle in Corrosion Monitoring is the change in the resistance of special electrical elements in corrosion environment

diams The potential difference between the reference electrode and the system will indicate the presence and the extent of corrosion

diams The polarisation resistance of the special designed probe indicate the rate of corrosion

diams Hydrogen gas formation during corrosion can be detected with a thin walled blind tube which can be analysed to determine the corrosion

f) Belt tension monitoring

subjective -

Slightly pressing down the V-belt

Aided subjective -

Pen type tension gage as illustrated below is a simple and handy one Depending upon belt looseness the inner part of the gage telescopes into the upper part leaving the rubber ring stuck on to the lower part at the lowest point of insertion On removing the gage the position of the rubber ring on the graduated scale of the lower part indicates the belt looseness that can be corrected if necessary

Objective -

Strain gages or other electronic instruments are used to measure the stresses in metallic parts or components

Fig 8 a) pen type tension gage and b) strain gage for bi-directional measurement

g) Shaft run-out monitoring

When a lathe is being tested for accuracy a mandrel is fixed in the spindle and rotated and checked for the run-out

Subjective -

If the run-out is high it can be visually seen

Aided subjective -

By use of dial gages fixed on to the bodies the amount of run-out can be measured But this can be done by turning the spindle by hand or at low speeds

Objective -

Optical sensors as illustrated below can be used to check the run-out even at high speeds

Fig 9 Run-out checking by optical sensor

h) Crack detection

This is mostly off-line monitoring and most tests under this category form NDE tests the primary function of ISNT specialists Most serious failures are preceded by crack growth from a point of stress concentration or from a material defect at the surface of the component A number of crack detection techniques have been developed to a great degree of advancement like dye penetration test (PT) magnetic particle test (MT) Electrical resistance or eddy current test (ET) Ultrasonic Testing (UT) and Radiographic test (RT)

While the first two of the following can be classified as aided subjective the latter can be categorised as objective Since the purpose of this paragraph is to highlight crack detection as a condition monitoring techniques these NDE methods are only cited but not discussed further

5 Conclusion

While only few types of monitoring namely visual temperature vibration leak corrosion run-out belt tension and crack monitoring are discussed a host of simple gadgets are being developed according to their specific use for many other monitoring functions that are not discussed here

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 22

LOAD TESTING

o Load testing is the process of putting demand on a system or device

and measuring its response

o Load testing is performed to determine a systemrsquos behavior under both

normal and anticipated peak load conditions

o It helps to identify the maximum operating capacity of an application

as well as any bottlenecks and determine which element is causing

degradation

o When the load placed on the system is raised beyond normal usage

patterns in order to test the systems response at unusually high or

peak loads it is known as stress testing

o The load is usually so great that error conditions are the expected

result although no clear boundary exists when an activity ceases to be

a load test and becomes a stress test

o There is little agreement on what the specific goals of load testing are

o The term is often used synonymously with concurrency testing

software performance testing reliability testing and volume testing

o Load testing is a type of non-functional testing

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 23

WEAR DEBRIS ANALYSIS

Using a Scanning Electron Microscope of a carefully taken sample of debris

suspended in lubricating oil (taken from filters or magnetic chip detectors)

Instruments then reveal the elements contained their proportions size and

morphology

Using this method the site the mechanical failure mechanism and the time to

eventual failure may be determined This is called WDA - Wear Debris Analysis

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 24

UNIT-III

CONDITION MONOTORING

PART-A (2 Marks)

1 What is equipment health monitoring

2 List down the factors for increasing the demand condition monitoring

3 List down the key features of condition monitoring

4 Write down the basic steps in condition monitoring

5 What are three types of condition monitoring

6 State the advantages and disadvantages of condition monitoring

7 Mention the various costs involved in costing of condition monitoring mainly

8 State the methods of measuring vibration

9 Describe briefly pistol thermometer

10 Name the types of pyrometers

11 Mention title applications of bimetallic strip

12 List down the features of RTD

13 State the applications and limitations of thermisters

PART-B (16 Marks)

1 What is condition monitoring and explain condition monitoring What type of condition

monitoring are normally used in industry (16)

2 What is leakage monitoring Explain some of the leakage mediums used for condition

monitoring (16)

3 What is wear debris analysis what are the three wear debris analysis techniques

commonly used and compare their performance and uses (16)

4 Briefly explain the cost comparison with and without condition monitoring (16)

5 What is thermal monitoring and what thermal monitoring are used in industries

explain principle and uses of thermograph (16)

6 Briefly explain various methods and instruments for condition monitoring (16)

Page 31: ME1012 Maintenance Engineering Study Materials

Objective -

Shock pulse meters (SPM) vibration measuring instruments etc

Vibration measurements made near the source of vibration might indicate the following

bull imbalance bull shaft misalignment bull damaged bearings (worn or chipped balls or races)

bull damaged gears another transmission components bull mechanical looseness bull cavitation and stall etc

d) Leak Monitoring

Subjective -

Listening to and identifying any hissing sound near hydraulic or pneumatic circuits

Aided subjective -

A number of leak detecting techniques are available including the soap and water methods Use of proprietary preparations can make this method more effective capable of detecting leaks as low as 1 m1s

Objective -

One powerful technique is ultrasonic detection When a fluid is forced through a leak under internal or external pressure sound is generated in the frequency range 40-80 Khz The ultrasonic leak detector identifies this very high frequency which is easily separated from the lower frequencies of ordinary machine noise

Fig 6 Ultrasonic leak detector to detect internal amp external leaks

e) Corrosion Monitoring

Subjective -

Corrosion cannot be generally judged visually and is not as effective as those discussed below

Aided subjective -

Corrosion coupons which are small pieces say 1 square inch of the same material as the base are pasted at locations suspected to be highly corrosive and analysed once in a month or as required The corrosion characteristics of the coupon are expected to be same as the base metal to which they are pasted and hence give an indirect measurement the corrosion of the body

Fig 7a) A view of the corrosion coupon b)The coupon mounted in tubes carrying chemicals

Objective -

Electrical and electronic devises can be developed to measure the corrosion characteristics based on the following principles the details of which are beyond the scope of this paper

diams The basic principle in Corrosion Monitoring is the change in the resistance of special electrical elements in corrosion environment

diams The potential difference between the reference electrode and the system will indicate the presence and the extent of corrosion

diams The polarisation resistance of the special designed probe indicate the rate of corrosion

diams Hydrogen gas formation during corrosion can be detected with a thin walled blind tube which can be analysed to determine the corrosion

f) Belt tension monitoring

subjective -

Slightly pressing down the V-belt

Aided subjective -

Pen type tension gage as illustrated below is a simple and handy one Depending upon belt looseness the inner part of the gage telescopes into the upper part leaving the rubber ring stuck on to the lower part at the lowest point of insertion On removing the gage the position of the rubber ring on the graduated scale of the lower part indicates the belt looseness that can be corrected if necessary

Objective -

Strain gages or other electronic instruments are used to measure the stresses in metallic parts or components

Fig 8 a) pen type tension gage and b) strain gage for bi-directional measurement

g) Shaft run-out monitoring

When a lathe is being tested for accuracy a mandrel is fixed in the spindle and rotated and checked for the run-out

Subjective -

If the run-out is high it can be visually seen

Aided subjective -

By use of dial gages fixed on to the bodies the amount of run-out can be measured But this can be done by turning the spindle by hand or at low speeds

Objective -

Optical sensors as illustrated below can be used to check the run-out even at high speeds

Fig 9 Run-out checking by optical sensor

h) Crack detection

This is mostly off-line monitoring and most tests under this category form NDE tests the primary function of ISNT specialists Most serious failures are preceded by crack growth from a point of stress concentration or from a material defect at the surface of the component A number of crack detection techniques have been developed to a great degree of advancement like dye penetration test (PT) magnetic particle test (MT) Electrical resistance or eddy current test (ET) Ultrasonic Testing (UT) and Radiographic test (RT)

While the first two of the following can be classified as aided subjective the latter can be categorised as objective Since the purpose of this paragraph is to highlight crack detection as a condition monitoring techniques these NDE methods are only cited but not discussed further

5 Conclusion

While only few types of monitoring namely visual temperature vibration leak corrosion run-out belt tension and crack monitoring are discussed a host of simple gadgets are being developed according to their specific use for many other monitoring functions that are not discussed here

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 22

LOAD TESTING

o Load testing is the process of putting demand on a system or device

and measuring its response

o Load testing is performed to determine a systemrsquos behavior under both

normal and anticipated peak load conditions

o It helps to identify the maximum operating capacity of an application

as well as any bottlenecks and determine which element is causing

degradation

o When the load placed on the system is raised beyond normal usage

patterns in order to test the systems response at unusually high or

peak loads it is known as stress testing

o The load is usually so great that error conditions are the expected

result although no clear boundary exists when an activity ceases to be

a load test and becomes a stress test

o There is little agreement on what the specific goals of load testing are

o The term is often used synonymously with concurrency testing

software performance testing reliability testing and volume testing

o Load testing is a type of non-functional testing

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 23

WEAR DEBRIS ANALYSIS

Using a Scanning Electron Microscope of a carefully taken sample of debris

suspended in lubricating oil (taken from filters or magnetic chip detectors)

Instruments then reveal the elements contained their proportions size and

morphology

Using this method the site the mechanical failure mechanism and the time to

eventual failure may be determined This is called WDA - Wear Debris Analysis

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 24

UNIT-III

CONDITION MONOTORING

PART-A (2 Marks)

1 What is equipment health monitoring

2 List down the factors for increasing the demand condition monitoring

3 List down the key features of condition monitoring

4 Write down the basic steps in condition monitoring

5 What are three types of condition monitoring

6 State the advantages and disadvantages of condition monitoring

7 Mention the various costs involved in costing of condition monitoring mainly

8 State the methods of measuring vibration

9 Describe briefly pistol thermometer

10 Name the types of pyrometers

11 Mention title applications of bimetallic strip

12 List down the features of RTD

13 State the applications and limitations of thermisters

PART-B (16 Marks)

1 What is condition monitoring and explain condition monitoring What type of condition

monitoring are normally used in industry (16)

2 What is leakage monitoring Explain some of the leakage mediums used for condition

monitoring (16)

3 What is wear debris analysis what are the three wear debris analysis techniques

commonly used and compare their performance and uses (16)

4 Briefly explain the cost comparison with and without condition monitoring (16)

5 What is thermal monitoring and what thermal monitoring are used in industries

explain principle and uses of thermograph (16)

6 Briefly explain various methods and instruments for condition monitoring (16)

Page 32: ME1012 Maintenance Engineering Study Materials

e) Corrosion Monitoring

Subjective -

Corrosion cannot be generally judged visually and is not as effective as those discussed below

Aided subjective -

Corrosion coupons which are small pieces say 1 square inch of the same material as the base are pasted at locations suspected to be highly corrosive and analysed once in a month or as required The corrosion characteristics of the coupon are expected to be same as the base metal to which they are pasted and hence give an indirect measurement the corrosion of the body

Fig 7a) A view of the corrosion coupon b)The coupon mounted in tubes carrying chemicals

Objective -

Electrical and electronic devises can be developed to measure the corrosion characteristics based on the following principles the details of which are beyond the scope of this paper

diams The basic principle in Corrosion Monitoring is the change in the resistance of special electrical elements in corrosion environment

diams The potential difference between the reference electrode and the system will indicate the presence and the extent of corrosion

diams The polarisation resistance of the special designed probe indicate the rate of corrosion

diams Hydrogen gas formation during corrosion can be detected with a thin walled blind tube which can be analysed to determine the corrosion

f) Belt tension monitoring

subjective -

Slightly pressing down the V-belt

Aided subjective -

Pen type tension gage as illustrated below is a simple and handy one Depending upon belt looseness the inner part of the gage telescopes into the upper part leaving the rubber ring stuck on to the lower part at the lowest point of insertion On removing the gage the position of the rubber ring on the graduated scale of the lower part indicates the belt looseness that can be corrected if necessary

Objective -

Strain gages or other electronic instruments are used to measure the stresses in metallic parts or components

Fig 8 a) pen type tension gage and b) strain gage for bi-directional measurement

g) Shaft run-out monitoring

When a lathe is being tested for accuracy a mandrel is fixed in the spindle and rotated and checked for the run-out

Subjective -

If the run-out is high it can be visually seen

Aided subjective -

By use of dial gages fixed on to the bodies the amount of run-out can be measured But this can be done by turning the spindle by hand or at low speeds

Objective -

Optical sensors as illustrated below can be used to check the run-out even at high speeds

Fig 9 Run-out checking by optical sensor

h) Crack detection

This is mostly off-line monitoring and most tests under this category form NDE tests the primary function of ISNT specialists Most serious failures are preceded by crack growth from a point of stress concentration or from a material defect at the surface of the component A number of crack detection techniques have been developed to a great degree of advancement like dye penetration test (PT) magnetic particle test (MT) Electrical resistance or eddy current test (ET) Ultrasonic Testing (UT) and Radiographic test (RT)

While the first two of the following can be classified as aided subjective the latter can be categorised as objective Since the purpose of this paragraph is to highlight crack detection as a condition monitoring techniques these NDE methods are only cited but not discussed further

5 Conclusion

While only few types of monitoring namely visual temperature vibration leak corrosion run-out belt tension and crack monitoring are discussed a host of simple gadgets are being developed according to their specific use for many other monitoring functions that are not discussed here

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 22

LOAD TESTING

o Load testing is the process of putting demand on a system or device

and measuring its response

o Load testing is performed to determine a systemrsquos behavior under both

normal and anticipated peak load conditions

o It helps to identify the maximum operating capacity of an application

as well as any bottlenecks and determine which element is causing

degradation

o When the load placed on the system is raised beyond normal usage

patterns in order to test the systems response at unusually high or

peak loads it is known as stress testing

o The load is usually so great that error conditions are the expected

result although no clear boundary exists when an activity ceases to be

a load test and becomes a stress test

o There is little agreement on what the specific goals of load testing are

o The term is often used synonymously with concurrency testing

software performance testing reliability testing and volume testing

o Load testing is a type of non-functional testing

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 23

WEAR DEBRIS ANALYSIS

Using a Scanning Electron Microscope of a carefully taken sample of debris

suspended in lubricating oil (taken from filters or magnetic chip detectors)

Instruments then reveal the elements contained their proportions size and

morphology

Using this method the site the mechanical failure mechanism and the time to

eventual failure may be determined This is called WDA - Wear Debris Analysis

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 24

UNIT-III

CONDITION MONOTORING

PART-A (2 Marks)

1 What is equipment health monitoring

2 List down the factors for increasing the demand condition monitoring

3 List down the key features of condition monitoring

4 Write down the basic steps in condition monitoring

5 What are three types of condition monitoring

6 State the advantages and disadvantages of condition monitoring

7 Mention the various costs involved in costing of condition monitoring mainly

8 State the methods of measuring vibration

9 Describe briefly pistol thermometer

10 Name the types of pyrometers

11 Mention title applications of bimetallic strip

12 List down the features of RTD

13 State the applications and limitations of thermisters

PART-B (16 Marks)

1 What is condition monitoring and explain condition monitoring What type of condition

monitoring are normally used in industry (16)

2 What is leakage monitoring Explain some of the leakage mediums used for condition

monitoring (16)

3 What is wear debris analysis what are the three wear debris analysis techniques

commonly used and compare their performance and uses (16)

4 Briefly explain the cost comparison with and without condition monitoring (16)

5 What is thermal monitoring and what thermal monitoring are used in industries

explain principle and uses of thermograph (16)

6 Briefly explain various methods and instruments for condition monitoring (16)

Page 33: ME1012 Maintenance Engineering Study Materials

f) Belt tension monitoring

subjective -

Slightly pressing down the V-belt

Aided subjective -

Pen type tension gage as illustrated below is a simple and handy one Depending upon belt looseness the inner part of the gage telescopes into the upper part leaving the rubber ring stuck on to the lower part at the lowest point of insertion On removing the gage the position of the rubber ring on the graduated scale of the lower part indicates the belt looseness that can be corrected if necessary

Objective -

Strain gages or other electronic instruments are used to measure the stresses in metallic parts or components

Fig 8 a) pen type tension gage and b) strain gage for bi-directional measurement

g) Shaft run-out monitoring

When a lathe is being tested for accuracy a mandrel is fixed in the spindle and rotated and checked for the run-out

Subjective -

If the run-out is high it can be visually seen

Aided subjective -

By use of dial gages fixed on to the bodies the amount of run-out can be measured But this can be done by turning the spindle by hand or at low speeds

Objective -

Optical sensors as illustrated below can be used to check the run-out even at high speeds

Fig 9 Run-out checking by optical sensor

h) Crack detection

This is mostly off-line monitoring and most tests under this category form NDE tests the primary function of ISNT specialists Most serious failures are preceded by crack growth from a point of stress concentration or from a material defect at the surface of the component A number of crack detection techniques have been developed to a great degree of advancement like dye penetration test (PT) magnetic particle test (MT) Electrical resistance or eddy current test (ET) Ultrasonic Testing (UT) and Radiographic test (RT)

While the first two of the following can be classified as aided subjective the latter can be categorised as objective Since the purpose of this paragraph is to highlight crack detection as a condition monitoring techniques these NDE methods are only cited but not discussed further

5 Conclusion

While only few types of monitoring namely visual temperature vibration leak corrosion run-out belt tension and crack monitoring are discussed a host of simple gadgets are being developed according to their specific use for many other monitoring functions that are not discussed here

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 22

LOAD TESTING

o Load testing is the process of putting demand on a system or device

and measuring its response

o Load testing is performed to determine a systemrsquos behavior under both

normal and anticipated peak load conditions

o It helps to identify the maximum operating capacity of an application

as well as any bottlenecks and determine which element is causing

degradation

o When the load placed on the system is raised beyond normal usage

patterns in order to test the systems response at unusually high or

peak loads it is known as stress testing

o The load is usually so great that error conditions are the expected

result although no clear boundary exists when an activity ceases to be

a load test and becomes a stress test

o There is little agreement on what the specific goals of load testing are

o The term is often used synonymously with concurrency testing

software performance testing reliability testing and volume testing

o Load testing is a type of non-functional testing

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 23

WEAR DEBRIS ANALYSIS

Using a Scanning Electron Microscope of a carefully taken sample of debris

suspended in lubricating oil (taken from filters or magnetic chip detectors)

Instruments then reveal the elements contained their proportions size and

morphology

Using this method the site the mechanical failure mechanism and the time to

eventual failure may be determined This is called WDA - Wear Debris Analysis

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 24

UNIT-III

CONDITION MONOTORING

PART-A (2 Marks)

1 What is equipment health monitoring

2 List down the factors for increasing the demand condition monitoring

3 List down the key features of condition monitoring

4 Write down the basic steps in condition monitoring

5 What are three types of condition monitoring

6 State the advantages and disadvantages of condition monitoring

7 Mention the various costs involved in costing of condition monitoring mainly

8 State the methods of measuring vibration

9 Describe briefly pistol thermometer

10 Name the types of pyrometers

11 Mention title applications of bimetallic strip

12 List down the features of RTD

13 State the applications and limitations of thermisters

PART-B (16 Marks)

1 What is condition monitoring and explain condition monitoring What type of condition

monitoring are normally used in industry (16)

2 What is leakage monitoring Explain some of the leakage mediums used for condition

monitoring (16)

3 What is wear debris analysis what are the three wear debris analysis techniques

commonly used and compare their performance and uses (16)

4 Briefly explain the cost comparison with and without condition monitoring (16)

5 What is thermal monitoring and what thermal monitoring are used in industries

explain principle and uses of thermograph (16)

6 Briefly explain various methods and instruments for condition monitoring (16)

Page 34: ME1012 Maintenance Engineering Study Materials

By use of dial gages fixed on to the bodies the amount of run-out can be measured But this can be done by turning the spindle by hand or at low speeds

Objective -

Optical sensors as illustrated below can be used to check the run-out even at high speeds

Fig 9 Run-out checking by optical sensor

h) Crack detection

This is mostly off-line monitoring and most tests under this category form NDE tests the primary function of ISNT specialists Most serious failures are preceded by crack growth from a point of stress concentration or from a material defect at the surface of the component A number of crack detection techniques have been developed to a great degree of advancement like dye penetration test (PT) magnetic particle test (MT) Electrical resistance or eddy current test (ET) Ultrasonic Testing (UT) and Radiographic test (RT)

While the first two of the following can be classified as aided subjective the latter can be categorised as objective Since the purpose of this paragraph is to highlight crack detection as a condition monitoring techniques these NDE methods are only cited but not discussed further

5 Conclusion

While only few types of monitoring namely visual temperature vibration leak corrosion run-out belt tension and crack monitoring are discussed a host of simple gadgets are being developed according to their specific use for many other monitoring functions that are not discussed here

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 22

LOAD TESTING

o Load testing is the process of putting demand on a system or device

and measuring its response

o Load testing is performed to determine a systemrsquos behavior under both

normal and anticipated peak load conditions

o It helps to identify the maximum operating capacity of an application

as well as any bottlenecks and determine which element is causing

degradation

o When the load placed on the system is raised beyond normal usage

patterns in order to test the systems response at unusually high or

peak loads it is known as stress testing

o The load is usually so great that error conditions are the expected

result although no clear boundary exists when an activity ceases to be

a load test and becomes a stress test

o There is little agreement on what the specific goals of load testing are

o The term is often used synonymously with concurrency testing

software performance testing reliability testing and volume testing

o Load testing is a type of non-functional testing

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 23

WEAR DEBRIS ANALYSIS

Using a Scanning Electron Microscope of a carefully taken sample of debris

suspended in lubricating oil (taken from filters or magnetic chip detectors)

Instruments then reveal the elements contained their proportions size and

morphology

Using this method the site the mechanical failure mechanism and the time to

eventual failure may be determined This is called WDA - Wear Debris Analysis

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 24

UNIT-III

CONDITION MONOTORING

PART-A (2 Marks)

1 What is equipment health monitoring

2 List down the factors for increasing the demand condition monitoring

3 List down the key features of condition monitoring

4 Write down the basic steps in condition monitoring

5 What are three types of condition monitoring

6 State the advantages and disadvantages of condition monitoring

7 Mention the various costs involved in costing of condition monitoring mainly

8 State the methods of measuring vibration

9 Describe briefly pistol thermometer

10 Name the types of pyrometers

11 Mention title applications of bimetallic strip

12 List down the features of RTD

13 State the applications and limitations of thermisters

PART-B (16 Marks)

1 What is condition monitoring and explain condition monitoring What type of condition

monitoring are normally used in industry (16)

2 What is leakage monitoring Explain some of the leakage mediums used for condition

monitoring (16)

3 What is wear debris analysis what are the three wear debris analysis techniques

commonly used and compare their performance and uses (16)

4 Briefly explain the cost comparison with and without condition monitoring (16)

5 What is thermal monitoring and what thermal monitoring are used in industries

explain principle and uses of thermograph (16)

6 Briefly explain various methods and instruments for condition monitoring (16)

Page 35: ME1012 Maintenance Engineering Study Materials

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 22

LOAD TESTING

o Load testing is the process of putting demand on a system or device

and measuring its response

o Load testing is performed to determine a systemrsquos behavior under both

normal and anticipated peak load conditions

o It helps to identify the maximum operating capacity of an application

as well as any bottlenecks and determine which element is causing

degradation

o When the load placed on the system is raised beyond normal usage

patterns in order to test the systems response at unusually high or

peak loads it is known as stress testing

o The load is usually so great that error conditions are the expected

result although no clear boundary exists when an activity ceases to be

a load test and becomes a stress test

o There is little agreement on what the specific goals of load testing are

o The term is often used synonymously with concurrency testing

software performance testing reliability testing and volume testing

o Load testing is a type of non-functional testing

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 23

WEAR DEBRIS ANALYSIS

Using a Scanning Electron Microscope of a carefully taken sample of debris

suspended in lubricating oil (taken from filters or magnetic chip detectors)

Instruments then reveal the elements contained their proportions size and

morphology

Using this method the site the mechanical failure mechanism and the time to

eventual failure may be determined This is called WDA - Wear Debris Analysis

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 24

UNIT-III

CONDITION MONOTORING

PART-A (2 Marks)

1 What is equipment health monitoring

2 List down the factors for increasing the demand condition monitoring

3 List down the key features of condition monitoring

4 Write down the basic steps in condition monitoring

5 What are three types of condition monitoring

6 State the advantages and disadvantages of condition monitoring

7 Mention the various costs involved in costing of condition monitoring mainly

8 State the methods of measuring vibration

9 Describe briefly pistol thermometer

10 Name the types of pyrometers

11 Mention title applications of bimetallic strip

12 List down the features of RTD

13 State the applications and limitations of thermisters

PART-B (16 Marks)

1 What is condition monitoring and explain condition monitoring What type of condition

monitoring are normally used in industry (16)

2 What is leakage monitoring Explain some of the leakage mediums used for condition

monitoring (16)

3 What is wear debris analysis what are the three wear debris analysis techniques

commonly used and compare their performance and uses (16)

4 Briefly explain the cost comparison with and without condition monitoring (16)

5 What is thermal monitoring and what thermal monitoring are used in industries

explain principle and uses of thermograph (16)

6 Briefly explain various methods and instruments for condition monitoring (16)

Page 36: ME1012 Maintenance Engineering Study Materials

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 23

WEAR DEBRIS ANALYSIS

Using a Scanning Electron Microscope of a carefully taken sample of debris

suspended in lubricating oil (taken from filters or magnetic chip detectors)

Instruments then reveal the elements contained their proportions size and

morphology

Using this method the site the mechanical failure mechanism and the time to

eventual failure may be determined This is called WDA - Wear Debris Analysis

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 24

UNIT-III

CONDITION MONOTORING

PART-A (2 Marks)

1 What is equipment health monitoring

2 List down the factors for increasing the demand condition monitoring

3 List down the key features of condition monitoring

4 Write down the basic steps in condition monitoring

5 What are three types of condition monitoring

6 State the advantages and disadvantages of condition monitoring

7 Mention the various costs involved in costing of condition monitoring mainly

8 State the methods of measuring vibration

9 Describe briefly pistol thermometer

10 Name the types of pyrometers

11 Mention title applications of bimetallic strip

12 List down the features of RTD

13 State the applications and limitations of thermisters

PART-B (16 Marks)

1 What is condition monitoring and explain condition monitoring What type of condition

monitoring are normally used in industry (16)

2 What is leakage monitoring Explain some of the leakage mediums used for condition

monitoring (16)

3 What is wear debris analysis what are the three wear debris analysis techniques

commonly used and compare their performance and uses (16)

4 Briefly explain the cost comparison with and without condition monitoring (16)

5 What is thermal monitoring and what thermal monitoring are used in industries

explain principle and uses of thermograph (16)

6 Briefly explain various methods and instruments for condition monitoring (16)

Page 37: ME1012 Maintenance Engineering Study Materials

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING(ME1012)

NPRCETMECHANICAL 24

UNIT-III

CONDITION MONOTORING

PART-A (2 Marks)

1 What is equipment health monitoring

2 List down the factors for increasing the demand condition monitoring

3 List down the key features of condition monitoring

4 Write down the basic steps in condition monitoring

5 What are three types of condition monitoring

6 State the advantages and disadvantages of condition monitoring

7 Mention the various costs involved in costing of condition monitoring mainly

8 State the methods of measuring vibration

9 Describe briefly pistol thermometer

10 Name the types of pyrometers

11 Mention title applications of bimetallic strip

12 List down the features of RTD

13 State the applications and limitations of thermisters

PART-B (16 Marks)

1 What is condition monitoring and explain condition monitoring What type of condition

monitoring are normally used in industry (16)

2 What is leakage monitoring Explain some of the leakage mediums used for condition

monitoring (16)

3 What is wear debris analysis what are the three wear debris analysis techniques

commonly used and compare their performance and uses (16)

4 Briefly explain the cost comparison with and without condition monitoring (16)

5 What is thermal monitoring and what thermal monitoring are used in industries

explain principle and uses of thermograph (16)

6 Briefly explain various methods and instruments for condition monitoring (16)